Monier-Williams: English and Sanskrit Dictionary

Based on Monier-Williams, Monier: A Dictionary. English and Sanskrit. Delhi : 2005 (= London : 1851)

Input by Cologne Digital Sanskrit Lexicon (CDSL)
[GRETIL-Version vom 08.02.2018]

This file is based on mwe.txt, available at
(C) Copyright 2014 The Sanskrit Library and Thomas Malten under the following license:

All rights reserved other than those granted under the Creative Commons Attribution
Non-Commercial Share Alike license available in full at, and summarized at .
Permission is granted to build upon this work non-commercially, as long as credit is explicitly
acknowledged exactly as described herein and derivative work is distributed under the same license.

Sanskrit Passages
Page References


Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description:multibyte sequence:
long a ā
long A Ā
long i ī
long I Ī
long u ū
long U Ū
vocalic r
vocalic R
long vocalic r
vocalic l
vocalic L
long vocalic l
velar n
velar N
palatal n ñ
palatal N Ñ
retroflex t
retroflex T
retroflex d
retroflex D
retroflex n
retroflex N
palatal s ś
palatal S Ś
retroflex s
retroflex S
long e ē
long o ō
l underbar
r underbar
n underbar
k underbar
t underbar

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.

For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:

For further information see:


s.     for substantive
a.     adjective.
pron.     pronoun.
adv.     adverb.
prep.     preposition.
v. a.     verb active.
v. n.     verb neuter.
p. p.     passive participle.
part.     participle.
c.     conjugation or class.
caus.     causal form.
pass.     passive form.
des.     desiderative form.
freq.     frequentative form.
nom. for nominal verb.
impers.     impersonal.
irreg.     irregular.
def.     definite.
pres.     present.
pret.     preterite.
par.     parasmaipada.
ātm.     ātmanepada.
m.     masculine gender.
f.     feminine.
n.     neuter.
sing.     singular number.
du.     dual.
pl.     plural.
indec.     for indeclinable.
in comp.     in composition.
nom. c.     nominative case.
acc. c.     accusative case.
inst.     instrumental case.
instrum.     instrumental case.
dat. c.     dative case.
abl. c.     ablative case.
gen. c.     genitive case.
loc. c.     locative case.
conj.     conjunction.
interj.     interjection.
exclam.     exclamation.


ROGER ASCHAM, in bearing testimony to the classical proficiency of his illustrious pupils, Edward and Elizabeth, said 'of them, that they not only understood, but composed in Latin, skilfully and with ease. Such an assertion, made three centuries since by the great preceptor of the age, leads to the inference, that, even in that early period, the value of composition as a criterion of scholarship was duly appreciated. It would be needless to quote the more express statements of scholars and linguists of modern times, in proof of the estimation in which this accomplishment is now held as a test of sound proficiency. It is sufficient to know, that in these days of intellectual progress and competition, no classical examination is considered effectual in which a prominent place is not assigned to composition. Indeed, an increasingly high standard of excellence in this branch of education is now demanded by all collegiate tribunals.

In unison with these opinions, the framers of the Statutes of the East-India College have provided, that no student shall be pronounced qualified for Indian service until he can make an intelligible translation from an English passage into the Oriental languages in which he has been instructed. And if this requirement has been wisely made, as a test of scholarship in the spoken dialects, much more has it so been made in regard to Sanskrit, the classical language of India, which bears a far closer relation to those dialects than Greek and Latin bear to the living languages of Europe. If at our Universities and Colleges, where are educated many who are destined to fill the highest offices in our home government, the composition of Latin prose is demanded of all candidates for degrees, with much more reason may Sanskrit composition be made an essential at this Institution, where are trained the whole body of civilians to whom the government of our Indian Empire is to be intrusted.

Nevertheless, it must be admitted that a student can hardly be expected to practice composition and translation in a difficult language, if the usual aids are not placed at his disposal. That such aids have not hitherto been made available in Sanskrit has been owing to the great difficulty of compiling a good English and Sanskrit Dictionary. Reverse Dictionaries are sufficiently within the reach of the student of Greek and Latin. In truth. the time that has been spent in investigating these languages, during many centuries, by a succession of learned men, each improving upon the results of his predecessor's labours, has led to the production of such a variety of dictionaries, phrase-books, and vocabularies, that the work of Greek and Latin lexicography, in the present day, has become a mere process of sifting and digesting the mass of existing materials. Yet, even in these languages, so great has been the difficulty of compiling a good Reverse Dictionary, that, after numerous incomplete attempts, it has only been within recent years that any really valuable English-Greek or English-Latin Dictionary has been published.

With reference to some of the spoken languages of the East, much has been done to facilitate translation and composition. In Hindustāni, it will scarcely be necessary to allude to the labours of that eminent scholar, Dr. Gilchrist, and in more recent times to the works of Mr. Shakespear and Dr. Duncan Forbes. In Bengālī, great assistance is afforded to the student by the copious English-Bengālī Dictionary of Rām Comul Sen: in Marāthī, still greater, by the admirable English and Marāthī Dictionary of Major Candy: in Telugu, by that of Mr. Morris: in Carnātaea, or Canarese, by that of Mr. Reeve. In Persian and Arabic, the dictionary of Professor Johnson, now passing through the press, will offer to the student a complete Persian, Arabic, and English Lexicon; but, although Reversed Dictionaries of English and Persian are procurable, a good lexicon in this form remains yet to be compiled. The English and Persian Dictionaries, or rather Vocabularies, of Meninski and Wilkins, are proofs of how little assistance is rendered to the student, in translating European ideas and phrases, by a mere supplementary vocabulary which is a reversed counterpart of the preceding lexicon. In most of the other spoken dialects of India such vocabularies exist, and are, without doubt, useful aids in the absence of more complete works. But in Sanskrit, nothing of this description, deserving of notice, has hitherto been effected. The Sanskrit and English Dictionary of Professor H.H. Wilson is, indeed, too well known as one of the best lexicons in any language to require comment in this place; and if the labours of that eminet Orientalist had been directed to the composition of an English and Sanskrit Dictionary, the student would long since have enjoyed the advantage of an aid to composition, far more effective than that which the present work can supply.

Such as it is, however, this Volume appears before the public as the result of the first attempt that has yet been made to meet a want, which the experience of every day renders increasingly felt. For it is not too much to allege, that the great development of the study of Sanskrit, during late years, has caused the absence of a Reverse Dictionary to be recognised as a want by many very different and very important members of the community, both at home and abroad; by students and civilians, by scholars and philologists, by chaplains and missionaries; by all those zealous men who have devoted themselves to the social, religious, and intellectual improvement of the natives of our Indian Empire.

With missionaries, and other philanthropists and scholars, whose aim has been to communicate scriptural and scientific truth to the learned natives, through the medium of their classical language, and to the uneducated, through their vernacular tongues, the absence of an aid to composition has doubtless enhanced the difficulties by which their labours have been retarded. It will be sufficient to mention the well-known names of Dr. Carey and Dr. Yates, whose translations of parts of the Bible are valued by all promoters of the cause of Christianity in the East; of Dr. Mill, formerly Principal of Bishop's College at Calcutta, whose history of Christ in Sanskrit dialogue is still more acceptable to the natives of India, from its adaptation to their own system of teaching; of Mr. John Muir, whose zeal for the welfare of the Hindūs has been displayed by carrying out and improving the system of Dr. Mill, in numerous excellent tracts; and lastly, of Dr. James Ballantyne, the energetic Principal of the College at Benares, whose Sanskrit lectures on the elements of general knowledge, and other scholarlike writings, prove him to be eminently fitted for the post to which he has been appointed.

The labours of these, and many other able and devoted men, are based upon the theory, that if the natives of India are to be effectively imbued with the principles of truth, whether religious or scientific, it must be through the medium of the only language through which they will be disposed to accept such information. Proficiency in English may be deemed indispensable to the liberal education of a native, but the attempt to make English the sole vehicle of instilling sound ideas respecting religion and philosophy, is not likely to be successful. The learned natives will be averse to receive any new truths which are not imparted by means of the language which they are accustomed to regard as the channel of all truth; and the more uneducated classes are found to be incapable of comprehending new ideas, excepting through their vernacular tongues. And since it is found that no vernacular tongue is adequate to express the ideas of religion and science, without borrowing its terms from the Sanskrit, the utility of an English and Sanskrit Dictionary will be recognised by all who have to compose in these dialects, whether in Hindī, Bengālī, Uriya, Telugu, Canarese, Tamil, Malayālam, or Marāthī.

Among philological scholars, whether in Europe or the East, the need of a complete compendium of synonymous words and vocables, in a language which is the key to the solution of every problem in comparative philology, is too obvious to require demonstration.

With respect to the civil servants of India, there can be no doubt that the want of a Reverse Sanskrit Dictionary has contributed to render unpopular the study of a language which must force itself, however distastefully, on their observation, by the influence which it exercises on the spoken dialects of India--an influence far greater than that of Latin on English, Italian, or French. But it is by the candidates for the civil service who are educated at the East-India College that this want has been chiefly cknowledged. Here it has seriously affected the popularity of a study which, above all others, ought to be cultivated, if on no other grounds, at least on the score of its adapting itself, more than any other, to the condition of students, who, being ignorant of their nrecise destination in India, are undergoing that course of general training which is best suited to fit them for the special requirements of particular localities.

Such is the want, then, which the Compiler of this dictionary has attempted to supply. But not even his firm persuasion of its magnitude could have emboldened him to address himself to a task of so much difficulty, had he not been liberally encouraged by the Honourable Directors of the East-India Company, whom he has the honour to serve. The public does not require to be informed, that it is the desire of those generous Rulers to win the attachment of their Indian subjects, by furthering every undertaking which aims at improving the knowledge of their languages and literature. A long enumeration might be made of dictionaries, vocabularies, and important publications, which have issued, and are now issuing, from the press, under the patronage of the Honourable Court. The present is but one out of numerous instances in which the authors of long and laborious works have had to record their gratitude for the countenance thus wisely extended.

It will not be necessary for the Compiler to dwell on the many difficulties he has had to encounter in pursuing his solitary labours, unassisted by the native Pandits and transcribers, who lighten the toil of the lexicographer in India. Those who understand what it is to be a pioneer in any work of lexicography, to be, as it were, the first to break and clear the ground over an untrodden field of inquiry, will doubtless, in their candour, appreciate at its full value the labour he has undergone in carrying this Volume to its completion. They will also be prepared to expect inequality in the execution, especially of the earlier pages, and many defects and inconsistencies throughout the whole body of the dictionary, agreeably to the inevitable law of expansion and improvement to which such a work must be subject in its progress through the press. No apology need, therefore, be made for these imperfections. But a brief account of the method in which, during nearly eight years, the Compiler has prosecuted his labours would seem to be expected of him, and is, in fact, rendered necessary by the entire novelty of his work.

He commenced by transcribing carefully, and then arranging in alphabetical order, all the English words, with their Sanskrit synonyms, contained in the Kosha of Amara Sinha, edited by the late Mr. Colebrooke. His next step was, to have copied, on nearly two thousand pages of large folio paper, with suitable intervals, all the English words in Riddle's English-Latin Dictionary, known to be very useful in Latin composition. Having thus prepared a kind of thesaurus, or repository for the collection of words and phrases, he proceeded to insert therein, in their proper places, all the words of the Amara Kosha, above referred to, as well as all those contained in the Hitopadeśa, the Selections from the Mahābhārata, edited by Professor Johnson, the Meghadūta, the Anthology of Professor Lassen. and all the roots, with some of the examples, comprised in that most learned and admirable compilation, the Radices Linguae Sanskritae of Professor Westergaard.

A sound and solid foundation of useful household words being thus laid, the Compiler commenced reversing the second edition of Professor Wilson's Sanskrit and English Dictionary, incorporating in his thesaurus all the new words as they occurred, and omitting only those which represented ideas or things having no approximate equivalent in English. This was a process of much time and labour, requiring a very attentive perusal of the dictionary, accompanied by much transcribing, collating, arranging, and inserting of words and phrases. It might be hastily inferred, that having accomplished thus much, considerable advance had been made towards the completion of the work; and if the object of the Compiler had been to compose a good vocabulary, reversing the senses of the words in the Sanskrit and English Dictionary, and nothing more, such would have been the case. But a complete dictionary, which was intended to offer an effectual help to the student in practising translation, was not merely to be compiled by collecting words and reversing meanings. It was to be continuously composed with a thoughtful consideration of the best Sanskrit equivalents for modern expressions and idioms, and a careful disposition, under each English word, of its several equivalents, in their proper order, and in their proper connection with its several shades of meaning. In fact, the real business of writing the Dictionary had now to be commenced. Having procured the latest edition of Webster's English Dictionary, in which are contained all the words of Tod's edition of Dr. Johnson, with many modern additions, as well as all the participles and adverbs, the Author proceeded to translate it systematically into Sanskrit, either gathering his materials from his own collection of classical words, or assisting his memory by suggestions from the Bengālī Lexicon of Rām Comul Sen, and omitting only those expressions which seemed obsolete or obsolescent, or of which no classical equivalent could be found or suggested.

Having thus progressed as far as the letter C, and the exigency of the case seeming to require the speedy appearance of the work, even at the risk of incompleteness, the printing of it was commenced, the Compiler feeling confident that, by great diligence, he might keep in advance of the press. It was not till some progress had been made that the inexpediency of this step was manifested by various omissions, which, though overlooked in the manuscript, became gradually apparent in the printed pages of the work. As soon as this discovery was made, one of two courses remained to be pursued, either to cancel the earlier pages of the work, or to supply their deficiencies by an Appendix. The latter of these courses was adopted, and the process of printing was first suspended, and then retarded, until, by a more extensive course of reading and research, the stock of classical materials was enlarged. To effect this, the Compiler undertook a second and more minute perusal of Professor Wilson's Sanskrit and English Dictionary, and noted numerous words and terms which had before escaped his observation. He also reversed the Sanskrit part of the excellent English and Marāthī Dictionary of Captain Molesworth, collecting from this source many valuable words, and much useful information. He then read through the Code of Manu, and the Commentary of Kullūka Bhaṭṭa, with the view of obtaining therefrom a store of choice phrases and idioms. And lastly, he studied attentively, with the same object, the plays of Kālidāsa, and parts of the Raghuvansa, Rāmayana, Mahābhārata, and Bhaṭṭi Kāvya. He moreover extracted some good words from the Glossarium Sanskritum of Professor Bopp, and made extracts also from some modern Sanskrit writings and translations of the Scriptures. Without detracting from the acknowledged merit of these translations, he believes that little value is to be accorded to suggestions adopted from a source which is not classical.

But he avails himself of this opportunity of gratefully acknowledging his obligation to his friend and colleague, Professor Johnson, for furnishing him with a list of words, collected by him in the course of his reading, chiefly from the following standard classical works:--The Text of Manu, with the Commentary of Kullūka; the two law-treatises of Jīmūtavāhana, called Dāyabhāga and Mitākṣara; the Vikramorvaśī, Śakuntalā, Mṛchchhakati, Mālatīmādhava, Mudrārākṣasa, Ratnāvalī, Uttararāmacharitra, and the Rājataranginī, published by Capt. Troyer.

Having enriched his store of materials with words and phrases from these approved sources, the composition and printing of his Dictionary was gradually advanced to the end of the letter H. At this point a copy of Major Candy's English and Marāthī Dictionary came first to hand. Had an impression of this work been received earlier, it would have saved the Compiler the time and labour consumed by him in reversing Captain Molesworth's Marāthī and English Dictionary, a task which he had not completed, until three hundred pages of his own work had been printed off, and excluded from any improvement derivable from this source.

It is, however, right to acknowledge, that the Dictionary of Major Candy, although it often furnished little more than a repetition of what the Compiler had himself collected, either from the Sanskrit or Marāthī Lexicons, provided him with numerous additional words, and much useful information, upon Hindū mythology and science, the value of which cannot be too highly estimated. Indeed, it would be difficult to make mention of Major Candy's work excepting in the highest terms of praise. By these aids, and with the addition of some happy renderings of scientific terms from Dr. Ballantyne's Lectures, and of some classical words from the Appendix to the late Dr. Yates' abridgment of Professor Wilson's Sanskrit Dictionary, the remainder of the present work, from the letter I to the end, was composed and printed in a comparatively short period.

The foregoing statement is the best apology for any want of uniformity discoverable in the plan of this Volume. A general uniformity, sufficient, it is hoped, for all the purposes of reference, has been sustained throughout. But perfect unity is hard to be maintained, at least in the first edition of a laborious work, compiled by gradual accretion from an increasing store of materials, and liable in its growth to occasional improvement and expansion.

If consistency has been sacrificed, it has only been in cases where improvements were admissible without endangering facility of reference, which should be the paramount consideration. For the convenience, therefore, of all consulters of the Dictionary, the use of too many symbols or abbreviations has been avoided. Whenever a substantive or adjective is followed by the parts of speech in connexion with it, or a verb by its participles and participial adjectives, and whenever, under each of these heads, separate gradations of meaning occur, the student will find the different meanings exhibited at full under the first word, and repeated at full under the others, the same relative order being generally preserved. For example, let him turn to the words Nobility, Noble, Nobly. Under the substantive Nobility, the first meaning given is, 'antiquity of family;' the second, 'greatness of mind;' the third, 'distinction;' the fourth, 'magnificence.' Under the adjective, instead of referring back to the substantive by symbols as in some other dictionaries, the meanings have been repeated thus: 'of ancient family,' 'great in mind,' 'distinguished,' 'magnificent;' and similarly under the adverb, thus: 'with nobleness of birth,' 'with greatness of mind,' &c. The better to effect this clear exhibition of successive meanings, close printing has been employed, and no needless blanks admitted; so that the spaces occupied by the words Nobility, Noble, and Noble is not so large, in comparison to the number of equivalents given, as the spaces occupied by the same words in the Marāthī Dictionary. If the order of the meanings has not always been preserved, it is because the object has been, under each word, to dispose the gradations of senses according to what appeared to be the ratio of their commonness.

On the other hand, many meanings which appeared unusual or obsolete have been omitted; and under some words references have been made to preceding or succeeding parts of the Dictionary; but in all such cases a few of the commonest equivalents are generally given, of which the student can avail himself if indisposed to follow out the reference. Thus, under the word Vigilant, two meanings are given, viz. 'wakeful,' and 'wary.' In connexion with the first of these, a few of the commonest Sanskrit words are specified, but for a fuller enumeration the student must consult the word Wakeful itself. So also in connexion with the sense 'wary;' after mentioning the most useful equivalents, the student is referred back to the word Circumspect, for a more complete list. And in cases where no direct reference is made, as under the substantive, Vigilance, the student will infer that the word 'wakefulness,' in brackets, is intended not only to exhibit the variation of meaning, but also to direct his attention to the quarter of the Dictionary where additional synonyms may be found.

If objection be raised to the multiplication of Sanskrit equivalents, under each English word, and the several meanings of which it is susceptible, the Compiler may state, in explanation, that in striving to render his work as complete as possible, he has been forced, at the risk of surplusage, into a copious enumeration of words and significant terms. Whenever it has been possible to give a complete list of synonymous Sanskrit words, it has been done. At the same time, the attempt has been made to dispose the words in the order of their usefulness. Indeed, for the simple purposes of prose composition or translation it will be advisable that the student should choose the Sanskrit word standing first in the list, or at least should make his selection from the first few equivalents enumerated; excepting in the case of such comprehensive terms as Sun, Moon, Earth, Fire, Water, &c., where the number of Sanskrit words is so great that the selection may be fairly made from the first few lines. The remaining equivalents given under such examples would, in any other language, be regarded as epithets rather than words, and would probably be restricted to poetical composition. And in fact, as regards their adaptation to plan Sanskrit prose, it will be better for the student so to treat them.

It should be observed, notwithstanding, that no distinction is rightly to be made, in an English and Sanskrit Dictionary, between strictly prose and strictly poetical terms. Sanskrit is peculiarly the language of poetry, Nearly the whole of its immense and wonderful literature is poetical; and the little prose that exists makes free use of poetical expressions. In fact, the commonest names for some of the most ordinary objects are proofs that a rich poetical vein runs throughout the language. Thus, one of the common words for 'earth' is, 'repositery of wealth,' vasudhā; for the sea, 'receptacle of water,' jalanidhiḥ; for a cloud, 'water-giver,' jaladaḥ, or 'water-holder,' jaladharaḥ; for fire, 'purifier,' yāvakaḥ; for the moon, lord of the night,' niśāpatiḥ; for the sun, 'generator,' savitā; for a good man, 'mine of merit, guṇākaraḥ, or 'ocean of merit,' guṇasāgaraḥ. And if the remaining equivalents under each of these heads were exammed many of them would be found to possess a still more poetical character. In proof of which the reader is referred to the words Sun, Moon, Cloud, as they stand in the pages of the Dictionary.

>Again, the English verb 'to kill.' mav be rendered in Sanskrit either by the use of the simple root han, or by badhaṃ kṛ, 'to make killing,' or by prāṇahatyāṃ kṛ, 'to make destruction of life,' or by pañcatvaṃ gam, in the causal form, 'to cause to go the state of the five elements,' or by lokāntaraṃ gam, 'to cause to go to the other world.' All these expressions are legitimate, whatever be the form of composition; but the student, in writing prose, will do well to a dopt those which come first in order.

Under the head of natural objects, and the terms of religion, literature, mythology, science, and social life, the copious enumeration of equivalent words and significant phrases will be valued, not only by the student of Sanskrit and its various cognate languages, but also by many of those learned and zealous men who are seeking to promote a sympathy between Hindūs and Europeans, by diffusing amongst the latter a correct knowledge of Oriental customs, habits of thought, religious tenets, and ceremonial observances. It has been the desire of the Compiler to make this Volume not only a thesaurus of synonyms and phrases, but a repository of much useful information in connexion with such subjects. In illustration of this, the reader may turn to the words Water, Fire, Hand, Lotus, Vishnu, Śiva, Indra, Veda, Scripture, Rite, Sacrament, Manes, School, Marriage, Measure, Planet, &c.

The significant expressions collected under such words will, it is hoped, facilitate inquiry into the manners and customs of the Hindūs, their mythological fictions, and the state of their scientific knowledge. Naturalists, also, may be expected to appreciate a collection of terms, the analysis of which must throw light on some particulars connected with botany and zoology. A comparison of the number of Sanskrit equivalents brought together under some of these heads might, at least, be a guide to the comparative value or utility of certain animals, plants, and minerals. In illustration, the reader may compare the words Elephant, Horse, Cow, Wolf, Frog, Camel, Lotus, Sandal, Mango, Musk, Myrobalan, Pyrites, Coal, Copper, Lead, Iron, Vitriol, &c.

It is not unlikely, however, that under some heads an exception may be taken to the number of Sanskrit equivalents enumerated: as, for example, under the various scarcely-distinguishable shades of meaning belonging to numerous common nouns, adjectives, and verbs: or again, under the head of many English words of which no precise Sanskrit representative could be offered. In the first of these cases the impossibility of observing the proper medium, at least in the first edition of a work like the present, has led the Compiler to prefer erring on the side of excess rather than on that of deficiency. In the other case, where the great disparity between Hindū and European habits of thought and condition prevented the exhibition of any classical equivalent, the Compiler has been forced, almost against his will, into occasional redundancy, by the pliancy and malleability, so to speak, of the Sanskrit, and its amazing power of expressing exotic ideas by the employment of an infinite variety of compound words. As examples, the reader may take Cannon, Canon, Camera-obscura, Certificate, Episcopacy, To Farm. Laymen, Lay, To Lease Navy, Parliament, Penitentiary, Phrenology Rubric, Sail, Sabbatarian, Steam-engine, Steam-boat &c.

In rendering such words, respect has been paid to the learned Hindūs in their study of English. The comprehension of European ideas by the educated natives is as necessary to reciprocal sympathy as the comprehension of Hindū ideas by ourselves.

In the rendering of the verbs some difficulty has been experienced. It is usual in an English Dictionary to prefix to the verb the infinitive sign 'to.' Consistently with this, in Greek and Latin, and some other Reversed Dictionaries, the infinitive of the equivalent verb is generally exhibited. But in Sanskrit the infinitive is a form of the verb very limited in its application, resembling, in some respects, the Latin supines in um and u. It has therefore been thought more proper to exhibit the root in the first place, specifying the infinitive, with the third person singular of the present tense, between brackets. The student will thus bear in mind, that the root is not to be regarded as representing the infinitive, or indeed any part of the verb, excepting the general idea expressed by it.

Another source of difficulty was, the limitation in regard to the number of roots properly available in Sanskrit for the formation of legitimate verbs, supported by classical authority. It is well known that in this language there are about 1900 roots, or elementary sounds, which are generally monosyllabic. These are the imaginary sources of both nouns and verbs, and are the representatives of the simple ideas contained in them. Thus the root gam represents the idea of 'going;' ad, of 'eating;' yuj, of 'joining;' kṛ, of 'making.' As a matter of convenience, grammarians have connected these roots more directly with verbs than nouns; and their theory is, that every root may serve as the basis on which to construct five distinct forms of verbs: First, a Primitive verb; second, a Causal; third, a Passive; fourth, a Desiderative; and fifth, a Frequentative. So, also, from every noun certain verbs, called Nominals, may theoretically be derived, and, not unfrequently, are so derived. It might reasonably be imagined that, amongst a collection of 1900 roots, each capable of five-fold multiplication, besides innumerable nominals, there would be little difficulty in finding equivalents for any form of English verb that might present itself. But it will be found, on examination, that nearly two-thirds of these 1900 roots do not occur in this Dictionary in any form, excepting in that of the nouns to which they give origin. It will be observed, too, that of these, certain particular roots, such as kṛ bhū dā gam i yā jñā sthā vṛt as nī hṛ yuj vṛ, recur perpetually, and, by the aid of prepositions and other affixes, are applied to the expression of the most varied and opposite ideas.

In explanation, the Compiler thinks it proper to state, that he has been careful to follow only classical usage in the admission of verbs into his Dictionary; and that no verb has been so admitted unless a good example of its use could be adduced, either from the pages of Westergaard or other authentic sources. Rather than violate this rule, he has constantly been obliged to employ a noun with the auxiliaries kṛ gam, &c., or a participle with the auxiliaries bhū and as, in place of a direct verb.

In every case it is allowable thus to employ the auxiliaries, in the absence of legitimate verbs; and even should such verbs be available, the student may, if he please, still take the noun, participle, or adjective, and combine them with the auxiliaries, in place of using the more direct form. Thus, under the verb 'to resent,' he may either directly employ the roots kup krudh ruṣ, in the conjugations specified, or he may combine the equivalents given under the substantive with the auxiliaries, thus manyuṃ kṛ krodhaṃ kṛ kopaṃ kṛ roṣaṃ gam; or under the adjective, thus, samanyuḥ -nyuḥ -nyu bhū jātamanyuḥ -nyuḥ -nyu bhū or as. Again, under the verb 'to perish,' he may either directly make use of the roots mṛ or naś in the passive form, or he may substitute nāśaṃ gam naṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ bhū, &c.

In the specification of roots, the third person singular of the present tense has been chosen for exhibition in brackets in conjunction with the infinitive, as being the best guide to the conjugational form of the verb; whilst the infinitive furnishes a mark for the formation of some of the most useful non-conjugational forms. At the same time the conjugation or class of the verb is indicated by a figure; and if the verb is to be conjugated in the causal, passive, desiderative, or frequentative form, or as a nominal, it is so specified. But as the causal form is identical with that of the tenth conjugation, it has sometimes been more convenient to designate causal verbs as belonging to that conjugation.

When a root is compounded with prepositions, these are not repeated in the bracket, that the student may more readily perceive the simple form of the root, but a small hyphen is used, to show that the preposition cannot be dispensed with in conjugating the verb.

If a root occur more than once under the same verb, it has not been thought necessary to repeat the present tense and infinitive in connexion with it. Indeed, under some verbs towards the end of the Dictionary, these forms are omitted altogether, as having been frequently notified under the synonymous expressions, to which a reference is indicated. Thus, under the verb 'To Part,' v. a., the student must refer to the synonymous terms, Disunite, Divide, Separate, for any particulars relating to these grammatical forms.

In regard to participles, this Dictionary will be found so copious that here also an exception may perhaps be taken to the number of equivalents enumerated. The explanation is to be sought in the genius of the Sanskrit language, which abounds in participles to an extent wholly unparalleled in any other language, living or dead. These participles are often idiomatically substituted for the tenses of the verb itself. They are constantly employed in place of the past and future tenses, especially of passive verbs; so that an example of a passive tense is of rare occurrence, excepting in the form of the third person singular or plural of the present and imperative.

If, therefore, the student desire to write idiomatic Sanskrit, he must make free use of the participles in this Dictionary, especially of the passive past participle. This latter is the most useful derivative in the language, and should be abundantly employed in translation and composition. It corresponds with the Latin participle in tus, and, like it, often supplies the place of the past tense. Thus, in translating the phrase, 'he reproved his own son,' the student might employ the simple root, thus, sa svaputram anindat, or he might idiomatically use the passive participle, thus, tena svaputro ninditaḥ, the agent being placed in the instrumental case, and the participle agreeing with the object.

With respect to the rendering of nouns in this dictionary, it will be proper to state, that the system of Amara Sinha has been followed, in exhibiting substantives and adjectives in their nominative case rather than in their crude state. Whenever the crude form differs from the nominative more than in rejecting the final visarga or anusvāra, it has been indicated by giving the final of the crude in brackets. Thus, under the word Fire, agniḥ being the nominative case, the final of the crude is ascertained by rejecting the visarga, thus agni. Similarly analaḥ becomes anala in the crude form; tejaḥ becomes tejas; kṛṣṇavartmā becomes kṛṣṇavartman; hutabhuk becomes hutabhuj; tanūnapāt becomes tanūnapād; āśrayadhvaṃsī becomes āśrayadhvaṃsin; damunāḥ becomes damunas; juhuvān becomes juhuvat; arciṣmān becomes arciṣmat.

It is necessary to be thus particular in exhibiting the crude form as distinct from the nominative case, both as a guide to the declension of the noun, which must always depend on the final of the crude, and because the crude state is that which is employed in the formation of compound words. In all such words, with but few exceptions, the last number of the compound alone admits of declension, and the preceding word or words require to be placed in the crude form, this form admitting of a plural as well as singular acceptation. For an explanation of compound words the Student must of course consult his grammar; but it will not be out of place to remark here, that in a language which, like Sanskrit, abounds in compounds more than any other language in the world, it will not be possible for him to compose idiomatically until he has made himself conversant with the principles of their formation.

Under adjectives the nominative case in three genders has generally been given, and the final of the crude state exhibited when necessary, as in substantives. The genders are not specified, as the student will himself take for granted that sādhuḥ -dhuḥ -dhvī -dhu, meaning 'good,' stands for the nominative case of the adjective in its three genders; sādhuḥ being the nominative of the masculine form, sādhuḥ being also the nominative of the feminine form, sādhvī of a second feminine form, and sādhu of the neuter form; the crude state being sādhu. Similarly bhadraḥ -drā -draṃ, stands for bhadraḥ the nominative of the masculine, bhadrā of the feminine, bhadraṃ of the neuter, the crude being bhadra; sāravān -vatī -vat (t) for sāravān the nominative of the masculine, sāravatī of the feminine, and sāravat of the neuter, the last standing also for the crude form. Again, sukṛtī -tinī -ti (n) is for sukṛtī the nominative of the masculine, sukṛtinī of the feminine, sukṛti of the neuter, the crude form being sukṛtin.

When, however, under one head a variety of similar adjectives are enumerated, it has not been deemed necessary in all cases to give the nominative case in more than the masculine form; but the addition of the sign, &c. indicates that the student must himself supply the other forms thus: dṛṣṭaḥ &c., stands for dṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ. Similarly, dhanavān &c., for dhanavān -vatī -vat (t) dhanī &c., for dhanī -ninī -ni (n), and mahātmā &c., for mahātmā -tmā -tma (n).

In the case of compound adjectives formed from neuter substantives, whose crude form ends in us or is, such as utpalacakṣus, 'lotus-eyed;' dīrghāyus, 'long-lived;' nirāśis, 'unblessed;' śucirocisḥ 'clear-shining;' the nominative case in the three genders has been exhibited thus, utpalacakṣūḥ -kṣūḥ -kṣuḥ (s) dīrghāyūḥ -yūḥ -yuḥ (s) nirāśīḥ -śīḥ -śiḥ (s) śucirocīḥ &c.

In some cases, however, as in the case of dīrghāyus, where a masculine noun āyuḥ exists as well as a neuter āyus, the nominative case of the compound adjective is susceptible of two forms, dīrghāyūḥ and dīrghāyuḥ. Some notice of this point seems to be required, as it appears to have been overlooked, if not erroneously explained, by the generality of European scholars. That the Compiler's view is correct, may be shown by a reference to Professor Wilson's Dictionary, under the words sajus or sajuṣ āśis utpalakṣus śucirocis; by referring also to the declension of sajuṣ, and āśis, in Professor Wilson's Grammar, p. 68; and by the analogy of compound adjectives, like mahāmanāḥ -nāḥ -naḥ, 'high-minded,' derived from a neuter substantive ending in asa.

The exhibition, in all cases, of the nominative case of nouns, whether substantive or adjective, has prevented the necessity of specifying the gender of substantives ending in aḥ, like devaḥ, 'a god,' which are invariably masculine; or of substantives ending in aṃ, like dānaṃ, 'a gift,' which are invariably neuter; or of those ending in ā and ī, like mālā, 'a garland,' and devī, 'a goddess,' which are always feminine. The gender of all such substantives will be taken for granted. The student might also have been left to infer for himself the gender of substantives ending in tiḥ in the nominative, like matiḥ, 'the mind,' which are feminine, and of substantives ending in dhiḥ, derived from the root dhā, like sandhiḥ, 'peace,' which are masculine. But since, in these latter instances, some slight occasional variation might occur, it has been thought desirable to notify the gender of substantives in these cases, as well as in every other where any doubt could possibly arise.

The Compiler has now only the grateful duty to discharge of expressing his further obligation to Professor Johnson, for his invaluable assistance in correcting the greater number of the proof-sheets of this work. Nor does he think it just to conclude without some tribute of acknowledgment to the Printer, Mr. Watts, for the accuracy and clearness with which the typography has been executed.


[Page 1a]


A. As an indefinite article before nouns singular, for the most part not expressed in Sanskrit; as, 'a lion,' siṃhaḥ; (One) ekaḥ -kā -kaṃ.
     --(Some, a certain) kaścit; as, 'a certain man,' kaścit puruṣaḥ.
     --(Each, every) expressed by prati or anu, before the acc. neut.; as, 'a day,' 'each day,' pratidinaṃ or anudinaṃ. When 'a' comes before a participle, after a verb of motion, it is expressed by the dat. c.; as, 'he went a hunting,' mṛgayāyai gataḥ; or by arthaṃ preceded by the crude form of a noun; as, mṛgayārthaṃ gataḥ; or by the infinitive; as, mṛgayāṃ karttuṃ gataḥ.

ABAFT, adv. (Towards the stern of the ship) nāvaḥ paścimabhāgaṃ prati.

To ABANDON, v. a. tyaj (c. 1. tyajati tyaktuṃ), parityaj santyaj; hā (c. 3. jahāti hātuṃ), apahā vihā prahā apāhā; utsṛj (c. 6. -sṛjati -sraṣṭuṃ), atisṛj vyapasṛj; ujjh (c. 6. ujjhati ujjhituṃ), projjh.

ABANDONED, p. p. tyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ parityaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ uttpaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ hīnaḥ -nā -naṃ utsṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ projjhitaḥ -tā -taṃ samujjhitaḥ -tā -taṃ rahitaḥ -tā -taṃ virahitaḥ -tā -taṃ visarjjitaḥ -tā -taṃ vinākṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Reprobate) pāpātmā -tmā -tma (n) pāpamatiḥ -tiḥ -ti.

ABANDONMENT, s. tyāgaḥ parityāgaḥ uttyāgaḥ virahaḥ projjhanaṃ.
     --(Of worldly connexions) sannyāsaḥ.

To ABASE, v. a. svasthānād apakṛṣ (c. 1. -karṣati, c. 6. -kṛṣati -kraṣṭuṃ), svasthānād bhraṃś in caus. (bhraṃśayati bhraṃśayituṃ) or nipat in caus. (-pātayati -pātayituṃ).

ABASED, p. p. bhagnadarpaḥ -rpā -rpaṃ apakṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ parābhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ abhibhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ABASEMENT, s. (The act of bringing low) apakarṣaḥ -rṣaṇaṃ abhibhavaḥ.
     --(A low state), apakṛṣṭatā -tvaṃ apakīrttiḥ f.

To ABASH, v. a. laj in caus. (lājayati lājayituṃ) hrī in caus. (hrepayati hrepayituṃ) trap in caus. (trapayati trapayituṃ).

ABASHED, p. p. lajjitaḥ -tā -taṃ trapitaḥ -tā -taṃ vrīḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ hrīparigataḥ -tā -taṃ.

To ABATE, v. a. (To diminish) hras in caus. (hrāsayati hrāsayituṃ) kan (nom. kanayati kanayituṃ), lagh (nom. laghayati laghayituṃ), śam in caus. (śamayati śamayituṃ).
     --(To let down the price in selling) mūlyaṃ nyūnīkṛ.
     --(To depress) avasad in caus. (-sādayati -yituṃ).

To ABATE, v. n. (To grow less) kṣi in pass. (kṣīyate) hras (c. 1. hrasati hrasituṃ).
     --(To subside) śam (c. 4. śāmyati śamituṃ), upaśam praśam.

ABATED, p. p. (Subsided) upaśāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ praśāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ.

ABBESS, s. vihārasya or maṭhasya or āśramasya pradhānā strī.

ABBEY, s. vihāraḥ dharmmacāriṇāṃ maṭhaḥ.

ABBOT, s. vihārasya pradhānapuruṣaḥ maṭhādhyakṣaḥ guruḥ.

To ABBREVIATE, v. a. (To shorten by contraction) saṃhṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ), saṅkṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ), hras in caus. (hrāsayati hrāsayituṃ).

[Page 1b]

ABBREVIATURE, s. saṅkṣepaḥ -paṇaṃ samasanaṃ saṅgrahaḥ.

To ABDICATE, v. a. (To resign an office) rājyaṃ or adhikāraṃ or padaṃ tyaj (c. 1. tyajati tyaktuṃ).

ABDICATION, s. rājyatyāgaḥ adhikāratyāgaḥ padatyāgaḥ.

ABDOMEN, s. vastiḥ m., udaraṃ kukṣiḥ m.

ABDOMINAL, a. vāsteyaḥ -yī -yaṃ udarakaḥ -kā -kaṃ kaukṣaḥ -kṣī -kṣaṃ.

ABERRATION, s. vibhramaḥ bhrāntiḥ bhraṃśaḥ cyutiḥ f., pathabhraṣṭatā unmārgagamanaṃ.

To ABET, v. a. (To encourage) protsah in caus. (-sāhayati -sāhayituṃ) pravṛt in caus. (-varttayati -varttayituṃ).
     --(To help) upakṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ), upacar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ), upakāraṃ or sāhāyyaṃ kṛ.

ABETTOR, s. protsāhakaḥ pravarttakaḥ upakārakaḥ.

ABEYANCE, s. apekṣā vilambaḥ.

To ABHOR, v. a. garh (c. 1. garhate garhituṃ), bādh in des. (bībhatsate bībhatsituṃ) ghṛṇāṃ kṛ dviṣ (c. 2. dveṣṭi dveṣṭuṃ), pradviṣ.

ABHORRENCE, s. bībhatsaḥ -tsaṃ garhaṇaṃ ghṛṇā aruciḥ f.

ABHORRENT, a. (Struck with abhorrence) bībhatsānvitaḥ -tā -taṃ
     --(Inconsistent with) viruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ ayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ asaṅgataḥ -tā -taṃ asaṃsthitaḥ -tā -taṃ viparītaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To ABIDE, v. n. (To dwell) vas (c. 1. vasati vastuṃ).
     --(To remain) sthā (c. 1. tiṣṭhati -te sthātuṃ), vṛt (c. 1. varttate varttituṃ).

To ABIDE, v. a. (To wait for, expect) pratīkṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ). uddṛś (c. 1. -paśyati -draṣṭuṃ), pratipāl (c. 10. -pālayati -pālayituṃ).
     --(To bear, support) sah (c. 1. sahate soḍhuṃ), kṣam (c. 1. kṣamate kṣantuṃ), tij in des. (titikṣate titikṣituṃ).
     --(To abide by one's promise) pratijñātaṃ pāl.

ABIDING, a. sthāyī -yinī -yi (n) varttī -rttinī -rtti (n) vṛttimān -matī -mat (t).

ABILITY, s. śaktiḥ f., śaktatā balaṃ sāmarthyaṃ.
     --(Skill) kuśalatā pravīṇatā. 'To the utmost of one's ability,' yathāśakti ind., yāvacchakyaṃ sarvvayatnaiḥ yathāsāmarthyaṃ.

ABJECT, a. kṛpaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ adhamaḥ -mā -maṃ apakṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ nikṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ nīcaḥ -cā -caṃ avagarhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Without hope) nirāśaḥ -śā -śaṃ.

ABJECTLY, adv. kṛpaṇaṃ kārpaṇyena nikṛṣṭaṃ nīcatayā adhamaprakāreṇaṃ.

ABJECTNESS or ABJECTION, s. kārpaṇyaṃ adhamatvaṃ apakṛṣṭatā nikṛṣṭatā.

ABJURATION, s. (Renouncing with oath) śapathena tyāgaḥ.

To ABJURE, v. a. (To renounce with oath) śayathena tyaj (c. 1. tyajati tyaktuṃ).
     --(To renounce) pratyākhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -khyātuṃ), paritpaj.

ABLATIVE CASE, apādānaṃ pañcamī vibhaktiḥ.

ABLE, a. (Of power sufficient) samarthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ kṣamaḥ -mā -maṃ śaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.
     --(Powerful) prabalaḥ -lā -laṃ balavān -vatī -vat (t) śaktimān -matī -mat (t)

To be ABLE, v. n. śak (c. 5. śaknoti, c. 4. śakyati -te śaktuṃ), kṣam (c. 1. kṣamate kṣantuṃ), utsahṛ (c. 1. -sahate -soḍhuṃ) with inf.; prabhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ) with dat.; as, 'they are able to destroy the world,' prabhavanti kṣayāya jagataḥ.

[Page 2a]

ABLE-BODIED, a. prabalaśarīraḥ -rā -raṃ prabalakāyaḥ -yā -yaṃ dṛḍhāṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ.

ABLUTION, s. snānaṃ majjanaṃ dhāvanaṃ.

ABNEGATION, s. nihnavaḥ apahnavaḥ pratyākhyānaṃ.

ABODE, s. (Place of residence) gṛhaṃ veśma n. (n) āyatanaṃ nivāsaḥ nilayaḥ -yanaṃ ālayaḥ.
     --(Continuance in a place) vasatiḥ avasthānaṃ.

To ABOLISH, v. a. (To annul) lopaṃ kṛ nirarthakaṃ -kāṃ -kaṃ kṛ.
     --(To destroy) naś in caus. (nāśayati nāśayituṃ) vinaś; sad in caus. (sādayati sādayituṃ) utsad protsad; uddhṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ), ucchid (c. 7. -chinatti -chettuṃ).

ABOLISHED, p. p. luptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.

ABOLITION, s. (Act of annulling) lopaḥ.
     --(Destruction) vināśaḥ uddharaṇaṃ ucchedaḥ.

ABOMINABLE, a. garhaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ dveṣyaḥ -ṣyā -ṣyaṃ ghṛṇārhaḥ -rhā -rhaṃ.

ABOMINABLY, adv. garhmaprakāreṇa garhitaṃ.

To ABOMINATE, v. a. garh (c. 1. garhate garhituṃ), bādh in des. (bībhatsate bībhatsituṃ).

ABOMINATED, p. p. garhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ABOMINATION, s. (Detestation) bībhatsaḥ garhā garhaṇaṃ.
     --(An abominated thing, the object of detestation) garhitaṃ aśuddhadravyaṃ.

ABORTION, s. garbhasrāvaḥ akālaprasavaḥ.

ABORTIVE, a. (Producing abortion) garbhasrāvī -vinī -vi (n).
     --(Brought forth prematurely) garbhasrastaḥ -stā -staṃ apūrṇakālaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(That does not succeed) niṣphalaḥ -lā -laṃ moghaḥ -ghā -ghaṃ vyarthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ.

To ABOUND, v. n. (Followed by with or in) saṅkṝ in pass. (-kīryyate) with inst. c.; pṝ in pass. (pūryyate) āpṝ with inst. c.
     --(To be in great plenty) bahulībhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ).

ABOUNDING IN, āḍhyaḥ -ḍhyā -ḍhyaṃ saṅkīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ citaḥ -tā -taṃ nicayī -yinī -yi (n) saṃvalitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ABOUT, prep. (Encircling) pari prefixed.
     --(Near to, in time) prati.
     --(In number) deśīya affixed; as, 'about twelve years old,' dvādaśavarṣadeśīyaḥ; nyūnādhikaṃ.
     --(Concerning, relating to) prati pratīkṣya uddiśya.
     --(On account of) hetoḥ hetau arthaṃ arthe kṛte nimitte kāraṇāt, with the crude form, or sometimes the gen. c. of the preceding noun.
     --(Engaged in any thing) vyāpṛtaḥ niṣṭhitaḥ nirataḥ, with loc. c.
     --(Close to one's person) pārśvatas ind., nikaṭe samīpaṃ.

ABOUT, adv. (Circularly) paritas ind., abhitas ind.
     --(Nearly) prāyaśas or prāyas ind.
     --(Here and there) itastatas ind., sarvvatas ind.
     --(To be about to do any thing) expressed by udyataḥ, 'prepared,' with the infin.; as, 'about to kill,' hantum udyataḥ; or by the act. part. of the 2d fut.; as, gamiṣyan, 'about to go,' edhiṣyamāṇaḥ, 'about to increase'; or, by the desid. adj.; as, jigamiṣuḥ, 'about to go,' mumūrṣuḥ 'about to die.'

ABOVE, prep. or adv. (Higher in place) adhi or abhi prefixed; upari upariṣṭāt ūrddhvaṃ.
     --(More in quantity) adhikaṃ uttaraṃ.
     --(Higher in rank) uttaraḥ -rā -raṃ viśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ śreṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ.
     --(Superior to, beyond) ati; as, 'above man's power,' atimānupaṃ.
     --(Above all, especially) viṣeśatas ind., prādhānyatas ind.

To be ABOVE, v. n. (To excel) abhibhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ), prabhū atibhū; viśiṣ in pass. (-śiṣyate).
     --(To be higher) ūrddhvaṃ sthā (c. 1. tiṣṭhati sthātuṃ).

ABOVE-GROUND, a. (Not in the grave, still existing) varttamānaḥ -nā -naṃ jīvan -vantī -vat (t).

ABOVE-MENTIONED, a. pūrvvoktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ pūrvvoditaḥ -tā -taṃ prāguktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

ABREAST, adv. pārśvāpārśvi.

To ABRIDGE, v. a. saṃhṛ (c. 1. -harati -te -harttuṃ) upasaṃhṛ; saṅkṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ).
     --(To shorten) hras in caus. (hrāsayati hrāsayituṃ).
     --(To deprive of, cut off) ucchid (c. 7. -chinatti -chettuṃ), viyuj in caus. (-yojayati -yojayituṃ).

ABRIDGMENT, s. pratyāhāraḥ saṅkṣepaḥ -paṇaṃ samasanaṃ saṅgrahaḥ sabhāhāraḥ samāhṛtiḥ f.

ABROAD, adv. (In another country) videśe loc. c.
     --(At large, unconfined) nirvighnaṃ.
     --(Out of the house) vahis.
     --(In all directions) sarvvatra itastatas ind.
     --(Sojourn abroad in a foreign country) pravasanaṃ.
     --(A sojourner abroad) pravāsī (n) proṣitaḥ.

To ABROGATE, v. a. lopaṃ kṛ.

ABROGATED, p. p. luptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.

ABROGATION, s. lopaḥ lopakaraṇaṃ.

ABRUPT, a. (Broken, craggy) bhagnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ bhinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ rukṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ.
     --(Sudden) ākasmikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(Unconnected) asambandhaḥ -ndhā -ndhaṃ.

ABRUPTLY, adv. (Hastily) sahasā akasmāt jhaṭiti.

ABSCESS, s. vidradhiḥ m., pūyasampūrṇaḥ sphoṭaḥ

To ABSCOND, v. n. (To hide one's self) ātmānaṃ guh (c. 1. gūhati -te goḍhuṃ), niguh; guptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ or pracchannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ bhū.
     --(To disappear) antardhā in pass. (-dhīyate).
     --(To escape privately) palāy (c. 1. palāyate -yituṃ), niṣpat (c. 1. -patati -patituṃ), vyapasṛp (c. 1. -sarpati -sarpituṃ).

ABSENCE, s. abhāvaḥ parokṣaṃ anupasthitiḥ f., anupasthānaṃ aviṣayaḥ asannidhiḥ m.
     --(Absence from) virahaḥ viyogaḥ.
     --(Of mind) amanoyogaḥ anyamānasatvaṃ samādhiḥ m.
     --(In one's absence) parokṣe.

ABSENT, a. (Not present) avarttamānaḥ -nā -naṃ avidyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ parokṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ sthānāntaraṅgataḥ -tā -taṃ anupasthitaḥ -tā -taṃ anupasthāyī -yinī -yi (n) asamakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ apratyakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ.
     --(Abroad) proṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Absorbed in meditation) samāhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Thinking of something else) anyamānasaḥ -sī -saṃ or -manāḥ -nāḥ -naḥ (s) śūnyahṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

To be ABSENT, v. n. anyatra, or sthānāntare, or asākṣāt vṛt (c. 1. varttate varttituṃ) or as (c. 2. asti).

ABSENTEE, s. proṣitaḥ pravāsī m. (n) adeśasthaḥ.

ABSOLUTE, a. (Complete) sampūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ samāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ samagraḥ -grā -graṃ paryyāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.
     --(Not relative, simple) mātrakaḥ -kā -kaṃ kevalaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(Sovereign, paramount) paramaḥ -mā -maṃ uttamaḥ -mā -maṃ.
     --(An absolute king) adhirājaḥ samrāṭ (j).

ABSOLUTELY, adv. (Entirely) sarvvaśas kevalaṃ.

ABSOLUTION, s. pāpamocanaṃ pāpakṣamā niṣkṛtiḥ f., kṣamā muktiḥ f.

To ABSOLVE, v. a. (To acquit of a crime) pāpāt muc (c. 6. muñcati -te moktuṃ), vimuc, or in caus. (mocayati -yituṃ) pāpaṃ kṣam (c. 1. kṣamate kṣantuṃ), aparādhaṃ kṣam; 'he is absolved from crime,' duṣkṛtāt pūyate.

ABSOLVED, p. p. pāpamuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

[Page 3a]

To ABSORB, v. a. nipā (c. 1. -pivati -pātuṃ), utpā; śuṣ in caus. (śoṣayati -yituṃ) ucchuṣ upaśuṣ; gras (c. 1. grasate grasituṃ), upagras.

ABSORBED, p. p. (Absorbed in any occupation) nirataḥ -tā -taṃ niviṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ parāyaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ āsaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.
     --(In meditation) samāhitaḥ -tā -taṃ ekāgraḥ -grā -graṃ; (Drunk in) nipītaḥ -tā -taṃ grastaḥ -stā -staṃ.

ABSORPTION, nipānaṃ śoṣaṇaṃ grasanaṃ.

To ABSTAIN, v. n. nivṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ) with abl.; as, 'he abstains from eating flesh,' nivarttate māṃsabhakṣaṇāt; vṛj in caus. (varjayati -yituṃ) parivṛj vivṛj with acc.

ABSTEMIOUS, a. alpāhārī -riṇī -ri (n) abhojī -jinī -ji (n) mitāśanaḥ -nā -naṃ mitabhuk m. f. n. (j) parimitāhāraḥ -rā -raṃ niyatāhāraḥ -rā -raṃ yatāhāraḥ -rā -raṃ ladhvāśī -śinī -śi (n) ladhvāhāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

ABSTEMIOUSNESS, s. āhāraparityāgaḥ alpāhāritvaṃ.

ABSTINENCE, s. (Abstaining from food) upavāsaḥ abhojanaṃ.
     --(Restraint of the passions) jitendriyatvaṃ saṃyamanaṃ saṃyāmaḥ.
     --(Forbearance from any thing) nivṛttiḥ f., kṣāntiḥ, f.

ABSTINENT, a. (Temperate) jitendriyaḥ -yā -yaṃ nivṛttarāgaḥ -gā -gaṃ saṃyamī -minī -mi (n) saṃyatātmā -tmā -tma (n).
     --(Fasting) upavāsī -sinī -si (n).

To ABSTRACT, v. a. apahṛ (c. 1. -harati -te -harttuṃ), vyapahṛ; apakṛṣ (c. 1. -karṣati, c. 6. -kṛṣati -kraṣṭuṃ), apākṛṣ avakṛṣ vyapakṛṣ; ādā (c. 3. -datte -dātuṃ), upādā abhyādā.
     --(To reduce to an epitome) saṅkṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ), saṃhṛ.

ABSTRACT, a. vibhinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ viyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ viviktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ pṛthakkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ kevalaḥ -lā -laṃ
     --(From material objects) viṣayaviviktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ viṣayāpakṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ
     --(Metaphysical) ānvīkṣikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(Abstracted in mind) samāhitaḥ -tā -taṃ ananyamanāḥ -nāḥ -naḥ (s).

ABSTRACT, s. (An epitome) saṅgrahaḥ pratyāhāraḥ saṅkṣepaḥ sāraḥ vastu n. vastumātraṃ.
     --(An abstract noun) bhāvavācakaḥ.

ABSTRACTEDLY, ABSTRACTLY, adv. viviktaṃ viviktaprakāreṇa.
     --(Simply) kevalaṃ mātraṃ.

ABSTRACTION, s. (Taking away) pratyāhāraḥ upādānaṃ.
     --(Separation) vivekaḥ vibhedaḥ pārthakyaṃ pṛthakkaraṇaṃ.
     --(From material objects) viṣayaviviktatvaṃ.
     --(Of the mind) samādhiḥ m., ekāgratā.

ABSTRUSE, a. (Hidden) gūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ guptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ pracchannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.
     --(Remote from apprehension, obscure) nigūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ nigūḍhārthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ durjñeyaḥ -yā -yaṃ bodhāgamyaḥ -myā -myaṃ kaṭhinaḥ -nā -naṃ.

ABSURD, a. anarthakaḥ -kā -kaṃ nyāyaviruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ vicāraviruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ anyāyī -yinī -yi (n).

ABSURDITY, s. (That which is absurd) mṛṣārthakaṃ anarthakaṃ śaśaviṣāṇaṃ śaśaśṛṅgaṃ gaganakusumaṃ gaganapuṣpaṃ.

ABSURDNESS, s. ānarthakyaṃ anyāyatvaṃ ayāthārthyaṃ.

ABSURDLY, adv. anyāyatas ind., ānarthakyena avicāreṇa.

ABUNDANCE, s. vāhulyaṃ bahutvaṃ pracuratvaṃ.

ABUNDANT, a. bahuḥ -huḥ or -hvī -hu bahulaḥ -lā -laṃ pracuraḥ -rā -raṃ bhūriḥ -riḥ -ri vipulaḥ -lā -laṃ samadhikaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ABUNDANTLY, adv. bahuśas ind., bhūriśas ind., bhūyas ind., anekaśas ind.

To ABUSE, v. a. (Make ill use of) vṛthā or mṛṣā or anyāyataḥ prayuj (c. 7. -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ), or in caus. (-yojayati -yituṃ) kadarthīkṛ vyarthīkṛ vṛthākṛ.
     --(Revile) kuts (c. 10. kutsayati -yituṃ), abhikuts ākṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ), parikṣip ākruś (c. 1. krośati -kroṣṭuṃ), samākruś tiraskṛ (c. 8. -karoti -kurute -karttuṃ), apavad (c. 1. -vadate -vadituṃ), avagur (c. 6. gurate -gurituṃ), with dat. or loc.; śap (c. 1. śapati, c. 4. śapyati śaptuṃ), abhiśap pariśap; ākṣar, in caus. (-kṣārayati -yituṃ) mukharīkṛ atibrū (c. 2. -bravīti -vaktuṃ)
     --(To abuse in return) pratyākruś.

ABUSE, s. pāruṣyaṃ abhivādaḥ tiraskāraḥ paribhāṣaṇaṃ ākrośaḥ vikrośanaṃ apakrośaḥ nindā maukharyyaṃ upālambhaḥ jugupsā -psanaṃ vākpāruṣyaṃ vāgdoṣaḥ svaloktiḥ f., nirbhartsanaṃ durālāpaḥ durvvacaḥ n. (s) paruṣavacanaṃ paruṣoktiḥ f., (Ill use) kuprayogaḥ kuvyavahāraḥ durvyavahāraḥ kadarthīkaraṇaṃ.

ABUSED, p. p. (Badly employed) ku prayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.
     --(Reviled) ākṣiptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ ākruṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

ABUSIVE, a. nindakaḥ -kā -kaṃ paruṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ mukharaḥ -rā -raṃ ākrośakaḥ -kī -kaṃ durvvādaḥ -dā -daṃ kutsāvādī -dinī -di (n) vāgduṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

ABYSS, s. agādhadarī f., agādharandhraṃ atalasparśakhātaṃ gambhīrarandhraṃ narakaḥ.

ACADEMY, s. pāṭhaśālā vidyālayaḥ vidyābhyāsasthānaṃ.

To ACCEDE, v. n. (To be added to) mil (c. 1. milati melituṃ), sami (c. 2. -eti -etuṃ), saṅgam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ).
     --(To assent) anujñā (c. 9. -jānāti -nīte -jñātuṃ), anuman (c. 4. -manyate -mantuṃ), sammatiṃ kṛ.

To ACCELERATE, v. a. tvar in caus. (tvarayati -yituṃ) santvar pravṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ).

ACCENT, s. (The sound of a syllable) svaraḥ.
     --(The manner of speaking) uccāraṇaṃ.
     --(The mark of a syllable) uccāraṇacihnaṃ svaracihnaṃ.
     --(Acute accent) udāttaḥ.

To ACCENT, v. a. (To pronounce with a proper accent) sūtrānusārataḥ or sūtrānurūpam uccar in caus. (-cārayati -yituṃ) or svaroccāraṇaṃ kṛ.

ACCENTED, p. p. svaritaḥ -tā -taṃ udāttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.

To ACCENTUATE, v. a. svarasya upari uccāraṇacihūṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ).

To ACCEPT, v. a. grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti gṛhlīte grahītuṃ), pratigrah saṅgrah upasaṅgrah; ādā (c. 3. -dadāti -datte -dātuṃ), pratīṣ (c. 6. -icchati -eṣṭuṃ), svīkṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ).

ACCEPTABLE, a. gṛhyaḥ -hyā -hyaṃ grahaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ ādeyaḥ -yā -yaṃ upādeyaḥ -yā -yaṃ samādeyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.
     --(Agreeable) ramaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ manoramaḥ -mā -maṃ priyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ACCEPTABLENESS, s. grāhyatvaṃ ramaṇīyatvaṃ priyatā.

ACCEPTANCE, s. pratigrahaḥ parigrahaḥ ādānaṃ svīkaraṇaṃ.
     --(Acceptance of money) dhanādānaṃ.

ACCEPTATION, s. (Meaning) arthaḥ abhiprāyaḥ āśayaḥ.

ACCEPTED, p. p. gṛhītaḥ -tā -taṃ ādattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.

ACCESS, s. (The way by which any thing may be approached) āgamaḥ abhigamaḥ upagamaḥ.
     --(Increase, addition) vṛddhiḥ f., upacayaḥ.

ACCESSARY or -ORY, a. (Co-operator) sahakārī -riṇī -ri (n).
     --(To a crime) pāpasahāyaḥ.

ACCESSIBLE, a. abhigamyaḥ -myā -myaṃ gamyaḥ -myā -myaṃ sugamaḥ -mā -maṃ -labhyaḥ -bhyā -bhyaṃ sulabhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ sukhopasarpyaḥ -rpyā -rpyaṃ.

ACCESSION, s. (Increase by something added) āgamaḥ vṛddhiḥ f., upacayaḥ.
     --(Accession of wealth) dhanāgamaḥ.
     --(The act of joining one's self to) upagamaḥ abhigamanaṃ milanaṃ upasthitiḥ f.
     --(Accession to a throne) rājyaprāptiḥ f.

ACCESSORY, a. (Additional) adhikaḥ -kā -kaṃ.
     --(Associated with) sahitaḥ -tā -taṃ, or sammilitaḥ -tā -taṃ, or saṃyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

[Page 4a]

ACCIDENCE, s. (Rudiments of grammar) vyākaraṇārambhaḥ vyākaraṇasya ādiprakaraṇagranthaḥ.

ACCIDENT, s. (A casualty, chance) saṅgatiḥ f., daivayogaḥ daivagatiḥ f., daivāt or akasmāt saṅgataṃ daivaghaṭanaṃ or -nā ativarttanaṃ abhyudayaḥ.
     --(Unfortunate accident) āpada f., vipada f.
     --(A non-essential quality) aprakṛtiḥ f., asahajo guṇaḥ.
     --(By accident) akasmāt daivāt daivena daivagatyā.

ACCIDENTAL, a. (Casual) daivāyattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ āpatikaḥ -kī -kaṃ sāṅgatikaḥ -kī -kaṃ ākasmikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(Non-essential) aprakṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ asamavāyī -yinī -yi (n).

ACCIDENTALLY, adv. daivāt akasmāt saṅgatyā daivayogena.

ACCLAMATION or ACCLAIM, s. praṇādaḥ dhanyavādaḥ jayaśabdaḥ praśaṃsāśabdaḥ sammatipraṇādaḥ sāṃrāviṇaṃ.

ACCLIVITY, s. utsaṅgaḥ sthānaṃ kramaśa udgamyaṃ.

To ACCOMMODATE, v. a. (To adapt, adjust) yuj in caus. (yojayati -yituṃ) sandhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), samādhā.
     --(To settle a difference) sandhā samāp in caus. (-āpayati -yituṃ).
     --(To supply with conveniences) sopakāradravyāṇi upakḷp (c. 10. -kalpayati -yituṃ), yuj in caus. samāyuj.

ACCOMMODATION, s. (Supplying of conveniences) sopakāradravyopakalpanaṃ.
     --(Convenience) upakaraṇaṃ.
     --(Mutual accommodation) pratyupakāraḥ.
     --(Adaptation) saṃyojanaṃ sandhānaṃ.

ACCOMPANIED, p. p. sahitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃvṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ sahāyavān -vatī -vat parivāritaḥ -tā -taṃ sametaḥ -tā -taṃ. As applied to two persons dvitīya or sahāya may be used; as, 'Nakula accompanied by Sahadeva,' nakulaḥ sahadevadvitīyaḥ; 'accompanied by Umā,' umāsahāyaḥ, Sometimes sa is prefixed with this, sense; as, 'accompanied by his ministers,' sasacivaḥ.

To ACCOMPANY, v. a. (As a companion) anuyā (c. 2. -yāti -yātuṃ), samanuyā anvi (c. 2. -eti -etuṃ), parivṛ in caus. (-vārayati -yituṃ) sahāyībhū.
     --(To join with) yuj (c. 7. yunakti yoktuṃ, c. 10. yojayati -yituṃ), saṃyuj.

ACCOMPLICE, s. (In crime) pāpasahāyaḥ pāpasammitaḥ kusahāyaḥ.
     --(Coadjutor) sahakārī m. (n).
     --(Adherent) anupaṅgī m. (n).

To ACCOMPLISH, v. a. sidh or sādh in caus. (sādhayati -yituṃ) saṃsādh; samāp in caus. (-āpayati -yituṃ) sampad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ) samācar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ), nirvṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ) samāsthā (c. 1. tiṣṭhati -te -sthātuṃ), anuṣṭhā āsthā kṛ (c. 8. karoti karttuṃ) saṅkṛ.

ACCOMPLISHABLE, sādhyaḥ -dhyā -dhyaṃ sādhanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ sampādanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ACCOMPLISHED, siddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ nirvṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ niṣpannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ sampannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ kṛtārthībhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Clever) guṇavān -vatī -vat (t) guṇī -ṇinī -ni (n) nipuṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

ACCOMPLISHMENT, s. siddhiḥ f., samāptiḥ f., niṣpattiḥ f., āsādhanaṃ nirvvāhaḥ rāddhiḥ f., nirvṛttiḥ f.
     --(Of one's object) kṛtakṛtpatā kṛtārthatā svārthasiddhiḥ f.
     --(The condition of an accomplished man) guṇitā sampūrṇabhāvaḥ nipuṇatā.
     --(Embellishment) pariṣkāraḥ.

To ACCORD, v. n. (To agree, suit) yuj in pass. (yujyate) anurūpaḥ -pā -paṃ, or sadṛśaḥ -śā -śaṃ, or tulyaḥ -lyā -lyaṃ as.
     --(To be of the same opinion) ekacittībhū sammataḥ -tā -taṃ bhū.

ACCORD, s. (Concurrence) sammatiḥ f., aikamatyaṃ ekacittatā samatā samavākyaṃ svīkararāṃ.
     --(In music) ekatālaḥ.
     --(Of one's own accord) svayaṃ kāmatas ind., kāmahaitukaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(With one accord) ekacittībhūya.

ACCORDANCE, s. (Conformity) anusāraḥ anurūpatā sādṛśyaṃ.

ACCORDING, prep. (According to) yathā anurūpaṃ anusāratas ind. anurūpeṇa anusāreṇa anu prefixed; 'according to seniority,' anujyeṣṭhaṃ; 'according to one's desire,' yatheṣṭaṃ yathābhimataṃ; 'according to one's power,' yathāśakti ind.

ACCORDINGLY, adv. tathaiva tadanusāratas ind., tadanurūpeṇa.

To ACCOST. v. a. abhibhāṣ (c. 1. -bhāṣate -bhāṣituṃ), ābhāṣ samābhāṣ abhidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), āmantr (c. 10. -mantrayati -te -yituṃ), samāmantr.

ACCOSTED, p. p. abhihitaḥ -tā -taṃ abhibhāṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ACCOUNT, s. (A computation) gaṇitaṃ vigaṇanaṃ gaṇanā -naṃ saṅkhyānaṃ lekhā.
     --(Value, estimation) mūlyaṃ arghaḥ sammānaṃ.
     --(Great value) bahumatiḥ.
     --(Narrative, explanation) kathā kathanaṃ upākhyānaṃ yathātathaṃ yathāsthitaṃ; 'on this account,' atas ind., anena hetunā iti hetoḥ; 'on what account?' kena hetunā or kena kāryyeṇa; 'on account of,' hetoḥ hetau arthaṃ or arthe kṛte nimitte kāraṇāt with the crude form; or expressed by simply putting the noun in the abl. c.; as, 'on account of anger,' kopāt; or by the indec. part. of uddiś; as, 'on which account,' yaduddiśya.

To ACCOUNT, v. a. (To esteem) man (c. 4. manyate mantuṃ, or caus. mānayati -yituṃ), mamman in caus.; jñā (c. 9. jānāti jānīte jñātuṃ).
     --(To reckon, compute) gaṇ (c. 10. gaṇayati -yituṃ), vigaṇ saṅkhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -khyātuṃ).
     --(To give an account or relation) kath (c. 10. kathayati -yituṃ), ākhyā nivid in caus. (-vedayati -yituṃ).

ACCOUNTABLE, a. parānuyogādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ anusandheyaḥ -yā -yaṃ anusandhānāyattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ āhvānādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ yo nikṣepaṃ or nyāsaṃ pratipādayitum arhati.

ACCOUNTANT, s. gaṇakaḥ lekhakaḥ lipikāraḥ masipaṇyaḥ.

ACCOUNT-BOOK, s. gaṇanāpustakaṃ.

To ACCOUTRE, v. a. nah (c. 4. -nahyati -te -naddhuṃ), sannah pinah sajjīkṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ).

ACCOUTRED, sannaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ pinaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ sajjaḥ -jjā -jjaṃ sajjitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ACCOUTREMENT, s. sannāhaḥ sajjā paridhānaṃ alaṅkāraḥ.

To ACCRUE, v. n. (To be added) prativṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ), mil (c. 1. milati melituṃ), prāp in pass. (-āpyate).
     --(To arise as profit) utpad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ), jan (c. 4. jāyate janituṃ), sañjan.

To ACCUMULATE, v. a. ci (c. 5. cinoti cetuṃ), sañci samāci praci rāśīkṛ ekatra kṛ.

To ACCUMULATE, v. n. upaci in pass. (-cīyate) vṛdh (c. 1. vardhate vardhituṃ), rāśībhū.

ACCUMULATED, p. p. upacitaḥ -tā -taṃ sañcitaḥ -tā -taṃ samācitaḥ -tā -taṃ rāśīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ varddhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ACCUMULATION, s. sañcayaḥ samudāyaḥ sampattiḥ f., saṅghātaḥ sannayaḥ oghaḥ rāśīkaraṇaṃ.

ACCURACY, s. yāthārthyaṃ tathyaṃ yāthātathyaṃ samyaktvaṃ śuddhatvaṃ satyatā.
     --(Nicety) mūkṣmatvaṃ.

ACCURATE, a. yathārthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ satyaḥ -tyā -tyaṃ tathyaḥ -thyā -thyaṃ ṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ samañjasaḥ -sā -saṃ yāthārdhikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

ACCURATELY, adv. yathārthaṃ samyak ṛtaṃ satyaṃ añjasā sūkṣmatvana.

[Page 5a]

ACCURSED, p. p. abhiśaptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ śāpagrastaḥ -stā -staṃ ākruṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ ākrośanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ avagarhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ACCUSATION, s. abhiyogaḥ doṣakalpanaṃ apavādaḥ.
     --(False) abhiśaṃsanaṃ abhiśāpaḥ.

ACCUSATIVE, a. (Case) karmma n. (n) dvitīyā vibhaktiḥ.

To ACCUSE, v. a. abhiyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yoktuṃ), abhiyogaṃ kṛ adhikṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣaptuṃ), apavad (c. 1. -vadati -vadituṃ), doṣakalpanaṃ kṛ pariśap (c. 1. -śapati -śaptuṃ), abhiśap.
     --(To be accused), abhiyuj in pass. (-yujyate).

ACCUSED, abhiyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ abhiśaptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ abhiśastaḥ -stā -staṃ.

ACCUSER, s. abhiyogī m. (n) abhiyoktā m. (ktṛ) apavādakaḥ parivādakaḥ.

To ACCUSTOM, v. a. abhyas (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ), abhyāsaṃ or vyavahāraṃ kṛ śikṣ in caus. (śikṣayati -yituṃ).
     --(To be accustomed) abhyastaḥ -stā -staṃ bhū.

ACCUSTOMARY, a. ācārikaḥ -kī -kaṃ ācaritaḥ -tā -taṃ vyāvahārikaḥ -kī -kaṃ vyavahārānurūpaḥ -pā -paṃ svābhāvikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

ACCUSTOMED, p. p. abhyastaḥ -stā -staṃ śikṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ACE, s. (On cards or dice) mudrāviśeṣaḥ.
     --(Within an ace, all but) prāyas yatkiñcin nyūnaṃ īṣadūnaṃ.--'All but dead,' mṛtakalpaḥ.

ACERBITY, s. kaṭutā amlatā śuktatā.
     --(Sharpness of temper) svabhāvakaṭutā aruntudatvaṃ.

ACHE, s. vedanaṃ -nā pīḍā vyathā.
     --(Headache) śirovedanā.
     --(Tooth-ache) dantavedanā.

To ACHE, v. n. pīḍ in pass. (pīḍyate) vyath (c. 1. vyathate vyathituṃ).

To ACHIEVE, v. a. (To perform, finish) samāp in caus. (-āpayati -yituṃ) sampad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ) sidh in caus. (sādhayati -yituṃ).
     --(To obtain) prāp (c. 5. -āpnoti -āptuṃ), samāp samprāp.

ACHIEVEMENT, s. (A noble exploit) praśaṃsanīyakarmma n. (n) ceṣṭitaṃ caritraṃ.
     --(In heraldry) padacihnaṃ.

ACID, a. amlaḥ -mlā -mlaṃ śuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ śauktaḥ -kī -ktaṃ śauktikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

ACID, s. amlaḥ śuktaṃ.

ACIDITY, s. amlatā -tvaṃ amlabhāvaḥ śuktatā.
     --(Of stomach) amlapittaḥ.

To ACIDULATE, v. a. amlīkṛ; amlay (nom. amlayati -yituṃ).

ACIDULATED, p. p. amlāktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ amlīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To ACKNOWLEDGE, v. a. abhijñā (c. 1. -jānāti -nīte -jñātuṃ), pratyabhijñā samabhijñā pratijñā; svīkṛ aṅgīkṛ anubhāp (c. 1. -bhāṣate -bhāṣituṃ).

ACKNOWLEDGMENT, s. svīkāraḥ aṅgīkāraḥ pratyabhijñānaṃ.
     --(Of a fault) svapāpasvīkāraḥ.

ACORN, s. prasiddhavṛkṣasya phalaṃ.

To ACQUAINT, v. a. jñā in caus. (jñāpayati -yituṃ) vijñā; budh in caus. (bodhayati -yituṃ) prabudh pratibudh avabudh nivid in caus. (-vedayati -yituṃ).

ACQUAINTANCE, s. paricayaḥ.
     --(Knowledge) jñānaṃ parijñānaṃ.
     --(An acquaintance, friend) mitraṃ saṃsargī m. (n) vibhāvaḥ.
     --(Familiarity) saṃsargaḥ saṃstavaḥ.

ACQUAINTED, paricitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃstutaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Known) jñātaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To ACQUIESCE, v. n. tuṣ (c. 1. tuṣyati toṣṭuṃ), santup with inst. or loc.
     --(In an opinion) sammatiṃ kṛ.
     --(To assent) anuman (c. 4. -manyate -mantuṃ), anujñā (c. 9. -jānāti -jñātuṃ).

ACQUIESCENCE, s. tuṣṭiḥ f., paritoṣaḥ santoṣaḥ sammatiḥ f., anumatiḥ f., śāntiḥ f.
     --(Submission) kṣāntiḥ f.

ACQUIRABLE, a. prāpyaḥ -pyā -pyaṃ labhyaḥ -bhyā -bhyaṃ.

[Page 5b]

To ACQUIRE, v. a. arj (c. 1. arjati arjituṃ), upārj labh (c. 1. labhate labdhuṃ), upalabh prāp (c. 5. -āproti -āptuṃ), avāp; pratipad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ), (c. 5. aśnute aśituṃ), upāś samaś; āviś (c. 6. -viśati -veṣṭuṃ), samāviś.

ACQUIRED, p. p. prāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ labdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ āpannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ arjjitaḥ -tā -taṃ upārjjitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ACQUISITION or ACQUIREMENT, s. lābhaḥ labdhiḥ f., arjjanaṃ prāptiḥ f., avāptiḥ f., samprāptiḥ f., pratipattiḥ f., grahaṇaṃ.
     --(The thing gained) āgamaḥ.
     --(Acquirement of knowledge) vidyāprāptiḥ f., vidyārjjanaṃ vidyāgamaḥ.
     --(Acquisition of property) dhanārjjanaṃ.
     --(Various acquirement) vipratipattiḥ f.

To ACQUIT, v. a. pāpāt muc (c. 6. muñcati moktuṃ), vimuc, or in caus. (mocayati -yituṃ) śudha in caus. (śodhayati -yituṃ) nistṛ in caus. (-tārayati -yituṃ).

ACQUITTAL, s. śuddhiḥ f., śodhanaṃ muktiḥ f., mokṣaḥ.

ACQUITTANCE, s. nistāraḥ ānṛṇyaṃ niṣkṛtiḥ f.

ACQUITTED, p. p. śuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ muktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

ACRID, ACRIMONIOUS, a. kaṭuḥ -ṭuḥ or -ṭvī -ṭu ugraḥ -grā -graṃ aruntudaḥ -dā -daṃ prakharaḥ -rā -raṃ.

ACRIMONY, s. kaṭutā ugratvaṃ prākharyyaṃ.
     --(Of temper) svabhāvakaṭutā.

ACROSS, adv. (To the other side) pāraṃ; tīrāntaraṃ; as, 'across the sea, samudrapāraṃ.
     --(Transversely) vyatyastaṃ.
     --(With hands across) vyatyastapāṇinā.

ACROSTIC, s. ślokaviśeṣaḥ.

To ACT, v. n. ceṣṭ (c. 1. ceṣṭate ceṣṭituṃ), viceṣṭ sañceṣṭ kṛ (c. 8. karoti kurute karttuṃ), vidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ).
     --(To conduct one's self) vyavahṛ (c. 1. -harati -te -harttuṃ), ācar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ)
     --(As a stage-player) naṭ (c. 1. naṭati naṭituṃ).

To ACT, v. a. (To feign by action) naṭ (c. 10. nāṭayati -yituṃ); as, 'Acting the sentiment of love,' śṛṅgārabhāvaṃ nāṭayantī; rūp (c. 10. rūpayati -yituṃ), abhinayaṃ kṛ. The sense of acting a part may be expressed by nominal verbs; as, 'he acts the king,' rājāyate.
     --(To assume disguise) chadmaveśaṃ kṛ.

ACT, s. (A deed) karmma n. (n) kāryyaṃ ceṣṭitaṃ kriyā kṛtaṃ kṛtyaṃ viceṣṭitaṃ.
     --(Of a play) aṅkaḥ aṅkaṃ.
     --(A decree) vyavasthā.

ACTION, s. karmma n. (n) kriyā kṛtyā ceṣṭā viceṣṭitaṃ pravṛttiḥ f., vidhānaṃ.
     --(Agency, operation) kāraṇaṃ.
     --(The action of the wind) vātāhatiḥ f.
     --(Gesticulation) iṅgitaṃ aṅgahāraḥ aṅgavikṣepaḥ.
     --(An action in law) abhiyogaḥ arthaḥ
     --(Fight, battle) yuddhaṃ saṅgrāmaḥ samaraḥ saṃyugaḥ.

ACTIONABLE, a. (In law) abhiyojyaḥ -jyā -jyaṃ vyavahāryyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ vyavaharttavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ.

ACTIVE, a. (Engaged in action) udyogī -ginī -gi (n) prayatnavān -vatī -vat (t) udyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ karmmodyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ analasaḥ -sā -saṃ sayatnaḥ -tnā -tnaṃ vyavasāyī -yinī -yi (n) karmmī -rmmiṇī -rmmi (n) sotsāhaḥ -hā -haṃ sodyogaḥ -gā -gaṃ karmmaniṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ.
     --(Nimble) tīkṣṇakarmmā -rmmā -rmma (n) āśukārī -riṇī -ri (n) laghu -ghuḥ -ghu tvaritaḥ -tā -taṃ satvaraḥ -rā -raṃ atandraḥ -ndrā -ndraṃ.
     --(Having motion) gatvaraḥ -rā -raṃ.
     --(Active voice) parasmaipadaṃ karttṛvācyaḥ.
     --(A verb in the active voice) karttari vācyaṃ makarmmakakiyā.
     --(Fond of manly exercise) vyāyāmaśīlaḥ -lā -la vyāyāmī

[Page 6a]

ACTIVITY, s. karmmodyogaḥ sayatnatā vyavasāyaḥ pravṛttiḥ f., pravarttanaṃ.
     --(Manly exercise) vyāyāmaḥ.
     --(Active life) pravṛttiḥ f.
     --(With activity) prayatnatas ind.

ACTOR, s. (Stage-player) naṭaḥ narttakaḥ kuśīlavaḥ cāraṇaḥ raṅgajīvakaḥ raṅgājīvaḥ abhinetā m. (tṛ) śailālī m. (n) kṛśāśvī m. (n).
     --(He that acts or does) kārī m. (n) kārakaḥ kāraḥ.

ACTRESS, s. narttakī naṭī cāraṇadārāḥ pl.

ACTUAL, a. (True, real) tathyaḥ -thyā -thyaṃ vāstavaḥ -vī -vaṃ vāstavikaḥ -kī -kaṃ satyaḥ -tyā -tyaṃ vidyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ.

ACTUALLY, adv. vastutas ind., arthatas ind., kāryyatas ind., kāryyavat.

ACTUARY, s. lekhakaḥ vyavasthāracakaḥ.

ACUMEN, s. (Quickness of intellect) buddhisūkṣmatā matiprakarṣaḥ vidagdhatā kuśāgrīyamatitvaṃ.

ACUMINATED, tīkṣṇāgraḥ -grā -graṃ aṃśumān -matī -mat (t).

ACUTE, a. (In intellect) sūkṣmabuddhiḥ -ddhiḥ -ddhi vidagdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ kuśāgrīyamatiḥ -tiḥ -ti.
     --(Not blunt) tīkṣṇaḥ -kṣṇā -kṣṇaṃ tīvraḥ -vrā -vraṃ
     --(Acute pain) tīvravedanā.

ACUTELY, adv. tīvraṃ tīkṣṇaṃ sūkṣmatayā.

ACUTENESS, s. (Of intellect) buddhisūkṣmatā vidagdhatā vaidagdhyaṃ.
     --(Sharpness) taikṣṇyaṃ tejaḥ n. (s) tīvratā.

ADAGE, s. sūtraṃ vacanaṃ prācīnapuruṣavacanaṃ.

ADAGIO, adv. śanaiḥ śanaiḥ mandaṃ mandaṃ.

ADAGIO, s. svaramāndyaṃ.

ADAMANT, s. vajraḥ or -jraṃ abhedyaprastaraḥ.
     --(Diamond) hīrakaḥ hīraṃ avikaṃ varārakaṃ.

ADAMANTINE, a. vajramayaḥ -yī -yaṃ vajraḥ -jrā -jraṃ.

To ADAPT, v. a. yuj in caus. (yojayati -yituṃ) sandhā (c. 3. -dhatte -dhātuṃ).
     --(To be adapted) yuj in pass. (yujyate).

ADAPTABLE, a. yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ yoktavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ saṃyojanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ADAPTED, p. p. yuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ upayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ paryyāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ sambhāvyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ.

To ADD, v. a. (One thing to another) anyad anyena saṃyuj (c. 10. -yojayati -yituṃ) or samāyuj; dhā (c. 3. dadhāti dhātuṃ), samākṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ), uparyyupari dhā samāci (c. 5. -cinoti -cetuṃ).
     --(To add together, cast up) parisaṅkhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -khyātuṃ), parigaṇ (c. 10. -gaṇayati -yituṃ).

ADDER, s. sarpaviśeṣaḥ.

To ADDICT, v. a. (One's self to any thing) āsañj in pass. (-sajyate or -sajjate -saṃktuṃ) with loc.; bhaj (c. 1. bhajati -te bhaktuṃ), āsev (c. 1. -sevate -sevituṃ), niviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ) nirataḥ -tā -taṃ or āsaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ bhū.

ADDICTED, p. p. saktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ āsaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ prasaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ niviṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ prajuṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ pravaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

ADDICTION, saktiḥ f., āsaktiḥ f., raktiḥ f., upasevanaṃ niveśaḥ.

ADDITION, s. saṃyojanaṃ samāyogaḥ samākṣepaḥ.
     --(The state of being additional) ādhikyaṃ.
     --(In arithmetic) saṅkalitaṃ parisaṃkhyā parigaṇanaṃ.
     --(The thing added) anubandhaḥ.

ADDITIONAL, a. adhikaḥ -kā -kaṃ adhikataraḥ -rā -raṃ.

ADDLE, a. asampūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ naṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ duṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

To ADDRESS, v. a. (By words) āmantr (c. 10. -mantrayate -yituṃ), samāmantr abhibhāṣ (c. 1. -bhāṣate -bhāṣituṃ), ābhāṣ samābhāṣ pratibhāṣ abhivad (c. 1. -vadati -te -vadituṃ, c. 10. -vādayati -te -yituṃ), abhivac (c. 2. -vakti -vaktuṃ), ālap (c. 1. -lapati -lapituṃ), nigad (c. 1. -gadati -gadituṃ).
     --(By name) sambodhanaṃ kṛ nāma grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ).
     --(To address a letter, &c., to any one) patrasaṃjñāṃ kṛ.

ADDRESS, s. sambodhanaṃ abhivādaḥ vākyaṃ vacanaṃ vākyārambhaḥ.
     --(By name) nāmagrahaḥ.
     --(Courtship) bhāvakaraṇaṃ.
     --(Dexterity) naipuṇyaṃ caturatā.
     --(Direction of a letter) patrasaṃjñā patrādeśaḥ.

ADDRESSED, p. p. sambodhitaḥ -tā -taṃ abhihitaḥ -tā -taṃ sambhāṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ

To ADDUCE, upanyas (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ), upanī (c. 1. -nayati -netuṃ) ānī sākṣāt kṛ.

ADDUCED, p. p. upanyastaḥ -stā -staṃ upanītaḥ -tā -taṃ ānītaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ADEPT, s. abhijñaḥ paṭuḥ nipuṇaḥ pravīṇaḥ.

ADEQUACY, s. sāmarthyaṃ paryyāptiḥ f., kṣamatā yogyatvaṃ.

ADEQUATE, a. paryyāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ kṣamaḥ -mā -maṃ samarthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ pratibalaḥ -lā -laṃ tulyaḥ -lyā -lyaṃ samānaḥ -nā -naṃ yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ.

To ADHERE, v. n. saṃj in pass. (sajyate or sajjate) anusaṃj āsaṃj prasaṃj saṃsaṃj with loc.; saṃlagnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ, or anulagnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ, or saṃyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ, or avalambī -mbinī -mbi, or dṛḍhāvalambī -mbinī -mbi as; anubandh (c. 9. -badhnāti -banddhuṃ) in pass. (-badhyate) lī (c. 4. līyate letuṃ), dhṛ in caus. (dhārayati -yituṃ).--'He adheres to his promise,' pratijñātaṃ pālayati.

ADHERENCE, s. āsaṅgaḥ anuṣaṅgaḥ āsaktiḥ f., prasaktiḥ f., niṣevanaṃ.
     --(To a pursuit) parāyaṇaḥ tvarāyaṇaṃ.

ADHERENT, s. anuṣaṅgī m. (n) anugataḥ anugāmī m. (n) sahāyaḥ sahacaraḥ.
     --(Follower of the same party) ekapakṣaḥ pakṣakaḥ sapakṣaḥ pārśvikaḥ.

ADHESION, s. anulagnatā saṃlagnatvaṃ saṃsaktiḥ f.

ADHESIVE, a. anulagnaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ saṃlagnaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ anuṣaṅgikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

ADIEU, s. āmantraṇaṃ āpracchanaṃ prasthānakāle āmantraṇaṃ.
     --(To bid adieu) āpracch (c. 6. -pṛcchate -praṣṭuṃ), āmantr (c. 10. -mantrayate -yituṃ) anumantr.

ADJACENT, a. samīpaḥ -pā -paṃ āsannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ nikaṭaḥ -ṭā -ṭaṃ sannaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ sannikṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ saṃsaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ pārśvasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ.

ADJECTIVE, s. guṇavācakaḥ śabdaviśeṣaṇaṃ.

To ADJOIN, v. a. āyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yoktuṃ, c. 10. -yojayati -yituṃ) samāyuj saṃyuj.

To ADJOIN, v. n. samīpaḥ -pā -paṃ sthā (c. 1. tiṣṭhati sthātuṃ), nikaṭe sthā samīpavarttī -rttinī -rtti as.


To ADJOURN, v. a. nirūpitakālaparyyantaṃ kāryyaṃ tyaj (c. 1. tyajati tyaktuṃ).

ADJOURNMENT, s. nirūpitakālaparyyantaṃ kāryyatyāgaḥ.

ADIPOUS, a. medasvī -svinī -svi (n) vasāyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

To ADJUDGE, v. a. (To cause one of the parties to give up the thing controverted) in caus. (dāpayati -yituṃ).
     --(To decree judicially) tīr (c. 10. tīrayati -yituṃ), nirṇītaṃ -tāṃ -taṃ kṛ niṣpannaṃ -nnāṃ -nnaṃ kṛ vicāraṃ kṛ pār (c. 10. pārayati -yituṃ).

ADJUDGED, p. p. dāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ tīritaḥ -tā -taṃ vicāritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ADJUDICATION, s. dāpanaṃ tīraṇaṃ vicāraṇaṃ.

ADJUNCT, a. saṃyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ sahitaḥ -tā -taṃ sammilitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ADJUNCT, s. (An indicatory affix to verbs) anubandhaḥ.

ADJUNCTION, (The act of adjoining) saṃyojanaṃ sammilanaṃ.

[Page 7a]

ADJURATION, s. (The act of proffering an oath) śāthanaṃ.
     --(The form of oath proffered) śapathavyavasthā.

To ADJURE, v. a. (To put upon oath) śap in caus. (śāpayati -yituṃ).
     --(To charge earnestly) śapathena samādiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ).

To ADJUST, v. a. samādhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), sandhā saṃvidhā; āyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yoktuṃ or in caus. -yojayati -yituṃ), samāyuj; pratisādh in caus. (-sādhayati -yituṃ) tulyaṃ -lyāṃ -lyaṃ kṛ.

ADJUSTED, p. p. samāhitaḥ -tā -taṃ vihitaḥ -tā -taṃ āyojitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ADJUSTMENT, s. samādhānaṃ sandhānaṃ vidhānaṃ samāyogaḥ.

ADJUTANT, s. (A helper) sahāyaḥ upakārakaḥ sahakārī m. (n) sāhāyyakārī m. (n).
     --(In the army) sainyapadaviśeṣaḥ.

ADMENSURATION, s. parimāṇaṃ māpanaṃ parimāṇavidyā.

To ADMINISTER, v. a. (Give, afford, supply) (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ), upapad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ) prayuj in caus. (-yojayati -yituṃ).
     --(To conduct) nirvah in caus. (-vāhayati -yituṃ) nirvṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ) pravṛt; āvas (c. 1. -vasati -vastuṃ).
     --(Justice, punishment, &c.) praṇī (c. 1. -nayati -netuṃ), sampraṇī; pravṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ).

ADMINISTERED, p. p. (As justice) pravarttitaḥ -tā -taṃ praṇītaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ADMINISTRATION, s. (The act of administering an office) praṇayanaṃ karmmanirvāhaḥ rājyadhurā.
     --(Those to whom the care of public affairs is committed) sacivāḥ pl.; 'ministers of action,' karmmasacivāḥ pl.; 'ministers of counsel,' dhīsacivāḥ pl.
     --(The ministerial office) sācivyaṃ mantritvaṃ.
     --(Act of administering medicine, &c.) bheṣajaprayogaḥ.

ADMINISTRATOR, s. (One entrusted with the care of the effects of a deceased man) mṛtadravyanirūpaṇādhikṛtaḥ pretajanadravyarakṣakaḥ.
     --(One that conducts any thing) praṇetā m. (tṛ) sampraṇetā m. (tṛ) pravarttayitā m. (tṛ) pravarttakaḥ.

ADMIRABLE, a. ślāghyaḥ -ghyā -ghyaṃ praśaṃsanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ adbhutaḥ -tā -taṃ anupamaḥ -mā -maṃ sundaraḥ -rā -rī -raṃ.

ADMIRABLY, adv. ślāghyaprakāreṇa praśaṃsanīyaprakāreṇa adbhutaṃ.

ADMIRAL, s. jalayodhādhipatiḥ vṛhannausamūhādhipatiḥ jalayodhādhyakṣaḥ.

ADMIRALSHIP, s. vṛhannausamūhādhipatyaṃ jalayodhādhipatitvaṃ.

ADMIRALTY, s. (The officers appointed to administer naval affairs) sābhudrakāryyādhikṛtaḥ sacivasamājaḥ jalayuddhavyavasthānirūpaṇe niyuktaḥ samājaḥ.

ADMIRATION, s. praśaṃsā ślāghā.
     --(Wonder) vismayaḥ āścaryyaṃ camatkāraḥ.

To ADMIRE, v. n. praśaṃs (c. 1. -śaṃsati -śaṃsituṃ), ślāgh (c. 1. ślāghate ślāghituṃ).
     --(To regard with wonder) vismayena dṛś (c. 1. paśyati draṣṭuṃ) or apekṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ).
     --(To regard with love) snehena or anurāgeṇa avekṣ.

ADMIRER, s. (The person who admires) vismayī m. (n) ślāghakaḥ praśaṃsakaḥ.
     --(A lover) kāmī m. (n) anurāgavān m. (t) praṇayī m. (n) snehī m. (n).

ADMISSIBLE, a. grāhyaḥ -hyā -hyaṃ ādeyaḥ -yā -yaṃ upādeyaḥ -yā -yaṃ pragṛhyaḥ -hyā -hyaṃ svīkaraṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ADMISSION, s. (The act of admitting) praveśanaṃ.
     --(Admittance, entry) praveśaḥ.
     --(Allowing an argument) vākyagrahaṇaṃ svīkāraḥ anujñā aṅgīkaraṇaṃ.

To ADMIT, v. a. praviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ) niviś āviś.
     --(Allow, approve of) grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti -hlīte grahītuṃ), anugrah svīkāraṃ kṛ aṅgīkṛ.

ADMITTANCE, s. (Entry) praveśaḥ.
     --(Allowance) vākyasvīkāraḥ grahaṇaṃ.

ADMITTED, p. p. praveśitaḥ -tā -taṃ niveśitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To ADMIX, v. a. miśr (c. 10. miśrayati -yituṃ), vimiśr sammiśraṃ -śrāṃ -śraṃ kṛ miśraṇaṃ kṛ saṃyogaṃ kṛ.

ADMIXED, p. p. miśritaḥ -tā -taṃ sammiśritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ADMIXTION, s. miśraṇaṃ samparkaḥ sāṅkaryyaṃ.

To ADMONISH, v. a. pradiś in caus. (-deśayati -yituṃ) upadiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ), pratyādiś prabudh or sambudh in caus. (-bodhayati -yituṃ) samāvid in caus. (-vedayati -yituṃ) śikṣ in caus. (śikṣayati -yituṃ) vijñā in caus. (-jñāpayati -yituṃ) mantr (c. 10. mantrayati -yituṃ), nidraś in caus. (-darśayati -yituṃ) anuyogaṃ kṛ.

ADMONISHED, p. p. pratyādiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ upadiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ bodhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ADMONISHER, s. upadeśakaḥ pratyādeśakaḥ prabodhakaḥ anuyogakārī m. (n) anuyojakaḥ śikṣādātā m. (tṛ) śikṣakaḥ.

ADMONITION, s. upadeśaḥ pratyādeśaḥ mantraṇaṃ prabodhanaṃ prabodhaḥ śikṣā anuyogaḥ

ADMONITORY, a. upadeśakaḥ -kā -kaṃ śikṣakaḥ -kā -kaṃ bodhakaraḥ -rī raṃ anujñāpakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ADO, s. (Trouble) duḥkhaṃ kaṣṭaṃ śramaḥ.
     --(Bustle, tumult) tumulaṃ kalahaḥ kolāhalaḥ.

ADOLESCENCE or ADOLESCENCY, s. yauvanaṃ kaumāraṃ yauvanāvasthā.

To ADOPT, v. a. (As a child) kṛtrimaputraṃ kṛ poṣyaputraṃ kṛ.
     --(To assume) grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti -hlīte grahītuṃ), ātmasātkṛ.

ADOPTED, p. p. gṛhītaḥ -tā -taṃ ātmasātkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'an adopted son,' poṣpaputraḥ kṛtrimaputraḥ dattakaputraḥ dattrimaputraḥ.
     --(Not natural) kṛtrimaḥ -mā -maṃ kṛtakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ADOPTER, s. (Of a child) kṛtrimaputrakārī poṣyaputrakārī (n).

ADOPTION, s. (Of a child) kṛtrimaputrakaraṇaṃ poṣyaputrakaraṇaṃ.
     --(Assumption) grahaṇaṃ ātmasātkaraṇaṃ.

ADORABLE, a. pūjyaḥ -jyā -jyaṃ arccanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ bhagavān -vatī -vat (t).

ADORATION, s. pūjā arccā abhyarcanaṃ bhajanaṃ namaskāraḥ namasyā.

To ADORE, v. a. namasy (nom. namasyati -syituṃ), pūj (c. 10. pūjayati -yituṃ), arc (c. 1. arcati arcituṃ), abhyarc samarc namaskṛ (c. 8. -karoti -kurute -karttuṃ), sabhāj (c. 10. sabhājayati -yituṃ), varivasy (nom. varivasyati -syituṃ).

ADORED, p. p. pūjitaḥ -tā -taṃ namaskṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ arcitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ADORER, s. pūjakaḥ arccakaḥ bhaktaḥ namaskarttā m. (rttṛ).

To ADORN, v. a. bhūṣ (c. 1. bhūṣati bhūṣituṃ, c. 10. bhūṣayati -yituṃ), vibhūṣ alaṅkṛ (c. 8. -karoti -kurute -karttuṃ), pariṣkṛ samalaṅkṛ; śubh in caus. (śobhayati -yituṃ) upaśubh; maṇḍ (c. 10. maṇḍayati -yituṃ).

ADORNED, p. p. alaṅkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ bhūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ upaśobhitaḥ -tā taṃ maṇḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ADORNING, s. alaṅkāraḥ alaṅkiyā bhūṣaṇaṃ.

ADRIFT, adv. itastataḥ plavamānaḥ -nā -naṃ.

ADROIT, a. nipuṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ dakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ caturaḥ -rā -raṃ laghuḥ -ghuḥ -ghu

ADROITLY, adv. sadākṣyaṃ caturaṃ naipuṇyena.

ADROITNESS, s. naipuṇyaṃ dākṣyaṃ cāturyyaṃ lāghavaṃ.

ADRY, a. śuṣkaḥ -ṣkā -ṣkaṃ tṛṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ tṛṣārttaḥ -rttā -rttaṃ.

ADULATION, s. atipraśaṃsā mithyāpraśaṃsā cāṭukāraḥ cāṭūktiḥ f., ślāghā anunayaḥ stutiḥ f.

[Page 8a]

ADULATORY, s. atipraśaṃsakaḥ -kā -kaṃ atipraśaṃsāyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ ślāghānvitaḥ -tā -taṃ anunayī -yinī -yi (n).

ADULT, s. prauḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ pravṛddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ udgataḥ -tā -taṃ mānuṣpaprāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ dṛhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To ADULTERATE, v. a. duṣ in caus. (dūṣayati -yituṃ) miśr (c. 10. miśrayati -yituṃ), aśuddhīkṛ apavitrīkṛ.

ADULTERATE or ADULTERATED, p. p. dūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ aśuddhīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ miśraḥ -śrā -śraṃ saṃsṛṣṭarūpaḥ -pī -paṃ.

ADULTERATION, s. dūṣaṇaṃ aśuddhīkaraṇaṃ miśraṇaṃ.

ADULTERER, s. pāradārikaḥ paradāragāmī m. (n) vyabhicārī m. (n) pārajāyikaḥ.

ADULTERESS, s. bandhakī f., vyabhicāriṇī abhisārikā f.

ADULTERINE, s. jārajaḥ.

ADULTEROUS, s. vyabhicārī -riṇī -ri (n).
     --(Corrupt) duṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ aśuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ.

ADULTERY, s. pāradāryyaṃ paradāragamanaṃ parakalatrābhigamanaṃ bhāryyātikramaḥ vyabhicāraḥ.
     --(To commit adultery) vyuccar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ), parastriyā saha ram (c. 1. ramate rantuṃ).

To ADUMBRATE, v. a. pāṇḍulekhyaṃ kṛ pāṇḍulipiṃ kṛ pratichāyāṃ kṛ citrārambhaṃ kṛ.

ADUMBRATION, s. pratichāyā prativimbaṃ.
     --(The act of adumbrating) pratichāyākaraṇaṃ pāṇḍulekhyakaraṇaṃ.
     --(Sketch) pāṇḍulekhyaṃ pāṇḍulipiḥ f., citrārambhaḥ.

ADUNCITY, s. vakratā jaihmyaṃ vijihmatā anṛjutā.

To ADVANCE, v. n. prayā (c. 2. -yāti -yātuṃ), pragam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ), prasthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -te -sthātuṃ), cal (c. 1. calati calituṃ), pracal prasṛ (c. 1. -sarati -sarttuṃ), prasṛp (c. 1. -sarpati -sarptuṃ or -sarpituṃ), kram (c. 1. kramate kramituṃ).
     --(To improve) vṛdh (c. 1. vardhate vardhituṃ).

To ADVANCE, v. a. ānī (c. 1. -nayati -netuṃ), praṇī agre nī puraskṛ; 'to advance an army,' balaṃ puraskarttuṃ.
     --(To aggrandize) vṛdh in caus. (vardhayati -yituṃ).
     --(To accelerate) tvar in caus. (tvarayati -yituṃ).
     --(To pay beforehand) prāg vihitakālāt mūlyaṃ dā.

ADVANCE, s. pragamanaṃ prayāṇaṃ agragamanaṃ agrasaraṇaṃ.
     --(Improvement) āgamaḥ varddhanaṃ kramaśo vṛddhiḥ f., uttarottaravarddhanaṃ.

ADVANCED, p. p. (Brought forward) ānītaḥ -tā -taṃ vardhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(In knowledge) kṛtāgamaḥ -mā -maṃ.
     --(In life) gatāyūḥ -yūḥ -yuḥ (s or ), pravayāḥ -yāḥ -yaḥ (s).

ADVANCEMENT, s. pragamanaṃ.
     --(Promotion) varddhanaṃ samunnatiḥ f., unnatiḥ f., uccapadaprāptiḥ f.
     --(In knowledge) vidyāgamaḥ.

ADVANTAGE, s. (Gain, profit) phalaṃ lābhaḥ arthaḥ.
     --(Superiority over) prādhānyaṃ ādhikyaṃ.
     --(Opportunity) avasaraḥ avakāśaḥ; 'for one's own advantage,' ātmavivṛddhaye dat. c.; 'dressed to advantage,' suveśī -śinī -śi (n).

To ADVANTAGE, v. a. upakṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ), upacar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ), upagrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -grahītuṃ), phalaṃ or lābhaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ).

ADVANTAGEOUS, a. phalī -linī -li (n) phaladaḥ -dā -daṃ saphalaḥ -lā -laṃ arthaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ arthayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ arthakaraḥ -rā or -rī -raṃ labhanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ADVANTAGEOUSLY, adv. (Profitably) lābhena saphalaṃ salābhaṃ sarthaṃ.
     --(Conveniently) sāvakāśaṃ.

[Page 8b]

ADVANTAGEOUSNESS, s. saphalatvaṃ labhyatā phalitvaṃ.

ADVENT, s. āgamanaṃ.
     --(Of Christ) khṛṣṭāgamanaṃ.

ADVENTITIOUS, a. āgantukaḥ -kā or -kī -kaṃ āhāryyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ; 'adventitious beauty,' āhāryyaśobhā.

ADVENTURE, s. caritraṃ vṛttāntaḥ ceṣṭitaṃ caritaṃ ghaṭanaṃ daivaghaṭanaṃ.

To ADVENTURE, v. n. (To try the chance) sandigdhakarmma daivāyattaṃ or daivādhīnaṃ kṛ.
     --(To attempt with daring) sāhasena vyavaso (c. 4. -syati -sātuṃ).

ADVENTURER, s. sandigdhakarmmarataḥ sandigdhakāryyapravṛttaḥ kaṭhinakarmmavyavasāyī m. (n).

ADVENTUROUS, a. (Inclined to adventure) sāhasikaḥ -kī -kaṃ nirbhayaḥ -yā -yaṃ pragalbhaḥ -lbhā -lbhaṃ.
     --(Dangerous) bhayayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ bhayāvahaḥ -hā -haṃ sandigdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ adṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

ADVENTUROUSLY, adv. sāhasena dhṛṣṭaṃ pragalbhaṃ nirbhayaṃ.

ADVERB, s. kriyāviśeṣaṇaṃ avyayaśavdaḥ.

ADVERBIAL, a. kriyāviśeṣakaḥ -kā -kaṃ avyayaḥ -yā -yaṃ kriyāviśeṣaṇasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

ADVERBIALLY, adv. kriyāviśeṣaṇavat avyayabhāve.

ADVERSARY, s. vairī m. (n) śatruḥ m., ariḥ m., vipakṣaḥ sapatnaḥ.

ADVERSE, a. pratikūlaḥ -lā -laṃ viruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ vairī -riṇī -ri (n) pratighaḥ -ghā -ghaṃ pratighātī -tinī -ti (n) vipakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ.

ADVERSITY, s. vipat f. (-d) āpat f. (-d) vipattiḥ f., vipatkālaḥ apacayaḥ.

To ADVERT, v. n. (To attend to, regard) manaḥ samādhā (c. 3. -dhatte -dhātuṃ), mano yuj (c. 7. yunakti yoktuṃ. c. 10. yojayati -yituṃ), ālakṣ (c. 10. -lakṣayati -yituṃ), samīkṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ), avekṣ; anudṛś (c. 1. -paśyati -draṣṭuṃ), avadhānaṃ or manoyāgaṃ kṛ.

ADVERTENCE, s. avadhānaṃ manoyogaḥ avekṣā.

To ADVERTISE, v. a. (To inform) jñā in caus. (jñāpayati -yituṃ) vijñā; nivid in caus. (-vedayati -yituṃ) samāvid; budh in caus. (bodhayati -yituṃ); sūc (c. 10. sūcayati -yituṃ).
     --(Give notice, publish) prakāś in caus. (-kāśayati -yituṃ) vikāś; vidhuṣ in caus. (-ghoṣayati -yituṃ); saṃvādapatreṇa prakāś.

ADVERTISEMENT, s. (Instruction) sūcanaṃ bodhanaṃ prabodhanaṃ upadeśaḥ.
     --(Intelligence) saṃvādaḥ samācāraḥ.
     --(By public paper) saṃvādapatraṃ.

ADVERTISER, s. (He that gives intelligence) saṃvādakaḥ jñāpakaḥ prakāśakaḥ.
     --(The paper in which advertisements are published) samācārapatraṃ.

ADVICE, s. upadeśaḥ or -śanaṃ mantraḥ ādeśaḥ mantraṇaṃ -ṇā āmarśaḥ pratyavamarśaḥ bodhanaṃ.
     --(Intelligence) saṃvādaḥ samācāraḥ.

ADVICE-BOAT, s. saṃvādavāhinī nauḥ or naukā.

ADVISABLE, a. (Prudent) ucitaḥ -tā -taṃ yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ yuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.
     --(Open to advice) upadeṣṭavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ upadeśagrāhī -hiṇī -hi (n).

To ADVISE, v. a. (To give counsel) upadiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ), śikṣ in caus. (śikṣayati -yituṃ) anuśās (c. 2. -śāsti -śāsituṃ).
     --(To inform) jñā in caus. (jñāpayati -yituṃ) nivid in caus. (-vedayati -yituṃ) budh in caus. (bodhayati -yituṃ).

To ADVISE, v. n. (To consult) mantr (c. 10. mantrayate -yituṃ).
     --(To deliberate) vicar in caus. (-cārayati -yituṃ).

ADVISED, upadiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.
     --(Informed) jñāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ niveditaḥ -tā -taṃ.

[Page 9a]

ADVISEDLY, adv. (Prudently) mantratas ind., avadhānatas ind., avadhānapuraḥsaraṃ sāvadhānaṃ.
     --(Purposely) jñānatas ind., abhiprāyeṇa.

ADVISER, s. upadeśakaḥ upadeṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ) upadeśī m. (n) ādeśī m. (n) mantrī m. (-n).
     --(Counsellor) amātyaḥ sacivaḥ mantā m. (ntṛ).

ADVOCATE, s. (A pleader in law) uttaravādī m. (n) parārthaṃ prativādī m. (n) pratinidhiḥ m.
     --(Any defender) pratipālakaḥ rakṣakaḥ āśrayaḥ.

To ADVOCATE, v. a. parārthaṃ vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ); pratinidhiḥ as; rakṣ (c. 1. rakṣati rakṣituṃ), parirakṣ abhirakṣ; pratipāl (c. 10. -pālayati -yituṃ).

ADVOWEE, s. (He that has the right of advowson) dharmmādhyāpane yo'nyaṃ niyoktum arhati.

ADVOWSON, s. (A right to present to a benefice) dharmmādhyāpane niyojanādhikāraḥ.

ADZE, s. takṣaṇī kuṭhārikā vāmiḥ m. -sī f.

AERIAL, a. (Belonging to the air) ākāśīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ vāyavaḥ -vī -vaṃ vaihāyasaḥ -sī -saṃ.
     --(Produced in the air) ākāśajaḥ -jā -jaṃ vāyujaḥ -jā -jaṃ.
     --(Inhabiting the air) vāyugaḥ -gā -gaṃ ākāśasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ khecaraḥ -rā -raṃ nabhaḥsthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ.
     --(Lofty) uccaḥ -ccā -ccaṃ.

AERIE, s. (A hawk's nest) śyenanīḍaḥ śakuninīḍaḥ.

AEROLOGY, s. ākāśavidyā vāyuvidyā.

AERONAUT, s. ākāśagāmī m. (n) ākāśacaraḥ.

AETHER, s. ākāśaḥ vāyuḥ m., nabhaḥ n. (s) vihāyaḥ n. (s).

AFAR, adv. (At a great distance) dūraṃ dūre atidūraṃ dūratas ind.
     --(To a great distance) dūraparyyantaṃ.
     --(From afar) dūratas dūrāt.
     --(Afar off) dūrasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ.

AFFABILITY, a. mṛduśīlatvaṃ suśīlatvaṃ abhigamyatā cāṭūktiḥ f, komalatvaṃ mṛdutā.

AFFABLE, a. mṛduśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ komalasvabhāvaḥ -vā -vaṃ suśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ abhigamyaḥ -myā -myaṃ mṛduḥ -dvī -du cāṭuvādī -dinī -di (n) priyavādī -dinī -di (n).

AFFABLY, adv. mṛdu mṛduvacanena cāṭūktyā mṛdutayā mṛdujanavat.

AFFAIR, s. kāryyaṃ karmma n. (n) vyāpāraḥ viṣayaḥ arthaḥ.

To AFFECT, v. a. (Aim at) sev (c. 1. sevate sevituṃ), upasev niṣev; samācar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ); bhaj (c. 1. bhajate bhaktuṃ).
     --(Operate upon) vikṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ); upahan (c. 2. -hanti -hantuṃ); cal in caus. (cālayati -yituṃ).
     --(To move with grief, &c.) śokopahataṃ -tāṃ -taṃ kṛ; 'to affect with joy,' harṣākulaṃ -lāṃ -laṃ kṛ.
     --(To pretend) chadma or chalaṃ kṛ; mithyā vad; 'to affect to befriend a person,' mithyopacāraṃ kṛ.
     --(To think one's self) man (c. 10. mānayate); 'one who affects learning,' paṇḍitammanyaḥ.

AFFECTATION, s. ahaṅkāraḥ vailakṣyaṃ mānitvaṃ; mahāpaṇḍito 'ham iti atisundarī aham iti buddhir vyavahāro vā; 'affectation of learning,' paṇḍitammanyatvaṃ.
     --(A branch of feminine action) avahitthaṃ ntthā vilāsaḥ hāvaḥ.
     --(False pretence) upadhā chalaṃ chadma n. (n).

AFFECTED, part. a. (Pretended) kṛtrimaḥ -mā -maṃ; mithyā prefixed, as, mithyopacāraḥ, 'affected kindness.'
     --(Full of affectation) savailakṣyaḥ -kṣyā -kṣyaṃ ahaṅkārī -riṇī -ri (n) mānī -ninī -ni (n) vilāsavān -vatī -vat.
     --(Affected by, disturbed by) upahataḥ -tā -taṃ ākulaḥ -lā -laṃ grastaḥ -stā -staṃ rañjitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

FFECTEDLY, adv. vailakṣyeṇa sāhaṅkāraṃ ahaṅkāreṇa.

[Page 9b]

AFFECTING, a. hṛdayaṅgamaḥ -mā -maṃ marmmabhedī -dinī -di (n).

AFFECTION, s. snehaḥ m., priyatā f., anuraktiḥ f., anurāgaḥ praṇayaḥ premā m. or -ma n. (-man) hārddaṃ praśrayaḥ.
     --(Passion of any kind) rāgaḥ bhāvaḥ rasaḥ.
     --(Of the mind) manaso bhāvaḥ.
     --(Of the body) śarīrasya bhāvaḥ.
     --(Parental) vātsalyaṃ; 'I have great affection for him' tena saha mama mahān snehaḥ or tasminn anurāgavān asmi.

AFFECTIONATE, a. snehī -hinī -hi (n) snigdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ snehaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ suhṛttamaḥ -mā -maṃ anurāgī -giṇī -gi (n) prītimān -matī -mat (t) vatsalaḥ -lā -laṃ hitaḥ -tā -taṃ praṇayī -yiṇī -yi (n) sapraṇayaḥ -yā -yaṃ jātahārddaḥ -rddā -rddaṃ.

AFFECTIONATELY, adv. snehena prītyā prītipūrvvaṃ snehapuraḥsaraṃ sānurāgaṃ.

AFFIANCE, s. (A marriage-contract) vāgdānaṃ vivāhasambandhaḥ.
     --(Trust, confidence) viśvāsaḥ pratyayaḥ śraddhā āsthā.

To AFFIANCE, v. a. (To betroth) vādānaṃ kṛ vivāhaniyamaṃ kṛ.
     --(To confide) viśvas (c. 2. -śvasiti -śvasituṃ).

AFFIANCED, p. p. vāgdattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.

AFFIDAVIT, s. śapathapatraṃ.
     --(To make affidavit) tatheti or neti śapathena brū (c. 2. bravīti vaktuṃ), śapathaṃ śap (c. 1. śapati śaptuṃ).

AFFILIATION, s. kṛtrimaputrakaraṇaṃ pīṣyaputragrahaṇaṃ.

AFFINITY, s. sambandhaḥ samparkaḥ yogaḥ jñātitvaṃ bandhutā.

To AFFIRM, v. n. (Opposed to deny) tatheti brū (c. 2. bravīti brūte vaktuṃ).
     --(Maintain, declare positively) dārḍhyena vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ).
     --(Ratify) sthirīkṛ dṛḍhīkṛ niścitaṃ -tāṃ -taṃ kṛ saṃstambh (c. 5. -stabhnoti, c. 9. -stabhnāti -stambhituṃ), pramāṇīkṛ.

AFFIRMATION, s. (Declaring positively) dṛḍhoktiḥ f., vacanaṃ dṛḍhavacanaṃ.
     --(Argumentative statement) pakṣaḥ.
     --(Confirmation) pramāṇīkaraṇaṃ niścayaḥ dṛḍhīkaraṇaṃ sthirīkaraṇaṃ.
     --(False) vipralāpaḥ.

AFFIRMATIVE, a. (That which affirms) vādī -dinī -di (n) niścāyakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.
     --(Favourable to the argument) pakṣānukūlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

To AFFIX, v. a. anuvandh (c. 9. -badhnāti -banddhuṃ), nibandh sambandh; saṃyuj (c. 7. -yunakti, c. 10. -yojayati -yituṃ), āyuj upayuj.

AFFIX, s. (Grammatical) anubandhaḥ prayogaḥ āptoktiḥ f.

To AFFLICT, v. a. kliś (c. 9. kliśnāti kleśituṃ or kleṣṭuṃ), pīḍ (c. 10. pīḍayati -yituṃ), abhipīḍ upapīḍ paripīḍ; vyath in caus. (vyathayati -yituṃ) āyas in caus. (-yāsayati -yituṃ).
     --(To be afflicted with disease) rogeṇa pīḍ in pass. (pīḍyate) or bādh in pass.

AFFLICTED, p. p. vyasanārttaḥ -rttā -rttaṃ durgataḥ -tā -taṃ āpadgrastaḥ -stā -staṃ āpannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.
     --(Afflicted with) pīḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ āturaḥ -rā -raṃ ārttaḥ in composition; 'afflicted with disease,' rogapīḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AFFLICTION, s. kleśaḥ śokaḥ duḥkhaṃ kaṣṭaṃ vyathā pīḍā viḍambanā.

AFFLICTIVE, a. kleśakaḥ -kā -kaṃ kleśī -śinī -śi (n) duḥkhakaraḥ -rī -raṃ vyathākaraḥ -rī -raṃ.

AFFLUENCE or -ENCY, s. dhanabāhulyaṃ dhanasampattiḥ dhanitvaṃ samṛddhiḥ f., samṛddhatā.
     --(The act of flowing to any one place) ekasthānaṃ prati pravāhaḥ.

AFFLUENT, a. mahādhanaḥ -nā -naṃ bahudhanaḥ -nā -naṃ dhanī -ninī -ni (n) dhanavān -vatī -vat (t) samṛddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ vasumān -matī -mat (t) dhanāḍhyaḥ -ḍhyā -ḍhyaṃ.
     --(Flowing to any one place) ekasthānaṃ prati pravāhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

AFFLUX or AFFLUXION, s. ekasthānaṃ prati srotasāṃ pravāhaḥ.

To AFFORD, v. a. (Give) (c. 3. dadāti, c. 1. yacchati dātuṃ), prādā abhidā pradā; upapad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ).
     --(To be able to bear expenses) vyayaṃ karttuṃ samarthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ as or śak (c. 8. śaknoti śaktuṃ), or vyayāya upakḷp (c. 1. -kalpate -kalpituṃ or -kalptuṃ).

To AFFRANCHISE, v. a. muc (c. 10. mocayati -yituṃ, c. 6. muñcati moktuṃ), vimuc; mokṣ (c. 10. mokṣayati -yituṃ), vimukṣ.

AFFRAY, s. saṅgāmaḥ samaraḥ saṃyugaḥ yuddhaṃ kalahaḥ ḍimbaḥ ḍamaraḥ ḍāmaraḥ.

To AFFRIGHT, v. a. tras in caus. (trāsayati -yituṃ) vitras; bhī in caus. (bhāyayati or bhīṣayati -te -yituṃ), udvij in caus. (-vejayati -yituṃ).

AFFRIGHT, s. trāsaḥ santrāsaḥ sādhvasaṃ bhayaṃ.

AFFRIGHTEDLY, adv. satrāsaṃ sabhayaṃ santrāsena.

AFFRONT, s. apamānaṃ bipriyaṃ kṣepaḥ avajñānaṃ dharṣaṇaṃ tiraskāraḥ.

To AFFRONT, v. a. (Offer open insult) sākṣāt, or sammukhaṃ, or pratimukhaṃ, or mukhāmukhi, or pratyakṣaṃ avaman (c. 4. -manyate -mantuṃ), avajñā (c. 9. -jānāti -jñātuṃ), tiraskṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ), ākṣar in caus. (-kṣārayati -yituṃ) adhikṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ), avakṣip parikṣip.

AFFRONTED, p. p. apamānitaḥ -tā -taṃ avajñātaḥ -tā -taṃ tiraskṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ adhikṣiptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.

AFFRONTER, s. sākṣāt or pratimukham apamānakaḥ avajñānakarttā m. (rttṛ).

AFFRONTIVE, a. apamānakaḥ -kā -kaṃ apamānopetaḥ -tā -taṃ avajñānayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

AFFUSION, s. āsekaḥ āsecanaṃ abhiṣekaḥ.

To AFFY, v. a. (Betroth) vāgdānaṃ kṛ pratijñāpatreṇa vivāhasambandhaṃ kṛ niyamapatreṇa vivāhapratijñāṃ kṛ.

AFLOAT, adv. (Floating) plavamānaḥ -nā -naṃ plavaḥ -vā -vaṃ.

AFOOT, adv. (On foot) pādena padena.
     --(Going on foot) pādagaḥ -gā -gaṃ
     --(In action, or use) pracalaḥ -lā -laṃ pracalitaḥ -tā -taṃ pracaritaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Set on foot) ārabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ udyataḥ -tā -taṃ.

AFORE, prep. (In front) pratimukhaṃ abhimukhaṃ sammukhaṃ agre puras puratas sākṣāt.
     --(In former time) pūrvvakāle gatakāle pūrvvaṃ pūrvvasamaye purā.

AFORESAID, p. p. pūrvvoktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ pūrvvoditaḥ -tā -taṃ prāguktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

AFORETIME, adv. pūrvvakāle gatakāle purā pūrvvaṃ.

AFRAID, a. bhītaḥ -tā -taṃ bhayānvitaḥ -tā -taṃ śaṅkānvitaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'to be afraid of,' bhī (c. 3. bibheti bhetuṃ), with abl. or gen.; as, 'he is afraid of the dog,' kukkurāt or kukkurasya bibheti. So also tras (c. 4. trasyati trasituṃ), udvij (c. 6. -vijate -vijituṃ).

AFRESH, adv. punar punarapi nūtanaṃ abhinavaṃ pratinavaṃ.

AFT, s. (The part of a ship towards the stern) nāvaḥ paścimabhāgaḥ.

AFT, adv. (Towards the stern of a ship) nāvaḥ paścimabhāgaṃ prati nāvaḥ paścādbhāgaṃ prati.

AFTER, prep. anu or paścāt prefixed; as, 'to go after,' anugantuṃ; 'to run after,' paścād dhāvituṃ.
     --(Of time) paścāt paraṃ anantaraṃ ūrddhvaṃ arvāk with abl.
     --(According to) anu anurūpaṃ anusāratas anurūpeṇa anusāreṇa; 'after that,' tadanantare, or tadanantaraṃ, or tasmāt paraṃ, or ata ūrddhvaṃ; 'after one another,' anupūrvvaśas; 'a century after,' varṣaśate gate; 'after eating,' bhojanānantaraṃ or bhojanāt paraṃ; 'after the rising of the sun,' sūryyodayād ūrddhvaṃ; 'after a few days,' dineṣu gacchatsu. Sometimes 'after' is expressed by the indec. part.; as, 'after ascending the tree the nests were destroyed,' vṛkṣam āruhma nīḍā bhagnāḥ, or even by pūrvvakaṃ; as, 'after laying down a stake,' paṇasthāpanapūrvvakaṃ; or by repeating the word in such phrases as, 'he waters tree after tree,' vṛkṣaṃ vṛkṣaṃ siñcati.

[Page 10b]

AFTER, adv. (In after time) paraṃ parakāle āgāmikāle uttarakāle,
     --(Following after another) paścāt.
     --(Subsequently) parastāt uttaratra uttaratas ind.

AFTER-AGES, s. uttarakālaḥ parakālaḥ āgāmikālaḥ bhāvikālaḥ.
     --(Descendants) putrapautrāḥ m. pl.

AFTER ALL, antatas ind., ante paraṃ śeṣe avaśeṣe.

AFTER-BIRTH, s. garbhaparisravaḥ.

AFTER-COMER, s. uttarāgāmī m. (n) param upatiṣṭhati yaḥ uttarakāle jīvati yaḥ.

AFTER-CROP, s. śasyasya dvitīyasaṅgahaḥ or dvitīyotpattiḥ f., phalasya dvitīyasaṅgrahaḥ.

AFTER-DINNER, s. bhojanānantaraṃ bhojanāt paraṃ bhojanottaraṃ.

AFTER-ENDEAVOUR, s. uttarodyogaḥ dvitīyayatnaḥ.

AFTER-GAME, s. uttaropāyaḥ

AFTER-GRASS or AFTER-MATH, s. dvitīyatṛṇaṃ dvitīyatṛṇotpattiḥ f.

AFTER-INQUIRY, s. uttarānusandhānaṃ uttarajijñāsā.

AFTER-LIFE, s. jīvanāvaśeṣaḥ.

AFTERNOON, s. apakhahlaḥ parāhlaṃ vaikālaḥ vikālaḥ.
     --(Relating to the afternoon) āparāhlikaḥ -kī -kaṃ vaikālikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

AFTER-PAINS, s. anutāpaḥ uttaravyathā.
     --(Atchildbirth) prasavānantaraṃ vedanā.

AFTER-STATE, s. parāvasthā uttarāvasthā bhāvyavasthā.

AFTER-TASTE, s. uttarasvādaḥ anusvādaḥ.

AFTER-THOUGHT, s. anubodhaḥ uttaracintā kāryyānantaraṃ vicāraṇaṃ.

AFTER-TIMES, s. uttarakālaḥ parakālaḥ āgāmikālaḥ.
     --(Descendants) putrapautrāḥ m. pl.

AFTERWARDS, s. paścāt ind., tatpaścāt tadanantaraṃ anantaraṃ tataḥ paraṃ paraṃ ind., aparaṃ parastāt uttaratas tatas.

AGAIN, adv. punar punarapi bhūyas ind.
     --(Moreover) anyacca kiñca itaram indec.
     --(On the other hand) anyapakṣe punar.
     --(Repeatedly) muhus punaḥpunar asakṛt bhūyo bhūyas vāraṃvāraṃ.
     --(Further, in argument) aṅgaṃ.
     --(As much again) dviguṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.
     --(Back again, as re in English or Latin) prati.
     --(In return for) prati.

AGAINST, prep. prati abhi.
     --(Opposed to) viruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ pratikūlaḥ -lā -laṃ vipakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ.
     --(Over against) abhimukhaṃ pratimukhaṃ sammukhaṃ; 'against the wind,' prativātaṃ vātābhimukhaṃ; 'against the stream,' pratisotas ind. 'Against' may be expressed by arthe or arthaṃ, in such phrases as 'one should store up money against misfortune,' āpadarthe dhanaṃ rakṣet.

AGAPE, adv. jṛmbhamāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ vismayotphullanayanaḥ -nā -naṃ phullalocanaḥ -nā -naṃ.

AGARIC, s. vṛkṣaruhaḥ chatrākaviśeṣaḥ tarurohī auṣadhīyachatrākaviśeṣaḥ.

AGASTYA, s. (A celebrated Saint, son of Mitra and Varuna, and regent of the star Canopus) agastyaḥ maitrāvāruṇiḥ.

AGATE, s. ratnaviśeṣaḥ nānāvarṇaḥ prastaraviśeṣaḥ nānāchāyānvitaḥ prastaraviśeṣaḥ.

AGE, s. (Period) yugaṃ kālaḥ samayaḥ.
     --(Life) āyuḥ n. (s) jīvitakālaḥ vayaḥ n. (s).
     --(Age of the world) kalpaḥ.
     --(Old age) vṛddhatvaṃ vārddhakaṃ vṛddhabhāvaḥ; 'a youth who has come of age,' vyavahāraprāptaḥ vyavahārajñaḥ; 'a son twenty years of age,' viṃśativarṣīyaḥ putraḥ; 'of the same age,' samānavayaskaḥ -skā -skaṃ.

AGED, a. vṛddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ jīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ prācīnaḥ -nā -naṃ vayogataḥ -tā -taṃ āyuṣaḥ -ṣī -ṣaṃ.

[Page 11a]

AGENCY, s. (State of an agent) karttṛtvaṃ karttṛkatvaṃ.
     --(Operation) kāraṇatvaṃ hetutā kāraṇaṃ; 'human agency,' pauruṣeyatvaṃ.
     --(Office of a deputy) niyogipadaṃ niyogitvaṃ.

AGENT, s. (Doer) karttā m. (rttṛ) karttṛkaḥ kāraḥ kārakaḥ karaḥ in comp.
     --(A deputy) niyogī m. (n) pratipuruṣaḥ kāryyādhīśaḥ pratinidhiḥ m.
     --(That which has the power of operating) hetukaḥ hetuḥ m., kāraṇaṃ sādhanaṃ.

To AGGLOMERATE, v. a. sañci (c. 5. -cinoti -cetuṃ), samāci upaci; samākṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ); rāśīkṛ; puñjaṃ kṛ ekatra kṛ.

AGGLOMERATED, p. p. sañcitaḥ -tā -taṃ upacitaḥ -tā -taṃ rāśīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To AGGLUTINATE, v. n. saṃśliṣ in caus. (-śleṣayati -yituṃ) saṃyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yoktuṃ, c. 10. -yojayati -yituṃ), saṃhan (c. 2. -hanti -hantuṃ), saṃlagnaṃ -gnāṃ -gnaṃ kṛ.

To AGGRANDISE, v. a. vṛdh in caus. (vardhayati -yituṃ) saṃvṛdh edh in caus. (edhayati -yituṃ) āpyai (caus. -pyāyayati -yituṃ), sphāy in caus. sphāvayati -yituṃ) pracurīkṛ sphītīkṛ tan (c. 8. tanoti tanituṃ).

AGGRANDISEMENT, s. vṛddhiḥ f., varddhanaṃ vivṛddhiḥ f., unnatiḥ f., samunnatiḥ f. upacayaḥ sphātiḥ f., abhyudayaḥ; 'for one's own aggrandisement,' ātmavivṛddhaye dat. c. or ātmodayāy dat. c.

To AGGRAVATE, v. a. (To increase) vṛgh in caus. (varghayati -yituṃ) adhikaṃ -kāṃ -kaṃ kṛ atiriktaṃ -ktāṃ -ktaṃ kṛ garay (nom. garayati).
     --(To irritate, provoke) prakup in caus. (-kopayati -yituṃ) prapīḍ (c. 10. -pīḍayati -yituṃ).

AGGRAVATED, p. p. (Increased) vardhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Provoked) prakopitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AGGRAVATION, s. (Act of irritating) prakopaṇaṃ pīḍanaṃ pīḍākaraṇaṃ. (Act of increasing) saṃvarddhanaṃ varddhanaṃ uddīpanaṃ.
     --(Aggravating circumstance) anupaśayaḥ ādhikyaṃ.

AGGREGATE, s. samūhaḥ sañcayaḥ sannipātaḥ samavāyaḥ saṅgrahaḥ rāśiḥ m., puñjaḥ.

To AGGREGATE, v. a. samākṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ), sañci (c. 5. -cinoti -cetuṃ), samāci upaci; samūhaṃ kṛ rāśīkṛ ekatra kṛ.

AGGREGATED, p. p. sañcitaḥ -tā -taṃ upacitaḥ -tā -taṃ rāśīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ samavāyī -yinī -yi (na).

AGGREGATION, s. (The act of aggregating) samāhāraḥ -haraṇaṃ rāśīkaraṇaṃ sañcayanaṃ saṅgrahaṇaṃ.
     --(A sum, collection) samūhaḥ sannipātaḥ saṅgrahaḥ.

To AGGRESS, v. a. ākram (c. 1. -krāmati, c. 4. -krāmyati -kramituṃ), atikram; laṅgh (c. 10. laṅghayati -yituṃ).
     --(To be the first to injure) hiṃsārambhaṃ or laṅghanārambhaṃ kṛ.

AGGRESSION, s. ākramaḥ -maṇaṃ atikramaḥ laṅghanaṃ.
     --(The first act of injury) hiṃsārambhaḥ apakārārambhaḥ prathamāpakāraḥ ākramārambhaḥ.

AGGRESSOR, s. ākrāmakaḥ atikrāmakaḥ drohī m. (n) prathamāpakārakaraḥ prathamāṃ hiṃsāṃ karoti yaḥ.

AGGRIEVANCE, s. (Wrong endured) hiṃsā apakāraḥ drohaḥ kleśaḥ duḥkhaṃ vyathā.

To AGGRIEVE, v. a. duḥkh (c. 10. duḥkhayati -yituṃ), śuc in caus. (śocayati -yituṃ) kliś (c. 9. kliśnāti kleṣṭuṃ), vyath in caus. (vyathayati -yituṃ) ard in caus. (ardayati -yituṃ) samard hiṃs (c. 1. hiṃsati, c. 7. hinasti hiṃsituṃ).

AGHAST, a. a. vismayākulaḥ -lā -laṃ bhayavyākulaḥ -lā -laṃ bhayamohitaḥ -tā -taṃ sādhvasopahataḥ -tā -taṃ.

[Page 11b]

AGILE, a. laghuḥ -ghuḥ -ghu tvaritaḥ -tā -taṃ cañcalaḥ -lā -laṃ dratasvabhāvaḥ -vā -vaṃ laghuśarīraḥ -rā -raṃ.

AGILITY, s. laghutā drutatvaṃ cañcalatvaṃ laghuśarīratā.

AGILLOCHUM, s. (Aloe-wood) aguruḥ m., -ru n., agurukāṣṭhaṃ.

AGISTMENT, s. nirūpitamūlyena sarvvasāmānyakṣetre paśvādipratipālanaṃ.
     --(Embankment) setuḥ m.

ACITABLE, a. kṣobhaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ manthanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ cālanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

To AGITATE, v. a. kṣubh in caus. (kṣobhayati -yituṃ) vikṣubh; dhū (c. 5. ghūnoti, c. 9. dhunāti dhavituṃ or dhotuṃ), ādhū; manth (c. 1. manthati, c. 9. mathnāti manthituṃ), pramanth; hval in caus. (hvalayati or hvālayati -yituṃ); gāh (c. 1. gāhate gāhituṃ or gāḍhuṃ); luḍ (c. 1. loḍati loḍituṃ or caus. loḍayati), āluḍ samāluḍ pariluḍ viluḍ saṃluḍ.
     --(To be agitated) kṣubh (c. 4. kṣubhyati kṣobhituṃ); vihval (c. 1. -hvalati -hvalituṃ).

AGITATED, p. p. kṣubdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ dhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ ākulitaḥ -tā -taṃ pramathitaḥ -tā -taṃ udbhrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ sambhrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ vihvalaḥ -lā -laṃ viduraḥ -rā -raṃ lulitaḥ -tā -taṃ kātaraḥ -rā -raṃ pāriplavaḥ -vā -vaṃ viklavaḥ -vā -vaṃ.

AGITATION, s. kṣobhaḥ manthanaṃ unmanthanaṃ āloḍanaṃ vidhuvanaṃ davathuḥ.
     --(Of mind, &c.) vyākulatvaṃ utkampaḥ.
     --(Discussion) vādānuvādaḥ vicāraṇaṃ.

AGITATOR, s. (He who agitates) kṣobhakaḥ unmanthakaḥ mathanakārī m. (n).
     --(Manager of affairs) kāryyādhīśaḥ kāryyādhiṣṭhātā m. (tṛ) nāyakaḥ.

AGNAIL, s. nakharogaḥ cipyaṃ nakhampacaḥ.

AGNATE, a. (Allied to) sambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) samparkīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

AGNATION, s. (Relationship) jñātitvaṃ bandhutvaṃ sambandhaḥ samparkaḥ.

AGO, AGONE, adv. purā pūrvvaṃ pūrvvakāle gatakāle purastāt.

AGOG, adv. kutūhalī -linī -li(n) kautukākulaḥ -lā -laṃ anyathāvṛttiḥ -ttiḥ -tti.

AGOING, part. calaḥ -lā -laṃ pracalaḥ -lā -laṃ pracalitaḥ -tā -ta pracaritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To AGONISE, v. n. vyath (c. 1. vyathate vyathituṃ), paritaṣ in pass. (-taṣyate) santap

AGONY, s. tīvravedanā ativyathā vyathā antastāpaḥ vibādhā duḥkhaduḥkhaṃ yantraṃ.

AGRARIAN, a. kṣetraviṣayakaḥ -kā -kaṃ kṣetrikaḥ -kī -kaṃ bhūmiviṣayakaḥ -kā -ka.

To AGREE, v. n. (Be in concord) samman (c. 4. -manyate -mantuṃ), sammataḥ -tā -taṃ bhū.
     --(Assent to) svīkṛ aṅgīkṛ anuman (c. 4. -manyate -mantuṃ), abhiman; anujñā (c. 9. -jānāti -jñātuṃ), anuvad (c. 1. -vadati -vadituṃ), grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ), upagam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ).
     --(Settle by stipulation) sandhā (c. 3. -dhatte -dhātuṃ), saṃvidā nipyannaṃ -nnāṃ -nnaṃ kṛ.
     --(Be of the same mind) ekacittībhū ekamataḥ -tā -taṃ bhū.
     --(Be consistent or suitable) yuj in pass. (yujyate).

To AGREE, v. a. sandhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhatte -dhātuṃ), sammataṃ -tāṃ -taṃ or saṃviditaṃ -tāṃ -taṃ kṛ.

AGREEABLE, a. (Pleasant) ramyaḥ -myā -myaṃ kāmyaḥ -myā -myaṃ subhagaḥ; -gā -gaṃ abhimataḥ -tā -taṃ manojñaḥ -jñā -jñaṃ santoṣakaḥ -kā -kaṃ tuṣṭikaraḥ -rī -raṃ.
     --(Suitable, comfortable) anurūpaḥ -pā -paṃ. upayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ sadṛśaḥ -śī -śaṃ tulyaḥ -lyā -lyaṃ.
     --(To be agreeable, please) ruc (c. 1. rocate rocituṃ)

AGREEABLENESS, s. (Consistency with) yogyatā upayuktatā anurūpatā sādṛśyaṃ.
     --(The quality of pleasing) ramyatvaṃ kāmyatvaṃ abhimatatā.
     --(Resemblance) tulyatā sadṛśatā.

AGREEABLY, adv. sukhaṃ abhimataṃ subhagaṃ yathābhimataṃ yathāsukhaṃ.
     --(Ae cording to) anurūpaṃ anusāratas ind., yogatasa ind.
     --(Agreeably to one's nature) sattvānurūpaṃ.

[Page 12a]

AGREED, p. p. saṃviditaḥ -tā -taṃ sammataḥ -tā -taṃ upagataḥ -tā -taṃ abhyupetaḥ -tā -taṃ abhyupagataḥ -tā -taṃ svīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ anujñātaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'he has agreed to a separation,' bhedam upagataḥ.

AGREEMENT, s. (Compact) saṃvid f., pratijñānaṃ niyamaḥ saṃskāraḥ aṅgīkāraḥ upagamaḥ samayaḥ abhyupagamaḥ saṅketaḥ saṃvādaḥ vyavamthā.
     --(Making an agreement) samayakāraḥ.
     --(Breaking an agreement) samayabhedaḥ.
     --(Concord) sammatiḥ f., ekacittatā anuvādaḥ aikyaṃ.
     --(Resemblance) sadṛśatā anurūpatā sādṛśyaṃ tulyatvaṃ.

AGRICULTURE, s. kṛṣiḥ f., karṣaṇaṃ halabhṛtiḥ f., vaiśyakriyā vaiśyavṛttiḥ f. (The science) kṛṣividyā.

AGRICULTURIST, s. karṣakaḥ kṣetrājīvaḥ kṛṣakaḥ kṣetrikaḥ kṣetrī m. (n) kṛṣividyājñaḥ.
     --(A man of the third class) vaiśyaḥ viṭ (ś).

AGROUND, adv. uttīras ind., taṭasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ saikatasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ pulinasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ.

AGUE, s. kampajvaraḥ.
     --(A tertian ague) tṛtīyakaḥ tṛtīyakajvaraḥ.
     --(A quartan) cāturyakaḥ.

AGUE-FIT, s. kampajvarākramaḥ.

AGUISH, a. kampajvaraśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ kampajvarasvabhāvaḥ -vā -vaṃ.

AH, interj. ā ās hanta hā aho ahaha.

AHEAD, adv. agre agratas ind., puras ind., puratas ind.
     --(Headlong) adhomukhaṃ.

AJAR, adv. arddhavivṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ arddhodghaṭṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AID, s. sāhāyyaṃ upakāraḥ upakṛtaṃ sāhityaṃ śaraṇaṃ upagrahaḥ.
     --(An assistant) sahāyaḥ upakārakaḥ uttarasādhakaḥ.

To AID, v. a. upakṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ), upacar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ), upagrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -grahītaṃ), sāhāyyaṃ kṛ abhirakṣ (c. 1. -rakṣati -rakṣituṃ).

AIDED, p. p. upakṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtopakāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

AIDE-DE-CAMP, s. paridhisthaḥ senāpatisahāyaḥ senāpatyājñāvahaḥ.

AIDER, s. sahāyaḥ sāhāyyakarttā m. (rttṛ) upakārakaḥ

AIDLESS, a. sāhāyyarahitaḥ -tā -taṃ upakārahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ asahāyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

To AIL, v. a. (To give pain) pīḍ (c. 10. pīḍayati -yituṃ).
     --(To be ailing) īṣadrogeṇa, or kṣudrarogeṇa pīḍ in pass. (pīḍyate).

AIL or AILMENT, s. īṣadrogaḥ īṣadvyādhiḥ m., kṣudrarogaḥ kṣudravyādhiḥ m.

AILING, a. rogī -giṇī -gi (n) kṣudrarogapīḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ vyādhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To AIM, v. a. and n. (As at a mark) abhisandhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), uddiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ) with acc.; as, 'aiming at him,' tamuddiśya; lakṣīkṛ.
     --(Endeavour after) āp in des. (īpsati īpsituṃ) abhyāp; sev (c. 1. sevate sevituṃ), upasev niṣev; samācar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ); kāṅkṣ (c. 1. kāṅkṣati kāṅkṣituṃ), ākāṅkṣ anukāṅkṣ.
     --(To direct the weapon) abhisandhā lakṣyaṃ prati astraṃ kṣip (c. 6. kṣipati kṣeptuṃ).

AIM, s. (The point to which a missive weapon is thrown) lakṣaṃ lakṣyaṃ vāṇalakṣyaṃ śaravyaṃ.
     --(The direction of the weapon) sandhānaṃ.
     --(A purpose, design) abhiprāyaḥ cikīrpitaṃ āśayaḥ kāṅkṣā vāñchā.
     --(Conjecture) anumānaṃ.

AIMLESS, a. asandhānaḥ -nā -naṃ sandhānarahitaḥ -tā -taṃ alakṣyaḥ -kṣyā -kṣyaṃ.

AIR, s. ākāśaḥ vāyuḥ m., nabhaḥ n. (s) vihāyaḥ n. (s) samīraṇaḥ samiraḥ.
     --(Air in motion) vāyuḥ vātaḥ samīraṇaḥ.
     --(In music) tālaḥ mūrcchanā niśārukaṃ.
     --(Appearance) rūpaṃ ākāraḥ ākṛtiḥ f.
     --(Gesture, mien) gatiḥ f., vadanaṃ rītiḥ f.
     --(Manner) vidhiḥ m., prakāraḥ rūpaṃ.
     --(Scent, vapour) vāsaḥ vāṣpaḥ gandhaḥ; 'aloft in air, vihāyasā ind.; 'to build castles in the air,' gaganakusumāni kṛ.

To AIR, v. a. (To expose to the air) vāyuvyāpyaṃ -pyāṃ -pyaṃ kṛ.
     --(To dry) śuṣ in caus. (śoṣayati -yituṃ) śuṣkīkṛ nirjalaṃ -lāṃ -laṃ kṛ.

AIR-BALLOON, s. ākāśayānaṃ vyomayānaṃ ākāśavartmanā gamanārthaṃ vimānaṃ.

AIR-BLADDER, s. (Any cuticle filled with air) vāyukoṣaḥ anilapūritā nāḍiḥ

AIR-BORN, a. vāyujaḥ -jā -jaṃ ākāśajaḥ -jā -jaṃ.

AIR-GUN, s. śarādiprāsanārthaṃ vāyupūritaṃ yantraṃ.

AIR-HOLE, s. vātāyanaṃ gavākṣaḥ jālaṃ vāyucchidraṃ vāyupathaḥ

AIRING, s. vāyusevanaṃ vihāraḥ vāyuhetoḥ parikramaḥ

AIR-PUMP, s. vāyuprakṣepako nālaḥ.

AIR-SHAFT, s. ākare vāyugamanārthaṃ pathaḥ or chidraṃ.

AIRY, a. (Composed of air) vāyumayaḥ -yī -yaṃ ākāśīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ vaihāyasaḥ -sī -saṃ.
     --(Open to the air) vāyuvyāpyaḥ -pyā -pyaṃ.
     --(Wanting reality, vain, empty) śūnyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ laghuḥ -ghuḥ -ghvī -ghu avāstavaḥ -vī -vaṃ asāraḥ -rā -raṃ cañcalaḥ -lā -laṃ vāyusamaḥ -mā -maṃ

AISLE, s. (A path in a church) pūjāśālābhyantare pathaḥ.

AKIN, a. (Allied by blood, used of persons) svagotrajaḥ -jā -jaṃ svajātīṃyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.
     --(Used of things) sambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) samparkīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ALABASTER, s. śvetaprastaraviśeṣaḥ.

ALACK, interj. (Alas!) kaṣṭaṃ ās hā hanta ahaha hāhā hāho.

ALACRITY, s. lāghavaṃ cañvalatvaṃ sodyamatvaṃ śīghratvaṃ avilambatvaṃ kṣipratā.

ALAMODE, adv. vyavahārānurūpaṃ rītyanusāreṇa.

ALARM, s. (Fright) trāsaḥ bhayaṃ sādhvasaṃ śaṅkā bhayaprastāvaḥ.
     --(A cry by which soldiers are summoned to arms) sānnahanikaṃ yuddhāya yodhāhvānaṃ.
     --(Alarm-cry in general) bhayadhvaniḥ m.

To ALARM, v. a. bhī in caus. (bhāyayati -yituṃ or bhīṣayati -te), cat in caus. (trāsayati -yituṃ) vitras santras in caus.

ALARMED, p. p. bhītaḥ -tā -taṃ bhayārttaḥ -rttā -rttaṃ cakitaḥ -tā -taṃ śaṅkitaḥ -tā -taṃ bhīṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ALARM-BELL, s. bhayasūcakā ghaṇṭā śatror āgamanasamaye vādyate yā ghaṇṭā.

ALARMING, a. bhayaṅkaraḥ -rā -raṃ bhayānakaḥ -kā -kaṃ trāsajanakaḥ -kā -kaṃ bhayadaḥ -dā -daṃ.

ALARMIST, s. bhayotpādakaḥ bhayakārakaḥ.

ALARM-POST, s. bhayasamaye sainyasamāgamārthaṃ nirūpirtasthānaṃ.

ALARUM, s. sānnahanikaṃ bhayadhvaniḥ m., nirūpitasvaye nidrālasaṃ prabodhayati yā ghaṭī.

ALAS, interj. kaṣṭaṃ ā ās hā hanta ahaha ahovat.

ALB, s. (A white garment worn by priests) dharmmādhyāpakair bhṛtaḥ śvetavastraviśeṣaḥ.

ALBATROSS, samudrīyapakṣiviśeṣaḥ dakṣiṇasamudrasevī pakṣī.

ALBEIT, adv. tathāpi yadyapi.

ALBION, s. śvetadvīpaḥ.

ALBUGINEOUS, a. aṇḍaśuklāṃśopamaḥ -mā -maṃ.

ALBUGO, s. śuklaṃ cakṣūrogaḥ śuklamaṇḍalarogaḥ.

ALBUM, s. viśiṣṭaślokarakṣārthaṃ pustakaṃ.

ALCHYMICAL, a. rasāyanavidyāviṣayakaḥ -kā -kaṃ gmāyanajaḥ -jā -jaṃ.

ALCHYMIST, s. rasajñaḥ rasāyanavidyājñaḥ rasasiddhaḥ.

ALCHYMY, s. rasāyanavidyā rasāyanaṃ rasaṃsiddhiḥ f.

[Page 13a]

ALCOHOL, s. madyasāraḥ.
     --(Impalpable powder) sūkṣmabhasma n. (n).

ALCOVE, s. kuñjaḥ kuñjakuṭīraḥ parṇaśālā pallavaśālā nibhṛtasthānaṃ.

ALDER, s. vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ.

ALDERMAN, s. purādhyakṣaḥ nagarasya pradhānapuruṣaḥ mānyapadasthaḥ paurajanaḥ vṛddhaḥ vṛddhajanaḥ gurujanaḥ.

ALDERMANLY, adv. vṛddhajanavat ind., gurujanavat ind., gurujanaprakāreṇa.

ALE, s. yavasuraṃ yavanirmmito madyaviśeṣaḥ.

ALE-HOUSE, s. yavasurālayaḥ yavasurasthānaṃ.

ALE-HOUSE-KEEPER, s. yavasuravikrayī m. (n) śauṇḍikaḥ.

ALEMBIC, s. vakaḥ vakayantraṃ kācavakayantraṃ muṣā dravadravyasāranirhārārthaṃ muṣā.

ALERT, a. tvaritaḥ -tā -taṃ kṣipraḥ -prā -praṃ udyamī -minī -mi (n) udyogī -ginī -gi (n) svavahitaḥ -tā -taṃ atandraḥ -drā -draṃ.

ALERTNESS, s. kṣipratā atandratā satvaratā sodyogatvaṃ.

ALGEBRA, s. vījagaṇitaṃ gaṇanāvidyā.

ALGEBRAICAL, a. vījagaṇitaviṣayakaḥ -kā -kaṃ gaṇanāvidyāsambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

ALGID, a. śītaḥ -tā -taṃ śītalaḥ -lā -laṃ śiśiraḥ -rā -raṃ himavān -vatī -vat (t).

ALIEN, s. (A foreigner) videśī m. (n) videśīyaḥ bhinnajātīyaḥ.

ALIEN, a. anyadeśīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ videśīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ pārakyaḥ -kyā -kyaṃ.
     --(Estranged from) viraktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.
     --(Adverse to) viruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ viparītaḥ -tā -taṃ bhinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.

ALIENABLE, a. vichedanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ vibhedyaḥ -dyā -dyaṃ.
     --(Alienable property) parādhīnaṃ karttuṃ śakyate yad dravyaṃ.

To ALIENATE, v. a. (To withdraw the affections) virañj in caus. (-rañjayati -yituṃ).
     --(To transfer property) dravyādhikāritvaṃ parādhīnaṃ or paravaśaṃ kṛ, or parasvatve pratipad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ).

ALIENATE, a. vibhinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ viraktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ vichinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ parādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.

ALIENATED, p. p. viraktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ. See ALIENATE.

ALIENATION, s. (Coldness of affection) virāgaḥ viraktiḥ f., vairaktyaṃ.
     --(Transferring of property) svasvatvatyāgānantaraṃ parasvatvāpādanaṃ.

To ALIGHT, v. n. avatṝ (c. 1. -tarati -tarituṃ -tarītuṃ), upaviś (c. 6. -viśati -veṣṭuṃ), nipat (c. 1. -patati -patituṃ).

ALIGHTED, p. p. avatīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ upaviṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ nipatitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ALIKE, a. sadṛśaḥ -śī -śaṃ tulyaḥ -lyā -lyaṃ samānaḥ -nā -naṃ ekaprakāraḥ -rā -raṃ tulyarūpaḥ -pī -paṃ tulyākṛtiḥ -tiḥ ti.

ALIMENT, s. āhāraḥ bhojanaṃ bhakṣyaṃ bhojyaṃ annaṃ khādyaṃ pauṣṭikaṃ.

ALIMENTAL or ALIMENTARY, a. pauṣṭikaḥ -kī -kaṃ poṣakaḥ -kā -kaṃ puṣṭidaḥ -dā -daṃ pratipālakaḥ -kā -kaṃ bharaṇaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

ALIMENTARINESS, s. poṣakatvaṃ pratipālakatvaṃ bharimā m. (n) bharaṇaśīlatā.

ALIMENTATION, s. poṣaṇaṃ bharaṇaṃ pratipālanaṃ puṣṭiḥ f.

ALIMONY, s. strīpuruṣabibhedasamaye yo dhanasya nyāyāṃśo bhāryyāyai dīyate.

ALIVE, a. jīvan -vantī -vat (t) varttamānaḥ -nā -naṃ sajīvaḥ -vā -vaṃ sacetanaḥ -nā -naṃ āyuṣmān -ṣmatī -ṣmat (t).
     --(Cheerful, sprightly) tvaritaḥ -tā -taṃ atandraḥ -ndrā -ndraṃ cañcalaḥ -lā -laṃ.

ALKALI, s. sarjjikā sarjjiḥ f., kṣāraḥ sarjjikākṣāraḥ yavakṣāraḥ gogavāhī m. (n).

ALKALINE, a. kṣārasvabhāvaḥ -vā -vaṃ kṣāraviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ sarjjiyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

ALL, a. sarvvaḥ -rvvā -rvvaṃ viśvaḥ -śvā -śvaṃ kṛtsnaḥ -tsnā -tsnaṃ nikhilaḥ -lā -laṃ akhilaḥ -lā -laṃ samastaḥ -stā -staṃ sakalaḥ -lā -laṃ.

[Page 13b]

ALL, s. (The whole) sarvvaṃ kārtsnaṃ kārtsnyaṃ sākalyaṃ; 'In all, altogether,' sarvvaśas sākalyena kṛtsnaśas; 'not at all,' na kathañcana na manāk; 'at all times,' sarvvadā; 'all but,' prāyas ind., prāyaśas īṣadūnaḥ -nā -naṃ; 'all of a sudden,' akasmāt; 'all I can,' yathāśakti ind., yathābalaṃ yathāsāmarthyaṃ; 'all around,' sarvvatas samantatas paritas caturdikṣu; 'by all means,' sarvvathā; 'all at once,' yugapat ind., 'most of all,' bhūyiṣṭhaṃ viśeṣatas; 'all hail,' namas ind.

ALL-ATONING, a. sarvvapāpanāśakaḥ -kā -kaṃ sarvvapāpaśodhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ALL-BEARING, a. sarvvasahaḥ -hā -haṃ.
     --(Omniparous) sarvvaprasavī -vinī -vi (n).

ALL-CONQUERING, a. sarvvajayī -yinī -yi (n) sarvvadamanaḥ -nā -naṃ sarvvandamaḥ -mā -maṃ.

ALL-GLORIOUS, a. sarvvatejomayaḥ -yī -yaṃ sarvvapratāpavān -vatī -vat (t).

ALL-KNOWING, a. sarvvajñaḥ -jñā -jñaṃ sarvvavedī -dinī -di (n).

ALL-LOVING, a. sarvvapriyaḥ -yā -yaṃ sarvvahitaiṣī -ṣiṇī -ṣi (n).

ALL-MATURING, a. sarvvapācakaḥ -kā -kaṃ sarvvapācanaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

ALL-PENETRATING, a. sarvvabhedakaḥ -kā -kaṃ sarvvapraveśakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ALL-PERVADING, sarvvagataḥ -tā -taṃ sarvvavyāpī -pinī -pi (n) sarvvatragaḥ -gā -gaṃ.

ALL-SEEING, a. sarvvadarśī -rśinī -rśi (n) sarvvadraṣṭā -ṣṭrī -ṣṭṛ (ṣṭṛ).

ALL-SUFFICIENCY, n. sarvvaśaktitā sarvvasāmarthyaṃ.

ALL-SUFFICIENT, sarvvasamarthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ sarvvaśaktimān -matī -mat (t).

ALL-WISE, a. sarvvajñaḥ -jñā -jñaṃ sarvvavid m. f. n., sarvvavedī -dinī -di (n) sarvvajñānamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ.

To ALLAY, v. a. (To mitigate) śam in caus. (śamayati -yituṃ) praśam upaśam; śāntv or sāntv (c. 10. śāntvayati -yituṃ) abhiśāntv pariśāntv; tuṣ in caus. (toṣayati -yituṃ).
     --(To mix one metal with another) dhātuṃ dhātunā miśr (c. 10. miśrayati -yituṃ); suvarṇaṃ rūpyaṃ vā kupyena miśr.

ALLAY or ALLAYMENT, s. (Mitigation) śāntiḥ f., praśamanaṃ praśāntiḥ f., sāntvanaṃ; 'allayment of fear,' bhayopaśamaḥ; 'allayment of hunger,' kṣutpratīkāraḥ.
     --(Mixture of base metal) kupyasamparkaḥ.

ALLAYED, p. p. praśāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ upaśāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ praśamitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ALLAYER, s. śamakaḥ śāntikaraḥ śāntikarttā m. (rttṛ) śāntidaḥ.

ALLEGATION, s. (Affirmation) vacanaṃ abhiyogaḥ vākyaṃ abhidhānaṃ.
     --(False allegation) mithyābhiśaṃsanaṃ.
     --(Excuse, plea) chadma n. (n) upadeśaḥ vyapadeśaḥ.

To ALLEGE, v. a. (To affirm, declare) vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ), tatheti brū (c. 2. bravīti brūte vaktuṃ).
     --(To plead as an excuse) chadma kṛ vyapadiś. (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ), mithyā vad.

ALLEGEABLE, a. vacanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ vadanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ kathanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ALLEGIANCE, s. bhaktiḥ f., anurāgaḥ vaśībhūtatvaṃ adhīnatvaṃ.

ALLEGIANT, a. bhaktimān -matī -mat (t) anurāgī -giṇī -gi (n).

ALLEGORICAL, a. rūpakamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ dṛṣṭāntarūpaḥ -pī -paṃ lākṣaṇikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

ALLEGORICALLY, adv. dṛṣṭāntatas ind., lākṣaṇikaprakāreṇa rūpakakrameṇa.

To ALLEGORISE, v. a. dṛṣṭāntīkṛ dṛṣṭāntay (nom. dṛṣṭāntayati -yituṃ) lākṣaṇikaprakāreṇa vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ).

ALIEGORY, s. rūpakaṃ dṛṣṭāntaḥ udāharaṇaṃ lākṣaṇikavākyaṃ yuktiḥ f.

ALLEGRO, adv. tvaritaṃ kṣipraṃ śīghaṃ.

To ALLEVIATE, v. a. śam in caus. (śamayati -yituṃ) praśam upaśam; śāntv or sāntv (c. 10. sāntvayati -yituṃ), abhiśāntv upasāntv pariśāntva; lagh (nom. laghayati -yituṃ), uddhṛ (c. 1. -harati -te -harttuṃ), laghūkṛ.

[Page 14a]

ALLEVIATED, p. p. praśamitaḥ -tā -taṃ praśāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ upaśāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ laghūkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ALLEVIATION, s. śāntiḥ f., praśamanaṃ praśāntiḥ upaśamaḥ laghūkaraṇaṃ lāghavaṃ.

ALLEVIATIVE, a. (Giving alleviation) śāntidaḥ -dā -daṃ śāntikaraḥ -rā -raṃ śamakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ALLEY, s. (A narrow passage) saṅkaṭapathaḥ sambādhapathaḥ saṅkucitavīthiḥ f.
     --(A walk in a garden) udyānapathaḥ.

ALLIANCE, s. (League) sandhiḥ m., sāhityaṃ saṃyogaḥ sāhyaṃ sahāyatā aikyaṃ.
     --(Relation by marriage, &c.) sambandhaḥ jñātisamparkaḥ; 'offensive and defensive alliance,' parasparopakāraḥ.

ALLIED, p. p. sandhitaḥ -tā -taṃ sahitaḥ -tā -taṃ sambaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ saṃyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

To ALLIGATE, v. a. sambandh (c. 9. -badhnāti -banddhuṃ or caus. -bandhayati -yituṃ), anubandh ābandh.

ALLIGATION, s. (Tying together) sandhānaṃ sambandhanaṃ saṃyojanaṃ.
     --(Rule in arithmetic) sammiśradravyāṇāṃ mūlyaṃ nirūpayati yo gaṇanāvidhiḥ ardhasaṃkhyāpanaṃ.

ALLIGATOR, s. nakraḥ grāhaḥ kumbhīraḥ.

ALLITERATION, s. anuprāsaḥ.

ALLODIAL, a. anadhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ anāyattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ svādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.

To ALLOO, v. a. (Set on by crying alloo) he hai ityādiśabdaiḥ kukkurān pracud (caus. -codayati -yituṃ).

To ALLOT, v. a. (Distribute by lot) vibhaj (c. 1. -bhajati -te -bhaktuṃ), pravibhaj; vyaṃs (c. 10. -aṃsayati -yituṃ), aṃś (c. 10. aṃśayati -yituṃ), vinyas (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ), vyas; kḷp (c. 10. kalpayati -yituṃ), parikḷp.
     --(To grant) pradā (c. 8. -dadāti -dātuṃ).

ALLOTMENT, s. (Distributing by lot) vibhāgaḥ aṃśanaṃ vibhāgakalpanā.
     --(The portion granted) aṃśaḥ bhāgaḥ vibhāgaḥ.

To ALLOW, v. a. anujñā (c. 9. -jānāti -jñātuṃ), abhyanujñā; anuman (c. 4. -manyate -mantuṃ), sah (c. 1. sahate soḍhuṃ), viṣah anumud (c. 1. -modate -modituṃ).
     --(To admit an argument) grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ).
     --(To allow wages) varttanaṃ dā or anudā (c. 3. -dadāti -dātuṃ).
     --(To abate) uddhāraṃ kṛ nyūnīkṛ.

ALLOWABLE, a. dharmyaḥ -rmyā -rmyaṃ anujñeyaḥ -yā -yaṃ anujñātavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ svīkaraṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ anujñāyogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ dātavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ.
     --(Admissible) grāhyaḥ -hyā -hyaṃ gṛhyaḥ -hyā -hyaṃ pragṛhyaḥ -hyā -hyaṃ.

ALLOWANCE, s. anujñā anumatiḥ f.
     --(Stipulated pay) varttanaṃ vetanaṃ nirūpitamūlyaṃ parimitamūlyaṃ.
     --(Abatement) uddhāraḥ nyūnīkaraṇaṃ.

ALLOWED, p. p. anujñātaḥ -tā -taṃ abhyanujñātaḥ -tā -taṃ anumataḥ -tā -taṃ.

ALLOY, s. apadravyaṃ kupyaṃ kūṭasvarṇaṃ alpamūlyako dhātuḥ dūṣaṇaṃ doṣaḥ malaṃ.
     --(Abatement, impairment) nyūnatā kṣayaḥ vighnaḥ.

ALLOYED, p. p. dūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ duṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

To ALLUDE, v. n. (Hint at) uddiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ), samuddiś sūc (c. 10. sūcayati -yituṃ), iṅgaṃ or iṅgitaṃ or saṅketaṃ kṛ smṛ in caus. (smārayati -yituṃ) prabudh in caus. (-bodhayati -yituṃ).

ALLUDED, p. p. uddiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ sūcitaḥ -tā -taṃ smṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To ALLURE, v. a. ākṛṣ (c. 1. -karṣati or c. 6. -kṛṣati -kraṣṭuṃ), samākṛṣ; pralubh in caus. (-lobhayati -yituṃ).

ALLURED, p. p. ākṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ or ākartpitaḥ -tā -taṃ pralobhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ALLUREMENT, s. pralobhanaṃ ākarṣaṇaṃ vilobhanaṃ vañcanaṃ bhogaḥ.

ALLURING, a. ākarṣakaḥ -kā -kaṃ ākarṣī -rṣiṇī -rṣi (n) pralobhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ vañcakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

[Page 14b]

ALLURINGLY, adv. pralobhanapūrvvakaṃ pralobhanena ākarṣakaprakāreṇa.

ALLUSION, s. (Hint) iṅgaṃ iṅgitaṃ saṅketaḥ ākāraḥ.
     --(Allusion to) uddeśaḥ sūcanaṃ.
     --(In allusion to) uddiśya samuddiśya.

ALLUSIVE, a. uddeśakaḥ -kā -kaṃ sūcakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ALLUVION, s. pulinaṃ nadīrayeṇa or jalapravāheṇa samānītā mṛttikā.

ALLUVIOUS, a. nadīrayeṇa samānītaḥ -tā -taṃ pulinamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ.

ALLY, s. sahāyaḥ sahakārī m. (n) mitraṃ sṛhṛd m., parasparopakārī m. (n) sambandhī m. (n).

To ALLY, v. a. sandhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhatte -dhātuṃ), sambandh (caus. -bandhayati -yituṃ), saṃyuj (c. 10. -yojayati -yituṃ), saṃśliṣ in caus. (-śleṣayati -yituṃ).

ALMANAC, s. pañjikā pañjiḥ f.

ALMANAC-MAKER, s. pañjīkaraḥ pañjikāracakaḥ.

ALMIGHTINESS, s. sarvvaśaktimattvaṃ sarvvasāmarthyaṃ.

ALMIGHTY, a. sarvvaśaktimān -matī -mat (t) sarvvasamarthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ sarvvaśak m. f. n., amitaujāḥ -jāḥ -jaḥ (s).

ALMOND, s. pārasīkajanair bādāmity abhidhīyate yat phalaṃ.

ALMONER, s. dānadharmme niyuktaḥ bhikṣāvitaraṇe adhikṛtaḥ daridreṣu yad dhanaṃ dātavyaṃ tadvitaraṇe adhikṛtaḥ.

ALMONRY, s. dānadharmme niyuktasya gṛhaṃ bhikṣāvitaraṇaśālā.

ALMOST, adv. prāyas prāyaśas bhūyiṣṭhaṃ īṣadūnaḥ -nā -naṃ kalpaḥ affixed.
     --(Somewhat less) īṣadūnaṃ yat kiñcina nyūnaṃ; 'almost four,' upacaturāḥ m. pl.; 'almost every person,' prāyaḥ sarvvajanaḥ; 'almost dead,' mumūrṣuḥ or mṛtaprāyaḥ or mṛtakalpaḥ; 'almost finished,' samāptabhūyiṣṭhaḥ; 'seven days being almost ended,' saptasu dineṣu samāptakalpeṣu.

ALMS, s. bhaikṣaṃ bhaikṣyaṃ bhikṣā bhikṣānnaṃ dānaṃ; 'to beg alms,' bhikṣ (c. 1. bhikṣate bhikṣituṃ), bhaikṣyaṃ car (c. 1. carati carituṃ), bhikṣāṭanaṃ kṛ.

ALMS-BOX, s. bhikṣāpātraṃ dānādhāraḥ.

ALMS-GIVER, s. bhikṣādātā m. (tṛ) daridrapoṣakaḥ.

ALMS-GIVING, s. dānadharmmaḥ dānakāryyaṃ bhikṣādānaṃ daridrapoṣaṇaṃ.

ALMS-HOUSE, s. daridrapoṣaṇaśālā bhikṣāvitaraṇaśālā.

ALMS-MAN, s. bhikṣācaraḥ bhikṣukaḥ bhikṣāśī m. (n) bhikṣopajīvī m. (n).

ALOE, s. (The plant) kumārī sahā sthūladalā.
     --(A precious wood) aguruḥ agurukāṣṭhaṃ.

ALOFT, adv. urddhvaṃ upari upariṣṭāt uccaṃ.
     --(In-air) vihāyasā.

ALONE, a. ekāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ ekaḥ -kā -kaṃ ekākī -kinī -ki (n) nibhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ kevalaḥ -lā -laṃ kevalī -linī -li (n) advitīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.
     --(Only) kevalaṃ mātraṃ.

ALONG, prep. (At length, all along the side of) anu prefixed to the acc. c. neuter; as, 'along the Ganges,' anugaṅgaṃ; 'along the bank,' anukacchaṃ.
     --(Forward) agre puras ind., purastāt.
     --(Along with) saha sārddhaṃ sahitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(All along, from first to last) prathamāvadheḥ prabhṛti śeṣaparyyantaṃ sarvvatra.
     --(Along-side) pārśvatas ind.

ALOOF, adv. dūre kiyaddūre īṣaddūre antare nibhṛtaṃ pṛthak.
     --(Standing aloof) dūrasthaḥ.

ALOUD, adv. prakāśaṃ uccais ind., uccakais proccais uccaiḥsvareṇa mahānādena uccaistamām ind., muktakaṇṭhaṃ.

ALPHABET, s. varṇamālā varṇakramaḥ akṣaravinyāsaḥ varṇasaṅghāṭaḥ.

ALPHABETICAL, a. varṇakramānusārī -riṇī -ri (n) varṇamālāśreṇyanurūpaḥ -pā -paṃ.

ALPHABETICALLY, adv. varṇakramānusāratas ind., varṇamālāśreṇyanurūpaṃ.

ALREADY, adv. (Some time ago) tatpūrvvaṃ pūrvvaṃ purā pūrvvakāle prāg varttamānakālāt.
     --(At the present time) tatkṣaṇe samprati tatkāle.

[Page 15a]

ALSO, adv. ca caiva apica evaṃ aparañva punarapi punaśca.
     --(In like manner) tadvat ind., tadvighe tatprakāre.

ALTAR, s. caityaṃ āyatanaṃ vediḥ m. or -dī f., cayanaṃ yajñavediḥ sthaṇḍilaṃ.

To ALTER, v. a. anyathā kṛ anyarūpaṃ -pāṃ -paṃ kṛ anyaprakāraṃ -rāṃ -raṃ kṛ viparyas (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ), parivṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ).
     --(To alter for the worse) vikṛ (c. 8. -kurute -karttuṃ), virūp (c. 10. -rūpayati -yituṃ).

To ALTER, v. n. anyathā or anyarūpaḥ -pā -paṃ or anyaprakāraḥ -rā -raṃ bhū.
     --(For the worse) vikṛ (c. 8. -kurute).
     --(To alter in mind and feelings) vimanībhū.

ALTERABLE, a. vikāryyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ anyathā karaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ vikāraśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ parīvarttanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ pariṇāmayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ.

ALTERAGE, s. (The fostering of a child) bālakapoṣaṇaṃ putrapratipālanaṃ.

ALTERATION, s. vikāraḥ vikriyā vikṛtiḥ f., pariṇāmaḥ parīvarttanaṃ anyathābhāvaḥ vaikṛtyaṃ.

ALTERATIVE, a. vikārī -riṇī -ri (n) parivarttakaḥ -kā -kaṃ pariṇāmakaraḥ -rā -raṃ.

To ALTERCATE, v. n. vivad (c. 1. -vadate -vadituṃ), vyavakruś (c. 1. krośati -kroṣṭuṃ).

ALTERCATION, s. vipralāpaḥ vyavakrośanaṃ vyāvabhāṣī f., vādānuvādaḥ vivādaḥ uttarapratyuttaraṃ vākyavirodhaḥ vāgyuddhaṃ vākyaṃ.

ALTERED, p. p. vikṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vaikṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ anyarūpaḥ -pā -paṃ anyathā kṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtavikriyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.
     --(In mind) vimanīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ALTERNATE, ALTERNATELY, adv. viparyyayeṇa vāraṃ vāraṃ anyonyaṃ paramparatas parasparām parivṛtya; 'alternate sleeping and waking,' paryyāyaśayanaṃ.

To ALTERNATE, v. a. parivṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ) vihṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ).

To ALTERNATE, v. n. parivṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ).

ALTERNATION, s. viparyyayaḥ paryyāyaḥ parivarttanaṃ parivṛttiḥ f.
     --(Alternation of employment or duty) karmmaviparyyayaḥ.

ALTERNATIVE, vikalpaḥ anukalpaḥ pākṣikaḥ pakṣaḥ vāgyaḥ.
     --(In grammar) vibhāṣā f.

ALTHOUGH, conj. yadyapi. 'Although' is sometimes expressed by the potential mood of the verb; as, 'although it be not,' na bhavet.
     --(Notwithstanding) tathāpi kintu.

ALTILOQUENCE, s. garvvitavākyaṃ sāṭopoktiḥ f.

ALTISONANT, a. uccaiḥsvakhkārī -riṇī -ri (n) mahāsvanaḥ -nā -naṃ.

ALTIVOLANT, a. uccair uḍḍīyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ uccair uḍḍīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.

ALTITUDE, s. uccatvaṃ ucchritiḥ f., ucchāyaḥ uttuṅgatā utsedhaḥ.
     --(Superiority) pradhānatvaṃ.

ALTOGETHER, adv. sarvathā sarvvatas ind., samyak aśeṣatas ind., aśeṣeṇa kṛtsnaśas ind., akhilena sākalyena kārtsnyena.
     --(Conjunctly) samaṃ ekacittībhūya ind., sahitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃhataḥ -tā -taṃ.

ALUM, s. sphaṭī lavaṇaviśeṣaḥ.

ALUMINOUS, a. sphaṭīmayaḥ -yī -yaṃ sphaṭīsambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

ALWAYS, adv. sarvvadā sadā satatam nitpadā aniśaṃ anavarataṃ nirantaraṃ sarvvakṣaṇe.

AMAIN, adv. (Violently) prasabhaṃ prasahma balāt balavat ind.
     --(With impetuosity) savegaṃ vegatas ind., javena.

AMALGAM, s. kāṃsyaṃ.

To AMALGAMATE, v. n. pāreṇa dhātūn miśr (c. 10. miśrayati -yituṃ).--
     --(To unite together) saṃyuj (c. 10. -yājayati -yituṃ), saṃśliṣ in caus. (-śleṣayati -yituṃ) saṃhan (c. 2. -hanti -hantuṃ), ekīkṛ.

AMALGAMATION, s. (Of metals) dhātumiśraṇaṃ yogaḥ.
     --(Junction) saṃśleṣaḥ saṃyojanaṃ.

AMANUENSIS, s. lekhakaḥ lipikāraḥ yad anyena kathitaṃ tallekhakaḥ.

AMARANTH, s. amlānaḥ amlānapuṣpaṃ.

AMARANTINE, a. amlānī -ninī -ni (n) amlānavān -vatī -vat (t) amlānapuṣpayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

AMARITUDE, s. tiktatā -tvaṃ kaṭutā.

To AMASS, v. a. sañci (c. 5. -cinoti -cetuṃ), upaci sambhṛ (c. 1. -bharati -te -bharttuṃ), samākṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ), ekatra kṛ rāśīkṛ.

AMASSED, p. p. sañcitaḥ -tā -taṃ upacitaḥ -tā -taṃ sambhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ rāśīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AMASSMENT, s. sañcayaḥ puñjaḥ samuccayaḥ saṃhatiḥ f., oghaḥ samudāyaḥ rāśīkaraṇaṃ.

AMATEUR, s. kāñcid vidyāṃ svecchātaḥ or ātmavinodārthaṃ sevate yaḥ.
     --(In music) gandharvvavidyāpriyaḥ gandharvvavidyākāmaḥ.

AMATORY, a. kāmī -minī -mi (n) snehī -hinī -hi (n) prītimān -matī -mat (t) anurāgī -giṇī -gi (n) premaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ śṛṅgārī -riṇī -ri (n) rasikaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

To AMAZE, v. a. vismi in caus. (-smāyayati -te -yituṃ) ākulīkṛ. vyākulīkṛ vismayākulaṃ -lāṃ -laṃ or sāścaryyaṃ -ryyāṃ -ryyaṃ or vyastaṃ -stāṃ -staṃ kṛ.

AMAZE, s. vismayaḥ āścaryyaḥ camatkāraḥ.
     --(Confusion) ākulatvaṃ vyākulatā.

AMAZED, p. p. vismitaḥ -tā -taṃ camatkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ mohitaḥ -tā -taṃ vyākulitaḥ -tā -taṃ ākulīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vyākulamanāḥ -nāḥ -naḥ (s).

AMAZEDLY, adv. savismayaṃ sāścaryyaṃ vismayena camatkāreṇa.

AMAZEMENT, s. vismayaḥ āścaryyatvaṃ adbhutaṃ vyākulatā kātaratā.

AMAZING, part. a. (Astonishing) vismayakārī -riṇī -ri (n) vicitraḥ -trā -traṃ adbhutaḥ -tā -taṃ camatkārī -riṇī -ri (n).
     --(Excessive) atiriktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ; 'amazing power,' atiśaktiḥ f.

AMAZINGLY, adv. adbhutaṃ vicitraṃ vicitraprakāreṇa.
     --(Excessively) nirbharaṃ atīva atiriktaṃ atiśayaṃ; 'amazingly covetous,' atilubdhaḥ.

AMAZON, s. svastanachedanapūrvvakaṃ raṇe vikramaṃ darśayitvā yā strījātiḥ prākkālīnapustakeṣu praśasyate.

AMBAGES, s. vakroktiḥ f., vakrabhaṇitaṃ.

AMBASSADOR, s. dūtaḥ sandeśaharaḥ rājadūtaḥ rājacāraḥ sattrī m. (n).

AMBASSAGE, s. dūtyaṃ dautyaṃ dūtapreraṇaṃ.

AMBER, s. tṛṇamaṇiḥ m., tṛṇagrāhī m. (n) śūkāpuṭṭaḥ.

AMBER, a. tṛṇamaṇimayaḥ -yī -yaṃ śūkāpuṭṭarūpaḥ -pī -paṃ.

AMBERGRIS, s. auṣadhaviśeṣaḥ.

AMBER-TREE, s. sugandhivṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ.

AMBIDEXTER or AMBIDEXTROUS, a. (Having equally the use of both hands) savyasācī -cinī -ci (n) ubhayahastakuśalaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(Equally ready to act on both sides) dvipakṣapātī m. (n).

AMBIENT, a. veṣṭakaḥ -kā -kaṃ pariveṣṭakaḥ -kā -kaṃ vyāpakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

AMBIGUITY, AMBIGUOUSNESS, s. dvyarthaḥ sandigdhārthaḥ sandehārthaḥ aspaṣṭārthaḥ aspaṣṭatā vakroktiḥ f., vakratā.

AMBIGUOUS, a. dvyarthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ sandigdhārthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ aspaṣṭārthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ aspaṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ avyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ vakraḥ -krā -kraṃ.

AMBIGUOUSLY, adv. dvyarthatas ind., aspaṣṭaṃ avyaktaṃ vakroktyā sandigdhaprakāreṇa.

AMBIT, s. maṇḍalaṃ veṣṭanaṃ cakravālaṃ.

[Page 16a]

AMBITION, s. kīrttispṛhā abhiruciḥ f., aiśvaryyākāṅkṣā utkṛṣṭapadavāñchā rājyalobhaḥ.

AMBITIOUS, s. kīrttiprepsuḥ -psuḥ -psu yaśaskāmaḥ -mā -maṃ yaśaskāmyan -myatī -myat (t) ājigīṣuḥ -ṣuḥ -ṣu utkṛṣṭapadaprepsuḥ -psuḥ -psu abhirucimān -matī -mat (t) aiśvaryyaprepsuḥ -psuḥ -psu abhipretaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AMBITIOUSLY, adv. kīrttispṛhātas ind., aiśvaryyākāṅkṣayā utkṛṣṭapadavāñchayā abhirucyā.

To AMBLE, v. n. sundaragatyā cal (c. 1. calati calituṃ), sundaraprakāreṇa plu (c. 1. plavate plotuṃ) or dhor (c. 1. dhorati dhorituṃ).

AMBLE, s. aśvasya gativiśeṣaḥ plutaḥ dhoritaṃ sundaragatiḥ f.

AMBLER, s. dhoritaśīlaḥ sundaragatiyāyī m. (n).

AMBROSIA, s. amṛtaṃ tridaśāhāraḥ pīyūṣaṃ devānnaṃ paramānnaṃ.

To AMBULATE, v. a. vicar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ). kram in freq. (caṃkramyate) parikram (c. 4. -krāmyati kramituṃ), itastataś car.

AMBULATION, s. parikramaḥ itastato bhramaṇaṃ.

AMBUSCADE, AMBUSH, s. (A place where persons lie in wait) parākramaṇārthe nibhṛtasthānaṃ.
     --(The liers in wait) sainyaṃ nibhṛte sthāpitaṃ.

To AMELIORATE, v. a. bhadrataraṃ -rāṃ -raṃ, or śreyāṃsaṃ -yasīṃ -yaḥ or arhattaraṃ -rāṃ -raṃ, or sādhīyāṃsaṃ -yasīṃ -yaḥ kṛ.

AMELIORATION, s. śreyastvaṃ bhadrataratā śreṣṭhatā śrauṣṭhyaṃ vṛddhiḥ f.

AMEN, adv. tathāstu evamastu.

AMENABLE, a. abhiyokturāhvānādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ parānuyogādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ anusandheyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

To AMEND, v. a. (To correct) śudh in caus. (śodhayati -yituṃ) pariśudh viśudh saṃśudh; samādhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhatte -dhātuṃ).
     --(To amend one's life, leave wickedness) pāpāt nivṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ), pāpaṃ tyaktvā dharmmam ācar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ), or sādhūn ācārān āsthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -sthātuṃ), vipratīsāraṃ kṛ.

To AMEND, v. n. (As the life or manners) śudh (c. 4. śudhyati śoddhuṃ), viśudh saṃśudh samādhā in pass. (-dhīyate) bhadrataraḥ -rā -raṃ bhū sādhuḥ -dhuḥ or -dhvī -dhu bhū.
     --(As a disease) śam (c. 4. śāmyati śamituṃ) upaśam.

AMENDED, p. p. śodhitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃśuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ.
     --(Ceased from evil) nivṛttapāpaḥ -pā -paṃ.

AMENDMENT, s. śodhanaṃ saṃśuddhiḥ f., pratisamādhānaṃ samādhānaṃ vipratīsāraḥ śreyastvaṃ śreṣṭhatā śraiṣṭhyaṃ.
     --(Of life) ācāraśodhanaṃ doṣaśodhanaṃ.
     --(Of a disease) upaśamaḥ svāsthyaṃ.

AMENDS, s. nistāraḥ niṣkṛtiḥ f., pāritoṣikaṃ śodhanaṃ saṃśuddhiḥ f.

AMENITY, s. ramyatā priyatā abhirāmatvaṃ sunandatā.

To AMERCE, v. a. daṇḍ (c. 10. daṇḍayati -yituṃ) with two accusatives.

AMERCED, p. p. daṇḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ sādhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AMERCEMENT, s. daṇḍaḥ dhanadaṇḍaḥ.
     --(Loss) hāniḥ f., kṣayaḥ apacayaḥ.

AMETHYST, s. maṇiviśeṣaḥ nīlavarṇaḥ prastaraprabhedaḥ marṭīṣmaṇiḥ.

AMIABLE, a. suśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ supriyaḥ -yā -yaṃ suśīlavān -vatī -vat (t) prītimān -matī -mat (t) priyadarśanaḥ -nā -naṃ snehārhaḥ -rhā -rhaṃ priyaṅkaraḥ -rā -raṃ.
     --(Pleasant) ramaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

AMIABLENESS, s. suśīlatvaṃ sadbhāvaḥ priyatā priyambhaviṣṇutā priyambhāvukatā.

AMIABLY, adv. suśīlajanavat supriyaṃ prītipūrvvakaṃ prītyā.

AMICABLE, a. maitraḥ -trī -traṃ hitaḥ -tā -taṃ sākheyaḥ -yā -yaṃ snehaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

AMICABLENESS, s. mitratvaṃ sākhyaṃ saurhāddaṃ sahāyatā anukūlatā.

AMID, AMIDST, prep. madhye antaraṇa antare antarā abhyantare.

[Page 16b]

AMISS, adj. doṣī -ṣiṇī -ṣi (n) aparādhī -dhinī dhi (n) anucitaḥ -tā -taṃ ayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ. adv. duṣṭu doṣeṇa aparādhatas anucitaṃ ayuktaṃ.

AMITY, s. maitryaṃ sākhyaṃ vandhutā aikyaṃ.
     --(Between nations) sandhiḥ m.

AMMONIAC, s. (Gum ammoniac) niryāsaprakāraḥ.
     --(Sal ammoniac) lavaṇaprakāraḥ.

AMMUNITION, s. yuddhopakaraṇaṃ yuddhasajjā.

AMNESTY, s. rājakṣamā doṣakṣamā doṣavismaraṇavyavasthā.

AMONG, AMONGST, prep. madhye abhyantare antare antareṇa antarā antar.

AMOROUS, a. kāmī -minī -mi (n) prakāmaḥ -mā -maṃ kāmukaḥ -kā -kaṃ manmathī -thinī -thi (n) śṛṅgārī -riṇī -ri (n) rasikaḥ -kā -kaṃ premaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ kāmākrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ.

AMOROUSLY, adv. kāmena kāmatas ind., rasikabhāvena prītipūrvvakaṃ.

To AMOUNT, v. n. upaci in pass. (-cīyate) sañci samudi in pass. (-īyate) saṅkhyā in pass. (-khyāyate); 'amounting to,' saṃkhyakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

AMOUNT, s. parimāṇaṃ saṅkhyā samudāyaḥ upacāyaḥ sāraḥ arthaḥ; 'money to the amount of a lac,' lakṣasaṃkhyāni dhanāni.
     --(Value, price) mūlyaṃ.

AMPHIBIOUS, a. bhūjalacaraḥ -rā -raṃ sthalajalacaraḥ -rā -raṃ jalavāyugaḥ -gā -gaṃ dvidhāgatiḥ -tiḥ -ti sthaleśayaḥ.

AMPHITHEATRE, s. arddhacandrākāro raṅgaḥ arddhamaṇḍalākāro raṅgaḥ raṅgabhūmiḥ f., raṅgāṅgaṇaṃ.

AMPLE, a. viśālaḥ -lā -laṃ vipulaḥ -lā -laṃ vistṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vṛhan -hatī -hat (t) pracuraḥ -rā -raṃ bahulaḥ -lā -laṃ yatheṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

AMPLENESS, s. viśālatā vipulatā vistīrṇatā vṛhattvaṃ prācuryyaṃ.

AMPLIFICATION, s. vistāratvaṃ vistaraḥ vṛddhiḥ f., varddhanaṃ.
     --(In rhetoric) atyuktiḥ f.

To AMPLIFY, AMPLIFICATE, v. a. vṛdh in caus. (vardhayati -yituṃ) saṃvṛdh; vistṛ (c. 5. -stṛṇoti, c. 9. -stṛṇāti -starituṃ -starītuṃ, caus. -stārayati), āpyai in caus. (-pyāyayati -yituṃ) samāpyai; tan (c. 8. tanoti tanituṃ).

AMPLITUDE, s. (Extent) vistīrṇatā vistāraḥ vipulatā.
     --(Greatness) vṛhattvaṃ mahattvaṃ mahimā m. (n).
     --(Capacity) ādhāraśaktiḥ sāmarthyaṃ.
     --(Abundance) pracuratvaṃ sampūrṇatvaṃ bahutvaṃ.

AMPLY, adv. vistareṇa vistaraśas ind., vipulaṃ yatheṣṭaṃ.

To AMPUTATE, v. a. aṅgaṃ chid (c. 7. chinatti chettuṃ), (c. 9. lunāti -nīte lavituṃ), nikṛt (c. 6. -kṛntati -kartituṃ), aṅgacchedanaṃ kṛ.

AMPUTATED, p. p. chinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ lūnaḥ -nā -naṃ kṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.

AMPUTATION, s. chedaḥ aṅgacchedanaṃ karttanaṃ aṅgakarttanaṃ.

AMULET, s. kavacaḥ rakṣā roganivāraṇārthaṃ kiñcid dravyaṃ or auṣadhaṃ.

To AMUSE, v. a. nand in caus. (nandayati -yituṃ) abhinand pratinand; ram in caus. (ramayati -yituṃ) vinud in caus. (nodayati -yituṃ).
     --(To amuse one's self) vilas (c. 1. -lasati -lasituṃ).

AMUSED, p. p. vinoditaḥ -tā -taṃ abhinanditaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AMUSEMENT, s. vinodaḥ parīhāsaḥ krīḍā keliḥ f., khelā vilāsaḥ āhlādaḥ narmma n. (n) kautukaṃ kutūhalaṃ.

AMUSER, s. vinodayitā m. (tṛ) nandakaḥ.

AN. See A.

ANABAPTISM, s. punarjalasaṃskāraḥ punarmajjanaṃ.

ANABAPTIST, s. punarjalasaṃskāramatāvalambī punarjalasaskāramataṃ dhārayan.

ANACHRONISM, s. kālagaṇanābhramaḥ.

ANAGRAM, nāmākṣaraparivarttanāt sārthavākyaracanaṃ yathā devarājaḥ veda jāraḥ.

ANALOGICAL or ANALOGOUS, sambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) sambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ sadṛśaḥ -śī -śaṃ upamaḥ -mā -maṃ anurūpaḥ -pā -paṃ samānaḥ -nā -naṃ anuguṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ tulyaḥ -lyā -lyaṃ samparkī -rkiṇī -rki (n) ānuṣaṅgikaḥ -kī -kaṃ tulyarūpaḥ -pā -pī -paṃ.

ANALOGICALLY, adv. sādṛśyena aupamyena sāmānyatas ind., sādṛśyatas ind.

ANALOGY, s. sambandhaḥ sādṛśyaṃ aupamyaṃ samparkaḥ sāmānyaṃ samānabhāvaḥ upamitiḥ.

ANALYSIS, s. upodghātaḥ pṛthakkaraṇaṃ vichedaḥ vyavachedaḥ parichedaḥ vibhedaḥ vibhāgaḥ vivecanaṃ vivekaḥ drāvaṇaṃ vyākāraḥ.
     --(The essence of any thing) sāraḥ vastu n.

To ANALYZE, v. a. upodghātaṃ kṛ kiñcit samastadravyaṃ pṛthakkṛ, or khaṇḍaśas kṛ, or bhāgaśas kṛ viviktaṃ -ktāṃ -ktaṃ or vibhinnaṃ -nnāṃ -nnaṃ kṛ vyākṛ vibhaj (c. 1. -bhajati -te -bhaktuṃ), vichid (c. 7. -chinatti -chettuṃ), dru in caus. (drāvayati -yituṃ), dravīkṛ.

ANARCHICAL, a. arājakaḥ -kā -kaṃ anīśvaraḥ -rā -raṃ aśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ rājanītirahitaḥ -tā -taṃ aśāsitaḥ -tā -taṃ asthiraḥ -rā -raṃ avyavasthitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ANARCHY, s. arājyaṃ aśāsanaṃ prabhutvarāhityaṃ śāsanahīnatvaṃ anadhīnatā anīśvaratā.

ANATHEMA, s. śāpaḥ abhiśāpaḥ pariśāpaḥ ākrośanaṃ avakrośaḥ.

To ANATHEMATIZE, v. a. śap (c. 1. śapati, c. 4. śapyati śaptuṃ), abhiśap; ākruś (c. 1. -krośati -kroṣṭuṃ).

ANATOMICAL, a. vyavachedavidyāskambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ vyavachedavidyānurūpaḥ -pā -paṃ.

ANATOMICALLY, adv. vyavachedavidyānurūpaṃ viśasanavidyākrameṇa vyavachedavidyavit.

To ANATOMISE, v. a. śarīraṃ vyavachid (c. 7. -chinatti -chettuṃ), vichid sañchid; viśas (c. 1. -śasati -śasituṃ), khaṇḍaśas kṛ pṛthakkṛ.
     --(To lay open distinctly) vivṛ (c. 5. -vṛṇoti -varituṃ or -varītuṃ), apavṛ; prakaṭīkṛ vyākhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -khyātuṃ).

ANATOMISED, p. p. vyavachinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ viśasitaḥ -tā -taṃ pṛthakkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ANATOMIST, s. vyavachedavidyājñaḥ vyavachedakaḥ viśasitā m. (tṛ).

ANATOMY, s. śarīravyavachedavidyā viśasanavidyā viśasanaṃ.
     --(Division of any thing) vichedaḥ vibhedaḥ pṛthakkaraṇaṃ.

ANCESTOR, s. pūrvvapuruṣaḥ.
     --(Ancestors) pūrvvajāḥ m. pl., pitaraḥ m. pl., pitṛlokaḥ.

ANCESTRAL, a. pitryaḥ -tryā -tryaṃ pitṛkaḥ -kā -kaṃ kaulikaḥ -kī -kaṃ paitraḥ -trī -traṃ paitrikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

ANCESTRY, s. pitaraḥ m. pl., pūrvvajāḥ m. pl., pitṛsāmānyaṃ pitṛśreṇī f., pitṛpitāmahādi n.
     --(Birth, the honour of descent) vaṃśaḥ anvayaḥ kulamaryyādā.

ANCHOR, s. naubandhanakīlaḥ lohamayayantraṃ yena naukā badhyate or sthirīkriyate.
     --(A post for mooring vessels) kūpakaḥ.

To ANCHOR, v. a. lauhayantreṇa nāvaṃ vandh (c. 9. badhnāti banddhuṃ) or sthirīkṛ.

ANCHORAGE, s. sthānaṃ naubandhanayogyaṃ.
     --(The duty paid for anchoring) naukābandhanānantaraṃ yat śulkaṃ naukārūḍhair dīyate.

ANCHORITE, s. vanavāsī m. (n) yatī m. (n) yatiḥ m., tapasvī m. (n) sannyāsī m. (n) vanī m. (n).
     --(Brahman of the 3d order) vānaprasthaḥ gṛhasthāśramatyāgī m. (n).

ANCHOVY, s. kṣudramatsyaviśeṣaḥ.

ANCIENT, a. purāṇaḥ -ṇā or -ṇī -ṇaṃ purātanaḥ -nī -naṃ prākkālīnaḥ -nā -naṃ paurāṇaḥ -ṇī -ṇaṃ prāktanaḥ -nī -naṃ vṛddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ prācīnaḥ -nā -naṃ pūrvvakālīnaḥ -nā -naṃ cirantanaḥ -nī -naṃ.

ANCIENT, s. vṛddhaḥ prācīnapuruṣaḥ pūrvvakālīnalokaḥ.
     --(The flag of a ship) nāvo dhvajaḥ or patākā.
     --(Flag-bearer) patākī m. (n).

[Page 17b]

ANCIENTLY, adv. pūrvvakāle gatakāle purā pūrvvaṃ.

ANCIENTNESS, s. prācīnatā purātanatvaṃ prākkālīnatā vṛddhatvaṃ.

ANCIENTS, s. pūrvvajāḥ m. pl., prācīnapuruṣāḥ m. pl., pūrvvakālīnamanuṣpāḥ m. pl.

AND, conj. ca placed after the word which it connects with another. In many cases 'and' may be omitted in Sanskrit, and the connection expressed by the use of the indeclinable participle; as, 'the beasts assembled and informed the lion,' paśubhirmilitvā siṃho vijñaptaḥ.
     --(Moreover) apica kiñca aparaṃ anyacca.
     --(And then) atha.

ANDANTE, s. ghanaṃ tattvaṃ vilambitaṃ spaṣṭaṃ.

ANDIRON, s. lohanirmmitaḥ śūlādhāraḥ.

ANDROGYNAL or ANDROGYNOUS, a. dviliṅgaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

ANECDOTE, s. upakathā upākhyānaṃ.

ANENT, prep. (Concerning) prati uddiśya ind., pratīkṣya ind., viṣayakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ANEURISM, s. nāḍisphātiḥ f., nāḍīnāṃ raktapravāhakāṇām atiśayasphātiḥ.

ANEW, adv. (Over again) punar punaḥpunar punarapi.
     --(Newly) nūtanaṃ pratinavaṃ.

ANGEL, s. īśvaradūtaḥ devadūtaḥ īśvaraprepyaḥ svargī m. (n) parameśvarapreritaḥ svargīyadūtaḥ svargadūtaḥ divyatūtaḥ.

ANGELICAL, ANGELIC, a. īśvaradūtopamaḥ -mā -maṃ divyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ devarūpī -piṇī -pi (n) svargīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ANGELICALLY, adv. īśvaradūtavat svargīyajanavat divyaprakāreṇa.

ANGER, s. krodhaḥ kopaḥ amarṣaḥ roṣaḥ cetovikāraḥ; 'my anger is appeased,' mama krodhaḥ śāmyati; 'through anger,' kopāt.
     --(Smart of a sore) vraṇavedanā.

To ANGER, v. a. kup in caus. (kopayati -yituṃ) prakup saṅkup; krudh in caus. (krodhayati -yituṃ).

ANGLE, s. asraḥ koṇaḥ dvibhujaḥ.
     --(Apparatus to take fish) matsyavedhanopakaraṇaṃ.

To ANGLE, v. a. vaḍiśena matsyān jalād uddhṛ (c. 1. -harati -te -harttuṃ), vaḍiśa (nom. vaḍiśayati), matsyavedhanena mīnān vyadh (c. 4. vidhyati vyaddhuṃ) or grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ).

ANGLE-ROD or ANGLING-ROD, s. matsyagrahaṇārthaṃ daṇḍaṃ.

ANGLER, s. matsyavedhakaḥ matsyabandhī m. (n) yo vaḍiśena matsyān gṛhlāti.

ANGLING, s. vaḍiśena matsyavedhanaṃ matsyabandhanaṃ.

ANGLING-LINE, s. matsyagrahaṇārthaṃ sūtraṃ or rajjuḥ m.

ANGRILY, adv. sakopaṃ saroṣaṃ sāmarṣaṃ kopeṇa krodhāt.

ANGRY, a. kruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ krodhī -dhinī -dhi (n) kopī -pinī -pi (n) jātāmarṣaḥ -rṣā -rṣaṃ ruṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ krodhākrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ sāmarṣaḥ -rṣā -rṣaṃ kṛtakopaḥ -pā -paṃ kṛtakrudhaḥ -dhā -dhaṃ āgatamanyuḥ -nyuḥ -nyu saroṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ roṣaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ sakopaḥ -pā -paṃ samanyuḥ -nyuḥ -nyu.
     --(To be angry) krudh (c. 4. krudhyati kroddhuṃ), anukrudh samabhikrudh saṃkrudh abhisaṃkrudh; ruṣ (c. 4. ruṣyati roṣituṃ), kup (c. 4. kupyati kopituṃ), prakup saṅkup with dative; asūy (asūyati -te asūyituṃ) with acc.

ANGUISH, s. paritāpaḥ vedanā tīvravedanā kleśaḥ pīḍā duḥkhaṃ ādhiḥ m., manastāpaḥ parivedanaṃ vibādhā kṛcchaṃ kaṣṭaṃ todaḥ.

ANGULAR or ANGULOUS, a. sāsraḥ -srā -sraṃ koṇaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ asravān -vatī -vat (t) asropetaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ANHELATION, s. ucchvasanaṃ niḥśvasanaṃ.
     --(Palpitation) hṛdayakampanaṃ.

ANIMADVERSION, s. (Reproof) anuyogaḥ nindā upālambhaḥ ghṛṇā.--
     --(Infliction of punishment) daṇḍayogaḥ.
     --(Observation) carcā nirīkṣaṇaṃ anveṣaṇaṃ.

To ANIMADVERT, v. n. (To pass censure on) pratinind (c. 1. -nindati -nindituṃ), upālabh (c. 1. -labhate -labdhuṃ).
     --(To punish) daṇḍaṃ praṇī (c. 1. -nayati -netuṃ), daṇḍ (c. 10. daṇḍayati -yituṃ).
     --(To make observation) nirīkṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ), carcāṃ kṛ.

ANIMADVERTED, p. p. pratininditaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Punished) daṇḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ANIMADVERTER, s. pratinindakaḥ daṇḍapraṇetā m. (tṛ) anuyogī m. (n).

ANIMAL, s. jantuḥ m., prāṇī m. (n) cetanaḥ jīvī m. (n) jantuḥ m., janmī m. (n) śarīrī m. (n).
     --(Beast) paśuḥ m., tiryyaṅ m. (-ñc).

ANIMAL, a. jīvī -vinī -vi (n) prāṇī -ṇinī -ṇi (n) cetanaḥ -nā -naṃ cetanāvān -vatī -vat (t).
     --(Animal food) māṃsāhāraḥ.

ANIMALCULE, s. kṣudrajīvī m. (n) kṣudrajantuḥ m.

To ANIMATE, v. a. jīv in caus. (jīvayati -yituṃ) prāṇ in caus. (-ānayati -yituṃ) āśvas in caus. (-śvāsayati -yituṃ) samāśvas viśvas pariviśvas in caus.; utthā in caus. (utthāpayati -yituṃ) udyuj in caus. (-yojayati -yituṃ) protsah in caus. (-sāhayati -yituṃ) uttij (c. 10. -tejayati -yituṃ).

ANIMATE, ANIMATED, part. a. (Inspirited) āśvāsitaḥ -tā -taṃ udyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ uttejitaḥ -tā -ta.
     --(Living) cetanaḥ -nā -naṃ prāṇī -ṇinī -ṇi (n).
     --(Vivacious) praphullavadanaḥ -nā -naṃ hṛṣṭahṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ rasikaḥ -kā -kaṃ sāravān -vatī -vat (t).

ANIMATION, s. (The act of enlivening) āśvāsanaṃ uttejanaṃ.
     --(The state of being enlivened, vivacity) praphullatā hṛṣṭatā.

ANIMATOR, s. āśvāsakaḥ jīvadaḥ prāṇadaḥ protsāhakaḥ.

ANIMOSITY, s. vairaṃ dveṣaṃ virodhaḥ mātsaryyaṃ.

ANISE, s. chatrā sāleyaḥ śītaśivaḥ madhurikā miśī miśreyā.

ANKER, s. rasānāṃ parimāṇaviśeṣaḥ.

ANKLE, s. gulphaḥ -lphaṃ ghuṭikā or ghaṭikā ghuṭiḥ f., caraṇagranthiḥ f.

ANKLED, a. gulphayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ gulphasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

ANKLET, s. nūpuraḥ pādāṅgadaṃ mañjīraṃ pādakaṭakaḥ.

ANNALIST, s. kramānusāreṇa caritraracakaḥ caritralekhakaḥ purāvṛttaracakaḥ ākhyānaracakaḥ vṛttāntalekhakaḥ ākhyānasaṅgrāhakaḥ.

To ANNALIZE, v. a. caritrāṇi or purāvṛttakathā rac (c. 10. racayati -yituṃ).

ANNALS, s. kramānusāreṇa saṅgṛhīta itihāsaḥ purāvṛttaṃ purāvṛttakathā caritrākhyānaṃ vṛttāntavivaraṇaṃ.

ANNATES, s. prathamaphalaṃ navaśasyaṃ.
     --(Sacrifice of first-fruits) agrāyaṇaṃ.

To ANNEAL, v. n. raṅgasthirīkaraṇanimitte kācaṃ tap (c. 1. tapati taptuṃ or caus. tāpayati -yituṃ).

ANNEALING, s. yat kācasya tapanaṃ raṅgasthirīkaraṇāya kriyate.

To ANNEX, v. a. anubandh (c. 9. -badhnāti -banddhuṃ), ābandh; saṃyuj in caus. (-yojayati -yituṃ) upādhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhatte -dhātuṃ), ādhā; upasthā in caus. (-sthāpayati -yituṃ).

ANNEXED, p. p. saṃyojitaḥ -tā -taṃ upāhitaḥ -tā -taṃ anuvaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ.

ANNEXATION, s. anubandhanaṃ upasthāpanaṃ saṃyogaḥ saṃyojanaṃ upadhānaṃ.

ANNEXMENT, s. (The act of annexing). See the last.
     --(The thing annexed) anubandhaḥ upāhitaṃ saṃyuktabhāgaḥ.

To ANNIHILATE, v. a. naś in caus. (nāśayati -yituṃ) vinaś; pralī in caus. (-lāpayati or -lāyayati -yituṃ), uddhṛ (c. 1. -harati -te -harttuṃ), ucchid (c. 7. -chinatti -chettuṃ), lopaṃ kṛ.

ANNIHILATED, p. p. ucchinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ vināśitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

[Page 18b]

ANNIHILATION, s. nāśaḥ kṣayaḥ pralayaḥ vināśaḥ abhāvaḥ samucchedaḥ lopaḥ nirbhāvaḥ pralīnatā.

ANNIVERSARY, s. divasaḥ kenāpi saviśeṣeṇa kāraṇena vatsare vatsare prasiddhaḥ prativārṣika utsavaḥ vatsare vatsare sevito mahotsavaḥ.

ANNIVERSARY, a. sāṃvatsarikaḥ -kī -kaṃ sāṃvatsaraḥ -rī -raṃ prativārṣikaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

To ANNOTATE, v. n. ṭīkāṃ or bhāṣyaṃ likh (c. 6. likhati lekhituṃ) or rac (c. 10. racayati -yituṃ).

ANNOTATION, s. ṭīkā bhāṣyaṃ ṭippanī f.

ANNOTATOR, s. ṭīkālekhakaḥ bhāṣyakaraḥ bhāṣyakṛt.

To ANNOUNCE, v. a. ākhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -te -khyātuṃ), samākhyā; khyā in caus. (khyāpayati -yituṃ) ākhyā in caus.; vighuṣ (c. 1. -ghoṣati -ghoṣituṃ or c. 10. ghoṣayati), vid in caus. (vedayati -yituṃ) nivid āvid samāvid vinivid sannivid; vijñā in caus. (-jñāpayati -yituṃ).

ANNOUNCED, p. p. prakāśitaḥ -tā -taṃ niveditaḥ -tā -taṃ āveditaḥ -tā -taṃ avaghuṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ ākhyātaḥ -tā -taṃ parikīrttitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ANNOUNCEMENT, s. khyāpanaṃ vijñāpanaṃ vijñaptiḥ f., nivedanaṃ vighoṣaṇaṃ.
     --(News) sandeśaḥ samācāraḥ saṃvādaḥ.

ANNOUNCER, s. ākhyāyakaḥ vijñāpakaḥ vighoṣakaḥ sandeśaharaḥ.

To ANNOY, v. a. pīḍ (c. 10. pīḍayati -yituṃ), abhipīḍ upapīḍ prapīḍ pratipīḍ sampīḍ; tap in caus. (tāpayati -yituṃ) santap paritap; kliś (c. 9. kliśnāti kleṣṭuṃ), ard in caus. (ardayati -yituṃ) samard bādh (c. 1. bādhate bādhituṃ).

ANNOYANCE, s. vyathā kleśaḥ viḍambanā duḥkhaṃ pīḍā bādhā.
     --(The act of annoying) pīḍanaṃ.
     --(A source of annoyance) kaṇṭakaḥ -kaṃ.

ANNOYED, p. p. kliṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ parikliṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ savyathaḥ -thā -thaṃ vyathitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ANNOYER, s. kleśakaḥ duḥkhakaraḥ vyathākaraḥ.

ANNOYING, a. kleśī -śinī -śi (n) kleśakaḥ -kā -kaṃ duḥkhakaraḥ -rī -raṃ.

ANNUAL, a. vārṣikaḥ -kī -kaṃ ābdikaḥ -kī -kaṃ sāṃvatsaraḥ -rī -raṃ varṣaikaḥ -kā -kaṃ samīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Lasting only for a year) ekavarṣajīvī -vinī -vi (n); 'an annual plant,' oṣadhiḥ f.

ANNUALLY, adv. prativarṣaṃ prativatsaraṃ vatsare vatsare vatsarakrameṇa.

ANNUITY, s. vārṣikaṃ or sāṃvatsarikaṃ vetanaṃ or varttanaṃ yana nirūpitamūlyaṃ vatsare vatsare kasmaicid dīyate.

To ANNUL, v. a. lopaṃ kṛ nirarthakaṃ -kāṃ -kaṃ kṛ vinaś in caus. (-nāravyati -yituṃ).

ANNULAR, a maṇḍalākāraḥ -rā -raṃ valayākāraḥ -rā -raṃ valayākṛtiḥ -tiḥ -ti aṅgurīyākāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

ANNULET, s. kṣudravalayaḥ kṣudrāṅgurīyaḥ -yaṃ.

ANNULMENT, s. lopaḥ nāśaḥ vināśaḥ.

To ANNUMERATE, v. a. saṃkhyāṃ saṃkhyayā saṃyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ).

ANNUMERATION, s. saṃkhyā saṃkhyayā saṃyojanaṃ.

ANNUNCIATION, pratyādeśaḥ ghoṣaṇaṃ -ṇā khyāpanaṃ vijñāpanaṃ.

ANODYNE, a. śūlaghnaḥ -ghnī -ghnaṃ vedanāśāntikaḥ -kī -kaṃ pīḍāśamakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ANODYNE, s. śūlaghnaṃ vedanāśāntikaṃ.

To ANOINT, v. a. lip (c. 6. limpati -te leptuṃ), anulip ālip samālip upalip vilip; añj (c. 7. anakti aṃktuṃ) or caus. (añjayati -yituṃ) samālabh (c. 1. -labhate -labdhuṃ).
     --(To consecrate by unction) abhiṣic (c. 6. -siñcati -sektuṃ).

ANOINTED, p. p. liptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ abhipiktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ digdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ anuliptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ abhyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ kṛtābhiṣekaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ANOINTER, s. abhipecakaḥ lepakaḥ añjanakarttā m. (rttṛ).

[Page 19a]

ANOINTING, s. abhiṣekaḥ -canaṃ vilepanaṃ samālambhaḥ abhyañjanaṃ añjanaṃ.

ANOMALOUS, a. vidhiviruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ vidhihīnaḥ -nā -naṃ vidhighnaḥ -ghnī -ghnaṃ niyamaviruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ avidhiḥ -dhiḥ -dhi.

ANOMALOUSLY, adv. avidhāmatas ind., avidhivat ind., aniyamatas ind.

ANOMALY, s. avidhiḥ m., avidhānaṃ vidhiviruddhatā aniyamaḥ.

ANON, adv. (Quickly, soon) śīghraṃ sapadi jhaṭiti.
     --(Now and then) kadāpi kadācit.

ANONYMOUS, a. anāmakaḥ -kā -kaṃ nāmahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ sañjñārahitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ANONYMOUSLY, adv. nāmavyatirekeṇa saṃjñāvyatirekeṇa saṃjñāṃ vinā.

ANOTHER, a. anyaḥ -nyā -nyat itaraḥ -rā -raṃ paraḥ -rā -raṃ aparaḥ -rā -raṃ parakīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ anyadīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ. Another is often expressed by antara in composition; as, 'another place,' sthānāntaraṃ; 'along with another king,' rājāntareṇa saha. 'In another place,' anyatra; 'in another manner,' anyathā; 'at another time,' anyadā; 'one after another,' anupūrvvaśas ind., vekaṃ ekaikaśas; 'a defect in another,' parachidraṃ; 'another's wife,' paradāraḥ; 'another man's goods,' paradravyaṃ parasvaṃ; 'another's right,' parasvatvaṃ; 'another day,' anyasmin divase anyedyuḥ (s).

To ANSWER, v. n. (To speak in reply) prativac (c. 2. -vakti -vaktuṃ), pratibhāṣ (c. 1. -bhāṣate -bhāṣituṃ), prativad (c. 1. -vadati -te -vadituṃ), pratibrū (c. 2. -bravīti -vaktuṃ), vyāhṛ (c. 1. -harati -te -harttuṃ), pratibhaṇ (c. 1. -bhaṇati -bhaṇituṃ), pratijalp (c. 1. -jalpati -jalpituṃ).
     --(To correspond, to suit) yuj in pass. (yujyate) anurūpaḥ -pā -paṃ or tulyarūpaḥ -pā -paṃ or sadṛśaḥ -śī -śaṃ as.
     --(To succeed) sampad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ), saṃsidh (c. 4. -sidhyati -seddhuṃ).
     --(To be accountable for) pratibhūḥ or pratinidhiḥ as lagnakaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ).

ANSWER, s. prativacanaṃ pratikākyaṃ prativāk f. (c) uttaraṃ pratyuttaraṃ pratyuktiḥ f., prativāṇiḥ f.
     --(Refutation of a charge) vākyakhaṇḍanaṃ vākyāghātaḥ.

ANSWERABLE, a. prativākyaḥ -kyā -kyaṃ.
     --(Responsible) parānuyogādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ parāhvānādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ abhiyoktavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ yena pratyuttaraṃ dātavyaṃ saḥ yo lagnakaṃ dātus arhati.
     --(Corresponding to) yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ anurūpaḥ -pā -paṃ anusārī -riṇī -ri (n).

ANSWERED, p. p. pratyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ pratibhāṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ pratibhaṇitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ANT, s. pipīlikā puttikā.

ANT-BEAR, s. pipīlikākhādako jantuviśeṣaḥ.

ANT-HILL, s. valmīkaḥ -kaṃ kṛmiśailaḥ kṛlaknaḥ bhūśravāḥ m. (s) vamrīkūṭaṃ vāmalūraḥ syamīkaḥ mṛttikākūṭaṃ.

ANTAGONIST, s. virodhī m. (n) vipakṣaḥ vairī m. (n) śatruḥ m., abhiyoktā m. (ktṛ) paryyavasthātā m. (tṛ) pratibandhakaḥ.

ANTAGONISTIC, a. virodhī -dhinī -dhi (n) vipakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ viparītaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ANTALGIC, a. vedanāśamakaḥ -kā -kaṃ śūlaghnaḥ -ghnī -ghnaṃ śokāpanudaḥ -dā -daṃ.

ANTARCTIC, adj. dakṣiṇakendrīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.
     --(The south pole) dakṣiṇakendraṃ kumeruḥ m.

ANTECEDENT, a. pūrvvagataḥ -tā -taṃ agragataḥ -tā -taṃ agragāmī -minī -mi (n).

ANTECEDENTLY, adv. pūrvvaṃ agre pūrvvatas agratas.

ANTEDILUVIAN, a. prāg bhūtasamblavād vidyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ prāg jalāplāvatāda varttamānaḥ -nā -na,

ANTELOPE, s. mṛgaḥ hariṇaḥ aiṇeyaḥ kuraṅgaḥ -ṅgakaḥ -ṅgamaḥ.

ANTEMERIDIAN, a. pūrvvāhnetanaḥ -no -naṃ.

ANTEMUNDANE, a. prāg jagatsṛṣṭer varttamānaḥ -nā -na.

[Page 19b]

ANTEPAST, s. pūrvvabhuktiḥ f., pūrvvabhojanaṃ pūrvvajñānaṃ agragrahaṇaṃ.

ANTEPENULTIMATE, s. upadhāyāḥ pūrvvaṃ vidyate yad akṣaraṃ pūrvvopāntaḥ.

ANTERIOR, a. prāktanaḥ -nī -naṃ pūrvvaḥ -rvvī -rvvaṃ agraḥ -grā -graṃ.

ANTHEM, s. īśvarastavātmakaṃ gītaṃ īśvarastutirūpakaṃ gānaṃ.

ANTHONY'S FIRE, s. udardaḥ rogaviśeṣaḥ.

ANTHROPOPHAGI, s. nṛjagdhāḥ m. pl., āmamāṃsāśinaḥ m. pl., kravyāśinaḥ m. pl., aśrapāḥ m. pl., rākṣasāḥ m. pl.

ANTIBILIOUS, a. pittaghnaḥ -ghnī -ghnaṃ.

ANTIC, a. (Buffoon-like) bhaṇḍopamaḥ -mā -maṃ.
     --(Odd, unnatural) aparūpaḥ -pā -paṃ virūpaḥ -pā -paṃ asaṅgataḥ -tā -taṃ ayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ.

ANTIC, s. (A buffoon) bhaṇḍaḥ bhāṇḍakaraḥ.
     --(An odd gesture) asaṅgataprakāreṇa hastādivikṣepaḥ virūpo'ṅgavikṣepaḥ.

ANTI-CHAMBER, s. upaśālā.

To ANTICIPATE, v. a. (Before the time) pūrvvatas grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ), pravekṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ).
     --(To foretaste) pūrvvasvādanaṃ kṛ agratas anubhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ), pūrvvaṃ jñā (c. 9. jānāti jñātuṃ) or bhuj (c. 7. bhunakti bhuṃkte bhoktuṃ), uddṛś (c. 1. utpaśyati uddraṣṭuṃ), pradṛś.

ANTICIPATED, p. p. pūrvvabhuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ pūrvvatas anubhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ pradṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ pravekṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ sandṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ cittakalitaḥ -tā -taṃ puraskṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ANTICIPATION, s. pūrvvabhuktiḥ f., pūrvvabhojanaṃ pūrvvajñānaṃ pravekṣaṇaṃ.

ANTIDOTAL, a. viṣanāśī -śinī -śi (n) viṣaghātī -tinī -ti (n) viṣaghnaḥ -ghnī -ghnaṃ garaghnaḥ -ghnī -ghnaṃ.

ANTIDOTE, s. viṣanāśanaṃ prativiṣaṃ.
     --(Dealer in) viṣavaidyaḥ jāṅgulikaḥ.

ANTIFEBRILE, a. jvaraghnaḥ -ghnī -ghnaṃ jvaranāśakaḥ -kā -kaṃ jvarāntakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ANTIMONY, s. srotoñjanaṃ sauvīraṃ kāpotāñjanaṃ yāmunaṃ.
     --(Made of antimony) srotoñjanamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ.

ANTIPATHY, s. sahajo virodhaḥ dvandvabhāvaḥ viraktiḥ f., vairitā śatrutā vimatiḥ f., anicchā.

ANTIPHLEGMATIC, a. kaphanāśanaḥ -nī -naṃ kaphaghnaḥ -ghnī -ghnaṃ śleṣmaghnaḥ -ghnī -ghnaṃ.

ANTIPHONY, s. pratigānaṃ parasparagītiḥ f., pratidhvaniḥ f.

ANTIPODES, s. bhūmaṇḍalasya viparītabhāge varttinaḥ; anyatarasmin bhūgolabhāge varttinaḥ parasparām abhimukhapādatalā janāḥ.

ANTIQUARIAN, a. prākkālīnaḥ -nā -naṃ pūrvvakālīnaḥ -nā -naṃ prāktanaḥ -nī -naṃ.

ANTIQUARY, ANTIQUARIAN, s. prākkālīnaviṣayeṣu paṇḍitaḥ purātanadravyānusandhāyī m. (n).

ANTIQUE, a. (Ancient) purāṇaḥ -ṇā or -ṇī -ṇaṃ purātanaḥ -nī -naṃ prāktanaḥ -nī -naṃ pūrvvakālīnaḥ -nā -naṃ cirantanaḥ -nī -naṃ.
     --(Oldfashioned) apracalaḥ -lā -laṃ aparūpaḥ -pā -paṃ.

ANTIQUE, s. prācīnadravyaṃ prākkālīnaviṣayaḥ.

ANTIQUITY, s. (Old-times) prākkālaṃ pūrvvakālaṃ gatakālaṃ.
     --(The ancients) prācīnapuruṣāḥ m. pl.
     --(Ancientness) purātanatvaṃ prācīnatvaṃ.

ANTISEPTIC, a. pūtighnaḥ -ghnī -ghnaṃ pūtinivārakaḥ -kā -kaṃ pūtināśakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ANTISTES, s. pradhānapurohitaḥ dharmmādhyakṣaḥ.

ANTITHESIS, s. arthāntaranyāsaḥ arthavaiparītyaṃ vikalpaḥ pratipakṣatā virodhaḥ.

ANTITYPE, s. pratimūrttyā pradarśitā mūrttiḥ f., mūlamūrttiḥ f., vastu n., ādarśaḥ.

ANTLER, s. mṛgaśṛṅgaṃ mṛgaśṛṅgaśākhā mṛgaviṣāṇaṃ.

ANTLERED, a. śṛṅgī -ṅginī -ṅgi (n) viṣāṇī -ṇinī -ṇi (n).

ANUS, gudaṃ pāyuḥ m., maitraḥ apānaṃ.

ANVIL, s. sūrmī f., śūrmmiḥ m., sthūṇā lohapratimā.

ANXIETY, s. cintā cittodvegaḥ autsukyaṃ manoduḥkhaṃ sanastāpaḥ cittavedanā ādhiḥ m., vyagratā udvegaḥ -janaṃ uttāpaḥ cintābhāraḥ mānasī vyathā.

[Page 20a]

ANXIOUS, a. (Solicitous) udvignaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ udvignamanāḥ -nāḥ -naḥ (s) cintāparaḥ -rā -raṃ vyagraḥ -grā -graṃ uttaptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ utsukaḥ -kā -kaṃ vidhuraḥ -rā -raṃ samanyuḥ -nyuḥ -nyu.
     --(Eagerly endeavouring) sayatnaḥ -tnā -tnaṃ.
     --(Desirous of) īpsuḥ -psuḥ -psu icchuḥ -cchuḥ -cchu; 'anxious to see,' darśanepsuḥ; 'anxious to do,' karttukāmaḥ -mā -maṃ.
     --(To be anxious) utsukāy (nom. utsukāyate).

ANXIOUSLY, adv. autsukyena udvegena manoduḥkhena cintayā sodvegaṃ sayatnaṃ.

ANY, a. kaścit m. kācit f. kiñcit n., ko 'pi m. kāpi f. kimapi n., kaścana m. kācana f. kiñcana n.; 'any thing,' kiñcit kimapi; 'any where,' kvacit kvāpi kutracit kutrāpi; 'any longer,' punar; 'any how,' kathañcana kathañcit yathātathā; 'at any time,' kadācit karhicit; 'any further,' dūrataraṃ; 'any one soever,' yaḥ kaścit.

AORTA, s. hṛtpiṇḍavāmakopanirgatā raktapravāhakā vṛhannāḍī.

APACE, adv. satvaraṃ śīghraṃ kṣipraṃ sahasā drutaṃ savegaṃ.

APART, adv. Often expressed by the prep. vi; pṛthak viralaṃ praviralaṃ pragataḥ -tā -taṃ ujjṛmbhaḥ -mbhā -mbhaṃ; 'having the knees apart,' pragatajānuḥ -nuḥ -nu.
     --(Privately) ekānte ekāntatas ind., nibhṛtaṃ rahasi viviktaṃ vijane.
     --(At a distance) dūre kiyaddūre.
     --(Aside, to one's self) svagataṃ vijane janāntikaṃ.

APARTMENT, s. śālā koṣṭhaḥ āvāsaḥ āgāraṃ gṛhaṃ.
     --(The inner apartments) antaḥpuraṃ antargṛhaṃ.

APATHETIC, a. vītarāgaḥ -gā -gaṃ niḥsaṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ niḥspṛhaḥ -hā -haṃ nirīhaḥ -hā -haṃ nirapekṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ.

APATHY, s. virāgaḥ vairāgyaṃ nirīhatā jāḍyaṃ māndyaṃ.

APE, s. vānaraḥ apucchaḥ kapiḥ m., plavaṅgaḥ.
     --(Imitator) anukārī m. (n).

To APE, v. a. vānaravat or kapivat anukṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ).

APEPSY, s. ajīrṇaṃ āmayāvitvaṃ tīkṣṇāgniḥ m.

APERIENT, a. recakaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(An aperient medicine) recakaḥ.

APERTURE, s. chidraṃ randhraṃ dvāraṃ pathaḥ.
     --(Act of opening) vyādānaṃ.

APETALOUS, a. dalahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ puṣpapatrarahitaḥ -tā -taṃ niṣpatraḥ -trā -traṃ.

APEX, s. śikhā śikharaṃ agraṃ cūḍā śiraḥ n. (s).

APHORISM, s. sūtraṃ vacanaṃ tattvaṃ upadeśavākyaṃ ādeśaḥ.

APHRODISIAC, a. (Exciting passion) vājīkaraḥ -rā -raṃ kāmāgnidīpanaḥ -nā -naṃ.

APIARY, s. karaṇḍaḥ chatrakaḥ madhumakṣikārakṣaṇasthānaṃ madhukarasthānaṃ.

APIECE, adv. pratyekaṃ ekaikaśas ind., ekaśas ind., ekatas ind., ekaikaṃ pṛthak pṛthak vibhāgaśam ind.

APISH, a. kāpeyaḥ -yī -yaṃ kapisvabhāvaḥ -vā -vaṃ vānaroṣamaḥ -mā -maṃ.
     --(Imitative) anukāraśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

APISHNESS, s. kāpeyaṃ vānaratā anukāraśīlatā.

APITPAT, adv. paṭapaṭā ind.

APOCALYPSE, s. prakāśitaṃ bhaviṣyadvākyaṃ prakāśanaṃ vivṛtiḥ f., spaṣṭīkaraṇaṃ.

APOCRYPHA, s. prarmmagranthānāṃ madhye gaṇitaḥ sandigdhapramāṇo granthaḥ.

APOCRYPHAL, a. (Of uncertain authority) sandigdhapramāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ asiddhapramāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

APOLOGETIC, APOLOGETICAL, a. vyapadeśakaḥ -kā -kaṃ pakṣapātī -tinī -ti (n) prativādakaḥ -kā -kaṃ chādmikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

APOLOGIST, s. (For another) pakṣapātakarttā m. (rttṛ) pararakṣārthaṃ vādī m. (n) prativādī m. (n) uttaravādī m.
     --(For one's self) vyapadeṣṭā m. (-ṣṭṛ) chadmakārī svadoṣasvīkārī m. (n) pratyavaskandakārī m. (n).

APOLOGISE, v. n. (To state some plea) vyapadiśa (c. 6. -diśati deṣṭuṃ), chadma or vyapadeśaṃ or pratyavaskandaṃ kṛ.
     --(To acknowledge one's fault) svadopasya svīkāraṃ kṛ.
     --(To apologise for another) pakṣapātaṃ kṛ pararakṣārthaṃ prativad (c. 1. -vadati -vadituṃ).

APOLOGUE, s. upakathā hitopadeśakaṃ upākhyānaṃ nītivākyaṃ.

APOLOGY, s. vyapadeśaḥ apadeśaḥ upadeśaḥ prativādaḥ uttaraṃ chadma n. (n) pratyavaskandaḥ svadoṣasvīkāraḥ chadmakaraṇaṃ.
     --(For another) pakṣapātaḥ pararakṣārthaṃ prativādaḥ.

APOPHLEGMATIC, a. kaphanāśanaḥ -nī -naṃ kaphaghnaḥ -ghnī -ghnaṃ śleṣmaghnaḥ -ghnī -ghnaṃ.

APOPHTHEGM, s. sūtraṃ nītivākyaṃ vacanaṃ ādeśaḥ.

APOPLECTICAL, APOPLECTIC, a. (Relating to apoplexy) aṅgavikṛtivipayaḥ -yā -yaṃ.
     --(Inclined to apoplexy) aṅgavikṛtiśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

APOPLEXY, s. aṅgavikṛtiḥ f.

APOSTACY, s. svadharmmatyāgaḥ svadharmmacyutiḥ f., avahāraḥ svadharmmabhraṃśaḥ bhraṣṭatvaṃ svajātīyadharmmatyāgānantaraṃ paradharmmāśrayaḥ.

APOSTATE, s. svadharmmatyāgī m. (n) svajātīyavyavahārabhraṣṭaḥ ātmadharmmacyutaḥ anyaśākhaḥ svajātīyadharmmaṃ tyaktvā paradharmmāśritaḥ.

To APOSTATIZE, v. n. svadharmmāt or svajātīyavyavahārād bhraṃś (c. 4. bhraśyati, c. 1. bhraṃśate bhraṃśituṃ) or cyu (c. 1. cyavate cyotuṃ), vicyu; svajātīyadharmmaṃ tyaktvā paradharmmaṃ āśri (c. 1. -śrayati -śrayituṃ).

APOSTEME, APOSTHUME, s. śvayathuḥ vidradhiḥ m., śophaḥ sphoṭaḥ pūyasampūrṇaḥ sphoṭaḥ.

APOSTLE, s. īśvarapreritaḥ īśvaradūtaḥ īśvarājñāvahaḥ preritaḥ.

APOSTLESHIP, s. īśvarapreritatvaṃ īśvaradautyaṃ preritvaṃ.

APOSTOLICAL, APOSTOLIC, a. (Enjoined by an apostle) īśvarapreritenādiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.
     --(Relating to the Apostles) īśvarapreritasasbandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

APOSTROPHE, s. sambodhanaṃ vākyālaṅkāraviśeṣaḥ.

To APOSTROPHISE, v. a. sambodhanaṃ kṛ sambodhanena āmantr (c. 10. -mantrayate -yituṃ).

APOSTUME, s. pūyasampūrṇaḥ sphoṭaḥ vidradhiḥ m.

APOTHECARY, s. vikrayārthaṃ auṣadhapeśvaraḥ bheṣajavikretā m. (tṛ) auṣadhavikretā m. (tṛ) agadaṅkāraḥ.


APOTHEOSIS, s. devatvaṃ brahmatvaṃ brahmanirvvāṇaṃ devagaṇitatvaṃ.

To APPAL, v. a. bhī in caus. (bhāyayati or bhīṣayati -yituṃ), tras in caus. (trāsayati -yituṃ) vitras santras; udvij in caus. (-vejayati -yituṃ) vyākulīkṛ.

APPALLED, p. p. bhayaviplutaḥ -tā -taṃ bhayasaṃhṛṣṭaromā -mā -ma (n) śaṅkitaḥ -tā -taṃ santrastaḥ -stā -staṃ vyākulīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

APPARATUS, s. upakaraṇaṃ sajjā yantraṃ sāmagryaṃ sāmagrī f.
     --(Military apparatus) śastropakaraṇaṃ.

APPAREL, s. veśaḥ vastraṃ paridhānaṃ paricchadaḥ ambaraṃ ābharaṇaṃ saṃvyānaṃ

To APPAREL, v. a. vastra (nom. vastrayati -yituṃ), āchad (c. 10. -chādayati -yituṃ); veṣṭ (c. 1. veṣṭate veṣṭituṃ), vas in caus. (vāsayati -yituṃ) pravas; pravṛ (c. 5. -vṛṇoti -varituṃ or -varītuṃ), savye (c. 1. -vyayati -vyātuṃ).
     --(To apparel one's self) vas (c. 2. vaste vasituṃ).

APPARELLED, p. p. ācchāditaḥ -tā -taṃ pracchāditaḥ -tā -taṃ paricchannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ vastraveṣṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃvītaḥ -tā -taṃ.

APPARENT, a. vyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ abhivyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ pravyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ spaṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ sphuṭaḥ -ṭā -ṭaṃ prekṣaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ prekṣyaḥ -kṣyā -kṣyaṃ pratyakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ.
     --(Not real) avāstavaḥ -vī -vaṃ; apparent praise,' i. e. 'not real,' vyājastutiḥ f., mithyāpraśaṃsā; 'heir-apparent,' yuvarājaḥ.
     --(To make apparent) prāduṣkṛ āviṣkṛ pratyakṣīkṛ spaṣṭīkṛ prakaṭīkṛ.

APPARENTLY, adv. prādus ind., sākṣāt ind., āvis pratyakṣatas spaṣṭaṃ.

APPARITION, s. (Appearance, form) ābhāsaḥ ābhā chāyā ākāraḥ ākṛtiḥ f., rūpaṃ.
     --(Spectre, walking spirit) rātriñcaraḥ pretanaraḥ pretaḥ vetālaḥ.

APPARITOR, s. yaṣṭidharaḥ prepyajanaḥ rājadūtaḥ.

APPEACHMENT, s. abhiyogaḥ apavādaḥ.

To APPEAL, v. n. parāvarttaṃ prārth (c. 10. -arthayate -yituṃ); yat kāryyaṃ avaraprāḍvivākena tīritaṃ or nirṇītaṃ tasyāpi punarvicāram uttamaprāḍvivākasakāśāt prārth.
     --(To call another as witness) sākṣiṇaṃ kṛ āhve (c. 1. -hvayati -te -hvātuṃ).

APPEAL, s. parāvarttyavyavahāraḥ punarāhvānaṃ punarvicāraprārthanā uttamaprāḍvivākasākṣād āhvānaṃ.
     --(The calling upon any one as witness or judge) āhvānaṃ.

To APPEAR, v. n. (To become visible) dṛś in pass. (dṛśyate) abhidṛś pratidṛś; prabhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ), sambhū prakāś (c. 1. -kāśate -kāśituṃ), samprakāś saṅkāś udi (c. 1. udayati -yituṃ), abhyudi uccar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ).
     --(Show one's self) ātmānaṃ dṛś in caus. (darśayati -yituṃ) darśanaṃ dā.
     --(To seem) pratibhā (c. 2. -bhāti -bhātuṃ), samprabhā nirbhā ābhā; lakṣ in pass. (lakṣyate).
     --(To be evident) prakāś prādurbhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ), āvirbhū; prāduras (c. 2. -asti); 'you appear dismayed,' vismita iva pratibhāsi.

APPEARANCE, s. (Coming into sight) darśanaṃ sandarśanaṃ.
     --(Entry into a place or company) upasthitiḥ f., praveśanaṃ.
     --(The thing seen) rūpaṃ ākṛtiḥ f., mūrttiḥ f., ākāraḥ.
     --(Semblance, not reality) chāyā ābhāsaḥ ābhā avastutā.
     --(Presence, mien) rūpaṃ avasthā bhāvaḥ ākāraḥ.
     --(Probability) anumeyatvaṃ anubhavanīyatvaṃ.

To APPEASE, v. a. śam in caus. (śamayati -yituṃ) upaśam praśam; sāntv or śāntv (c. 10. sāntvayati -yituṃ), abhiśāntv pariśāntv upasāntv; tuṣ in caus. (toṣayati -yituṃ) paritup santuṣ; prasad in caus. (-sādayati -yituṃ) abhiprasad samprasad; susthiraṃ -rāṃ -raṃ kṛ; parimṛś (c. 6. -mṛśati -rmaṣṭuṃ), parāmṛś anunī (c. 1. -nayati -te -netuṃ).
     --(To be appeased) śam (c. 4. śāmyati śamituṃ), upaśam; prasad (c. 1. -sīdati -sattuṃ).

APPEASED, p. p. śāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ śamitaḥ -tā -taṃ praśāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ ārādhitaḥ -tā -taṃ anunītaḥ -tā -taṃ prasannaḥ -nnāṃ -nnaṃ prasāditaḥ -tā -taṃ.

APPEASING, s. śāntiḥ f., upaśāntiḥ f., praśāntiḥ f., ārādhanaṃ prasādanaṃ.

APPELLANT, s. uttamaprāḍvivākasakāśāt parāvarttaprārthakaḥ parāvarttaprārthayitā m. (tṛ) punarāhvānakarttā m. (rttṛ) āhvānakarttā m. (rttṛ) āvedakaḥ.

APPELLATE, s. punarāhūtaḥ uttamaprāṅvivākasākṣād āhūtaḥ pratyarthī m. (n).

APPELLATION, s. nāmadheyaṃ nāma n. (n) ākhyā saṃjñā abhidhānaṃ abhidhā abhikhyā āhvā.

APPELLATIVE, a. abhidhāyikaḥ -kā -kaṃ abhidhānīyakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.
     --(Common) sāmānyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ sādhāraṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ

APPELLEE, s. āhūtaḥ abhiyuktaḥ pratyarthī m. (n).

To APPEND, v. a. anubandh (c. 9. -badhnāti -banddhuṃ) or caus. -bandhayati -yituṃ), ābandh; upādhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhatte -dhātuṃ), ādhā; avalamb in caus. (-lambayati -yituṃ).

APPENDAGE, s. anubandhaḥ sambandhaḥ upāhitaṃ śepāṃśaḥ upāhitabhāgaḥ.

APPENDANT, adj. anubandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) sambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n). avalambī -mbinī -mbi (n).

APPENDIX, s. pariśiṣṭaṃ upagranthaḥ śeṣagranthaḥ.

To APPERTAIN, v. n. (To belong to one's self) ātmasāt or ātmādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ, or svādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ, or svakīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ as.
     --(To belong, in general) sambangh in pass. (-badhyate). The sense of 'appertaining' may often be expressed by the root as or vid with the gen. case: as, 'money appertains to me,' mama dhanaṃ vidyate.

APPERTAINING, p. sambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) anubandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

APPERTENANCE, s. anubandhaḥ sambandhaḥ upakaraṇaṃ sāmagrī.

APPETENCY, s. kāmaḥ lobhaḥ abhilāṣaḥ vāñchā icchā.

APPETITE, s. (Desire) kāmaḥ lobhaḥ rāgaḥ ruciḥ f., abhiruciḥ f., ativāñchā atiśayalobhaḥ abhilāṣaḥ icchā.
     --(Hunger) bubhukṣā kṣudhā āhārādivāñchā bhaktachandaṃ.
     --(The digestive faculty causing appetite) agniḥ m., vahniḥ m., agnivṛddhiḥ f.
     --(One who has no appetite for food) agnirahitaḥ.

APPETITIVE, a. kāmukaḥ -kā -kaṃ abhilāpukaḥ -kā -kaṃ icchukaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

To APPLAUD, v. a. praśaṃs (c. 1. -śaṃsati -śaṃsituṃ), abhipraśaṃs; pratinand (c. 1. -nandati -nandituṃ), praṇādena praśaṃs praśaṃsāṃ kṛ ślāghāṃ kṛ.
     --(By clapping the hands) karatālena praśaṃs.

APPLAUDER, s. praśaṃsakaḥ stāvakaḥ ślāghākarttā m. (rttṛ).

APPLAUSE, s. (Loudly expressed) praṇādaḥ jayaśabdaḥ dhanyavādaḥ praśaṃsāśabdaḥ sāṃrāviṇaṃ bhujaniḥsvanaḥ śabdo'nurāgajaḥ.
     --(Praise) ślāghā praśaṃsā stutiḥ f.

APPLAUSIVE, a. praśaṃsakaḥ -kā -kaṃ stutimayaḥ -yī -yaṃ ślāghānvitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

APPLE, s. (A kind of fruit) phalaprabhedaḥ.
     --(Pupil of the eye) nayanatārā kanīnikā cakṣurgolakaḥ.

APPLIANCE, s. (The means applied) upāyaḥ abhyupāyaḥ upakaraṇaṃ sāmagrī.
     --(The act of applying) yogaḥ arpaṇaṃ.

APPLICABILITY, s. yogyatā prayojyatvaṃ sāmañjasyaṃ sāṅgatyaṃ

APPLICABLE, a. yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ prayoktavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ prayojyaḥ -jyā -jyaṃ upayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ vyavaharaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ arpaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ arṣyaḥ -rṣyā -rṣyaṃ saṃyojanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ vyāpī -pinī -pi (n) samañjasaḥ -sā -saṃ.

APPLICATION, s. (Of one thing to another) yogaḥ arpaṇaṃ nyasanaṃ.
     --(Attention to) āsaktiḥ f., anuṣṭhānaṃ yogaḥ praveśaḥ vyasanaṃ.
     --(Use) upayogaḥ prayogaḥ prayojanaṃ.
     --(Application of mind, study) manaḥpraveśaḥ abhiniveśaḥ praveśaḥ abhyasanaṃ abhyāsaḥ vidyābhyāsaḥ adhyavasāyaḥ abhiyuktatā manoyogaḥ.
     --(Petition) yācñā prārthanā nivedanapatraṃ.

APPLIED, p. p. prayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ arpitaḥ -tā -taṃ nyastaḥ -stā -staṃ nihitaḥ -tā -taṃ niveśitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

APPLIER, s. upetā m. (tṛ) prayojakaḥ.

To APPLY, v. a. (One thing on another) saṃyuj (c. 10. -yojayati -yituṃ), nyas (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ), vinyas; ṛ in caus. (arpayati -yituṃ) saṅgam in caus. (-gamayati -yituṃ) praviś in caus. (-veśayatiṃ -yituṃ) niviś saṃlagnīkṛ.
     --(To make use of) prayaj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṅkte -yoktuṃ), upayuj.
     --(To attend to) ārathā (c. 1. tiṣṭhati -te -sthātuṃ), samāsthā anuṣṭhā.
     --(To have recourse to, solcit) prayāc (c. 1. -yācati -yācituṃ), abhiyāc āśri (c. 1. -śrayāta -te -śrayituṃ), prārth (c. 10. arthayati -te -yituṃ).
     --(To make effort study) abhyas (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ), yat (c. 1. yatate yatitaṃ), prayat.

To APPLY, v. n. (Suit, fit) yuj in pass. (yujyate) saṃyuja upapad- (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ), saṅgataḥ -tā -taṃ bhū.
     --(Have recourse as a petitioner) kāryyasiddhinimitte anyam āśri (c. 1. -śrayati -te -śrayituṃ), arth (c. 10. arthayate -yituṃ), prārth.

To APPOINT, v. a. nidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), sthā in caus. (sthāpayati -yituṃ) avasthā prasthā; yuj (c. 10. yojayati -yituṃ).
     --(To appoint over any office) adhikṛ (c. 8. -karoti -kurute -karttuṃ), prakṛ; niyuj (c. 10. -yojayati -yituṃ, c. 7. -yunakti -yoktuṃ), with acc. of the pers. and loc. of the thing; abhiṣic (c. 6. -siñcati -sektuṃ), with two acc. or with acc. and loc.; samādiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ), vyādiś.
     --(To make an appointment) samayaṃ kṛ samayākṛ.

APPOINTED, p. p. sthāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ prasthāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ niyojitaḥ -tā -taṃ niyataḥ -tā -taṃ vihitaḥ -tā -taṃ niyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ vyavasthitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(To any office) adhikṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vyāpṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vāvṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.
     --(An appointed duty) niyogaḥ.
     --(An appointed time) kālāvadhiḥ m.
     --(Agreed upon) kṛtasaṅketaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(As to time) kṛtakālaḥ -lā -laṃ kṛtāvadhiḥ -dhiḥ -dhi.

APPOINTMENT, s. niyogaḥ -janaṃ niyuktiḥ f., prasthāpanaṃ nirūpaṇaṃ kalpanaṃ.
     --(Engagement) samayaḥ prajñaptiḥ f.
     --(Breaking an appointment) samayabhedaḥ samayavyabhicāraḥ.
     --(Stipulation) samayaḥ niyamaḥ saṅketaḥ.
     --(Order) ājñā.
     --(Decree) niyamaḥ vidhiḥ m.
     --(Office) adhikāraḥ padaṃ.
     --(Equipment, furniture) sajjā upakaraṇaṃ sāmagrī.
     --(Allowance) varttanaṃ nirūpitamūlyaṃ.
     --(Assignation) abhisāraḥ.

To APPORTION, v. n. vibhaj (c. 1. -bhajati -te -bhaktuṃ), pravibhaj saṃvibhaj; aṃś (c. 10. aṃśayati -yituṃ), vyaṃś; vinyas (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ), parikḷp (c. 10. -kalpayati -yituṃ), vidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ).

APPORTIONMENT, s. vibhāgaḥ saṃvibhāgaḥ aṃśanaṃ parikalpanaṃ vinyāsaḥ.

APPOSITE, a. yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ yuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ upayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ saṅgataḥ -tā -taṃ hṛdayaṅgamaḥ -mā -maṃ yathārthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ yathārhaḥ -rhā -rhaṃ.

APPOSITELY, adv. sthāne yathārhatas ind., yathārthaṃ saṅgataprakāreṇa.

To APPRAISE, v. a. (Set a price on) ardhaṃ saṃkhyā in caus. (-khyāpayati -yituṃ) bhūlyaṃ nirūp (c. 10. -rūpayati -yituṃ) or vyabaso, (c. 4. -syati -sātuṃ), mūlyanirṇayaṃ kṛ mūlyaṃ niścitaṃ kṛ.

APPRAISER, s. arghasaṃkhyāpakaḥ mūlyanirūpakaḥ mūlyavijñāpakaḥ.

APPRAISING, s. arghasaṃkhyāpanaṃ mūlyanirūpaṇaṃ mūlyavijñāpanaṃ.

To APPRECIATE, v. a. mūlyaṃ or ardhaṃ or guṇāguṇaṃ or bhadrābhadratāṃ or sārāsāraṃ vijñā (c. 9. -jānāti -nīte -jñātuṃ), or nirūpa (c. 10. -rūpayati -yituṃ), or niścitaṃ kṛ or vivic (c. 7. -vinakti -vektuṃ); 'one who knows how to appreciate,' guṇajñaḥ guṇāguṇajñaḥ guṇagrāhī m. (n) marmmajñaḥ.

APPRECIATION, s. mūlyavijñānaṃ guṇāguṇajñānaṃ bhadrābhadranirūpaṇaṃ doṣādoṣabodhaḥ vijñānaṃ.

To APPREHEND, v. a. (Lay hold on) grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti -hlīte grahītuṃ), parigrah saṅgrah; parāmṛś (c. 6. -mṛśati -marṣṭuṃ), dhṛ (c. 1. dharani dharttuṃ).
     --(Seize in order for trial) āsidh (c. 1. -sedhati -seddhuṃ); grah dhṛ ākram (c. 1. -krāmati -kramati -kramituṃ).
     --(By the mind) upalabh (c. 1. -labhate -labdhuṃ), ūh (c. 1. ūhate ūhituṃ); anuyā (c. 2. -māti -mātuṃ), avagam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ), avabudh (c. 4. -budhyate -boddhuṃ).
     --(To fear) śaṅk (c. 1. śaṅkate śaṅkituṃ) āśaṅk; bhī (c. 3. bibheti bhetuṃ).

APPREHENDED, p. p. (Understood) upalabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ avagataḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Arrested) āsiddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ.

APPREHENSIBLE, grāhyaḥ -hyā -hyaṃ dhīgamyaḥ -myā -myaṃ upalabhyaḥ bhyā -bhyaṃ,

APPREHENSION, s. (Fear) bhayaṃ śaṅkā āśaṅkā sandehaḥ.
     --(Opinion) matiḥ f., buddhiḥ f., bodhaḥ.
     --(Seizure) grahaṇaṃ ākramaṇaṃ dharaṇaṃ.
     --(Arrest) āsedhaḥ.
     --(Conception) upalabdhiḥ f., medhā anubhavaḥ anumānaṃ avagamaḥ anubodhaḥ upalambhaḥ.

APPREHENSIVE, a. śaṅkitaḥ -tā -taṃ śaṅkī -ṅkinī -ṅki (n) śaṅkānvitaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtabhayaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

APPRENTICE, s. śilpavidyāśiṣyaḥ śiṣyaḥ nirūpitakālaparyyantaṃ śilpavidyāśikṣārthe niyamapatreṇa sthāpitaḥ or dhṛtaḥ sevakaḥ.

To APPRENTICE, v. a. āvihitakālāt śilpavidyāśikṣārthe niyamapatreṇa śiṣyaṃ or sevakaṃ sthā in caus. (sthāpayati -yituṃ).

APPRENTICESHIP, s. śilpavidyāśikṣāvadhiḥ m., śilpaśikṣāsamayaḥ sevākālaḥ dāsyakālaḥ.

To APPRIZE, v. a. jñā in caus. (jñāpayati -yituṃ) vijñā; vid in caus. (vedayati -yituṃ) nivid samāvid; budh in caus. (bodhayati -yituṃ) sūc (c. 10. sūcayati -yituṃ).

APPRIZED, p. p. vijñāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ anujñāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ vijñaptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ sandiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ pratyādiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ bodhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To APPROACH, v. n. (Draw near to) adhigam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ), āgam abhigam abhyāgama upāgam upagam samupagam; yā (c. 2. yāti yātuṃ), abhiyā āyā upāyā pratyāyā samāyā upayā samupayā; upasthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -te -sthātuṃ), (c. 1. ṛcchati arttuṃ), abhyṛ; abhivṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ), upāvṛt prativṛt upavṛt; samabhyāgā used only in the 3d pret.; as, 'he approached,' samabhyāgāt. e, i. e. i with ā (c. 2. aiti aituṃ), abhye upe abhī (abhyeti); upasṛp (c. 1. -sarmati -sarptuṃ), samupasṛp; ākram (c. 1. -krāmati -kramituṃ), upakram; āvraj (c. 1. -vrajati -vrajituṃ), prativraj abhipad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ), samāpad samupapad pratipad; aṃh (c. 1. aṃhate aṃhituṃ).

To APPROACH, v. a. upasthā in caus. (-sthāpayati -yituṃ) samīpaṃ sthā in caus.; samīpaṃ dhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhatte -dhātuṃ), nikaṭe dhā; saṅgam in caus. (-gamayati -yituṃ).

APPROACH, s. āgamaḥ abhigamanaṃ āgamanaṃ upagamaḥ upasthitiḥ f., upasannatā.

APPROACHABLE, a. āgamyaḥ -myā -myaṃ upagamyaḥ -myā -myaṃ upasāryyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ.

APPROACHED, p. p. abhigataḥ -tā -taṃ upagataḥ -tā -taṃ upasthitaḥ -tā -taṃ abhyāsagataḥ -tā -taṃ pratyupasthitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

APPROACHING, a. (Near at hand) upasthitaḥ -tā -taṃ samupasthitaḥ -tā -taṃ āsannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.

APPROBATION, s. sammatiḥ f. or -taṃ anumatiḥ f. or -taṃ praśaṃsā prasādaḥ manaḥsantoṣaḥ grahaṇaṃ.

To APPROPRIATE, v. a. (To consign to some particular use) prayuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ, caus. -yojayati -yituṃ), upayuj viniyuj.
     --(To claim to one's self by an exclusive right) svīkṛ svīyamiti or mameti vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ), svakīyaṃ -yāṃ -yaṃ or ātmīyaṃ -yāṃ -yaṃ or svādhīnaṃ -nāṃ -naṃ or ātmādhīnaṃ -nāṃ -naṃ or ātnasāt kṛ svasvatvaṃ budh in caus. (bodhayati -yituṃ), or jñā in caus. (jñāpayati -yituṃ.)

APPROPRIATE, a. (Suited to the oecasion) prastāvasadṛśaḥ -śī -śaṃ.
     --(Belonging peculiarly) ātmanīnaḥ -nā -naṃ svakīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ sambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) sambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ viśeṣakaḥ -kā -kaṃ janīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Suitable) yuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ saṅgataḥ -tā -taṃ upayogī -ginī -gi (n).

APPROPRIATED, p. p. (Made one's own) ātmasātkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

APPROPRIATELY, adv. yuktaṃ yathāyogyaṃ yathocitaṃ yathātathā sthāne.

[Page 23a]

APPROPRIATENESS, s. (Fitness of application) yuktatā yogyatvaṃ aucityaṃ upayuktatā sāmañjasyaṃ saṅgatatā.

APPROPRIATION, s. (The application of something to a particular purpose) upayogaḥ prayogaḥ viniyogaḥ.
     --(Claiming any thing as peculiar) ātmagrahaṇaṃ svatvabodhanaṃ ātmasātkaraṇaṃ.

APPROVAL, s. anumatiḥ f., sammatiḥ f., anumavraṃ sammataṃ praśaṃsā.

To APPROVE, v. a. anuman (c. 4. -manyate -mantuṃ), samman; praśaṃs (c. 1. -śaṃsati -śaṃsituṃ), ruc, in caus. (rocayati -yituṃ) anuruc; 'that is approved by me,' tan mayā praśasyate or tan mahyaṃ rocate. pratinand (c. 1. -nandati -nandituṃ), anurudh (c. 4. -rudhyate -roddhuṃ).
     --(To prove, show) pramāṇīkṛ pramāṇ (nom. pramāṇayati -yituṃ), vibhū in caus. (-bhāvayati -yituṃ).

APPROVED, p. p. sammataḥ -tā -taṃ abhimataḥ -tā -taṃ mataḥ -tā -taṃ yathābhimataḥ -tā -taṃ praśastaḥ -stā -staṃ śiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.
     --(Tried) parīkṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Of tried probity) upaghāśuciḥ -ciḥ -ci.

To APPROXIMATE, v. n. upasthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -te -sthātuṃ), samāpaṃ or nikaṭaṃ vṛt (c. 1. varttate varttituṃ), or sthā upāgam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ), upagam samupagam abhigam.
     --(To be like) tulyaḥ -lyā -lyaṃ or sadṛśaḥ -śī -śaṃ as.

To APPROXIMATE, v. a. ned (nom. nedayati -yituṃ), upasthā in caus. (-sthāpayati -yituṃ) samīpaṃ sthā in caus., upanī (c. 1. -nayati -netuṃ), saṅgam in caus. (-gamayati -yituṃ).

APPROXIMATE, a. samīpaḥ -pā -paṃ āsannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ sannikṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ upasthāyī -yinī -yi (n).

APPROXIMATED, p. p. upasthāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ upanītaḥ -tā -taṃ upanataḥ -tā -taṃ upasannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ kṛtasannidhānaḥ -nā -naṃ.

APPROXIMATION, s. (Approach) upagamaḥ samupagamaḥ samīpagamanaṃ saṃhatatā -tvaṃ upasthitiḥ f., upasthānaṃ samupasthā.
     --(Nearness) naikaṭyaṃ sāmīpyaṃ sānnidhyaṃ sannidhānaṃ.

APPULSE, s. āghātaḥ āghātanaṃ pratihananaṃ pratighātaḥ.


APRICOT, s. phalaviśeṣaḥ.

APRIL, s. caitraḥ caitrikaḥ madhuḥ vaiśākhaḥ mādhavaḥ rādhaḥ.

APRON, s. malanivāraṇārthaṃ strībhir bhṛtam ācchādanaṃ.

APROPROS, adv. sthāne yathāyogyaṃ yathāvasaraṃ yathāvakāśaṃ.

APSIS, s. (In astronomy) mandocchaḥ.

APT, a. (Fit) upayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ yuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ āptaḥ ptā -ptaṃ.
     --(Having a tendency to) expressed by śīlaḥ in composition; as, 'disposed to piety,' dharmmaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ, or by the affix ālu; as, 'apt to sleep,' śayāluḥ -luḥ -lu, or by the desiderative adjective; as, 'apt to do,' cikīrṣuḥ -rṣuḥ -rṣu; 'apt to fall,' pipatiṣuḥ -ṣuḥ -ṣu.
     --(Skilful) kuśalaḥ -lā -laṃ dakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ paṭuḥ -ṭuḥ -ṭvī -ṭu abhijñaḥ -jñā -jñaṃ.
     --(Ready, quick) tvaritaḥ -tā -taṃ udyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

APTITUDE, s. (Fitness) yogyatā pātratā or -tvaṃ upayogitā āptiḥ f.
     --(Tendency) śīlatvaṃ -tā abhiprāyaḥ āśayaḥ.
     --(Disposition) śīlaḥ svabhāvaḥ bhāvaḥ rītiḥ f.

APTLY, adv. yathāyogyaṃ yogatas ind., sthāne.
     --(Skilfully) dākṣyeṇa cāturyyeṇa sapāṭavaṃ.

APTNESS, s. (Fitness) yogyatā.
     --(Skill) kuśalatā pāṭavaṃ vidagdhatā cāturyyaṃ.
     --(Ability) śaktiḥ f., sāmarthyaṃ.

AQUATIC, a. (Inhabiting the water) jalecaraḥ -rā -raṃ jalajaḥ -jā -jaṃ vārijaḥ -jā -jaṃ vāricaraḥ -rā -raṃ ambucaraḥ -rā -raṃ ambujaḥ -jā -jaṃ āmbhasikaḥ -kī -kaṃ jalodbhavaḥ -vā -vaṃ jalabhūḥ -bhūḥ -bhu.
     --(Growinin the water) ambhoruhaḥ jalaruhaḥ.
     --(Watery) audakaḥ -kī -kaṃ āppaḥ -ppā -ppaṃ; 'an aquatic animal,' jalajantuḥ m.

AQUEDUCT, s. jalamārgaḥ jalapathaḥ jalanirgamaḥ jalapraṇālī.

AQUEOUS, a. ammayaḥ -yī -yaṃ sajalaḥ -lā -laṃ jalasaḥ -sā -saṃ anūpaḥ -pā -paṃ.

AQUEOUSNESS, s. sajalatā audakatvaṃ anūpatā,

AQUILINE, a. (Resembling an eagle) utkrośarūpaḥ -pā -paṃ gṛdhrākāraḥ -rā -raṃ.
     --(Hooked) vakraḥ -krā -kraṃ kuñcitaḥ -tā -taṃ vṛjinaḥ -nā -naṃ; 'having an aquiline nose,' pralambaghoṇaḥ.

ARABIA, s. yavanaḥ yavanadeśaḥ.

ARABIAN, a. yavanasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) yavanadeśīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ; 'an Arabian,' yavanadeśajaḥ.

ARABLE, a. kṛṣiyogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ karṣaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ phālakṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

ARATION, s. kṛṣiḥ f., kārṣiḥ f., karṣaṇaṃ halahatiḥ f.

ARBITER, s. pramāṇapuruṣaḥ madhyasthaḥ nirṇetā m. (tṛ) vicārakarttā m. (rttṛ).

ARBITRABLE, a. nirṇeyaḥ -yā -yaṃ vicāraṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ARBITRARILY, adv. svecchayā svecchātas ind., svakāmatas ind.

ARBITRARY, a. (Following the will) kāmakārī -riṇī -ri (n) yathākāmī -minī -mi (n) svatantraḥ -ntrā -ntraṃ svacchandaḥ -ndānandaṃ svādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ anāyattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ svairavṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.
     --(Capricious) capalaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(Tyrannical) krūracaritaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Depending on no rule) avihitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To ARBITRATE, v. n., v. a. vicar in caus. (-cārayati -yituṃ) nirṇī (c. 1. -nayati -te -netuṃ), niści (c. 5. -cinoti -cetuṃ), tīr (c. 10. tīrayati -yituṃ), niścayaṃ or vicāraṃ or nirṇayaṃ or paricchedaṃ kṛ.

ARBITRATED, p. p. nirṇītaḥ -tā -taṃ tīritaḥ -tā -taṃ niścitaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtaniścayaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ARBITRATION, s. (Determination) nirṇayaḥ vicāraḥ -raṇaṃ niścayaḥ paricchedaḥ.
     --(Mediation) mādhyasthyaṃ

ARBITRATOR, s. pramāṇapuruṣaḥ stheyaḥ madhyasthaḥ nirṇetā m. (tṛ) niścāyakaḥ vicārakaḥ.

ARBOROUS, a. vārkṣaḥ -rkṣī -rkṣaṃ vārkṣyaḥ -rkṣyī -rkṣyaṃ vṛkṣasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

ARBOUR, s. latāgṛhaṃ kuñjaḥ nikuñjaḥ parṇaśālā maṇḍapaḥ -paṃ kuṭuṅgakaḥ chatvaraḥ.

ARC, s. (Segment of a circle) khaṇḍamaṇḍalaṃ vṛttakhaṇḍaṃ golakhaṇḍaṃ.
     --(Arched gateway) toraṇaḥ.

ARCADE, s. (Garden-walk) vṛkṣair āchādita udyānapathaḥ.
     --(A street arched over) iṣṭakānirmmitatoraṇākārapaṭalā vīthiḥ, or dhanurākāreṇa paṭalena āvṛtā vīthiḥ.

ARCH, s. (Part of a circle) khaṇḍamaṇḍalaṃ vṛttakhaṇḍaṃ golakhaṇḍaṃ.
     --(Arched gateway) toraṇaḥ -ṇaṃ.
     --(The arched roof of a house) khoḍakaśīrṣaṃ.
     --(Vault of heaven) khagolaḥ nabhīmaṇḍalaṃ.

ARCH, a. (Sly, waggish) krīḍāśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ rasikaḥ -kā -kaṃ lolāpāṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ vidagdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ.
     --(Chief) pradhānaḥ -nā -naṃ mukhyaḥ -khyā -khyaṃ uttamaḥ -mā -maṃ śreṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ.

To ARCH, v. a. (To make in the form of an arch) maṇḍalīkṛ golīkṛ toraṇarūpeṇa nirmā (c. 2. -māti, c. 4. -māyate -mātuṃ) or kṛ in caus. (kārayati -yituṃ) toraṇākārapaṭalena āchad (c. 10. -chādayati -yituṃ).
     --(To build an arch) toraṇaṃ nirmā.

ARCHANGEL, s. 'īśvaradūtānāṃ madhye mukhyadūtaḥ or pradhānadūtaḥ īśvaradūtādhiṣṭhātā m. (tṛ).

[Page 24a]

ARCHBISHOP, s. dharmmādhyakṣāṇāṃ madhye pradhāno or mukhyo dharmmādhyakṣaḥ.

ARCHDEACON, s. (The bishop's vicegerent) dharmmādhyakṣasahāyaḥ dharmmādhyakṣopakārakaḥ.

ARCHAIOLOGY or ARCHAEOLOGY, s. prākkālīnavyavahāraviṣayaṃ vākyaṃ purātanaśāstraṃ.

ARCHED, p. p. maṇḍalīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ golīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ toraṇākāraḥ -rā -raṃ kuñcitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ARCHER, s. dhanurdharaḥ dhanvī m. (n) dhanvā m. (n) dhanupmān m. (-t) dhānuṣkaḥ dhanurdhārī m. (n) iṣvāsaḥ iṣudharaḥ kāṇḍīraḥ niṣaṅgī m., astrī m.

ARCHERY, s. dhanurvidyā śarābhyāsaḥ upāsanaṃ śarāghātaḥ vāṇamokṣaṇaṃ.
     --(Skilled in) kṛtahastaḥ suprayogaviśikhaḥ kṛtapuṅkhaḥ.

ARCHETYPE, s. mūlaṃ mūlamūrttiḥ f., ādarśaḥ sūkṣmaśarīraṃ.

ARCHITECT, s. sthapatiḥ m., gṛhādinirmmāṇavidyājñaḥ gṛhanirmmāṇādhyakṣaḥ nirmmātā m. (tṛ).

ARCHITECTURAL, a. nirmmāṇavidyāsambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

ARCHITECTURE, s. nirmmāṇavidyā nirmmāṇaśilpaṃ gṛhādinirmmāṇaśilpaṃ.

ARCHITRAVE, s. gṛhasya yo bhāgaḥ stambhāgre avalambate or niveśyate.

ARCHIVES, s. prākkālīnagrantharakṣāgāraṃ.
     --(Ancient records) itihāsaḥ purāvṛttaṃ

ARCHNESS, s. vidagdhatā vaidagdhyaṃ rasitvaṃ.

ARCHWISE, adv. toraṇarūpeṇa arddhamaṇḍalākāreṇa toraṇavat; dhanurākāreṇa.

ARCTIC, a. uttaraḥ -rā -raṃ udīcīnaḥ -nā -naṃ uttarakendrīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ citraśikhaṇḍyadhaḥsthito bhūgolabhāgaḥ.

ARDENCY, s. uttāpaḥ utsāhaḥ ugratā vyagratā kautūhalaṃ utsukatā.

ARDENT, a. (Hot) uttaptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ pracaṇḍaḥ -ṇḍā -ṇḍaṃ.
     --(Eager) kutūhalī -linī -li (n) utsukaḥ -kā -kaṃ atīcchaḥ -cchā -cchaṃ vyagraḥ -grā -graṃ utsāhī -hinī -hi (n).
     --(Affectionate) anurāgī -giṇī -gi (n).

ARDENTLY, adv. uttāpena kautūhalena autsukyena sānurāgaṃ.

ARDOUR, s. uttāpaḥ āsaktiḥ f., ugratā vyagratā kautūhalaṃ autsukyaṃ utsāhaḥ.
     --(Of affection) anurāgaḥ.

ARDUOUS, a. (Lofty) uccaḥ -ccā -ccaṃ prāṃśuḥ -śuḥ -śu ārohaṇadurgamyaḥ -myā -myaṃ.
     --(Difficult) duṣkaraḥ -rā -raṃ suduṣkaraḥ -rā -raṃ atiduṣkaraḥ -rā -raṃ kaṭhinaḥ -nā -naṃ durgamyaḥ -myā -myaṃ duḥsādhyaḥ -dhyā -dhyaṃ duścaraḥ -rā -raṃ.

ARDUOUSNESS, s. uccatā uttuṅgatā.
     --(Difficulty) kaṭhinatā kāṭhinyaṃ.

AREA, s. aṅgaṇaṃ prāṅgaṇaṃ amyantarasthānaṃ.

ARENA, s. raṅgaḥ raṅgabhūmiḥ f., mallabhūḥ akṣavāṭaḥ.

ARGENT, a. rūpyaḥ -pyā -pyaṃ raupyaḥ -pyī -pyaṃ rājataḥ -tī -taṃ.

ARGILLOUS, a. mṛṇmayaḥ -yī -yaṃ mārttikaḥ -kī -kaṃ cikkaṇamṛttikāmayaḥ -yī -yaṃ.

To ARGUE, v. n. (To reason) vicar in caus. (-cārayati -yituṃ) tark (c. 10. tarkayati -yituṃ), vitark vivecanaṃ kṛ.
     --(To dispute) vivad (c. 1. -vadate -vadituṃ), vādānuvādaṃ or uttarapratyuttaraṃ kṛ.

To ARGUE, v. a. (To prove by argument) pramāṇ, (nom. pramāṇayati -yituṃ), pramāṇīkṛ pramāṇena or tarkeṇa or vicāreṇa siddhīkṛ; sūc (c. 10. sūcayati -yituṃ).
     --(To charge with, as a crime) dopāropaṃ kṛ apavad (c. 1. -vadati -vadituṃ), adhikṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ).

ARCUER, s. tarkī m. (n) vivādī m. (n) vicārakaḥ prativādī m. (n) nyāyī m. (n).

ARGUMENT, s. (A reason stated) pakṣaḥ pramāṇaṃ hetuḥ m., kāraṇaṃ vitarkaḥ nyāyaḥ; 'a false argument,' pakṣābhāsaḥ; 'a different side of the argument,' pakṣāntaraṃ.
     --(Controversy) vādānuvādaḥ vādayuddhaṃ vākkalahaṃ vicāraḥ vitarkaḥ vivādaḥ vitaṇḍā.
     --(The subject of any work) viṣayaḥ.
     --(Table of contents) anukramaṇikā nirghaṇṭaḥ.

ARGUMENTATION, s. vitarkaṇaṃ vicāraṇaṃ nyāyaḥ.

ARGUMENTATIVE, a. (Consisting of argument) tārkikaḥ -kī -kaṃ vitarkī -rkiṇī -rki (n) vivādī -dinī -di (n) nyāyī -yinī -yi (n) vicārī -riṇī -ri (n).
     --(Disposed to controversy) vivādaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ vivādārthī -rthinī -rthi (n) vivādapriyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ARGUMENTATIVELY, adv. savitarkaṃ vādānuvādapūrvvakaṃ vitarkapūrvvakaṃ nyāyavat.

ARID, a. śuṣkaḥ -ṣkā -ṣkaṃ śoṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ pariśuṣkaḥ -ṣkā -ṣkaṃ; 'arid soil,' maruḥ m., marusthalī dhanvā m. (n).

ARIDITY, s. śuṣkatā -tvaṃ śoṣaḥ śoṣaṇaṃ pariśoṣaḥ

ARIGHT, adv. yuktaṃ ṛtaṃ yathātathaṃ yathocitaṃ yathāyogyaṃ samyak yathārhaṃ.

To ARISE, v. n. (To stand up) utthā for utsthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -te -thātuṃ).
     --(To have origin) utpad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ), samutpad; uccar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ), udi (c. 1. -ayati -etuṃ), abhyudi samudi; prabhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ), sambhū āvirbhū prādurbhū; pravṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ), prasṛ (c. 1. -sarati -sarttuṃ), udbhā (c. 2. -bhāti -bhātuṃ), nirbhā; ātmānaṃ dṛś in caus. (darśayati -yituṃ) jan (c. 4. jāyate janituṃ), abhijan upajan sañjan.
     --(From death) pratisañjan samutthā.

ARISEN, p. p. utthitaḥ -tā -taṃ sañjātaḥ -tā -taṃ jātaḥ -tā -taṃ janitaḥ -tā -taṃ utpannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ samutpannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ viniḥsṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ janyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ.

ARISTOCRACY, s. (A form of government) kṛlīnajanādhiṣṭhitaṃ rājyaṃ kṛlīnavargapramukhaṃ rājyaṃ kulīnavargaprabhutvaṃ.
     --(The persons of whom it is composed) kulīnajanāḥ kulīnavargaḥ.

ARISTOCRATICAL, a. kulīnaḥ -nā -naṃ kulīnakaḥ -kā -kaṃ kauleyaḥ -yī -yaṃ kulīnavargayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ utkṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

ARISTOCRATICALLY, adv. kulīnajanavat rājanyavat kulīnakaprakāreṇa.

ARITHMETIC, s. gaṇanāvidyā gaṇitaṃ pāṭīgaṇitaṃ aṅkavidyā paripāṭiḥ f. -ṭī parikarmma n. (n); 'the eight rules of arithmetic,' parikarmmāṣṭaka.

ARITHMETICAL, a. gaṇanāvidyānurūpaḥ -pā -paṃ aṅkavidyānusārī -riṇī -ri (n).

ARITHMETICIAN, s. gaṇanāvidyājñaḥ gaṇanāśāstrapaṇḍitaḥ aṅkavidyājñaḥ gaṇakaḥ.

ARK, s. (A vessel, ship) nauḥ naukā potaḥ taraṇī vṛhannaukā.
     --(A chest) ādhāraḥ koṣaḥ peṭikā peṭaḥ -ṭā -ṭī.

ARM, s. (Of the body) bāhuḥ m. f., bhujaḥ or -jā f., doṣā f., doḥ m. (-s) praveṣṭaḥ.
     --(Of a tree) śākhā upaśākhā.
     --(Of the sea) samudravaṅkaḥ.
     --(Of a river) vakraṃ vaṅkaḥ nadīvaṅkaḥ nadīvakraṃ puṭabhedaḥ.
     --(Power, might) balaṃ śaktiḥ f.; 'a dominion acquired by one's own arm,' svabhujopārjjitaṃ rājyaṃ.
     --(The upper arm) pragaṇḍaḥ.

To ARM, v. a. sannah (c. 4. -nahyati -naddhuṃ), sajjīkṛ astraiḥ or śastraiḥ sajjīkṛ, or yuj in caus. (yojayati -yituṃ), or samāyuj.
     --(To arm one's self, put on one's arms) nah (c. 4. nahyate naddhuṃ), sannah.
     --(To put on armour) varmm (nom. varmmayati -yituṃ or saṃvarmmayati).

ARMADA, s. vṛhannaukāsamūhaḥ samudrayuddhāya sajjīkṛto vṛhannaukāsamūhaḥ.

ARMADILLO, s. ghuṇaḥ kavacākāracarmmadhārī vilavāsī kṣudrajantuḥ.

ARMAMENT, s. sainikaḥ yuddhāya sajjīkṛtaṃ balaṃ yoddhṛsajjanaṃ.

ARMED, p. p. sajjaḥ -jjā -jjaṃ varmitaḥ -tā -taṃ sannaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ abhisannaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ sāyudhaḥ -dhā -dhaṃ kṛtāstraḥ -strā -straṃ śastrī -striṇī -stri (n).
     --(Having a weapon in the hand) śastrapāṇiḥ -ṇiḥ -ṇi.

ARM-HOLE, s. kakṣaḥ bāhumūlaṃ bhujakoṭaraḥ kakṣasthānaṃ dormūlaṃ.

ARMISTICE, s. kiñcitkālaparyyantaṃ yuddhanivarttanaṃ sandhiḥ m., kṣamā.

ARMLESS, a. (Without an arm) abhujaḥ -jā -jaṃ.
     --(Without weapons) astrahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ aśastraḥ -strā -straṃ.

[Page 25a]

ARMLET, s. (Bracelet) valayaḥ or yaṃ keyūraṃ aṅgadaṃ.
     --(A little arm) kṣudrabāhuḥ m., upaśākhā.

ARMORIAL, a. kāvacikaḥ -kī -kaṃ āyudhikaḥ -kā -kaṃ āyudhīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.
     --(Belonging to the escutcheon of a family) kulacihnasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

ARMORY, s. āyudhāgāraṃ śastrāgāraṃ astrāgāraḥ.
     --(A collection of arms) śastrasaṃhatiḥ f., śastrasamūhaṃ.

ARMOUR, s. varmma n. (n) lauhavarmma n. (n) tanutraṃ tanutrāṇaṃ kavacaḥ or -caṃ vāravāṇaḥ kañcukaḥ tvaktraṃ daṃśanaṃ sannāhaḥ dehāvaraṇaṃ yuddhāstraṃ tanuvāraṃ sajjā.
     --(Chain-armour) jālikā jālaprāyā; 'arrayed in armour,' varmmitaḥ -tā -taṃ kavacī -cinī -ci (n).

ARMOUR-BEARER, s. sānnahānakaḥ varmmavāhakaḥ.

ARMOURER, s. astrakārakaḥ śastrakāraḥ śastramārjaḥ astranirmmāṇaśilpajñaḥ sajjākarttā m. (rttṛ) asidhāvakaḥ.

ARM-PIT, s. kakṣaḥ bāhumūlaṃ bhujakoṭaraḥ dormūlaṃ.

ARMS, s. astraṃ śastraṃ āyudhaḥ yuddhāstraṃ śastrāstraṃ.
     --(War in general) vigrahaḥ samaraḥ raṇaḥ yuddhaṃ saṅgrāmaḥ.
     --(State of hostility) yuddhāvasthā raṇasamayaḥ; 'dexterity in arms,' astralāghavaṃ; 'the taking up of arms,' astragrahaṇaṃ yuddhe pravṛttiḥ astradhāraṇaṃ; 'passage of arms,' astraśikṣā śastrābhyāsaḥ; 'a brother in arms,' sahayudhvā m. (n).
     --(The ensigns armorial of a family) kulīnapadasūcakacihnaṃ kulacihnaṃ.

ARMY, s. senā f., sainyaṃ balaṃ vāhinī camūḥ f., daṇḍaḥ or -ṇḍaṃ anīkaṃ cakraṃ dhvajinī vyūhaḥ yodhasamūhaḥ pṛtanā varūthinī.
     --(A complete army) akṣauhiṇī caturaṅgaḥ.
     --(In motion) pracakraṃ.

AROMA, s. gandhaḥ vāsaḥ āmodaḥ dhūpaḥ parimalaḥ.

AROMATIC, a. sugandhīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ gandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) tiktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ surabhitaḥ -tā -taṃ suvāsitaḥ -tā -taṃ dhūpitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AROMATICS, s. upaskarāḥ m. pl., sugandhidravyāṇi n. pl., sugandhāni n. pl.

To AROMATISE, v. a. vās (c. 10. vāsayati -yituṃ), dhūp (c. 1. dhūpāyati dhūpituṃ).

AROUND, adv. (Circularly) paritas abhitas.
     --(On every side) samantatas sarvvatas viśvatas samantāt.

AROUND, prep. pari abhi.

To AROUSE, v. a. (To excite) utsah in caus. (-sāhayati -yituṃ) protsah utthā for utsthā in caus. (utthāpayati -yituṃ) udbudh in caus. (-bodhayati -yituṃ) prabudh.
     --(To wake from sleep) jāgṛ in caus. (jāgarayati -yituṃ) prabudh in caus., nidrāṃ bhañj (c. 7. bhanakti bhaṃktuṃ).

AROUSED, p. p. protsāhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Awaked) prabodhitaḥ -tā -taṃ prabuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ nidrābhaṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ.

To ARRAIGN, v. a. (To set in order) virac (c. 10. -racayati -yituṃ), svasthāne sthā in caus. (sthāpayati -yituṃ).
     --(To accuse) abhiyogaṃ kṛ āhve (c. 1. -hvayati -hvātuṃ), apavad (c. 1. -vadati -vadituṃ), abhiśap (c. 1. -śapati -śaptuṃ).

ARRAIGNED, p. p. abhiyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ āhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ abhiśaptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.

ARRAIGNMENT, s. abhiyogaḥ āhvānaṃ apavādaḥ.

To ARRANGE, v. a. rac (c. 10. racayati -yituṃ), virac; vidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), saṃvidhā; krameṇa or yathākramaṃ sthā in caus. (sthāpayati -yituṃ) granth (c. 1. granthati, c. 9. grathnāti granthituṃ).

ARRANGED, p. p. viracitaḥ -tā -taṃ grathitaḥ -tā -taṃ vinyastaḥ -stā -staṃ vihitaḥ -tā -taṃ prativihitaḥ -tā -taṃ parimitaḥ -tā -taṃ vyūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ; 'well-arranged,' suñcaṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

[Page 25b]

ARRANGEMENT, s. vinyāsaḥ paryyāyaḥ pratividhānaṃ vyūhanaṃ vyūḍhiḥ f., racanā viracanaṃ granthanaṃ -nā vyavasthāpanaṃ anusandhānaṃ krameṇa sthāpanaṃ paripāṭiḥ f.
     --(The state of being in order) kramaḥ.

ARRANGER, s. viracakaḥ upāyajñaḥ upetā m. (tṛ) vyāsaḥ.

ARRANT, a. (Bad in a high degree) atiduṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ atinikṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ atikutsitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Excessive) atyantaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ.

ARRAS, s. nānāvarṇāni citritavastrāṇi.

ARRAY, s. (Of battle) vyūhaḥ, or -hanaṃ vyūḍhiḥ f., balavinyāsaḥ; 'to draw up in battle array,' vyūh (c. 1. -ūhate -ūhituṃ).
     --(Order) kramaḥ śreṇī paṅktiḥ f., racanā.
     --(Dress) ābharaṇaṃ bhūpaṇaṃ paricchadaḥ.

To ARRAY, v. a. (To put in order) krameṇa or vyūhena rac (c. 10. racayati -yituṃ), virac or sthā in caus. (sthāpayati -yituṃ), or vyavasthā; or vidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), or sajjīkṛ.
     --(To dress) vastram āchad (c. 10. -chādayati -yituṃ), saṃvye (c. 1. -vyayati -vyātuṃ), bhūṣ (c. 10. bhūṣayati -yituṃ); alaṅkṛ pariṣkṛ.

ARREAR, s. ṛṇaśeṣaṃ ṛṇaśeṣāṃśaḥ ṛṇasya aśodhito bhāgaḥ ṛṇasya śodhanīyo bhāgaḥ.

ARREST, s. āsedhaḥ dharaṇaṃ grahaṇaṃ nirodhaḥ bandhanaṃ.
     --(Stop) nivāraṇaṃ.

To ARREST, v. a. (As a bailiff) āsidh (c. 1. -sedhati -seddhuṃ), nirudh (c. 7. -ruṇaddhi -roddhuṃ), ṛṇahetoḥ or doṣahetoḥ rājalekhena or rājājñayā bandh (c. 9. baghnāti -banddhuṃ), or grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ) or dhṛ (c. 1. dharati dharttuṃ).
     --(Stop, bring to a stand) stambh in caus. (stambhayati -yituṃ) viṣṭambh (c. 5. -stabhnoti, c. 9. -stabhnāti -stambhituṃ), nivṛ in caus. (-vārayati -yituṃ).

ARRESTED, p. p. āsiddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ dhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ baddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ niruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ.

ARRIVAL, s. āgamanaṃ abhigamanaṃ upasthitiḥ f., upayātaṃ āyaḥ.

To ARRIVE, v. n. āgam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ), abhigam upagam; upasthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -sthātuṃ), prāp (c. 5. -āpnoti -āptuṃ), samprāp avāp anusamprāp upasamprāp āyā (c. 2. -yāti -yātuṃ), abhiyā upāyā samāyā.

ARRIVED, p. p. āgataḥ -tā -taṃ samāyātaḥ -tā -taṃ upasthitaḥ -tā -taṃ prāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.

ARROGANCE, s. garvaḥ dharṣaḥ darpaḥ mānaḥ abhimānaḥ madaḥ avalepaḥ ahaṅkāraḥ prāgalbhyaṃ pragalbhatā āṭopaḥ cittasamunnatiḥ auddhatyaṃ pratibhānaṃ.

ARROGANTLY, adv. sagarvvaṃ sadarpaṃ sāṭopaṃ garvveṇa dharṣeṇa pragalbhaṃ.

ARROGANT, a. pragalbhaḥ -lbhā -lbhaṃ garvvī -rvviṇī -rvvi (n) atigarvvitaḥ -tā -taṃ sagarvvaḥ -rvvā -rvvaṃ mānī -ninī -ni (n) madoddhataḥ -tā -taṃ ahaṅkārī -riṇī -ri (n) ātmaślāghī -ghinī -ghi (n) pradharṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ avaliptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ uddhataḥ -tā -taṃ pratibhāmukhaḥ -khī -khaṃ.
     --(To be arrogant) pragalbh (c. 1. -galbhate -galbhituṃ), dṛp (c. 4. dṛpyati darptuṃ draptuṃ).

To ARROGATE, v. a. (To claim proudly) garvvapūrvvakaṃ or sagarvvaṃ or anarhatas or adharmmatas or mithyā grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ), abhigrah parigrah; or labh (c. 1. labhate labdhuṃ), or ādā (c. 3. -dadāti -dātuṃ), or abhyanujñā (c. 9. -jānāti -jñātuṃ), or ātmīyaṃ -yāṃ -yaṃ kṛ or svīkṛ; mṛṣā or mithyā grah; upadhāṃ kṛ dhvajīkṛ.

ARROGATION, s. sagarvvagrahaṇaṃ anarhagrahaṇaṃ abhigrahaṇaṃ anyāyyagrahaṇaṃ mithyāgrahaṇaṃ dhvajīkaraṇaṃ upadhā.

ARROW, s. śaraḥ vāṇaḥ iṣuḥ m., śāyakaḥ kāṇḍa śalya vipāṭaḥ viśikhaḥ pṛṣatkaḥ patrī m. (n) bhallaḥ nārācaḥ prakṣveḍanaḥ ajihmagaḥ khagaḥ āśugaḥ mārgaṇaḥ kalambaḥ ropaḥ; 'arrow-head,' vāṇāgra 'arrow-shaft,' śarakāṇḍaṃ; 'a shower of arrows,' śarākṣepaḥ śaravarṣaṃ.

ARROWY, a. (Consisting of arrows) vāṇī -ṇinī -ṇi (n) vāṇavān -vatī -vat (t).
     --(Arrow-shaped) vāṇākāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

ARSENAL, s. āyudhāgāraṃ āyudhagṛhaṃ śastrāgāraṃ astrāgāraṃ yuddhabhāṇḍāgāraṃ.
     --(A collection of arms) śastrasaṃhatiḥ śastrasamūhaṃ.

ARSENIC, s. manaḥśilā śilā manoguptā nāgajihvikā naipālī kunaṭī.

ARSON, s. āgāradāhaḥ gṛhadāhāparādhaḥ.

ART, s. śilpaṃ śilpavidyā kalā vyavasāyaḥ karmma n. (n).
     --(Invention) kalpanaṃ -nā.
     --(Science) vidyā.
     --(Skill) nipuṇatā pāṇḍityaṃ dakṣatā yuktiḥ f., śikṣāśaktiḥ f.
     --(Cunning) vidagdhatā vaidagdhyaṃ māyā.

ARTERY, s. nāḍī nāḍiḥ f., kaṇḍarā mālī nāliḥ f., sirā raktavāhī m. (n).

ARTERIAL, a. nāḍīsambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) raktavāhī -hinī -hi (n).

ARTFUL, a. (Performed with art) śilpena or pāṇḍitpena kṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Skilful) śikṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ nipuṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ paṭuḥ -ṭuḥ -ṭvī -ṭu.
     --(Cunning) upāyajñaḥ -jñā -jñaṃ vidagdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ chalānvitaḥ -tā -taṃ māyī -yinī -yi (n).

ARTFULLY, adv. pāṇḍityena naipuṇyena sapāṭavaṃ vaidagdhyena chalena.

ARTFULNESS, s. (Skill) pāṇḍityaṃ nipuṇatā cāturyyaṃ dakṣatā paṭutā.
     --(Cunning) vidagdhatā vaidagdhyaṃ śaṭhatā.

ARTHRITIC, a. (Gouty) vātakī -kinī -ki (n).
     --(Relating to the joints) granthilaḥ -lā -laṃ.

ARTICHOKE, s. śākaviśeṣaḥ.

ARTICLE, s. (Part of speech) vākyārthanirṇāyako'vyayaśabdaḥ.
     --(A particular part of any complex thing) aṃśaḥ bhāgaḥ padaṃ viṣayaḥ.
     --(Thing) dravyaṃ vastu n., viṣayaḥ.
     --(Apparatus) sāmagrī f.
     --(Terms, stipulation) niyamapatraṃ samayaḥ; 'articles of peace,' sandhisamayaḥ.
     --(A point of time) kṣaṇaḥ samayaḥ velā.

To ARTICLE, v. n. samayaṃ kṛ niyamapatreṇa sthirīkṛ saṅghaṭṭ (c. 1. -ghaṭṭate -ghaṭṭituṃ).

ARTICULAR, a. granthilaḥ -lā -laṃ granthisambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ARTICULATE, a. (Distinct) vyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ spaṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

To ARTICULATE, v. a. (To utter words distinctly) spaṣṭaṃ or vyaktaṃ uccar in caus. (-cārayati -yituṃ), or udīr (c. 10. -īrayati -yituṃ, c. 1. -īrati -īrituṃ), or udāhṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ).
     --(To joint) granth (c. 1. granthati, c. 9. grathnāti granthituṃ).

ARTICULATED, p. p. (Uttered) uccāritaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Jointed) granthitaḥ -tā -taṃ sandhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ARTICULATION, s. (Of words) uccāraṇaṃ udāharaṇaṃ.
     --(The juncture of bones) granthiḥ m., asthisandhisthānaṃ sandhiḥ m.

ARTIFICE, s. (Stratagem, contrivance) upāyaḥ chadma n. (n) chalaṃ vyapadeśaḥ kapaṭaḥ -ṭaṃ kauśalaṃ.

ARTIFICER, s. (An artist) śilpakāraḥ śilpī m. (n) karmmakāraḥ karmmāraḥ kāruḥ m.
     --(Maker) karttā m. (rttṛ) nirmmātā m. (tṛ).--. (Contriver) upetā m. (tṛ) upāyajñaḥ.

ARTIFICIAL, a. śilpikaḥ -kī -kaṃ kṛtrimaḥ -mā -maṃ kṛtakaḥ -kā -kaṃ kālpanikaḥ -kī -kaṃ pratiyatnapūrvvaḥ -rvvā -rvvaṃ.
     --(Made by art) kalpitaḥ -tā -taṃ śilpanirmmitaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'an artificial lake,' krīḍāsaraḥ n. (s).

ARTIFICIALLY, adv. śilpena kṛtrimaprakāreṇa śilpikaprakāreṇa.

ARTILLERY, s. agnyastraṃ yuddhāstraṃ āgneyāni astrāṇi n. pl.

ARTISAN, s. śilpī m. (n) śilpakāraḥ karmmakāraḥ kārukaḥ.

ARTIST, s. śilpī m. (n).
     --(A skilful man) paṇḍitaḥ nipuṇaḥ paṭuḥ.
     --(Painter) citrakaraḥ.

ARTLESS, a. (Without fraud) amāyaḥ -yā -yaṃ amāyikaḥ -kī -kaṃ kapaṭahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ dakṣiṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ saralaḥ -lā -laṃ śuddhamatiḥ -tiḥ ti chalarahitaḥ -tā -taṃ nirvyājaḥ -jā -jaṃ.
     --(Void of art) apaṭuḥ -ṭuḥ -ṭu adakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ anabhijñaḥ -jñā -jñaṃ.

ARTLESSLY, adv. chalavyatirekeṇa māyāṃ vinā kapaṭavyatirekeṇa amāyayā dākṣiṇyena.

ARTLESSNESS, s. amāyā saralatā dākṣiṇyaṃ.

ARUNDINEOUS, a. vetrakaḥ -kī -kaṃ vetrakīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ naḍakīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ vetasvān -svatī -svat (t) vetravān -vatī -vat (t).

AS, conj. (In the same manner with something else) yathā.
     --(Like) iva; vat affixed; 'to act as a fool,' mūrkhavat kṛ.
     --(In the manner that) yathā yadvat yatprakāreṇa rūpeṇa; 'they did as he commanded,' tasya yathānideśaṃ cakruḥ.
     --(According as) anurūpeṇa anusāreṇa.
     --(So as) yathā tathā.
     --(While, at the same time) yāvat yatsamaye yatkāle.
     --(Because that) yatas.
     --(As many as, as much as) yāvān -vatī -vat (t) yāvatsaṃkhyakaḥ -kā -kaṃ or yatsaṃkhyakaḥ yati ind.
     --(As long as, as far as) yāvat ā prefixed with the abl. c.; as, 'as far as the ocean,' āsamudrāt; 'as long as the vow lasted,' āsamāpanād vratasya. --Sometimes paryyantaṃ or anta are affixed with the sense, 'as far as;' as, 'the land as far as the ocean,' sāgaraparyyantaṃ pṛthivī, or sāgarāntā pṛthivī.
     --(As soon as) yadā; mātrāt affixed; 'as soon as he had spoken,' kathanamātrāt.
     --(As well as) yathā.
     --(As yet) adya yāvat adyaparyyantaṃ adyāpi etat kālaṃ yāvat.
     --(As how) yathā.
     --(Equally with) tulyarūpeṇa samaṃ.
     --(As if, as though) iva prāyas.
     --(As to, with reference to) prati pratīkṣya uddiśya.
     --(As high as) daghnaṃ mātraṃ; as, 'water as high as the knees,' jānudaghnaṃ jalaṃ.

To ASCEND, v. n. (Rise up) udi (c. 1. -ayati -etuṃ), abhyudi samudi ākram (c. 1. -kramate -kramituṃ), ūrddhvaṃ gam (c. 1. gacchati gantuṃ), upari gam uccair vraj (c. 1. vrajati vrajituṃ).

To ASCEND, v. a. (Mount upon) āruh (c. 1. -rohati -roḍhuṃ), adhiruh abhiruh adhyāruh uparuh prāruh samāruh; adhikram (c. 1. -krāmati, c. 4. krāmyati -kramituṃ).

ASCENDABLE, a. ārohaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ adhirohaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ ākramaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ASCENDANT, a. (Rising upwards) ūrddhvagaḥ -gā -gaṃ adhirohī -hiṇī -hi (n).
     --(Superior) uttamaḥ -mā -maṃ prabalaḥ -lā -laṃ pradhānaḥ -nā -naṃ prabhaviṣṇuḥ -ṣṇuḥ -ṣṇu.

ASCENDANT, s. (Height, Elevation) ūrddhvatvaṃ uccatā ucchāyaḥ uttuṅgatā
     --(Superiority, influence) pradhānatā prabhutvaṃ.
     --(In astronomy) lagnaṃ nākṣatrikī.

ASCENDANCY, s. (Influence, power) prādhānyaṃ prabhutvaṃ prābalyaṃ prābhavaṃ prabhūtatā gauravaṃ.

ASCENDED, p. p. ārūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ adhirūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ ūrddhvagataḥ -tā -taṃ uparigataḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASCENSION, s. ārohaṇaṃ ūrddhvagatiḥ f., ūrddhvagamanaṃ.
     --(To heaven) svargārohaṇaṃ.

ASCENSION-DAY, s. khīṣṭasya svargārohaṇadivasaḥ.

ASCENT, s. ārohaṇaṃ ūrddhvagatiḥ f., udgamaḥ samudgamaḥ samutkramaḥ udayaḥ samudayaḥ utpātaḥ udvarttanaṃ samutthānaṃ.
     --(The way by which one rises) ārohaṇapathaḥ sopānaṃ adhirohaṇī; 'difficult of ascent,' durārohaḥ -hā -haṃ.

To ASCERTAIN, v. a. (Find out) jñā (c. 9. jānāti -nīte jñātuṃ), vijñā; jñā in desid. (jijñāsate -situṃ) nirūp (c. 10. -rūpayati -yituṃ), vid (c. 2. vetti vedituṃ).
     --(Determine) niści (c. 5. -cinoti -cetuṃ), nirṇī (c. 1. -ṇayati -te -ṇetuṃ), vyavaso (c. 4. -syati -sātuṃ), sthirīkṛ; 'that is ascertained,' nirṇīyate tat.

ASCERTAINABLE, a. nirūpaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ nirdhāraṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ nirṇeyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ASCERTAINED, p. p. nirūpitaḥ -tā -taṃ niścitaḥ -tā -taṃ nirṇītaḥ -tā -taṃ nirdhāritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASCERTAINMENT, s. niścayaḥ nirṇayaḥ avagamaḥ nirdhāraṇaṃ.

ASCETIC, s. vānaprasthaḥ tapasvī m. (n) yogī m. (n) tāpasaḥ yatiḥ m., yatī m. (n) vairāgī m. (n) vairaṅgikaḥ muniḥ satnyāsī m., pārikāṅkṣī m.

ASCETICISM, s. vairāgyaṃ sannyāsaḥ.

ASCITITIOUS, a. aprakṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ asamavāyī -yinī -yi (n) āropitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASCLEPIAS, s. (Moon-plant) somaḥ.
     --(A drinker of its juice) somapaḥ somapāḥ m.

ASCRIBABLE, a. āropaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ abhisambandhanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ dātavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ.

To ASCRIBE, (an action, cause, quality, &c., to anybody) karmma kāraṇaṃ guṇaṃ vā ityādi kasmiṃścit or kasmaicid āruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ), or adhyāruh, or abhisambandh (c. 9. -bandhāti -banddhuṃ), or sambandh, or (c. 3. dadāti -dātuṃ).
     --(To ascribe a fault) doṣāropaṇaṃ, or doṣaprasaṅgaṃ, or doṣakalyanaṃ kṛ.

ASCRIPTION, s. āropaḥ -paṇaṃ adhyāropaḥ abhisambandhanaṃ sambandhanaṃ prasaṅgaḥ.

ASH, s. vanyapādapaviśeṣaḥ.

ASHAMED, a. hnīṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ hnītaḥ -tā -taṃ lajjitaḥ -tā -taṃ vrīḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ lajjamānaḥ -nā -naṃ lajjāvān -vatī vat (t) trapitaḥ -tā -taṃ trapamāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ trapānvitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(To be ashamed) lajj (c. 6. lajjate lajjituṃ), vilajj saṃlajj; vrīḍ (c. 4. vrīḍyati vrīḍituṃ); trap (c. 1. trapate trapituṃ), apatrap vyapatrap; hnī (c. 3. jihneti hnetuṃ), with abl. or gen. of the thing of which one is ashamed. To be ashamed of any thing, may be expressed by kiñcid lajjāspadaṃ jñā.
     --(To make ashamed) hrī in caus. hrepayati -yitu).

ASH-COLOURED, a. bharamavarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ pāṃśuvarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ pāṇḍuḥ -ṇḍuḥ -ṇḍu.

ASHEN, a. pūrvvoktapādapanirmmitaḥ -tā -taṃ or -mayaḥ -mayī -mayaṃ.

ASHES, s. bharama n. (n) bhasitaṃ bhūtiḥ f., pāṃśuḥ m., arvvaṭaṃ; 'to reduce to ashes,' bhasmasāt kṛ; 'reducing to ashes,' bhasmīkaraṇaṃ; 'reduced to ashes,' bhasmasātkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ bhasmībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASH-WEDNESDAY, s. catvāriṃśaddinaparyyantaṃ mahopavāsasya prathamadivasaḥ.

ASHORE, adv. uttīras ind., tīre taṭe velāyāṃ taṭasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ.

ASHY, a. bhāsmanaḥ -nī -naṃ pāṃśuvarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.
     --(Turned into ashes) bhasmīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ bhasmaliptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.

ASIDE, adv. (On one side) ekapārśve.
     --(To another side) anyapārśve.
     --(By the side) pārśvatas ind.
     --(In private, in concealment) nibhṛte ekānte.
     --(In stage language) svagataṃ ātmagataṃ apavāryya vijane janāntikaṃ.

ASININE, a. garddabhīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ kharasambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

To ASK, v. a. (To beg, request) yāc (c. 1. yācati -te yācituṃ), abhiyāc prayāc samprayāc saṃyāc arth (c. 10. arthayate -yituṃ), abhyarth prārth samprārth; bhikṣ (c. 1. bhikṣate bhikṣituṃ).
     --(To ask a question, inquire) pracch (c. 6. pṛcchati praṣṭuṃ), anupracch samanupracch paripracch; jñā in des. (jijñāsate jijñāsituṃ) anuyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ).

ASKED, p. p. arthitaḥ -tā -taṃ prārthitaḥ -tā -taṃ abhyarthitaḥ -tā -taṃ yācitaḥ -tā -taṃ prayācitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Questioned) pṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ anuyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

ASKANCE, ASKAUNCE, ASKAUNTE, adv. sāci ind., tiras ind., tiryyak ind., tiraścīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Looking askance) sācivilokī -kinī -ki (n) lolāpāṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ apāṅgadarśī -rśinī -rśi (n).

ASKER, s. (Petitioner) prārthakaḥ yācakaḥ arthī m. (n).
     --(Inquirer) praṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ).

ASKEW, adv. tiras sāci tiryyak tiraścīnaḥ -nā -naṃ sācīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASKING, s. yācñā yācanā arthanā prārthanaṃ -nā abhyarthanā abhiśastiḥ f.
     --(Questioning) pracchanā jijñāsā.

ASLANT, adv. āvarjya ind., tiryyak ind., vakraṃ jihmaṃ anṛju kuṭilaṃ.

ASLEEP, a. suptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ nidrāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ śayitaḥ -tā -taṃ prasuptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ nidritaḥ -tā -taṃ śayānaḥ -nā -naṃ nidrālasaḥ -sā -saṃ.
     --(Fast asleep) suṣuptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.
     --(To fall asleep) svap (c. 2. svapiti svapituṃ), prasvap.

ASLOPE, adv. (Declivous) pravaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.
     --(With declivity) pravaṇaṃ pravaṇaprakāreṇa.

AŚOCA, s. (Flower) aśokaḥ vañjulaḥ.

ASP, ASPIC, s. ativiṣāluḥ kṣudrasarpaprabhedaḥ.

ASPARAGUS, s. śatamūlī ekamūlā bahusutā abhīruḥ f., śatāvarī aheruḥ.

ASPECT, s. (Appearance, look) rūpaṃ ākāraḥ ākṛtiḥ f., ābhā mūrttiḥ f.
     --(Countenance) vadanraṃ.
     --(State) avasthā daśā.
     --(Act of beholding) ālokanaṃ darśanaṃ nirīkṣaṇaṃ.
     --(Relation) samparkaḥ sambandhaḥ.
     --(Situation) avasthānaṃ.
     --(Disposition of a planet) daśā.

ASPEN, s. sphuritapatraśīlo vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ.

ASPEN, a. (Like the aspen-tree) pūrvvoktavṛkṣopamaḥ -mā -maṃ.
     --(Made of the aspen) pūrvvoktavṛkṣanirmmitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASPERITY, s. (Unevenness of surface) rūkṣatā asamānatvaṃ vaiṣamyaṃ. (Of temper) karkaśatvaṃ aruntudatvaṃ svabhāvakaṭutā.
     --(Sharpness) taikṣṇyaṃ tīvratā.

To ASPERSE, v. a. (To sprinkle) sic (c. 6. siñcati -te sektuṃ), niṣic saṃsic ukṣ (c. 1. ukṣati ukṣituṃ), abhyukṣ prokṣ samukṣ.
     --(To calumniate) avakṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ), adhikṣip; kalaṅka (nom. kalaṅkayati -yituṃ), kalaṅkaṃ kṛ parivad (c. 1. -vadati -vadituṃ), apavad; abhiśap (c. 1. -śapati -te -śaptuṃ).

ASPERSED, p. p. (Sprinkled) siktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ prokṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Calumniated) avakṣiptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ kalaṅkitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASPERSER, s. kalaṅkakaraḥ parivādakaḥ apavādakaḥ avakṣepakaḥ.

ASPERSION, s. (Sprinkling) sekaḥ secanaṃ niṣekaḥ prokṣaṇaṃ ścyotaḥ prādhāraḥ.
     --(Calumny) apavādaḥ kalaṅkaḥ avakṣepaḥ kṣepaḥ guṇanindā.

ASPIRANT, s. arthī m. (n) prārthayitā m. (tṛ) ākāṅkṣī m. (n) kutūhalī m. (n) abhilāṣukaḥ.

ASPIRATE, s. mahāprāṇaḥ mahāprāṇasūcakaṃ cihnaṃ.
     --(The soft aspirate) abhiniṣṭhānaṃ alpaprāṇaḥ.

To ASPIRATE, v. n. mahāprāṇena uccar in caus. (-cārayati -yituṃ).

ASPIRATED, p. p. mahāprāṇena uccāritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASPIRATION, s. (An ardent wish) ākāṅkṣā lālasā mahākāṅkṣā kautūhalaṃ spṛhā abhiruciḥ f., abhilāṣaḥ.
     --(Pronunciation with a full breath) mahāprāṇena uccāraṇaṃ mahāprāṇaḥ.

To ASPIRE TO or AFTER, v. n. abhiruc in caus. (-rocayati -yituṃ) abhilaṣ (c. 1. -laṣati -laṣituṃ), abhikāṅkṣ (c. 1. -kāṅkṣati -kāṅkṣituṃ), ākāṅkṣ; abhyāp in des. (-īpsati -īpsituṃ) spṛh (c. 10. spṛhayati -yituṃ), upajīv (c. 1. -jīvati -jīvituṃ).

[Page 28a]

ASS, s. garddabhaḥ m. -bhī f., kharaḥ rāsabhaḥ m. -bhī f., cakrīvān m. (t) bāleyaḥ.
     --(Astupid fellow) mandabuddhiḥ durmatiḥ.
     --(Skin of an ass) garddabhājinaṃ.

ASSA-FOETIDA, s. sahasravedhi n. (n) rāmaṭhaṃ jatukaṃ vāhlīkaṃ hiṅguḥ m.

To ASSAIL, v. a. ākram (c. 1. -krāmati, c. 4. -krāmyati -kramituṃ), abhiyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ), āsad (c. 10. -sādayati -yituṃ), samāsad abhidru (c. 1. -dravati -drotuṃ), āviś (c. 6. -viśati -veṣṭuṃ), abhidhāv (c. 1. -dhāvati -te -dhāvituṃ), pratiyudh (c. 4. -yudhyate -yoddhuṃ), abhiśas (c. 1. -śasati -śasituṃ).
     --(To storm) āskand (c. 1. -skandati -skantuṃ), avaskand.

ASSAILABLE, ākramaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ abhiyojyaḥ -jyā -jyaṃ āsādanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ASSAILANT, s. ākramitā m. (tṛ) ākrāmakaḥ āghātakaḥ abhiyoktā m. (ktṛ) abhighātī m. (n).

ASSAILED, p. p. ākrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ abhiyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ upadrutaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASSASSIN, s. ghātakaḥ hantā m. (ntṛ) nṛghātakaḥ badhakaḥ badhodyataḥ.

To ASSASSINATE, v. a. nibhṛtaṃ or chalena or gopanena han (c. 2. hanti hantuṃ), or in caus. (ghātayati -yituṃ), or mṛ in caus. (mārayati -yituṃ).

ASSASSINATION, s. chalena or gopanena hananaṃ nṛhatyā ghātanaṃ prāṇāntikaṃ badhaḥ māraṇaṃ.

ASSASSINATOR, s. nibhṛtaṃ or chalena hanti yo ghātakaḥ.

ASSAULT, s. abhiyogaḥ ākramaṇaṃ avagoraṇaṃ abhyāghātaḥ āghātaḥ upaghātaḥ.
     --(Storm) avaskandaḥ -ndanaṃ.
     --(Violence) prasabhaṃ sāhasaṃ pramāthaḥ balātkāraḥ.

To ASSAULT, v. a. ākram (c. 1. -krāmati, c. 4. -krāmyati -kramituṃ), āsad (c. 10. -sādayati -yituṃ), samāsad; abhidru (c. 1. -dravati -drotuṃ), samādru upadru samupadru avagur (c. 6. -gurate or -ti -gurituṃ), abhidhāv (c. 1. -dhāvati -te -dhāvituṃ).
     --(To storm) āskand (c. 1. -skandati -skantuṃ), avaskand laṅgh (c. 10. laṅghayati -yituṃ).

ASSAULTED, p. p. abhiyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ ākrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ.
     --(By storm) avaskanditaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASSAY, s. parīkṣā pramāṇīkaraṇaṃ upadhā.
     --(Touchstone) nikaṣaḥ.
     --(Of coin) nāṇakaparīkṣā.
     --(First attempt) ārambhaḥ pravṛttiḥ f.

To ASSAY, v. a. parīkṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ), jñā in des. (jijñāsate jijñāsituṃ).
     --(Endeavour) yat (c. 1. yatate yatituṃ), vyavaso (c. 4. -syati -sātuṃ), ceṣṭ (c. 1. ceṣṭate ceṣṭituṃ).

ASSAYER, s. (An officer of the mint) nāṇakaparīkṣī m. (n) dhātuvādī m. (n) dhātuparīkṣakaḥ parīkṣakaḥ.

ASSEMBLAGE, s. samūhaḥ saṅghātaḥ samāhāraḥ samuccayaḥ samavāyaḥ vṛndaṃ cayaḥ sañcayaḥ samudayaḥ gaṇaḥ oghaḥ saṃhatiḥ f., saṃhāraḥ sannipātaḥ saṅghaḥ ūhiṇī sāhityaṃ grāmaḥ in composition; 'an assemblage of people,' purupasamavāyaḥ janasamāgamaḥ jananivahaḥ; 'of princes,' rājakaṃ; 'the assemblage of the organs,' indriyagrāmaḥ.

To ASSEMBLE, v. n. saṅgam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ), samāgam; same (root i with sam and ā, c. 2. samaiti samaituṃ), samabhye; ekatra mil (c. 6. milati -te melituṃ), samāvṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ), sannipat (c. 1. -patati -patituṃ), samūhībhū.

To ASSEMBLE, v. a. saṅgam in caus. (-gamayati -yituṃ) samāhṛ (c. 1. -harati -te -harttuṃ), upasaṃhṛ; sannipat in caus. (-pātayati -yituṃ) ekatra kṛ samūhīkṛ.

ASSEMBLED, p. p. militaḥ -tā -taṃ sametaḥ -tā -taṃ samāgataḥ -tā -taṃ samupāgataḥ -tā -taṃ saṃhataḥ -tā -taṃ samūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ samavetaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASSEMBLING, s. milanaṃ saṅgamaḥ samāgamaḥ samāgatiḥ f.

ASSEMBLY, s. sabhā sadaḥ n. (s) samajyā samājaḥ paripad f., samāgamaḥ saṃsad f., goṣṭhī f., samūhaḥ melakaḥ melaḥ sanniveśaḥ; 'an assembly of lords or nobles,' śiṣṭasabhā.
     --(A collection) samāhāraḥ samuccayaḥ sannipātaḥ samudayaḥ samavāyaḥ saṃhāraḥ samūhaḥ.
     --(A party) paṃktiḥ f.

ASSEMBLY-ROOM, s. samāgamasthānaṃ sabhāśālā indrakaṃ.

ASSENT, s. sammatiḥ f., anumatiḥ f., sammataṃ anujñā pratigrahaḥ parigrahaḥ svīkāraḥ aṅgīkāraḥ pratiśravaḥ samanujñānaṃ anuvādaḥ.

To ASSENT, v. n. anujñā (c. 9. -jānāti -jñātuṃ), anuman (c. 4. -manyati -te -mantuṃ), samman pratigrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -gṛhlīte -grahītuṃ), svīkṛ aṅgīkṛ urīkṛ sampratīṣ (c. 6. -icchati -eṣṭuṃ).

ASSENTATION, s. svīkaraṇaṃ cāṭukāraḥ anurodhaḥ anuvṛttiḥ f.

ASSENTED, p. p. anumataḥ -tā -taṃ sammataḥ -tā -taṃ anujñātaḥ -tā -taṃ pratiśrutaḥ -tā -taṃ samanujñātaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASSENTER, s. anumantā m. (ntṛ) anuvādakaḥ anujñātā m. (tṛ) svīkarttā m. (rttṛ).

To ASSERT, v. a. (To maintain) dārḍhyena vad (c. 1. vadti vadituṃ).
     --(To affirm) vad tatheti brū (c. 2. bravīti brūte vaktuṃ)
     --(To claim) mameti vad svīkṛ svasvatvaṃ jñā in caus. (jñāpayati -yituṃ).

ASSERTION, s. (The act of asserting) vacanaṃ uktiḥ f.
     --(The position advanced) vacanaṃ vākyaṃ uktavākyaṃ.
     --(The first part of an argument) pratijñā pūrvvapakṣaḥ pakṣaḥ.

To ASSESS, v. a. rājasvaṃ or karaṃ or śulkaṃ dā in caus. (dāpayati -yituṃ), or grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ), or avahṛ in caus. (-hārayati -yituṃ), or sthā in caus. (sthāpayati -yituṃ), or nirūp (c. 10. -rūpayati -yituṃ).

ASSESSMENT, s. karagrahaṇaṃ śulkagrahaṇaṃ rājasvagrahaṇaṃ.
     --(The sum levied) karaḥ śulkaḥ śulkaṃ rājasvaṃ.

ASSESSOR, s. (One who sits by) sabhyaḥ sabhāsad m., upāsitā m. (tṛ) upāsīnaḥ.
     --(Tax-gatherer) karagrahaḥ śulkagrāhī m. (n) rājasvanirūpakaḥ.

ASSETS, s. mṛtajanasya ṛṇaśodhanārthaṃ avaśiṣṭadhanaṃ.
     --(Goods) arthaḥ vibhavaḥ sampattiḥ f.

To ASSEVER, ASSEVERATE, v. a. sthairyyeṇa, or dārḍhyena, or śapathena, or śapathapūrvvakaṃ vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ), or brū (c. 2. bravīti brūte vaktuṃ).

ASSEVERATION, s. śapathapūrvvakaṃ vacanaṃ sthiravacanaṃ dṛḍhavacanaṃ.

ASSIDUITY, s. udyogaḥ udyamaḥ abhyasanaṃ vyavasāyaḥ prasaktiḥ f., manoyogaḥ ceṣṭā yatnaḥ manoniveśaḥ praveśaḥ parāyaṇaḥ prayāsaḥ.

ASSIDUOUS, a. udyogī -ginī -gi (n) sodyogaḥ -gā -gaṃ vyavasāyī -yinī -yi (n) parāyaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ prayatnavān -vatī -vat (t) prasaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ prasitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASSIDUOUSLY, adv. prayatnatas yatnatas vyavasāyena udyogena avirataṃ prasaktaṃ.

ASSIGNABLE, a. prakalpanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ nirdeṣṭavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ āropaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

To ASSIGN, v. a. (Mark out) nirūp (c. 10. -rūpayati -yituṃ), vidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), nirṇī (c. 1. -nayati -netuṃ), prakḷp (c. 10. -kalpayati -yituṃ), nirdiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ), samādiś.
     --(Appoint) niyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ), sthā in caus. (sthāpayati -yituṃ) vyavasthā.
     --(Make over property) dravyaṃ or dhanaṃ samṛ in caus. (-arpayati -yituṃ), or in caus. (dāpayati -yituṃ); nibandhaṃ kṛ.
     --(Attribute) āruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ).
     --(He assigns a reason) sa hetum āha.

ASSIGNATION, s. (An appointment to meet another) abhisāraḥ saṅketaḥ prajñaptiḥ f., samāgamaniyamaḥ.
     --(Going to an assignation) abhisārī -riṇī -ri (n).
     --(Place of assignation) saṅketasthānaṃ.
     --(A making over property to another) dravyasamarpaṇaṃ dhanasamarpaṇaṃ nibandhadānaṃ.

ASSIGNED, p. p. nirdiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ ādiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ niyamitaḥ -tā -taṃ niyojitaḥ -tā -taṃ samarpitaḥ -tā -taṃ dāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ vyavasthāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ prakalpitaḥ -tā -taṃ āropitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASSIGNEE, s. niyogī m. (n) kāryyeṣu niyuktaḥ pratinidhiḥ pratipuruṣaḥ.

ASSIGNMENT, s. (Of goods) nibandhanaṃ samarpaṇaṃ.
     --(Appointment) niyojanaṃ.

To ASSIMILATE, v. a. (To bring to a likeness) samīkṛ tulyīkṛ.
     --(To perform the act of converting food to nourishment) jīrṇipūrvvakaṃ samīkṛ pariṇāmaṃ kṛ.

ASSIMILATION, s. (The act of) samīkaraṇaṃ tulyīkaraṇaṃ.
     --(The state of) samatā samānatā tulyatā sāmyaṃ.
     --(Of food) pariṇāmaḥ pariṇatatvaṃ vipākaḥ paripakvatā.
     --(Of fractions) bhāgajātiḥ f.

To ASSIMULATE, v. a. chal (nom. chalayati -yituṃ), chadma or kapaṭaṃ kṛ.

ASSIMULATION, s. chalanaṃ kapaṭaḥ -ṭaṃ chadma n. (n).

To ASSIST, v. a. upakṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ), upacar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ), upagrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -grahītuṃ), abhirakṣ (c. 1. -rakṣati -rakṣituṃ), upakāraṃ kṛ sāhāyyaṃ kṛ pakṣapātaṃ kṛ.

ASSISTANCE, s. upakāraḥ upakāritā upakṛtaṃ sāhāyyaṃ sāhityaṃ upagrahaḥ anugrahaḥ pakṣapātaḥ.

ASSISTANT, s. upakārī m. (n) upakārakaḥ sāhāyyakarttā m. (rttṛ) sahāyaḥ uttarasādhakaḥ.

ASSISTED, p. p. upakṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtopakāraḥ -rā -raṃ upacaritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASSIZE, s. (A court of justice) doṣādoṣavicārasabhā daṇḍayogasabhā daṇḍapraṇayanasabhā.
     --(Market rate, measure) āpaṇikaḥ arghabalābalaṃ parimāṇaṃ mānaṃ.

To ASSIZE, v. a. (To fix the rate of any thing) arghaṃ saṃkhyā in caus. (-khyāpayati -yituṃ) arghabalābalaṃ or dravyādimūlyaṃ or parimāṇaṃ nirūp (c. 10. -rūpayati -yituṃ), or sthā in caus. (sthāpayati -yituṃ).

ASSIZER, s. arghasaṃkhyāpakaḥ mūlyanirūpakaḥ vikreyadravyādiparimāṇanirūpakaḥ.

ASSOCIATE, s. (A partner, confederate) sahāyaḥ saṅgī m. (n) anuṣaṅgī m. (n) utsaṅgī m. (n) sahakārī m. (n) sajūḥ m. (-jus) sahavāsī m. (n).
     --(A companion, equal) vayasyaḥ.

To ASSOCIATE, v. a. saṃyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yoktuṃ, c. 10. -yojayati -yituṃ), saṅgam in caus. (-gamayati -yituṃ) sambandh in caus. (-bandhayati -yituṃ) saṃśliṣ in caus. (-śleṣayati -yituṃ).

To ASSOCIATE WITH, v. n. saṃvas (c. 1. -vasati -vastuṃ), saha vas; sahitaḥ -tā -taṃ bhū mil (c. 6. milati -te melituṃ), sammil; saha gam (c. 1. gacchati gantuṃ), sahavāsaṃ kṛ.
     --(Not to be associated with) apāṅkteyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ASSOCIATED, p. p. saṃyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ saṃśliṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ saṃhataḥ -tā -taṃ sahitaḥ -tā -taṃ sahagataḥ -tā -taṃ saṅghātavān -vatī -vat (t) utsaṅgitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASSOCIATION, s. saṃyogaḥ sāhityaṃ sāhāyyaṃ sāhyaṃ saṅgamaḥ saṅgatiḥ f., saṃsargaḥ sahāyatā or -tvaṃ sāhacaryyaṃ samāgamaḥ saṅghātaḥ āsaṅgaḥ saṅgaḥ saṃśleṣaḥ.
     --(Evil association) asatsaṃsargaḥ.
     --(Set, club) paṅktiḥ f.
     --(Partnership) samāṃśitā.

To ASSORT, v. a. yathākramaṃ or krameṇa sthā in caus. (sthāpayati -yituṃ) vidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), saṃvidhā; rac (c. 10. racayati -yituṃ), virac; granth (c. 1. granthati,) c. 9. grathnāti granthituṃ), pṛthak pṛthak sthā in caus. or kṛ.

ASSORTED, p. p. viracitaḥ -tā -taṃ vyūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ vinyastaḥ -stā -staṃ.

ASSORTMENT, s. viracanaṃ pṛthakkaraṇaṃ vinyāsaḥ pratividhānaṃ granthanaṃ -nā vyūhanaṃ vyūḍhiḥ f., paripāṭiḥ f.
     --(A mass of things assorted) sañcayaḥ saṅghātaḥ vṛndaṃ oghaḥ.

To ASSUAGE, v. a. śam in caus. (śamayati -yituṃ) upaśam praśam; sāntv or śāntv (c. 10. sāntvayati -yituṃ), abhiśāntv pariśāntv; tuṣ in caus. (topayati -yituṃ) parituṣ.

To ASSUAGE, v. n. śam (c. 4. śāmyati śamituṃ), upaśam praśam; tuṣ (c. 4. tuṣyati toṣṭuṃ).

ASSUAGED, p. p. śāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ praśamitaḥ -tā -taṃ praśāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ.

ASSUAGEMENT, s. praśamanaṃ śāntiḥ f., upaśāntiḥ f., sāntvanaṃ.

ASSUASIVE, a. śāntikaḥ -kī -kaṃ śamakaḥ -kā -kaṃ śāntidaḥ -dā -daṃ.

To ASSUME, v. a. (To take) grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ), parigrah pratigrah; labh (c. 1. labhate labdhuṃ).
     --(To arrogate) adharmmatas or mithyā grah or ātmasātkṛ paradharmmaṃ grah; 'he assumes the king,' rājāyate.
     --(To suppose something granted) apramāṇīkṛtya or apramāṇatas or niṣpramāṇena vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ), anumataṃ -tāṃ -taṃ jñā (c. 9. jānāti jñātuṃ).

ASSUMED, p. p. gṛhītaḥ -tā -taṃ ādattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.
     --(Not natural) kṛtakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ASSUMPTION, s. (The act of taking) grahaṇaṃ ādānaṃ pratigrahaḥ parigrahaḥ ātmasātkaraṇaṃ; 'false assumption,' mithyāgrahaṇaṃ.
     --(The supposition of any thing granted) niṣpramāṇena or apramāṇatas grahaṇaṃ pramāṇavyatirekeṇa kasyacin matasya dhāraṇaṃ; 'on the assumption,' nyāyāt.
     --(The thing supposed) pratijñā prameyaṃ upanyāsaḥ.
     --(Of a disguise) veśadhāraṇaṃ viḍambanaṃ.

ASSURANCE, s. (Certain expectation) viśvāsaḥ pratyayaḥ pratyāśā niścayaḥ dṛḍhaḥ pratyayaḥ.
     --(Want of modesty) dhārṣṭyaṃ pragalbhatā sāhasaṃ nirlajjatā.
     --(Reason for confidence) viśvāsakāraṇaṃ pratyayahetuḥ.
     --(Insurance, assurance of safety) yogakṣemaḥ abhayavāk f. (c) sahāryyatvaṃ.

To ASSURE, v. a. sthirākṛ dṛḍhīkṛ saṃstambh (c. 5. -stabhnoti, c. 9. -stabhnāti -stambhituṃ, or caus. -stambhayati -yituṃ), viśvāsaṃ dā pramāṇaṃ dā asandigdhaṃ -gdhāṃ -gdhaṃ kṛ suniścitaṃ -tāṃ -taṃ kṛ.
     --(To affirm) dārḍhyena vad (c. 1. vadati).

ASSURED, p. p. (Certain) sthiraḥ -rā -raṃ dṛḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ suniścitaḥ -ta -taṃ asandigdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ asaṃśayaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ASSUREDLY, adv. niścitaṃ suniścitaṃ asaṃśayaṃ niḥsandehena nūnaṃ evaṃ khalu kila sutarāṃ.

ASTERISK, s. nakṣatrākāraś cihnaviśeṣaḥ.

ASTERISM, s. nakṣatraṃ ṛkṣaḥ tārā tārakaḥ jyotiṣī dākṣāyiṇī.

ASTERN, adv. nāvaḥ paścadbhāgaṃ or paścimabhāgaṃ prati.

ASTHMA, s. duḥśvāsaḥ duḥśvasanaṃ śvāsarogaḥ.

ASTHMATICAL, ASTHMATIC, a. duḥśvāsaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ śvāsarogapīḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To ASTONISH, v. a. vismi in caus. (-ssāyayati -te -yituṃ) vyākulīkṛ ākulīkṛ camatkāraṃ or vismayaṃ jan in caus. (janayati -yituṃ) camatkṛ.

ASTONISHED, p. p. vismitaḥ -tā -taṃ vismayānvitaḥ -tā -taṃ vismayākulaḥ -lā -laṃ camatkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vilakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ.
     --(To be astonished) vismi (c. 1. -smayate -smetuṃ), āścaryyaṃ jñā (c. 9. jānāti jñātuṃ) or man (c. 4. manyate mantuṃ).

ASTONISHING, a. āścaryyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ adbhutaḥ -tā -taṃ vicitraḥ -trā -traṃ.

ASTONISHMENT, s. vismayaḥ āścaryyatvaṃ camatkāraḥ vyākulatā.
     --(With astonishment) sāścaryyaṃ savismayaṃ.
     --(Matter of astonishment) vismayahetuḥ m., vismayakāraṇaṃ adbhutaṃ.

To ASTOUND, v. a. muh in caus. (mohayati -yituṃ) vyāmuh vyākulīkṛ vismayākulaṃ -lāṃ -laṃ kṛ.

ASTOUNDED, p. p. vismayākulaḥ -lā -laṃ mohitaḥ -tā -taṃ ākulīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

[Page 30a]

ASTRAL, a. ārkṣaḥ -rkṣī -rkṣaṃ tārakī -kinī -ki (n) tārakitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ASTRAY, adv. utpathaṃ pathabhraṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ vimārgagāmī -minī -mi (n) vipathagāmī -minī -mi (n) bhrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ.
     --(To lead astray) utpathaṃ nī (c. 1. nayati netuṃ).

ASTRIDE, adv. (To stand with the legs apart) pādau pṛthak kṛtvā or pragatajaṅghaḥ -ṅghā -ṅghaṃ sthā (c. 1. tiṣṭhati sthātuṃ).

To ASTRINGE, v. a. saṅkuc (c. 1. -kocati, c. 6. -kucati -kocituṃ); kaṣāy (nom. kaṣāyati -yituṃ).

ASTRINGENCY, s. saṅkocanaṃ kaṣāyaḥ -yaṃ tuvaraḥ -raṃ.

ASTRINGENT, a. kaṣāyaḥ -yā -yaṃ saṅkocanaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ rūkṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ tuvaraḥ -rā -raṃ grāhī -hiṇī -hi (n) virūkṣaṇaḥ -ṇī -ṇaṃ.

ASTROLOGER, s. gaṇakaḥ jyautiṣikaḥ daivajñaḥ mauhūrttaḥ mauhūrttikaḥ daivalekhakaḥ kārttāntikaḥ jyotiḥśāstrānurūpaṃ bhāviviṣayakathakaḥ or bhāvikathakaḥ or bhāvivyaktīkarttā m. (rttṛ) sāṃvatsaraḥ jñānī m. (n).

ASTROLOGICAL, a. jyotiṣaḥ -ṣī -ṣaṃ jyotirvidyāviṣayaḥ -yā -yaṃ nākṣatraḥ -trī -traṃ.

ASTROLOGICALLY, adv. jyotirvidyānusārāt jyotiḥśāstānurūpaṃ jyotiḥśāstravat.

ASTROLOGY, s. nakṣatravidyā jyotiṣaṃ daivapraśnaḥ devapraśnaṃ jyotiḥśāstramūlā bhāvivyaktīkaraṇavidyā; jyotiḥśāstrajñānāt or -jñānena bhāvikathanavidyā.

ASTRONOMER, s. jyotiḥśāstrajñaḥ jyotirvid jyotiṣaḥ jyautiṣikaḥ rāśigrahanakṣatrādigatijñaḥ grahanakṣatrādividyājñaḥ.

ASTRONOMICAL, a. jyotiṣaḥ -ṣī -ṣaṃ jyotiḥśāstraviṣayaḥ -yā -yaṃ nākṣatrikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

ASTRONOMICALLY, adv. jyotiḥśāstānusārāt jyotiḥśāstrānurūpaṃ jyotiḥśāstravat.

ASTRONOMY, s. jyotiḥśāstraṃ jyotirvidyā rāśigrahanakṣatrādividyā jyotiṣaṃ svagolavidyā.

ASTUTE, a. vidagdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ savyājaḥ -jā -jaṃ caturaḥ -rā -raṃ.

ASUNDER, adv. viralaṃ pṛthak pragataḥ -tā -taṃ vigataḥ -tā -taṃ.--'Asunder' may often be expressed by the prep. vi; as, 'cut asunder,' vicchinnaḥ.

AŚWINS, (Nāsatya and Dasra, the twin sons of the Sun by the constellation Aśvinī, physicians of heaven) aśvinau du., svarvaidyau du., nāsatyau du., dasrau du., aśvinīsutau du., āśvineyau du.

ASYLE, ASYLUM, s. āśrayaḥ āśayaḥ śrayaṇaṃ saṃśrayaḥ gatiḥ f., pratiśrayaḥ viṣayaḥ.
     --(To seek asylum with) āśri (c. 1. -śrayati -te -śrayituṃ), upāśri samupāśri saṃśri.

AT, prep. expressed by ā or abhi prefixed to roots, as, 'to arrive at,' āgam abhigam.--Before names of towns, expressed by the loc. c.; as, 'at Ayodhyā,' ayodhyāyāṃ. At home, svagṛhe svasthāne; 'at night,' rātrau; 'at evening,' āsandhyaṃ; 'at this time,' tatkāle tatkṣaṇe; 'at the moment,' sapadi; 'at present,' varttamāne kāle adhunā samprati; 'at first,' prathamatas pūrvvaṃ; 'at last,' anantaraṃ śepe; 'at least,' tāvat; 'at all, kathañcana manāk; 'at the sight,' ādarśanāt; 'at ease,' yathāsukhaṃ sukhena; 'at large,' nirvighnaṃ; 'at the price,' mūlyena; 'at once,' yugapat ekadā ekakāle.--'At,' may often be expressed by the indec. part., as, 'at the sight of that,' tad dṛṣṭvā; or by the loc. c., as, 'at their arrival,' teṣu āgateṣu; or by the abl. c., as, 'at his bidding,' tasya nideśāt; or by the instr. c., as, 'at the king's command,' rājājñayā.

[Page 30b]

AT-HAND, adv. upasthitaḥ -tā -taṃ āsannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ; 'to be at hand,' upasthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -te -sthātuṃ), pratyupasthā.

ATHEISM, s. nāstikatā nāstikyaṃ devanindā paralokābhāvabuddhiḥ.

ATHEIST, s. nāstikaḥ devanindakaḥ anīśvaravādī m. (n) nāstikamate sthitaḥ.

ATHEISTICAL, a. (Given to atheism) nāstikavṛttiḥ -ttiḥ -tti devanindakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

ATHIRST, a. tṛṣārttaḥ -rttā -rttaṃ tṛṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ pipāsuḥ -suḥ -su.

ATHLETE, s. mallayoddhā m. (ddhṛ) mallaḥ jhallaḥ.

ATHLETIC, a. (Belonging to wrestling) mallayuddhasambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.
     --(Strong) bāhuvīraḥ -rā -raṃ mallaḥ -llā -llaṃ vyāyāmī -minī -mi (n) vyāyāmaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ vyūḍhoraskaḥ -skā -skaṃ pṛthuśarīraḥ -rā -raṃ balavān vatī -vat (t).
     --(Athletic exercise) vyāyāmaḥ.

ATHWART, prep. koṇākoṇi viparītaṃ vilomaṃ vyatyastaṃ pratikūlaṃ; 'athwart the way,' pratimārgaṃ; 'athwart the stream,' pratisrotas; 'athwart the river,' nadīpāraṃ nadītīrāntaraṃ.

ATLANTIC, a. mahāsamudrāṇāṃ madhye ya eṭlaṇṭikiti abhidhīyate mahāsamudraḥ.

ATLAS, s. bhūgolasya yat kiñcid deśasamudranagarādi vidyate tadākāranāmādimudritaḥ patrasamūhaḥ.

ATMOSPHERE, s. ākāśaḥ nabhaḥ n. (s) gagaṇaṃ abhraṃ antarīkṣaṃ vāyuvartma n., (n) vihāyasaḥ -saṃ maṇḍalaṃ śūnyaṃ śūnyatvaṃ āṣṭaṃ.

ATMOSPHERICAL, a. ākāśīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ āntarīkṣaḥ -kṣī -kṣaṃ vāyavaḥ -vī -vaṃ vaihāyasaḥ -sī -saṃ vihāyasīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

ATOM, s. paramāṇuḥ m., aṇuḥ m., kaṇaḥ lavaḥ leśaḥ kaṇikā sūkṣmaḥ.

ATOMICAL, a. (Consisting of atoms) āṇakaḥ -kī -kaṃ aṇakaḥ -kā -kaṃ paramāṇumayaḥ -yī -yaṃ.
     --(Minute) sūkṣmaḥ -kṣmā -kṣmaṃ.
     --(Relating to atoms) aṇuviṣayaḥ -yā -yaṃ paramāṇusambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

AT-ONCE, ekadā yugapat ekapade ekakāle.

To ATONE, v. a. (To expiate, answer for) prāyaścittaṃ kṛ niṣkṛtiṃ kṛ prāyaścittena pāpaṃ pariśudh in caus. (-śodhayati -yituṃ), or pāpāt muc (c. 6. muñcati moktuṃ); pāpakṣamāṃ sidh in caus. (sādhayati -yituṃ).
     --(To reconcile) sandhā (c. 3. -dadhyati -dhātuṃ), anunī (c. 1. -nayati -netuṃ), praśam in caus. (-śamayati -yituṃ).

To ATONE, v. n. (To agree) samman (c. 4. -manyate -mantuṃ).
     --(To stand as an equivalent) prāyaścittaḥ or pratinidhiḥ or pratibhūḥ bhū.

ATONEMENT, s. prāyaścittaḥ niṣkṛtiḥ f., pāpakṣamāsādhanaṃ pāpanāśaḥ agniṣṭut f.
     --(One who atones) prāyaścittakārī m. (n) niṣkṛtikarttā m. (rttṛ) pāpakṣamāsādhakaḥ.

ATONIC, a. agnināśakaḥ -kā -kaṃ atejasvī -svinī -svi (n).

ATRABILARIOUS, a. kālapittasampūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ durmanāḥ -nāḥ -naḥ (s).

ATRAMENTOUS, a masivarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ kṛṣṇavarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.

ATROCIOUS, a. atipāpī -pinī -pi (n) atidoṣī -ṣiṇī -ṣi (n) atipātakī -kinī -ki (n) atipāpiṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ atyantadurācāraḥ -rā -raṃ durvṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ dāruṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

ATROCITY, ATROCIOUSNESS, s. atipātakaṃ atipāpaṃ atidoṣaḥ atiduṣṭatā.

ATROPHY, s. kṣayaḥ kṣayarogaḥ śarīraśoṣaṇaṃ agnyabhāvaḥ ajīrṇatā.

To ATTACH, v. a. (To fix to one's interests, win over) sañj in caus. (sañjayati -yituṃ) anurañj in caus. (-rañjayati -yituṃ).
     --(To connect) sambandh (c. 9. -bandhāti -banddhuṃ).
     --(To seize) āsedhaṃ kṛ; dhṛ (c. 1. dharati dharttuṃ), ākram (c. 1. -krāmati -kramituṃ).
     --(To attribute) āruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ).
     --(To be attached) āsañj in pass. (-sajyate) anurañj in pass. (-rajyate).
     --(To be connected) sambandh in pass. (-badhyate).

ATTACHED, p. p. anuraktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ āsaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ saṃsaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ prasaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ lagnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ lagitaḥ -tā -taṃ bhaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ bhaktimān -matī -mat (t) aviraktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ saṃhitaḥ -tā -taṃ anurāgavān -vatī -vat (t) sānurāgaḥ -gā -gaṃ.

ATTACHMENT, s. āsaktiḥ f., prasaktiḥ f., anurāgaḥ anuraktiḥ f., raktiḥ f. saṅgaḥ āsaṅgaḥ prasaṅgaḥ bhaktiḥ f., cittāsaṅgaḥ samprītiḥ f., parāyaṇaḥ turāyaṇaḥ.

To ATTACK, v. a. ākram (c. 1. -krāmati, c. 4. -krāmyati -kramituṃ), upakram upākram abhikram; āsad (c. 10. -sādayati -yituṃ), āskand (c. 1. -skandati -skantuṃ); āyudh (c. 4. -yudhyate -yoddhuṃ), pratiyudh yudh in caus. (yodhayati -yituṃ) abhidru (c. 1. -dravati -drotuṃ), upadru samādru abhidhāv (c. 1. -dhāvati -te -dhāvituṃ), abhiprayā (c. 2. -yāti -yātuṃ).

ATTACK, s. abhiyogaḥ abhigrahaḥ abhikramaḥ ākramaḥ avaskandaḥ abhimarddaḥ.

ATTACKED, p. p. abhiyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ ākrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ āsāditaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To ATTAIN, v. a. prāp (c. 5. -āpnoti -āptuṃ), samprāp; labh (c. 1. labhate labdhuṃ), gam (c. 1. gacchati gantuṃ), with acc., adhigam; yā (c. 2. yāti yātuṃ), āyā; i (c. 2. eti etuṃ), abhī (abhyeti); ṛ (c. 1. ṛcchati artuṃ), (c. 5. aśnute aśituṃ), upāś samaś; spṛś (c. 6. spṛśati spraṣṭuṃ), āviś (c. 6. -viśati -veṣṭuṃ).

ATTAINABLE, a. prāpyaḥ -pyā -pyaṃ prāpaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ gamyaḥ -myā -myaṃ labhyaḥ -bhyā -bhyaṃ samāsādyaḥ -dyā -dyaṃ sulabhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ sādhyaḥ -dhyā -dhyaṃ.

ATTAINDER, s. (The conviction of a crime) ādharṣaṇaṃ.
     --(Taint, sully of character) kalaṅkaḥ apayaśaḥ n. (s) apakīrtiḥ f.

ATTAINED, p. p. prāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ labdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ adhigataḥ -tā -taṃ.

ATTAINMENT, s. lābhaḥ labdhiḥ f., prāptiḥ f., avāptiḥ f., utpattiḥ f., arjjanaṃ upārjjanaṃ; 'attainment of knowledge,' vidyāgamaḥ.

To ATTAINT, v. a. (To corrupt, disgrace) duṣ in caus. (dūṣayati yituṃ) kalaṅka (nom. kalaṅkayati -yituṃ), kalaṅkaṃ kṛ.
     --(To convict) ādhṛṣ (c. 10. -dharṣayati -yituṃ), ādhaṣarṇaṃ kṛ.

ATTAINTED, p. p. (Convicted) ādharṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Corrupted) dūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To ATTEMPER, v. a. (To mingle in just proportions) yathāṃśatas miśr (c. 10. miśrayati -yituṃ) or saṃyuj in caus. (-yojayati -yituṃ); dravīkṛ.
     --(To soften, mollify) śam in caus. (śamayati -yituṃ) srada (nom. sradayati -yituṃ), snigdhīkṛ.
     --(To regulate) niyam (c. 1. -yacchati -yantuṃ).

To ATTEMPT, v. a. (To try) yat (c. 1. yatate yatituṃ), upakram (c. 1. -kramate -kramituṃ), ārabh (c. 1. -rabhate -rabdhuṃ), samārabh; udyam (c. 1. -yacchati -yantuṃ), pravṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ), ghaṭ (c. 1. ghaṭate ghaṭituṃ), vyavaso (c. 4. -syati -sātuṃ), ceṣṭ (c. 1. ceṣṭate ceṣṭituṃ), udyogaṃ kṛ.
     --(To attack) ākram (c. 1. -krāmati, c. 4. -krāmyati -kramituṃ).

ATTEMPT, s. samudyamaḥ udyamaḥ ārambhaḥ upakramaḥ udyogaḥ pravṛttiḥ f., ceṣṭā grahaḥ sādhanaṃ vyāpāraḥ.
     --(Attack) ākramaḥ.

ATTEMPTED, p. p. ārabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ adhyavasāyitaḥ -tā -taṃ samudyataḥ -tā -taṃ.

ATTEMPTER, s. ārambhakaḥ pravarttakaḥ upakramitā m. (tṛ) ākrāmakaḥ.

To APTEND, v. a. (To listen to) śru (c. 5. śṛṇoti śrotuṃ), āśru upaśru; ākarṇ (c. 10. -karṇayati -yituṃ).
     --(To fix the attention upon) avadhā (c. 3. -dhatte -dhātuṃ), praṇidhā samādhā; mane yuj (c. 7. yunakti yoktuṃ), sev (c. 1. sevate sevituṃ).
     --(To wait upon) śru in desid. (śuśrūṣate śuśrūṣituṃ) āśru pratiśru; sev upasev; upasthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -te -sthātuṃ), paryupasthā upacar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ), paricar upācar; pariviś (c. 6. -viśati -veṣṭuṃ), upās (c. 2. -āste -āsituṃ).
     --(To accompany) anuyā (c. 2. -yāti -yātuṃ), parivṛ in caus. (-vārayati -yituṃ).
     --(To stay for) pratīkṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ).

To ATTEND, v. n. (To be attentive) avadhā in pass. (-dhīyate); 'let attention be paid,' avadhīyatāṃ.
     --(To delay) vilamb (c. 1. -lambate -lambituṃ).

ATTENDANCE, s. śuśrūṣā paricaryyā upāsanaṃ upacāraḥ sevā upasevā anugamanaṃ.

ATTENDANT, a. sahagāmī -minī -mi (n) sahacārī -riṇī -ri (n).

ATTENDANT, s. sevakaḥ paricaraḥ sahacārī m. (n) anuyāyī m. (n) anusārī m. (n) anucaraḥ pāriṣadaḥ paridhisthaḥ.
     --(Train of attendants) parivāraḥ parivarhaḥ.
     --(Of Siva) pramathaḥ.

ATTENDED, p. p. (Accompanied) sahitaḥ -tā -taṃ sametaḥ -tā -taṃ parivāritaḥ -tā -taṃ parivṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ samanvitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Attended to) anuṣṭhitaḥ -tā -taṃ. When only two persons are referred to, dvitīya or sahāya may be used; as, 'attended by Indrasena,' indrasenadvitīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ or indrasenasahāyaḥ -yā -yaṃ; 'attended by servants,' sapreṣyaḥ -ṣyā -ṣyaṃ.

ATTENT, a. niviṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ avahitaḥ -tā -taṃ āhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ATTENTION, s. avadhānaṃ avadhānatā avekṣā anvavekṣā apekṣā abhiniveśaḥ manoniveśaḥ manonidhānaṃ manaḥpraveśaḥ niviṣṭacittatā manoyogaḥ āsaktiḥ f., anurāgaḥ apramādaḥ.
     --(To a pursuit) parāyaṇaḥ anuṣṭhānaṃ sevanaṃ upasevā.
     --(To discourse) kathānurāgaḥ.
     --(To one object) ekāgratā.

ATTENTIVE, a. sāvadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ avahitaḥ -tā -taṃ dattāvadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ kṛtāvadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ abhiniviṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ āsaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ āsaktacittaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ āśravaḥ -vā -vaṃ samāhitaḥ -tā -taṃ pramādarahitaḥ -tā -taṃ yatnavān -vatī -vat (t) prasitaḥ -tā -taṃ apramattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.
     --(Closely attentive) ananyamanāḥ -nāḥ -naḥ (s) ekāgraḥ -grā -graṃ ananyavṛttiḥ -ttiḥ -tti ekatānaḥ -nā -naṃ ekāyanaḥ -nā -naṃ.

ATTENTIVELY, adv. sāvadhānaṃ avadhānāt avahitaṃ manaḥpraveśena pramādavyatirekeṇa.

To ATTENUATE, v. a. kraś (nom. kraśayati -yituṃ), tanūkṛ kṣi in caus. (kṣapayati -yituṃ) ślakṣṇa (nom. ślakṣṇayati -yituṃ), sūkṣmīkṛ.

ATTENUATED, p. p. kṛśaḥ -śā -śaṃ prakṛśitaḥ -tā -taṃ parikṛśaḥ -śā -śaṃ tanuḥ -nuḥ -nvī -nu kṣīṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ śīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ kṣāmaḥ -mā -maṃ.
     --(In body) kṛśāṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ śuṣkāṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ.

ATTENUATION, s. kārśyaṃ kṣāmatā śīrṇatā.
     --(Of body) kṛśāṅgatvaṃ śarīraśoṣaṇaṃ.

To ATTEST, v. a. (To bear witness of) sākṣyaṃ or sākṣitāṃ dā (c. 3 dadāti dātuṃ), sākṣyeṇa or sākṣiṇā or pratyakṣadarśanena pramāṇaṃ dā, or pramāṇīkṛ, or diś (c. 6. diśati deṣṭuṃ).
     --(To call to witness) āvhe (c. 1. -hvayati -te -hvātuṃ), sākṣiṇaṃ kṛ.

ATTEST, ATTESTATION, s. sākṣyaṃ sākṣitā pramāṇaṃ dṛḍhoktiḥ pratyakṣapramāṇaṃ.

ATTIC, s. (Upper room) aṭṭaḥ kṣaumaḥ śirogṛhaṃ.

To ATTIRE, v. a. (To attire one's self) vas (c. 2. vaste vasitu).
     --(To clothe) veṣṭ (c. 1. veṣṭate veṣṭituṃ), vastra (nom. vastrayati -yituṃ), āchad (c. 10. -chādayati -yituṃ), saṃvye (c. 1. -vyayati -vyātuṃ).
     --(To adorn) pariṣkṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ), alaṅkṛ saṃskṛ; bhūṣ (c. 10. bhūṣayati -yituṃ).

ATTIRE, s. vastraṃ veśaḥ paridhānaṃ paricchadaḥ ābharaṇaṃ bhūṣṇaṃ ambaraṃ saṃvyānaṃ alaṅkāraḥ pariṣkāraḥ.

ATTIRED, p. p. ācchāditaḥ -tā -taṃ pracchāditaḥ -tā -taṃ paricchannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ saṃvītaḥ -tā -taṃ prāvṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ alaṅkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ pariṣkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ATTITUDE, s. sthānaṃ bhāvaḥ avasthā sthitiḥ f., ākāraḥ rūpaṃ vṛttiḥ f., bhūmiḥ f.

ATTORNEY, s. parakāryyasādhakaḥ parakāryyasampādakaḥ pratipuruṣaḥ pratihastaḥ.

To ATTRACT, v. a. ākṛṣ (c. 1. -karṣati, c. 6. -kṛṣati -kraṣṭuṃ), samākṛṣ pratikṛṣ samupakṛṣ; abhipraṇī (c. 1. -ṇayati -ṇetuṃ).
     --(To beguile) muh in caus. (mohayati -yituṃ) vimuh sammuh; pralubh in caus. (-lobhayati -yituṃ) vilubh.

ATTRACTED, p. p. ākṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ ākarṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ pralībhitaḥ -tā -taṃ vilobhitaḥ -tā -taṃ mohitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

ATTRACTION, s. ākarṣaḥ -rṣaṇaṃ ākṛṣṭiḥ f., sannikarṣaṇaṃ.
     --(Allurement) pralobhanaṃ vilobhaḥ vilobhanaṃ; 'desire to blend,' yiyaviṣā.

ATTRACTIVE, a. ākarṣakaḥ -kī -kaṃ karṣakaḥ -kā kaṃ manoharaḥ -rā -raṃ ākarṣaṇaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ cittāpahārī -riṇī -ri (n).
     --(Beguiling) mohī -hinī -hi (n) pralobhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.
     --(Winning friends) mitrayuḥ -yuḥ -yu.

ATTRIBUTABLE, a. āropaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ adhyāropaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ abhisambandhanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

To ATTRIBUTE, v. a. (As an action, quality, &c., to any one) karmma guṇaṃ vā ityādi kasmiṃścit or kasmaicid āruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ) adhyāruh or abhisambandh (c. 9. -badhnāti -banddhuṃ) or sambandh, or (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ).
     --(To attribute a fault) doṣāropaṇaṃ or doṣakalpanaṃ or doṣaprasaṅgaṃ kṛ.

ATTRIBUTE, s. guṇaḥ viśeṣaḥ viśeṣaṇaṃ saṃjñāviṣayaḥ.

ATTRIBUTIVE, a. vācyaḥ -cyā -cyaṃ viśeṣakaḥ -kā -kaṃ viśeṣaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

ATTRITION, s. (The act of wearing things by rubbing one against another) gharṣaṇaṃ sammarddaḥ -rddanaṃ peṣaṇaṃ kṣayaḥ kṣīṇatvaṃ.
     --(Grief for sin) bhayamūlaḥ paścāttāpaḥ anutāpaḥ santāpaḥ.

To ATTUNE, v. a. (To make any thing musical) susvaraṃ -rāṃ -raṃ kṛ tālopetaṃ -tāṃ -taṃ kṛ.
     --(To tune one thing to another) gītavāditrādi tulyasvaraṃ kṛ gītavāditrādīnām ekatālaṃ kṛ tauryyatrikaṃ kṛ nānādhvanīnāṃ tūryyādīnām aikyaṃ kṛ.

AUBURN, a. śyāvaḥ -vā -vaṃ kapiśaḥ -śā -śaṃ pāṇḍuvarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.

AUCTION, s. varddhamānamūlyena nānādravyavikrayaḥ ghoṣaṇapūrvvakaṃ nānādravyavikrayaḥ.
     --(Auction-room) dravyavikrayagṛhaṃ.

AUCTIONEER, s. vikretā m. (tṛ) vikrayikaḥ vikrayī m. (n) yo ghoṣaṇapūrvvakaṃ vikreyāṇi dravyāṇi vikrīṇāti.

AUDACIOUS, a. pragalbhaḥ -lbhā -lbhaṃ galbhaḥ -lbhā -lbhaṃ dhṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ sāhasikaḥ -kī -kaṃ nirlajjaḥ -jjā -jjaṃ pratibhānavān -vatī -vat (t) nirbhayaḥ -yā -yaṃ; 'to be audacious,' dhṛṣ (c. 5. dhṛṣṇoti dharṣituṃ).

AUDACIOUSLY, adv. pragalbhaṃ sāhasena nirbhayaṃ dharṣṭyena lajjāṃ vinā.

AUDACIOUSNESS, AUDACITY, s. pragalbhatā dhārṣṭyaṃ dhṛṣṭatā sāhasaṃ nirlajjatvaṃ pratibhānaṃ.

AUDIBLE, a. śrāvyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ śrotavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ karṇagocaraḥ -rā -raṃ karṇaśravaḥ -vā -vaṃ śrāvaṇārhaḥ -rhā -rhaṃ śravaṇayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ śrotragrāhyaḥ -hyā -hyaṃ.

AUDIBLY, adv. śrāvyaprakāreṇa karṇagocaraṃ.

AUDIENCE, s. (The act of hearing) śravaṇaṃ ākarṇanaṃ niśamanaṃ.
     --(Liberty of speaking to or seeing a superior) rājadarśanaṃ darśanaṃ; 'he is come begging an audience,' darśanārtham āgato'sti.
     --(An auditory, hearers) śrotāraḥ m. pl. (tṛ) sabhā sabhāsadaḥ m. pl., sadaḥ n. (s) paripad f., prekṣakāḥ m. pl.
     --(Audience-chamber) darśanaśālā darśanagṛhaṃ.

AUDIT, s. gaṇitaśodhanaṃ gaṇitaśuddhīkaraṇaṃ guṇanī vigaṇanaṃ anusandhānaṃ anuyogaḥ parīkṣaṇaṃ.

To AUDIT, v. a. gaṇitāni śudh in caus. (śodhayati -yituṃ), or śuddhīkṛ or anusandhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhatte -dhātuṃ), or anuyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yoktuṃ) or parīkṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ); guṇanīṃ kṛ vigaṇanaṃ kṛ.

AUDITED, p. p. śuddhīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ śodhitaḥ -tā -taṃ vigaṇitaḥ -tā -taṃ

AUDITOR, s. śrotā m. (tṛ).
     --(One employed to take an account) gaṇitaśodhakaḥ anusandhāyī m. (n) guṇakaḥ.

AUDITORY, s. (A collection of hearers) śrotāraḥ m. pl., sabhāsadaḥ m. pl., sabhā sadaḥ n. (s) paripad f.
     --(A lecture room) pāṭhaśa lā śravaṇaśālā.

AUGER, s. āsphoṭanī vedhanikā āvidhaḥ.

AUGHT, s. kiñcit kimapi kiñcana.

To AUGMENT, v. a. vṛdh in caus. (vardhayati -yituṃ) saṃvṛdh parivṛdh; edh in caus. (edhayati yituṃ) samedh; pracurīkṛ; āpyai in caus. (-pyāyayati -yituṃ) samāpyai.

To AUGMENT, v. n. vṛdh (c. 1. vardhate vardhituṃ), abhivṛdh pravṛdh vivṛdh; ṛdh (c. 5. ṛndhoti, c. 4. ṛdhyati ardhituṃ), samṛdh; upaci in pass. (-cīyate) pyai (c. 1. pyāyate pyātuṃ), vṛṃh in caus. (vṛṃhayati -yituṃ) upavṛṃh samupavṛṃh.

AUGMENT, s. vṛddhiḥ f.
     --(In grammar) āptoktiḥ f.

AUGMENTATION, s. (The act) varddhanaṃ.
     --(The state) vṛddhiḥ f., vivṛddhiḥ f., ṛddhiḥ f., upacayaḥ unnatiḥ f., samunnatiḥ f.

AUGMENTED, p. p. saṃvarddhitaḥ -tā -taṃ vṛddhaḥ -ddhā -ddha pravṛddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ upacitaḥ -tā -taṃ pracurīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ samedhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AUGUR, s. śakunaparīkṣakaḥ ajanyajñaḥ pūrvvacihnanirīkṣakaḥ pūrvvalakṣaṇajñaḥ pakṣigatihastarekhādilakṣaṇāt śubhāśubhadarśakaḥ bhūkampādyutpātapakṣigaticakṣuḥspantādinimittaphalakathakaḥ.

To AUGUR, v. n. bhūkampādyutpātapakṣigaticakṣuḥspandādinimittaphalakathanena śubhāśubhaṃ or maṅgalāmaṅgalaṃ or adyaśvīnaṃ pradṛś in caus. (-darśayati -yituṃ); śavunāni or pūrvvaliṅgāni parīkṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ).
     --(To conjecture) anumā (c. 2. -māti -mātuṃ), śaṅk (c. 1. śaṅkate śaṅkituṃ).

AUGURED, p. p. (Foreshewn) pradarśitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Inferred) anumitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AUGURY, s. (The act of prognosticating) pakṣigatihastaresvācakṣuḥspandādilakṣaṇāt śubhāśubhadarśanaṃ or bhaviṣyadanumānaṃ śakunaparīkṣaṇaṃ pūrvvalakṣaṇajñānaṃ.
     --(An omen) śakunaṃ ajanyaṃ pūrvvacihnaṃ pūrvvalakṣaṇaṃ.

AUGUST, a. aiśvaraḥ -rī -raṃ aiśikaḥ -kī -kaṃ pratāpavān -vatī -vat (t) mahāmahimā -mā -ma (n) atyutkṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ atimahān -hatī -hat (t) rājayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ.

AUGUST, s. śrāvaṇaḥ nabhāḥ m. (s) bhādraḥ nabhasyaḥ proṣṭapadaḥ.

AUGUSTNESS, s. mahāpratāpaḥ atimahattvaṃ atyutkṛṣṭatā pratāpaḥ.

AUNT, s. (By the mother's side) mātulī -lā -lānī.
     --(Father's sister) pitṛsvasā f. (sṛ).

AURICLE, s. (The external ear) karṇaśaṣkulī f., karṇavahibhāgaḥ.
     --(Of the heart) hṛdraktadhṛt karṇākāraḥ koṣaḥ.

AURICULAR, a. (Relating to the ear) kārṇaḥ -rṇī -rṇaṃ kārṇikaḥ -kī -kaṃ. śrāvaṇaḥ -ṇī -ṇaṃ śrautaḥ -tī -taṃ.
     --(Told in the ear, secret) upakarṇaṃ or karṇe japitaḥ -tā -taṃ or japyaḥ -pyā -pyaṃ suguptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.
     --(Within the sense of hearing) karṇagocaraḥ -rā -raṃ.

AURORA, s. (The dawn) aruṇaḥ divasamukhaṃ aharmukhaṃ uṣaḥ pūrvvasandhyā.

AUSPICE, s. (An omen drawn from birds) śakunaṃ nimittaṃ pakṣigatiprayuktaṃ pūrvvalakṣaṇaṃ pūrvvacihnaṃ.
     --(Favour, protection) āśrayaḥ anugrahaḥ.

AUSPICIOUS, a. śubhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ kalpāṇaḥ -ṇī -ṇaṃ śaṅkaraḥ -rī -raṃ śivaṅkaraḥ -rā -raṃ bhadraḥ -drā -draṃ maṅgalyaḥ -lyā -lyaṃ māṅgalikaḥ -kī -kaṃ śarmmavān -vatī -vat (t) śubhaṅkaraḥ -rā -raṃ kṣemakaraḥ -rā -raṃ tiṣyaḥ -ṣyā -ṣyaṃ.
     --(Prosperous) saubhāgyavān -vatī -vat (t) śrīyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ kṣemavān -vatī -vat (t).
     --(Favourable) prasannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ anugrāhī -hiṇī -hi -(n); 'an auspicious moment,' śubhalagnaḥ lagnavelā.

AUSPICIOUSLY, adv. diṣṭyā śubhalagne śubhakṣaṇe saubhāgyena kauśalyena kṣemeṇa.

AUSPICIOUSNESS, s. kalyāṇaṃ maṅgalaṃ māṅgalyaṃ kauśalyaṃ kṣemaḥ.

AUSTERE, a. niṣṭuraḥ -rā -raṃ karkaśaḥ -śā -śaṃ kaṭhinaḥ -nā -naṃ ugraḥ -grā -graṃ kaṭumatiḥ -tiḥ -ti kaṭhoraḥ -rā -raṃ nirdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ.
     --(In taste) śuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

AUSTERELY, adv. niṣṭhuraṃ kāṭhinyena kaṭhoraṃ naiṣṭhuryyeṇa ugraṃ.

AUSTERENESS, AUSTERITY, s. (Severity) kārkaśyaṃ kāṭhinyaṃ kaṭhinatā ugratā niṣṭhuratā naiṣṭhuryyaṃ kaṭhoratā kaṭutā.
     --(Penance) tapaḥ n. (s) kṛcchaṃ; 'patient of austerities,' tapaḥkleśasahaḥ; 'to practise austerities,' tap in pass. (tapyate) santap; tapasy (nom. tapasyati).

AUSTRAL, a. (Southern) dakṣiṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ apācīnaḥ -nā -naṃ,

AUTHENTICAL, AUTHENTIC, a. siddhapramāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ akhaṇḍapramāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ prāmāṇikaḥ -kī -kaṃ pramāṇayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ āptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.
     --(Real, genuine) vāstavaḥ -vī -vaṃ vāstavikaḥ kī -kaṃ nirvyalīkaḥ -kā -kaṃ nirvyājaḥ -jā -jaṃ akṛtrimaḥ -mā -maṃ akalpitaḥ -tā -taṃ mūlikaḥ -kī -kaṃ sāraḥ -rā -raṃ tathyaḥ -thyā -thyaṃ satyaḥ -tyā -tyaṃ.

AUTHENTICALLY, adv. pramāṇatas ind., pramāṇānurūpeṇa vastutas tattvatas nirvyalīkaṃ sāratas.

To AUTHENTICATE, v. a. pramāṇīkṛ pramāṇa (nom. pramāṇayati -yituṃ), satyākṛ.

AUTHENTICITY, s. prāmāṇyaṃ pramāṇatvaṃ vāstavatā nirvyalīkatā akṛtrimatā maulatā sāratā satyatā.

AUTHOR, s. (The first beginner of any thing) prayojakaḥ pravarttakaḥ ārambhakaḥ ādikarttā m. (rttṛ).
     --(The effector) sādhakaḥ utpādakaḥ sampādakaḥ janakaḥ karttā m. (rttṛ) kārakaḥ nirvvāhakaḥ.
     --(A writer) nibandhā m. (ndhṛ) granthakāraḥ granthakarttā m. (rttṛ) racakaḥ.

To AUTHORISE, v. a. (To establish by authority) pramāṇīkṛ pramāṇena siddhīkṛ or sthirīkṛ or saṃsthā in caus. (-sthāpayati -yituṃ) sapramāṇaṃ -ṇāṃ -ṇaṃ kṛ pramāṇavantaṃ -vatīṃ -vat kṛ.
     --(To give authority to any one) niyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ, c. 10. -yojayati -yituṃ), adhikāritvaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ).
     --(To permit) anujñā (c. 9. -jānāti -nīte -jñātuṃ), anuman (c. 4. -manyate -mantuṃ).

AUTHORISED, p. p. pramāṇīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ sapramāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ niyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ adhikṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ niyogī -ginī -gi (n) vidhīyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Permitted) anujñātaḥ -tā -taṃ anumataḥ -tā -taṃ.

AUTHORITATIVE, a. prāmāṇikaḥ -kī -kaṃ pramāṇadhārī -riṇī -ri (n) vaidhikaḥ -kī -kaṃ ācārikaḥ -kī -kaṃ śāsanānurūpaḥ -pā -paṃ.

AUTHORITATIVELY, adv. pramāṇatas ind., pramāṇānusāreṇa vidhivat ācārānurūpaṃ śāsanāt.

AUTHORITY, s. (Weight of testimony, credit) pramāṇaṃ prāmāṇyaṃ.
     --(Power, influence, control) śaktiḥ f., prabhāvaḥ vaśaṃ.
     --(Domi- nion) aiśvaryyaṃ rājyaṃ prabhutvaṃ.
     --(Weight) gurutvaṃ gauravaṃ.
     --(Credibility) śraddheyatā.
     --(Legal power, title) adhikāritvaṃ adhikāraḥ ādhipatyaṃ niyogaḥ karttṛtvaṃ prabhutvaṃ.
     --(A received text) āptavacanaṃ nidarśanaṃ.
     --(Testimony) sākṣyaṃ.
     --(A person invested with legal powers) adhikārī m. (n) niyogī m. (n) prabhuḥ m.
     --(An authority, a guide) nirdeṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ); 'of little authority,' alpapramāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ alpaprabhāvaḥ -vā -vaṃ; 'by his authority,' tasya ājñayā.

AUTHORSHIP, s. nibandhṛtvaṃ granthakarttṛtvaṃ karttṛtvaṃ.

AUTO-BIOGRAPHY, s. ātmavṛttāntaracanaṃ ātmacaritraracanaṃ.

AUTOCRASY, s. sāmrājyaṃ ādhirājyaṃ rājādhirājyaṃ svādhipatyaṃ svādhīnatā.

AUTOCRAT, a. samrāṭ m. (j) adhirājaḥ rājādhirājaḥ.

AUTOCRATICAL, a. sāmrājyayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ svādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.

AUTOGRAPH, s. svahastalikhitaṃ svahastākṣaraṃ svahastalekhaḥ svahastalipiḥ f.

AUTOMATON, s. svayaṃ calati yad yantraṃ svayañjaṅgamā mūrttiḥ.

AUTUMN, s. śarad f., śaradā śaratkālaṃ śrāvaṇāvadhiḥ m., varṣāvasānaḥ.

AUTUMNAL, a. śaratkālīnaḥ -nā -naṃ śāradīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ śāradaḥ -dī -daṃ śāradī -dinī -di (n).
     --(Produced in autumn) śaradijaḥ -jā -jaṃ. śaradudbhavaḥ -vā -vaṃ.

AUXILIARY, s. sahāyaḥ sahakārī m. (n) upakārakaḥ upakārī m. (n) uttarasādhakaḥ.

AUXILIARY, a. upakārakaḥ -kā -kaṃ or -rī -riṇī -ri (n) sahakārī -riṇī -ri (n) uttarasādhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.
     --(Auxiliary verb) gauṇakriyā.

To AVAIL, v. a. (To assist) upakṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ), hitaṃ kṛ sāhāyyaṃ kṛ anugrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -grahītuṃ).
     --(To avail one's self of) prayuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ), upayuj.

To AVAIL, v. n. (To be of use) sopakāraḥ -rā -raṃ or saphalaḥ -lā -laṃ bhū or as hitāya or phalāya or lābhāya bhū.

AVAIL, s. (Use) prayojanaṃ upayogaḥ.
     --(Profit) phalaṃ hitaṃ lābhaḥ sāphalyaṃ arthaḥ.
     --(Aid) upakāraḥ.

AVAILABLE, a. (To be used) prayojyaḥ -jyā -jyaṃ upayojanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ prayogī -ginī -gi (n).
     --(Profitable) saphalaḥ -lā -laṃ arthakaraḥ -rī -raṃ.

AVANT-GUARD, s. senāmukhaṃ dhvajinīmukhaṃ raṇamūrddhā m. (n) nāsīraṃ agravyūhaḥ prathamapaṅktiḥ f.

AVARICE, s. lobhaḥ atikāṅkṣā lālasā jighṛkṣā.
     --(Desire of wealth) arthakāmaḥ vittehā dhanatṛṣṇā dhanalobhaḥ.

AVARICIOUS, a. lobhī -bhinī -bhi (n) lubdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ lobhavān -vatī -vat (t) kṛpaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ arthaparaḥ -rā -raṃ arthalubdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ dhanalubdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ dhanārthī -rthinī -rthi (n) lipsuḥ -psuḥ -psu mitampacaḥ -cā -caṃ.

AVARICIOUSNESS, s. kṛpaṇatvaṃ kārpaṇyaṃ lubdhatā dhanalubdhatā atilobhaḥ.

AVARICIOUSLY, adv. lobhena lobhāt salobhaṃ kārpaṇyena kṛpaṇaṃ atikāṅkṣayā.

AVAUNT, interj. apaihi apasara dūram apasara.

To AVENGE, v. a. pratikṛ (c. 8. -karoti -kurute -karttuṃ), pariṣkṛ pratihiṃs (c. 1. -hiṃsati, c. 7. hinasti -hiṃsituṃ), pratīkāraṃ or pratihiṃsāṃ kṛ.
     --(To punish) daṇḍ (c. 10. daṇḍayati -yituṃ).
     --(To wipe out a grudge) vairaṃ śugh in caus. (śodhayati -yituṃ).

AVENGED, p. p. pratikṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ pratihiṃsitaḥ -tā -taṃ pratihataḥ -tā -taṃ niryātitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Wiped out as a grudge) śodhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Punished) daṇḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AVENGEMENT, s. pratīkāraḥ pratikriyā pratihiṃsā niryātanaṃ vairaśuddhiḥ f.

AVENGER, s. pratihiṃsakaḥ pratihantā m. (ntṛ) pratīkārakarttā m. (rttṛ) vairaśodhakaḥ.

AVENUE, s. (An approach) pathaḥ āgamaḥ dvāraṃ.
     --(An alley of trees) tarupaṃktiḥ f., mārge ubhayato ropitā vṛkṣaśreṇī.

To AVER, v. a. śapathena or divyena or dārḍhyena vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ).

AVERAGE, s. (Mean proportion) madhyasthatā madhyatvaṃ madhyaṃ madhyamāvasthā samaṃ.

AVERMENT, s. dṛḍhavākyaṃ dṛḍhavacanaṃ dṛḍhoktiḥ f., sthiravacanaṃ.

AVERSE, a. viraktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ pratikūlaḥ -lā -laṃ viparītaḥ -tā -taṃ vimataḥ -tā -taṃ vimanībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ dveṣī -ṣiṇī -ṣi (n) vairī -riṇī -ri (n).
     --(To be averse) virañj in pass. (-rajyate) apāvṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ), pratīpa (nom. pratīpāyate).
     --(Averting the face) parāṅmukhaḥ -khī -khaṃ vimukhaḥ -khī -khaṃ.

AVERSELY, adv. niṣkāmaṃ pratikūlaṃ viparītaṃ viraktaṃ viraktyā.

AVERSENESS, AVERSION, s. vairaktyaṃ viraktiḥ f., nigrahaḥ pratikūlatā vimatiḥ f., parāṅmukhatā vaimukhyaṃ vaiparītyaṃ apriyatā aprītiḥ f., dveṣyatāḥ 'aversion to business.' kāryyapradveṣaḥ.

To AVERT, v. a. apavṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ) vyāvṛt nivṛt vinivṛt nivṛ in caus. (-vārayati -yituṃ) prativṛ apānud (c. 6. -nudati -nottuṃ), vyapānud vimukhīkṛ.

AVERTED, p. p. (Having the face averted) parāṅmukhaḥ -khī -khaṃ vimukhaḥ -khī -khaṃ vimukhīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vimukhī -khinī -khi (n) parācīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Kept off) nivāritaḥ -tā -taṃ vyāvṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.

AVIARY, s. viṭaṅkaḥ pañjaraṃ piñjaraṃ vītaṃsaḥ kapotapālikā pakṣiśālā kulāyikā.

AVIDITY, s. atikṣudhā gṛghratā garddhaḥ atispṛhā kautūhalaṃ lālasā atilobhaḥ.

AVOCATION, s. (Calling aside, withdrawing) apakarṣaṇaṃ ākarṣaḥ apaharaṇaṃ.
     --(Business that calls aside) kāryyaṃ karmma n. (n) vikarmma n. (n) vyāpāraḥ vyavasāyaḥ.

To AVOID, v. a. vṛj in caus. (varjayati -yituṃ) parivṛj vivṛj; parihṛ (c. 1. -harati -te -harttuṃ); projjh (c. 6. -ujjhati -ujjhituṃ); (c. 3. jahāti hātuṃ); tyaj (c. 1. tyajati tyaktuṃ).

AVOIDABLE, a. (To be avoided) pariharaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ pariharttavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ parityājyaḥ -jyā -jyaṃ heyaḥ -yā -yaṃ hātavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ tyājyaḥ -jyā -jyaṃ.

AVOIDANCE, s. tyāgaḥ parityāgaḥ parihāraḥ pariharaṇaṃ pratiharaṇaṃ varjanaṃ projjhanaṃ.

AVOIDED, p. p. parihṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ tyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ parityaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ vivarjjitaḥ -tā -taṃ projjhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To AVOUCH, v. a. (To affirm) darḍhyena or sthairyyeṇa or śapathena vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ).
     --(To vindicate, assert any thing in favour of another) parārthaṃ prativad.

To AVOW, v. a. (To confess) svīkṛ aṅgīkṛ ūrīkṛ anubhāṣ (c. 1. -bhāṣate -bhāṣituṃ).
     --(To declare openly) prakāśaṃ or vyaktaṃ vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ).

AVOWED, p. p. svīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ aṅgīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vyaktoditaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AVOWEDLY, adv. prakāśaṃ vyaktaṃ prakaṭaṃ agūḍhaṃ.

To AWAIT, v. a. apekṣa (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ), udīkṣ pratīkṣ; pratipāl (c. 10. -pālayati -yituṃ), uddṛś (c. 1. -paśyati -draṣṭuṃ), apekṣāṃ kṛ.

To AWAKE, AWAKEN, v. a. jāgṛ in caus. (jāgarayati -yituṃ) budh in caus. (bodhayati -yituṃ) prabudh pratibudh vibudh; nidrāṃ bhañj (c. 7. bhanakti bhaṃktuṃ), nidrābhaṅgaṃ kṛ.
     --(To incite) utthā in caus. (-thāpayati -yituṃ) utsah in caus. (-sāhayati -yituṃ) protsah; uttij (c. 10. -tejayati -yituṃ).

To AWAKE, v. n. jāgṛ (c. 2. jāgartti jāgarituṃ), prajāgṛ; budh (c. 4. budhyate boddhuṃ), anubudh prabudh pratibudh vibudh pratisambudh.

AWAKE, a. jāgaraḥ -rā -raṃ prabuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ pratibuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ viprabuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ prajāgaraḥ -rā -raṃ unnidraḥ -drā -draṃ; 'that which keeps one awake at night,' rātrijāgaradaḥ.

AWAKENED, p. p. jāgaritaḥ -tā -taṃ prabodhitaḥ -tā -taṃ nidrābhaṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ.

AWAKENING, s. prabodhanaṃ prabodhaḥ nidrābhañjanaṃ.

To AWARD, v. a. in caus. (dāpayati -yituṃ) tīr (c. 10. tīrayati -yituṃ).

AWARD, s. (Judgment, sentence) vicāraḥ nirṇayaḥ niṣpattiḥ f., tīraṇaṃ samādhānaṃ daṇḍaḥ ājñā.

AWARDED, p. p. dāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ tīritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AWARDER, s. vicārakaḥ nirṇetā m. (tṛ) dāpakaḥ.

AWARE, a. (Excited to consciousness) vijñāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ bodhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Knowing) vedī -dinī -di (n) jñaḥ -jñā -jñaṃ in comp.
     --(Vigilant, attentive) sāvadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ jāgaraḥ -rā -raṃ -rī -riṇī -ri (n); 'he is aware,' vetti jānāti.

AWAY, a. and adv., expressed by the preposition apa.
     --(Absent) parokṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ sthānāntaraṅgataḥ -tā -taṃ anupasthitaḥ -tā -taṃ avidyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Far away) dūrasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ dūrasthāyī -yinī -yi (n).
     --(Come along) yātu.
     --(Begone!) apaihi apasara hūm; 'away with this fear,' alam anayā śaṅkayā.

AWE, s. ādaraḥ sambhramaḥ vismayaḥ trāsaḥ ātaṅkaḥ ādaraprayuktaṃ bhayaṃ.
     --(To stand in awe of) bhī (c. 3. bibheti bhetuṃ), tras (c. 4. trasyati trasituṃ) with abl., ādṛ (c. 6. -driyate) with acc.

To AWE, v. a. (To strike terror into) bhī in caus. (bhāyayati or bhīṣayati -yituṃ), tras in caus. (trāsayati -yituṃ) vyākulīkṛ ākulīkṛ sambhrameṇa upahan (c. 2. -hanti -hantuṃ).

AWE-STRUCK, a. sambhrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ vismayākulaḥ -lā -laṃ bhayaviplutaḥ -tā -taṃ.

AWFUL, a. ghoraḥ -rā -raṃ dāruṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ bhairavaḥ -vā -vaṃ bhīṣaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ bhayaṅkaraḥ -rā -raṃ bhayānakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.
     --(Worshipful) ādaraṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ ādṛtyaḥ -tyā -tyaṃ pūjyaḥ -jyā -jyaṃ.

AWFULLY, adv. dāruṇaṃ ghoraṃ yathā sambhrama utpadyate tathā.

AWFULNESS, s. ghoratā dāruṇatā bhīṣaṇaṃ bhairavaṃ bhīṣmaṃ.

AWHILE, adv. kiyatkālaṃ kiñcitkālaṃ alpakālaṃ iyatkālaṃ muhūrttaṃ kṣaṇaṃ yatkiñcitsamayaṃ.

AWKWARD, a. (Clumsy, unskilful) adakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ anāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ apaṭuḥ -ṭuḥ -ṭu akṣipraḥ -prā -praṃ avijñaḥ -jñā -jñaṃ akṛtī -tinī -ti (n).
     --(Inelegant) virūpaḥ -pī -paṃ sthūlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

AWKWARDLY, adv. apaṭu adakṣaṃ akṣipraṃ anāptaṃ.

AWKWARDNESS, s. (Unskilfulness) apāṭavaṃ apaṭutā adakṣatvaṃ akṣipratvaṃ.
     --(Inelegance) sthūlatā vairūpyaṃ.

AWL, s. ārā carmmaprabhedikā āvidhaḥ vedhanikā.

AWN, s. (A beard of corn) śūkaḥ -kaṃ śasyaśūkaṃ kiṃśāruḥ m.

AWNING, s. vitānaṃ vitānakaṃ ācchādanaṃ ullocaḥ.

AWRY, adv. tiras sāci tiryyak kuṭilaṃ jihmaṃ anṛju.
     --(Perversely) viparītaṃ pratikūlaṃ vilomaṃ.

AXE, s. ṭaṅkaḥ kuṭhāraḥ paraśuḥ m., paraśvadhaḥ chidiḥ f., vṛkṣabhid f., vṛkṣabhedī m. (n) svadhitiḥ m.

AXIOM, s. tattvaṃ sūtraṃ siddhāntaḥ ādeśaḥ vacanaṃ.

AXIOMATIC, a. sautraḥ -trī -traṃ siddhāntī -ntinī -nti (n).

AXIS, s. akṣaḥ dhruvaḥ meruḥ m.

AXLE, AXLE-TREE, s. akṣāgraṃ akṣadantaḥ.

AY, adv. tatheti evaṃ hūm ām.

AYE, adv. sarvvadā sadā nityaṃ nityadā śāśvataṃ ajasraṃ śāśvatīḥ samāḥ.

[Page 35a]

AZURE, a. nīlaḥ -lā -laṃ nīlavarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ ākāśavarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.


To BAA, v. n. u (c. 1. avate otuṃ), meṣavat or urabhravat śabdaṃ kṛ.

To BABBLE, v. n. (To prattle like a child) bālavat jalp (c. 1. jalpati jalpituṃ).
     --(To talk idly) jalp.
     --(To tell secrets) rahasyaṃ prakāś in caus. (-kāśayati -yituṃ) or vikhyā, in caus. (-khyāpayati -yituṃ) rahasyabhedaṃ kṛ.

BABBLE or BABBLING, s. jalpaḥ jalpanaṃ vāvadūkatā bālavacanaṃ ākhyāyikā.

BABBLER, s. vācālaḥ jalpakaḥ upajalpī m. (n) vācāṭaḥ jalpākaḥ vāvadūkaḥ.

BABE, BABY, s. bālaḥ -lā bālakaḥ śiśuḥ m., śāvakaḥ.
     --(At the breast) stanandhayaḥ stanapāḥ m. (pā) kṣīrapaḥ.

BABEL, s. (Confusion) saṅkaraḥ sāṅkaryyaṃ tumulaṃ kolāhalaḥ kālakīlaḥ.

BABOON, s. vānaraḥ kapiḥ markaṭaḥ plavaṅgaḥ plavagaḥ śākhāmṛgaḥ balīmukhaḥ.

BABYHOOD, s. bālyaṃ bālakatvaṃ bālabhāvaḥ śaiśavaṃ.

BABYISH, a. bālakīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ bāliśaḥ -śā -śaṃ bāleyaḥ -yī -yaṃ.

BACCHANALIAN, s. pānarataḥ pānaprasaktaḥ madyapītaḥ madyapriyaḥ sampītirataḥ.

BACHELOR, s. (A man unmarried) avivāhitaḥ akṛtadāraḥ akṛtadārasaṅgrahaḥ akṛtavivāhaḥ.
     --(One who takes his first degree) vidyālaye pūrvvapadaprāptaḥ.

BACK, s. pṛṣṭhaṃ vigrahāvaraṃ; 'to turn the back, avert the face,' parāṅmukhaḥ -khī -khaṃ or parācīnaḥ -nā -naṃ bhū; 'to turn back, away from,' apavṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ), vinivṛt apāvṛt nivṛt; 'turned back,' viparivarttitaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'at one's back, behind the back,' pṛṣṭhatas; 'behind one's back, in one's absence,' parokṣe.
     --(The hinder part) pṛṣṭhadeśaḥ paścāddeśaḥ paścādbhāgaḥ pṛṣṭhaṃ nitambaḥ; 'the back of the hand,' karapṛṣṭhaṃ.

BACK, adv. (To the place whence one came) commonly expressed by prati prefixed; as, 'to go back,' pratigam; 'come back,' pratyāvṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ punarāgataḥ -tā -taṃ; 'brought back,' pratyānītaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Backward from the present station) expressed by parā prati, or paścāt prefixed; as, 'to beat back,' parāhan pratyāhan.
     --(Again) expressed by punar prati, or anu prefixed; as, 'to give back,' pratidā.
     --(Kept back) nigṛhītaḥ -tā -taṃ nivāritaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'in the back-ground,' dūrasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ nibhṛte.

To BACK, v. a. (To mount a horse) āruh (c. 1. -rohati -roḍhuṃ), adhiruh samāruh.
     --(To support, justify) rakṣ (c. 1. rakṣati rakṣituṃ), abhirakṣ saṃrakṣ; pakṣapātaṃ kṛ upakṛ anugrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -grahītuṃ).
     --(To impel backwards) parāṇud (c. 6. -ṇudati -ṇottuṃ), viparītaṃ praṇud.

To BACK, v. n. (To go backwards) apakram (c. 1. -krāmati, c. 4. -krāmyati -kramituṃ), vyapakram parāvṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ).

To BACKBITE, v. a. pṛṣṭhamāṃsaṃ khād (c. 1. khādati khādituṃ).
     --(To slander) parivad (c. 1. -vadati -te -vadituṃ), apavad.

BACKBITER, s. pṛṣṭhamāṃsādaḥ parokṣe apavādakaḥ parivādakaḥ piśunaḥ.

BACKBITING, s. parivādaḥ apavādaḥ piśunavākyaṃ.

BACKBONE, s. kaśerukā pṛṣṭhavaṃśaḥ pṛṣṭhāsthi n., rīḍhakaḥ.

BACKDOOR, s. pakṣadvāraṃ antardvāraṃ upadvāraṃ pracchannaṃ pakṣakaḥ khaḍakkikā.

BACKGAMMON, s. carmmapaṭṭikākrīḍā.
     --(Backgammon-board) carmmapaṭṭikā aṣṭāpadaṃ badhnaḥ.

[Page 35b]

BACKROOM, s. antargṛhaṃ antaḥśālā uparodhakaṃ upaśālā.

BACKSIDE, s. (The hinder part of any thing) pṛṣṭhadeśaḥ paścāddeśaḥ paścādbhāgaḥ adhodeśaḥ.
     --(The hinder part of any animal) nitambaḥ pṛṣṭhaṃ.

To BACKSLIDE, v. n. svadharmmāt paribhraṃś (c. 4. -bhraśyati -bhraṃśituṃ) or cyu (c. 1. cyavate cyotuṃ), sthadharmmaṃ tyaj (c. 1. tyajati tyaktuṃ).

BACKSLIDER, s. dharmmacyutaḥ dharmmabhraṣṭaḥ svadharmmatyāgī m. (n) unmārgagāmī m. (n) anyaśākhakaḥ.

BACKSTAIRS, s. upasopānaṃ antaḥsopānaṃ pakṣasopānaṃ pracchannasopānaṃ.

BACKWARD or BACKWARDS, adv. Expressed by parā or prati prefixed; paścāt pratīpaṃ viparītaṃ avakaṭaṃ; 'to walk backwards and forwards,' gatāgatāni or pratigatāgataṃ or gamanāgamane or yātāyātaṃ kṛ.

BACKWARD, a. (Unwilling) pratīpaḥ -pā -paṃ anicchaḥ -cchā -cchaṃ asammataḥ -tā -taṃ anicchakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.
     --(Sluggish) mandaḥ -ndā -ndaṃ alasaḥ -sā -saṃ vilambī -mbinī -mbi (n).
     --(Dull of apprehension) mandamatiḥ -tiḥ -ti.
     --(Late, after its time) atītakālaḥ -lā -laṃ atikrāntakālaḥ -lā -laṃ dīrghakālīnaḥ -nā -naṃ dīrghapakvaḥ -kvā -kvaṃ dīrghapakvaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BACKWARDNESS, s. (Unwillingness) anicchā asvīkāraḥ asammatiḥ f.
     --(Sluggishness) ālasyaṃ māndyaṃ vilambatvaṃ.
     --(Dulness) mandamatitā.
     --(Lateness) dīrghakālīnatā atītakālatvaṃ dīrghatā dīrghapakvatā.

BACON, s. vallūraṃ śūkarasya śuṣkamāṃsaṃ,

BAD, a. (Vicious, corrupt) pāpaḥ -pā -paṃ duṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ adhamaḥ -mā -maṃ nīcaḥ -cā -caṃ khalaḥ -lā -laṃ kutsitaḥ -tā -taṃ kadaryyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ.
     --(Not good) abhadraḥ -drā -draṃ asādhuḥ -dhuḥ -dhu adhārmmikaḥ -kī -kaṃ asāraḥ -rā -raṃ asan -satī -sat (t).
     --(Worthless) nirguṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.
     --(Hurtful, unwholesome) hiṃsraḥ -srā -sraṃ ahitaḥ -tā -taṃ apathyaḥ -thyā -thyaṃ rujākaraḥ -rā -raṃ.
     --(Sick) rogī -giṇī -gi (n) vyādhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Sick of) āturaḥ -rā -raṃ ārttaḥ -rttā -rttaṃ in comp.
     --(Unfortunate) vipannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ durgataḥ -tā -taṃ. 'Bad,' as a general word, is often expressed by dur ku kat, or sometimes by vi or apa prefixed; as, 'a bad road,' duradhvaḥ kupathaṃ kadadhvā m. (n) vimārgaḥ; 'a bad man,' durjjanaḥ durācāraḥ; 'bad weather,' durddinaṃ; 'bad food,' kadannaṃ; 'bad thing,' apadravyaṃ; 'bad conduct,' durṇayaḥ kukarmma n. (n) apakarmma n. (n); 'bad policy,' anītiḥ f.

BADGE, s. cihnaṃ liṅgaṃ vyañjanaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ.
     --(Badge of rank) padacihnaṃ padasūcakaṃ cihnaṃ.

BADGER, s. garttavāsī jantuviśeṣaḥ.

BADINAGE, s. laghuvākyaṃ laghūktiḥ f., hāsyavākyaṃ narmma n. (n) ṭaṭṭarī.

BADLY, adv. duṣṭhu duṣṭaṃ abhadraṃ. Often expressed by dur ku apa prefixed; as, 'badly managed,' durṇītaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'badly shaped,' kurūpaḥ -pī -paṃ; 'badly-behaved,' duḥśīlaḥ kuśīlaḥ; 'badly done,' duṣkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ apakṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BADNESS, s. duṣṭatā dauṣṭhavaṃ nirguṇatvaṃ nīcatā abhadratā kadaryyatvaṃ.
     --(Of character) durātmatā durācāratvaṃ.

To BAFFLE, v. a. (To make ineffectual) modhīkṛ niṣphal (nom. niṣphalayati -yituṃ), khaṇḍ (c. 10. khaṇḍayati -yituṃ), vyarthīkṛ pratihan (c. 2. -hanti -hantuṃ), mudhā kṛ vṛthā kṛ.
     --(To defeat) parābhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ), parāji (c. 1. -jayati -te -jetuṃ).

BAFFLED, p. p. pratihataḥ -tā -taṃ moghaśaḥ -śā -śaṃ manohataḥ -tā -taṃ prati- baddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ bhagnodyamaḥ -mā -maṃ khaṇḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ khaṇḍitāśaṃsaḥ -sā -saṃ parājitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BAG, s. śāṇapuṭaḥ -ṭaṃ syūtaḥ syotaḥ koṣaḥ ādhāraḥ.

To BAG, v. a. (To put into a bag) śāṇapuṭe or syūte or koṣe nidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ) or niviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ).
     --(To make tumid) śvi in caus. (śvāyayati -yituṃ).

To BAG, v. n. (To swell out like a bag) syūtavat lamb (c. 1. lambate lambituṃ), pralamb, or pṝ in pass. (pūryyate), or śvi (c. 1. śvayati śvayituṃ).

BAGATELLE, s. svalpaviṣayaḥ alpamūlpadravyaṃ kṣudradravyaṃ kṣudraviṣrayaḥ.

BAGGAGE, s. (The furniture of an army) sāmagrī -gryaṃ bhāraḥ upakaraṇaṃ paricchadaḥ.
     --(A worthless woman) puṃścalī f., veśyā bandhakī.

BAGNIO, s. (A house for bathing) snānāgāraṃ gātramārjjanaśālā.
     --(A brothel) veśyālayaḥ.

BAIL, s. (Security for one's appearance) darśanapratibhūḥ m., darśanaprātibhāvyaṃ pratinidhiḥ m., pratibhūḥ m., prātibhāvyaṃ pāribhāvyaṃ lagnakaḥ nyāsaḥ anvādhiḥ m., bandhakaḥ tṛṇamatkuṇaḥ.
     --(The person who gives the security) pratinidhiḥ m., pratibhūḥ m., lagnakadāyī m. (n).

To BAIL, v. a. (To give bail for another) pratinidhiḥ or pratibhūḥ bhū lagnakaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ).

BAILABLE, a. yo lagnakaṃ dattvā moktuṃ śakyate or śakyaḥ.

BAILIFF, s. (An officer who arrests) āseddhā m. (ddhṛ) āsedhakarttā m. (rttṛ) grāhakaḥ yaṣṭidharaḥ daṇḍanāyakaḥ.
     --(A steward) kāryyādhīśaḥ.

BAILMENT, s. ākṣepaḥ.

BAIRN, s. bālaḥ bālakaḥ śiśuḥ m.

To BAIT, v. a. (To put meat on a hook to tempt animals) matsyādigrahaṇārthaṃ vaḍiśe āmiṣādi nidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), or niviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ).
     --(To give food to horses on the road) madhyayāne yavādinā vāhanāni bhuj in caus. (bhojayati yituṃ) yānaśrāntāni vāhanāni viśram in caus. (-śrāmayati -yituṃ).
     --(To incite dogs to attack a bull) vṛṣabham ākramituṃ kukkurān pracud in caus. (-codayati -yituṃ).

To BAIT, v. n. (To stop on the road for refreshment) madhyayāne bhojanārthaṃ viśram (c. 4. -śrāmyati -śramituṃ).

BAIT, s. matsyagrahaṇārthaṃ yad āmiṣaṃ vaḍiśe niveśyate.
     --(Temptation) pralobhanaṃ.

BAIZE, s. śāṇaṃ kambalaḥ ūrṇāmayo vastraviśeṣaḥ.

To BAKE, v. a. āpāke or kandau or cullau pac (c. 1. pacati paktuṃ) or tap (c. 1. tapati taptuṃ, c. 10. tāpayati -yituṃ) or bhrajj (c. 6. bhṛjjati bhraṣṭuṃ), kāndavīkṛ.

To BAKE, v. n. (To be heated) taṣ in pass. (taṣyate) pac in pass. (pacyate).

BAKED, p. p. kāndavaḥ -vā -vaṃ ukhyaḥ -khyā -khyaṃ kandupakvaḥ -kvā -kvaṃ.

BAKEHOUSE, s. āpākaḥ kanduḥ m. f., pūpāgāraṃ pūpaśālā.

BAKE-MEATS, s. kāndavaṃ kāndavānnaṃ ukhyaṃ pakvānnaṃ āpūpikaṃ śāṣkulikaṃ.

BAKER, s. āpūpikaḥ kāndavikaḥ modakakṛt bhakṣyakāraḥ.

BAKING, s. kandupacanaṃ cullipacanaṃ pacanaṃ tapanaṃ tāpanaṃ.

BALANCE, s. (Scales) tulā māpanaḥ māpanadaṇḍaṃ taulaṃ tauladaṇḍaṃ.
     --(The act of comparing two things in the mind) vivecanaṃ vikalpanaṃ vigaṇanaṃ upamānaṃ.
     --(That which is wanting to make two parts of an account even) avaśeṣaḥ śeṣaṃ śeṣabhāgaḥ adhikāṃśaḥ nyūnāṃśaḥ.
     --(Equipoise) tulyatā bhāratulyatā.

[Page 36b]

To BALANCE, v. a. (To weigh in a balance) tul (nom. tulayati yituṃ), tūl (c. 10. tūlayati).
     --(In the mind) vikḷp in caus. (-kalpayati -yituṃ) vigaṇ (c. 10. -gaṇayati -yituṃ).
     --(To equipoise) samīkṛ tulyabhāraṃ -rāṃ -raṃ kṛ.
     --(To regulate an account) śugh in caus. (śodhayati -yituṃ) samīkṛ apanayanaṃ kṛ vigaṇanaṃ kṛ.

To BALANCE, v. n. (To hesitate, fluctuate) dola (nom. dolāyate yituṃ), vikḷp (c. 1. -kalpate -kalpituṃ).
     --(To be equipollent) samībhū tulyībhū.

BALANCED, p. p. tulitaḥ -tā -taṃ samīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ tulyabhāraḥ -rā -raṃ.
     --(As an account) śodhitaḥ -tā -taṃ apanītaḥ -tā -taṃ vigaṇitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BALARĀMA, s. (A celebrated demigod, half-brother to Kṛṣṇa, and the third of the Rāmas; and considered to be the eighth avatār of Viṣṇu) balarāmaḥ baladevaḥ rāmaḥ.--As elder brother of Kṛṣṇa) acyutāgrajaḥ.
     --(As armed with a plough-share) halāyudhaḥ halabhṛt m., halī m. (n) sīrapāṇiḥ saṅkarṣaṇaḥ.
     --(As carrying a pestle-like club) musalī m. (n).
     --(As having the palm for a banner) tāladhvajaḥ tālāṅkaḥ.
     --(As diverting the stream of the Yamunā) kālindībhedanaḥ.
     --(As dressed in blue) nīlāmbaraḥ.
     --(As husband of Revatī) revatīramaṇaḥ.
     --(As killer of a certain demon) pralambaghnaḥ.
     --(As guardian of Kāma) kāmapālaḥ.

BALCONY, s. varaṇḍaḥ indrakoṣaḥ pragrīvaḥ -vaṃ niṣkāśaḥ vitarddhiḥ f. or -rddhī.

BALD, a. (Without hair) muṇḍaḥ -ṇḍā -ṇḍaṃ muṇḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ akeśaḥ -śā -śaṃ vikeśaḥ -śī -śaṃ keśahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Without natural covering) anāvṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vivṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ nagnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ.
     --(Unadorned, inelegant) asaṃskṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ apariṣkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ asabhyaḥ -bhyā -bhyaṃ.
     --(As style) alaṅkārahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ avyañjanaḥ -nā -naṃ.

BALDERDASH, s. (Any thing jumbled together) prakīrṇakaṃ.
     --(Nonsense) anarthakavākyaṃ ālasyavacanaṃ vṛthākathā.

BALDNESS, s. mauṇḍyaṃ muṇḍatā akeśatvaṃ.
     --(Inelegance) asabhyatā.

BALD-PATED, a. muṇḍitaśirāḥ -rāḥ -raḥ (s) muṇḍamastakaḥ -kā -kaṃ nagnamastakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

BALDRICK, s. (A girdle) mekhalā kāñcī.
     --(The zodiac) rāśicakraṃ rāśimaṇḍalaṃ lagnamaṇḍalaṃ jyotiścakraṃ.

BALE, s. bhāṇḍakaṃ bhāṇḍaṃ dravyakūrccaṃ poṭalikā dravyapoṭṭalī bhāraḥ.

To BALE, v. a. (To make up into a bale) bhāṇḍaṃ kṛ dravyāṇi kūrccīkṛ. (To bale out water) abbhriṇā or droṇyā jalam utkṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ) or uttul (c. 10. -tolayati -yituṃ).

BALEFUL, a. (Full of misery) kleśī -śinī -śi (n) duḥkhī -khinī -khi (n) saśokaḥ -kā -kaṃ śokānvitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Destructive) nāśī -śinī -śi (n) ātpayikaḥ -kī -kaṃ prāṇaharaḥ -rā -raṃ kleśakaḥ -kī -kaṃ hiṃsraḥ -srā -sraṃ.

BALEFULLY, adv. saśokaṃ sakleśaṃ duḥkhena yathā hiṃsā jāyate tathā.

BALING-VESSEL, s. sekapātraṃ secanaṃ sektraṃ abbhri n., abhriḥ f., ambusecanī droṇiḥ f., -ṇī avagādaḥ kāṣṭhakuddālaḥ kāṣṭhāmbuvāhinī f.

BALK, s. (A ridge of land left unploughed) setuḥ m.

To BALK, v. a. (To frustrate, disappoint) khaṇḍ (c. 10. khaṇḍayati -yituṃ), pratihan (c. 2. -hanti -hantuṃ), vṛthā kṛ mudhā kṛ bhagnāśaṃ -śāṃ -śaṃ kṛ moghāśaṃ -śāṃ -śaṃ kṛ vyarthīkṛ moghīkṛ vañc in caus. (vañcayati -yituṃ).

BALKED, p. p. pratihataḥ -tā -taṃ bhagnodyamaḥ -mā -maṃ khaṇḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ vañcitaḥ -tā -taṃ parivañcitaḥ -tā -taṃ vipralabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ.

[Page 37a]

BALKH, s. (The country) vāhlīkaḥ.

BALL, s. (Any thing round) golaḥ -laṃ maṇḍalaṃ parimaṇḍalaṃ golakaḥ varttulaḥ nighaḥ piṇḍaṃ.
     --(The ball of the earth) bhūgolaḥ bhūmaṇḍalaṃ.
     --(For playing) kandukaḥ guḍaḥ geṇḍuḥ m., geṇḍukaḥ giriḥ m.
     --(A dancing party) sahanarttanaṃ nṛtyakrīḍā.
     --(A ball of thread) sūtrakoṣaṃ.
     --(Ball of the eye) akṣigolaḥ.
     --(Ball-room) nṛtyasthānaṃ raṅgaśālā vāsakarṇī f.

To BALL, v. a. (To make into a ball) varttulīkṛ golīkṛ.

BALLAD, s. (A song) gītaṃ gānaṃ gītiḥ f., saṅgītaṃ.

BALLAD-SINGER, s. gāyakaḥ gāthākāraḥ gāthakaḥ gātā m. (tṛ).

BALLAST, s. nāva adhobhāge sthāpito bhāraḥ potasthirīkaraṇāya tadadhobhāge yat prastarabālukādi dravyaṃ niveśyate sthairyyadravyaṃ.

To BALLAST, v. a. naukāyāḥ sthirīkaraṇāya tadadhobhāge bhāraṃ sthā in caus. (sthāpayati -yituṃ) sthirīkṛ.

BALLOON, s. ākāśayānaṃ vyomayānaṃ ākāśavartmanā gamanārthaṃ vimānaṃ.

BALLOT, s. (A ball or ticket used in voting) guṭikā gulikā kākinī f., kaparddakaḥ svīkṛtāsvīkṛtacihnaṃ.
     --(The act of voting by ballot) guṭikāṃ nibhṛtaṃ pātayitvā svīkṛtāsvīkṛtajñāpanaṃ or matāmatasūcanaṃ.

To BALLOT, v. n. svīkṛtāsvīkṛtajñāpanāya guṭikāṃ nibhṛtaṃ pat in caus. (pātayati -yituṃ).

BALM, s. (The juice of a shrub) gugguluḥ m.
     --(That which alleviates) praśamanaṃ śāntiḥ f., upaśāntiḥ f., vedanāśāntiḥ f.

BALMY, a. (Having the qualities of balm) pūrvvoktavṛkṣarasopetaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Soothing) upaśamakaḥ -kā -kaṃ upaśāyī -yinī -yi (n).
     --(Fragrant) saugandhikaḥ -kī -kaṃ surabhiḥ -bhiḥ -bhi.

BALSAM, s. (Ointment, unguent) vilepaḥ vilepanaṃ upadehaḥ abhyañjanaṃ.

BALSAMIC, a. (Unctuous) snigdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ meduraḥ -rā -raṃ prameditaḥ -tā -taṃ cikkaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ snehī -hinī -hi (n) mṛduḥ -dvī -du.

BALUSTRADE, s. paṅktikrameṇa racitaḥ kṣudrastambhasamūhaḥ kṣudrastambhaśreṇī.

BAMBOO, s. veṇuḥ vaṃśaḥ vetasaḥ tvaksāraḥ śataparvvā m. (n) maskaraḥ tṛṇadhvajaḥ yavaphalaḥ tejanaḥ karmmāraḥ.
     --(When rattling) kīcakaḥ.

To BAMBOOZLE, v. a. (To cheat) vañc in caus. (vañcayate -yituṃ) parivañc pralabh (c. 1. -labhate -labdhuṃ), vipralabh chal (c. 10. chalayati -yituṃ).

BAMBOOZLED, p. p. vañcitaḥ -tā -taṃ pralabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ vipralabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ.

BAMBOOZLER, s. vañcakaḥ chalī m. (n) dhūrttaḥ kūṭakaḥ kitavaḥ pratārakaḥ.

BAN, s. (Public notice of any thing) ghoṣaṇaṃ -ṇā ghoṣaṇāpatraṃ utkīrttanaṃ samācāraḥ.
     --(A curse) śāpaḥ abhiśāpaḥ ākrośaḥ; 'under a ban,' śāpagrastaḥ -stā -staṃ.
     --(Interdiction) niṣedhaḥ pratiṣedhaḥ vāraṇaṃ virodhaḥ.

To BAN, v. a. (To curse) śap (c. 1. śapati -te, c. 4. śapyati śaptaṃ), abhiśap pariśap.

BANANA, s. kadalī tṛṇasārā gucchaphalā vāraṇavuṣā rambhā mocā kāṣṭhīlā.

BAND, s. (That which binds) bandhanaṃ or -nī or -naḥ.
     --(Bond) pāśaḥ śṛṅkhalaṃ.
     --(Union or connection) sambandhaḥ saṃyogaḥ.
     --(A company of persons) paṅktiḥ f., samūhaḥ śreṇī samāgamaḥ.
     --(Of musical instruments) vādyabhāṇḍaṃ vāditragaṇaḥ tūyyaughaḥ.
     --(A company of soldiers) gulmaḥ sainikaḥ.

To BAND, v.a. saṃyuj (c. 10. -yojayati -yituṃ), ekatra kṛ.

To BAND, v. n. ekatra mil (c. 6. milati melituṃ), sammil.

BANDAGE, s. paṭṭaḥ bandhanaṃ paṭṭakaḥ āveṣṭanaṃ kavalikā.
     --(Securing with bandages in surgery) anuvellitaṃ.

BANDBOX, s. yat kiñcillaghuvastraṃ strīlokena bhṛtaṃ tadādhānayogyaḥ sampuṭakaḥ or ādhāraḥ.

BANDIT, s. paripanthī m. (n) dasyuḥ prasahyacauraḥ cauraḥ viplavakārī m. (n) sāraṇikaghnaḥ.

To BANDY, v. a. (To toss to and fro) itastataḥ or itaścetaḥ kṣip (c. 6. kṣipati kṣeptuṃ).
     --(To give and take reciprocally) nime (c. 1. -mayate -mātuṃ), vinime parivṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ).

BANDY-LEGGED, a. prajñuḥ -jñuḥ -jñu pragatajānuḥ -nuḥ -nu viralajānuḥ -nuḥ -nu.

BANE, s. (Poison) viṣaṃ garaḥ -raṃ halāhalaḥ.
     --(Ruin) nāśaḥ vināśaḥ atyayaḥ dūṣaṇaṃ.
     --(Causing ruin) dūṣakaḥ.

BANEFUL, a. (Poisonous) viṣadharaḥ -rā -raṃ garalī -linī -li (n). viṣānvitaḥ -tā -taṃ viṣatulyaḥ -lyā -lyaṃ.
     --(Destructive) nāśī -śinī -śi (n) vināśakaḥ -kā -kaṃ ātyayikaḥ -kī -kaṃ dūṣakaḥ -kā -kaṃ hiṃsraḥ -srā -sraṃ.

BANEFULNEES, s. viṣālutā nāśitvaṃ hiṃsratā sagaratā.

To BANG, v. a. (To beat, thump) taḍ (c. 10. tāḍayati -yituṃ), prahṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ), tud (c. 6. tudati -tottuṃ), ātud.

BANG, s. āghātaḥ abhighātaḥ prahāraḥ muṣṭipātaḥ karāghātaḥ.

To BANISH, v. a. (To another country) vivas in caus. (-vāsayati -yituṃ) nirvas pravas vipravas pravraj in caus. (-vrājayati -yituṃ) deśāntarīkṛ.
     --(To drive away) nirākṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ), vahiṣkṛ or vahiḥ kṛ niḥsṛ, in caus. (-sārayati -yituṃ) utsṛ; apānud (c. 6. -nudati -nottuṃ), niras (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ).

BANISHED, p. p. pravāsitaḥ -tā -taṃ vivāsitaḥ -tā -taṃ niḥsāritaḥ -tā -taṃ vahiṣkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ nirastaḥ -stā -staṃ nirākṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ niḥkāsitaḥ -tā taṃ avakṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BANISHMENT, s. (The act) pravāsanaṃ vivāsanaṃ nirvāsanaṃ pravrājanaṃ niḥsāraṇaṃ nirasanaṃ apanodanaṃ nirākaraṇaṃ.
     --(The state) pravāsaḥ vivāsaḥ.

BANISTER, s. sopāne ubhayataḥ sthāpitā kṣudrastambhapaṅktiḥ.

BANK, s. (Of a river) tīraṃ taṭaṃ -ṭaḥ kūlaṃ pratīraṃ kacchaḥ rodhaḥ n. (s); 'the opposite bank,' pāraṃ tīrāntaraṃ; 'the near bank,' avāraṃ.
     --(Any heap) cayaḥ kūlaṃ piṇḍanaḥ vapraḥ; 'sand-bank,' saikataṃ.
     --(A place where money is laid up) dhanāgāraṃ mudrāgāraṃ nikṣiptadhanāgāraṃ ṭaṅkāgāraṃ.

To BANK, v. a. (To inclose with a bank) kūlena or vapreṇa pariveṣṭ (c. 1. -veṣṭate -veṣṭituṃ).
     --(To lay up money in a bank) dhanāgāre dhanaṃ nikṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ) or nyas (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ), kusīdikaṃ nikaṭe dhanaṃ sthā in caus. (sthāpayati -yituṃ).

BANK-BILL, BANK-NOTE, s. ānṛṇyapratijñāpatraṃ or ṛṇaśodhanapratijñāpatraṃ yaddarśanād mudrāgāre nikṣiptadhanaṃ pratidīyate nikṣiptadhanavinimayena yat pratijñāpatraṃ pracalīkriyate.

BANKER, s. (Keeper of a bank) dhanāgārapatiḥ m., mudrāgārapatiḥ.
     --(Trader in money) kusīdikaḥ kalopajīvī m. (n).

BANKRUPT, s. parikṣīṇaḥ ṛṇaśodhanāya akṣama ṛṇī (n) or adhamarṇaḥ or ṛṇavān (t) asamartharṇaśodhanaḥ aśaktānṛṇyaḥ gatavibhavaḥ sarvvasvacyutaḥ nirdhanaḥ hatasampadaḥ.

BANKRUPTCY, s. parikṣīṇatā ṛṇaśodhanāśaktiḥ f., ṛṇamokṣāsāmarthyaṃ nirdhanatā.

BANNER, s. patākā dhvajaḥ or -jaṃ ketanaṃ vaijayantī f., dhvajapaṭaḥ.

BANNS, s. (Of marriage) vivāhaghopaṇā vivāhaghopaṇapatraṃ.

BANQUET, s. utsavaḥ sambhojanaṃ svādvannabhojanaṃ.

To BANQUET, v. a. svādvannaiḥ or miṣṭānnaiḥ or bhojanaviśeṣaiḥ or saviśeṣānnaiḥ bhuj in caus. (bhojayati -yituṃ) or santup in caus. (-toṣayati -yituṃ) or saṃvṛdh in caus. (-varddhayati -yituṃ) or tṛp in caus. (tarpayati -yituṃ).

To BANQUET, v. n. utsavaṃ kṛ viśiṣṭānnaṃ or svādvannaṃ or bhojanaviśeṣān or saviśeṣānnaṃ bhuj (c. 7. bhuṃkte bhoktuṃ), viśiṣṭarūpeṇa āhāraṃ kṛ ātmambhariḥ -riḥ -ri as.

BANQUETER, s. utsavakarttā m. (rttṛ) viśiṣṭānnabhoktā m. (ktṛ) svādvannasantoṣitaḥ svādvannabhakṣakaḥ.

BANQUETING, s. utsavakaraṇaṃ viśiṣṭānnabhojanaṃ svādvannakhādanaṃ.

To BANTER, v. a. avahas (c. 1. -hasati -hasituṃ), apahas vihas with acc.; avakṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ), bharts (c. 10. bhartsagate -ti -yituṃ), nind (c. 1. nindati nindituṃ).

BANTERER, s. avakṣepakaḥ kṣepakaḥ nindakaḥ parihāsavedī m. (n).

BANTLING, s. bālaḥ -lā bālakaḥ śiśuḥ m.

BANYAN-TREE, s. vaṭaḥ nyagrodhaḥ parkaṭī.

BAPTISM, s. majjanaṃ jalasaṃskāraḥ avagāhanaṃ.

BAPTISMAL, a. majjanasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) jalasaṃskāraviṣayaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

BAPTIST, s. majjayitā m. (tṛ) avagāhakaḥ jalasaṃskārakarttā m. (rttṛ).

BAPTISTERY, s. majjanasthānaṃ avagāhanasthānaṃ jalasaṃskārakaraṇasthānaṃ.

To BAPTIZE, v. a. majj in caus. (majjayati -yituṃ) nimajj avagāh in caus. (-gāhayati -yituṃ) jalasaṃskāraṃ kṛ.

BAR, s. (Of a door) argalaṃ.
     --(Of a cage) śalākā.
     --(Any obstacle) vighnaḥ avarodhaḥ -dhakaṃ vyāghātaḥ pratiṣṭambhaḥ bādhakaḥ pratibandhaḥ pratyūhaḥ.
     --(A sand-bank) saikataṃ.
     --(The place where criminals are tried) dharmmasabhā vicārasthānaṃ.
     --(A solid mass of metal) lohapiṇḍaḥ -ṇḍaṃ kuśī.
     --(In music) tālaniyāmakā rekhā.
     --(In a tavern) śuṇḍāpāne madyakretṛvikretrorabhyantare sthāpitam avarodhakaṃ tatra ca tanmadhye vigaṇanaṃ kriyate.

To BAR, v. a. (To fasten with a bar) argalena bandh (c. 9. badhnāti baddhuṃ).
     --(To hinder) vṛ in caus. (vārayati -yituṃ) nivṛ prativṛ; pratirudh (c. 7. -ruṇaddhi -roddhuṃ), nirudh virudh pratibandh.
     --(To shut out from) nirākṛ niras (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ).
     --(To exclude) vahiṣkṛ nirākṛ.
     --(To prohibit) pratiṣigh (c. 1. -sedhati -seddhuṃ), niṣidh; antaḥkhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -khyātuṃ).

BARB, s. (A species of horse brought from Barbary) videśajātīyaḥ sutanukāyaviśiṣṭas turagaprabhedaḥ.
     --(A crooked point) phalaṃ karṇaḥ śūlāgraṃ śaraphalaṃ.
     --(Armour for horses) prakharaḥ prakṣaraḥ aśvatanutraṃ aśvasajjā.

BARBACAN, s. prākārīyanagaropānte nirmmitaṃ durgaṃ.

BARBARIAN, s. mlecchaḥ mlecchajātiḥ m., śavaraḥ kirātaḥ kṣudhunaḥ pulindaḥ.
     --(An uncivilized man) asabhyalokaḥ puruṣapaśuḥ.
     --(A foreigner) videśī m. (n).
     --(A cruel tyrant) nirdayaḥ.
     --(The country of barbarians) pratyantaḥ.

BARBARIAN, BARBARIC, a. (Belonging to barbarians) mlecchī -cchinī -cchi (n). videśī -śinī -śi (n) vaideśikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(Uncivilized) asabhyaḥ -bhyā -bhyaṃ asaṃskṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ aśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BARBARISM, s. (In grammar) mlecchitaṃ.
     --(Savageness of manners) krūratā krūrācāratā mlecchatvaṃ paśutā durācāratvaṃ.

BARBARITY, s. (Cruelty) niṣṭhuratā nirdayatvaṃ krūratā.
     --(Of manners) asabhyatā krūrācāratā.

BARBAROUS, a. (Foreign) mlecchīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ vaideśikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(Savage in manners) krūrācāraḥ -rā -raṃ kuśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ durācāraḥ -rā -raṃ aśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ śauvāpadaḥ -dī -daṃ.
     --(Cruel) niṣṭhuraḥ -rā -raṃ nirddayaḥ -yā -yaṃ krūraḥ -rā -raṃ.

BARBAROUSLY, adv. mlecchavat asabhyalokavat paśuvat śvāpadavat.
     --(Cruelly) nirddayaṃ niṣṭhuraṃ atikrūratayā.

BARBED, a. karṇī -rṇinī -rṇi (n) phalayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ lauhāgrayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.
     --(Mailed) varmitaḥ -tā -taṃ kavacī -cinī -ci (n) paridaṃśitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BARBEL, s. nādeyamatsyaviśeṣaḥ.

BARBER, s. nāpitaḥ kṣurī m. (n) muṇḍī m. (n) kṣaurikaḥ antāvasāyī m. (n) divākīrttiḥ m.; 'a barber's business,' nāpityaṃ.

BARBES, s. pl. (A disease of horses) aśvīyarogaviśeṣaḥ.

BARD, s. māgadhaḥ vandī m. (n) madhukaḥ.
     --(Poet) kaviḥ m., kāvyaśāstrajñaḥ.

BARDICK, a. māgadhasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) kāvyaśāstrasambandhīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

BARE, a. (Naked) nagnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ.
     --(Without ornament) abhūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ analaṅkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ asaṃskṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Unclothed) vivastraḥ -strā -straṃ.
     --(Uncovered) anāvṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vivṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ apavṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Mere) kevalaḥ -lā -laṃ mātrakaḥ -kā -kaṃ mātraṃ.
     --(Threadbare, worn) jīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ; 'the bare ground,' kevalā bhūmiḥ pṛthivītalaṃ bhūtalaṃ.

To BARE, v. a. (To strip, uncover) nagnīkṛ; vyaktīkṛ; ucchad (c. 10. -chādayati -yituṃ), vivṛ (c. 5. -vṛṇoti -varituṃ -varītuṃ).

BARED, p. p. nagnīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vyaktīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vivṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BAREFACED, a. (Shameless) nirlajjaḥ -jjā -jjaṃ lajjāhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ dhṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BAREFACEDNESS, s. nirlajjatvaṃ dhṛṣṭatā dhārṣṭyaṃ pragalbhatā prāgalbhyaṃ vaiyātyaṃ.

BAREFOOT, a. nagnapādaḥ -dā -daṃ śūnyapādaḥ -dā -daṃ pādukāhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.

BAREHEADED, a. nagnaśirāḥ -rāḥ -raḥ (s) śūnyamastakaḥ -kā -kaṃ anāvṛtaśirāḥ -rāḥ -raḥ (s).

BARELY, adv. (Merely) mātraṃ kevalaṃ.
     --(Hardly) kaṣṭaṃ kaṣṭena kṛcchreṇa.
     --(Nakedly)--nagnaṃ śūnyaṃ ācchādanavyatirekeṇa.
     --(Without ornament) alaṅkāravyatirekeṇa bhūṣaṇaṃ vinā.

BARENESS, s. (Nakedness) nagnatvaṃ śūnyatā riktatā.
     --(Leanness, poverty) kṣīṇatā daridratā dainyaṃ.

BARGAIN, s. (A contract, agreement) samayaḥ niyamaḥ saṃvid f., upagamaḥ abhyupagamaḥ saṃśravaḥ āśravaḥ samādhiḥ m., uddeśaḥ.
     --(Contract concerning the price of a thing sold) paṇaḥ vipaṇaḥ krayaniyamaḥ krayavikrayaniyamaḥ krayapatraṃ.

To BARGAIN, v. n. paṇ (c. 1. paṇate paṇituṃ or paṇāyati -yituṃ), paṇaṃ kṛ saṅghaṭṭ (c. 1. -ghaṭṭate -ghaṭṭituṃ), samayākṛ niyamīkṛ krayavikrayaniyamaṃ kṛ.

BARGAINED, p. p. paṇitaḥ -tā -taṃ paṇāyitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṅghaṭṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BARGE, s. tarāluḥ m., tarāndhuḥ m., vahitraṃ.
     --(Pleasure-boat) kelinaukā.

BARGEMAN, s. nāvikaḥ potavāhaḥ pūrvvoktanaukākarṇadhāraḥ tarikaḥ.

BARK, s. valkalaḥ -laṃ valkaṃ tvak f. (c) tvacaṃ challī f., śalkaṃ śalkalaṃ; 'bark of a tree,' tarutvak f. (c).
     --(Made of bark) tvaṅmayaḥ -yī -yaṃ tarutvaḍnirmmitaḥ -tā -taṃ vālkalaḥ -lī -laṃ.
     --(Garment of) valkalaḥ.
     --(A small ship) potaḥ kṣudranaukā.

To BARK, v. a. (To strip trees of their bark) tvac (nom. tvacayati -yituṃ), valk (nom. valkayati -yituṃ), tvakṣ (c. 1. tvakṣati tvakṣituṃ), valkam utkṛṣ (c. 1. -karṣati -kraṣṭuṃ) or niṣkṛṣ.
     --(To enclose, as bark) valkalavat pariveṣṭ (c. 1. -veṣṭate -veṣṭituṃ).

To BARK, v. n. bhaṣ (c. 1. bhaṣati bhaṣituṃ), bukk (c. 1. bukkati bukkituṃ, c. 10. bukkayati -yituṃ), rai (c. 1. rāyati rātuṃ).
     --(To revile) ākruś (c. 1. -krośati -kroṣṭuṃ), mukharīkṛ.

[Page 39a]

BARKER, s. bhaṣakaḥ.
     --(Reviler) ākrośakaḥ.

BARKING, s. (Of dogs) bhaṣaṇaṃ bukkanaṃ rāyaṇaṃ rutaṃ.

BARKY, a. vālkaḥ -lkī -lkaṃ vālkalaḥ -lī -laṃ tvaṅmayaḥ -yī -yaṃ.

BARLERIA, s. (A flower) vāṇā ārttagalaḥ kuravakaḥ sahacarī kṣuraḥ.

BARLEY, s. yavaḥ yavakaḥ tīkṣṇaśūkaḥ praveṭaḥ śitaśūkaḥ; 'unripe barley,' tokmaḥ yāvakaḥ kulmāṣaṃ; 'barley-meal,' yavakṣodaḥ; 'barley-water,' udamanthaḥ; 'made of barley,' yavamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ; 'sown with barley,' yavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ.

BARLEY-BROTH, s. yavasuraṃ yavanirmmitaṃ pānīyaṃ yavarasaḥ.

BARLEY-CORN, s. yavaḥ tiryyagyavodaraṃ.

BARLEY-MOW, s. lūnayavasaṅgrahaṇasthānaṃ yave lūne sati tatsañcayanasthānaṃ.

BARLEY-SUGAR, s. yavarasakvathita ikṣusāraḥ mākṣikaśarkarā śuklopalā.

BARM, s. surāmaṇḍaḥ madyamaṇḍaḥ kārottaraḥ kārottamaḥ abhiṣavaḥ.

BARN, s. kuśūlaḥ śasyabhāṇḍaṃ bhāṇḍāgāraḥ dhānyāgāraḥ dhānyakoṣṭhakaṃ dhānyasaṅgrahasthānaṃ.

BARNACLE, s. (A kind of shell-fish) naukākāṣṭhajaḥ śambūkaviśeṣaḥ.
     --(An instrument to hold a horse by the nose) pāśaviśeṣo yena turaṅgo mukhadeśe ghriyamāṇo'śvacikitsakena cikitsituṃ śakyate.
     --(A kind of bird) haṃsajātīyaḥ pakṣiprabhedaḥ.

BAROMETER, s. ākāśatolanayantraṃ ākāśaparimāṇārthaṃ pāradapūritā kācanālī.

BARON, s. kramāgatānāṃ kulīnapadānāṃ madhye padaprabhedaḥ adhipatiḥ m., svāmī m. (n).
     --(Baron of beef) gopṛṣṭhaṃ ubhayapārśvīyapañjarayuktaṃ gomāṃsaṃ.

BARONESS, s. vakṣyamāṇakulīnapadasthitasya puruṣasya patnī or bhāryyā.

BARONET, s. kramāgatānāṃ kulīnapadānāṃ madhye avarapadaṃ yasya saḥ.

BARONIAL, a. pūrvvoktakulīnapadasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

BARONY, s. pūrvvoktakulīnapadasambandhīyam ādhipatyaṃ or svāmyaṃ.

BARRACK, s. sainyāgāraṃ sainyālayaḥ ayuddhasamaye sainyanivāsasthānaṃ sainyāvāsaḥ.

To BARRACK, v. a. sainyān sainyāgāre pṛthak pṛthak sthā in caus. (sthāpayati -yituṃ), or vas in caus. (vāsayati -yituṃ).

BARRED, p. p. viruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ pratibaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ niṣiddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ bādhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BARREL, s. (A small cask) dīrghagolākāraṃ kāṣṭhanirmmitaṃ pātraṃ or bhāṇḍaṃ.
     --(A cylinder, as of a gun) nāḍiḥ -ḍī f., nālī or -lā.

To BARREL, v. a. (To put in a barrel) pūrvvīktapātre niviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ).

BARREN, a. (Not prolific) bandhyaḥ -ndhyā -ndhyaṃ asutī -tinī -ti (n) aprasavī -vinī -vi (n) prajārahitaḥ -tā -taṃ.--Unfruitful) niṣphalaḥ -lā -laṃ aphalaḥ -lā -laṃ avakeśī -śinī -śi (n) śuṣkaḥ -ṣkā -ṣkaṃ,
     --(Useless) vyarthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ anarthakaḥ -kā -kaṃ moghaḥ -ghā -ghaṃ.
     --(Empty) śūnyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ riktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ; 'a barren woman,' bandhyā apasūtā; 'a barren soil,' marusthalaṃ or -lī.

BARRENNESS, s. bandhyatā niṣphalatā vaiyarthyaṃ śuṣkatā śūnyatā.
     --(In a female) bandhyātvaṃ.

BARRICADE or BARRICADO, s. prācīraṃ prākāraḥ vapraḥ -praṃ avarodhakaṃ pathāvarodhaḥ.

To BARRICADE or BARRICADO, v. a. and n. rudh (c. 7. ruṇaddhi roddhuṃ), pratirudh saṃrudh; pratibandh (c. 9. -baghnāti -baddhuṃ); prācīreṇa patham avarudh.

BARRIER, s. (A barricade) prākāraḥ prācīraṃ parikūṭaṃ vapraḥ.
     --(An obstacle) vighnaḥ pratiṣṭambhaḥ avarodhakaṃ pratirodhaḥ pratibandhaḥ sambādhanaṃ. pratyūhaḥ.
     --(A boundary) sīmā paryyantaṃ parisīmā.

BARRISTER, s. uttaravādī m. (n) parārthaṃ vādī m. (n) prativādī m. (n) parārthe vādānuvādakarttā m. (rttṛ) mantrī m. (n) mantrakṛt vyavasthānirūpakaḥ vyavahārapaṇḍitaḥ smṛtiśāstrajñaḥ dhīsacivaḥ.

BARROW, s. (A kind of vehicle) hastapracālitaṃ vāhanaṃ or yānaṃ.
     --(A hog) śūkaraḥ.
     --(A mound) mṛttikārāśiḥ f., unnatabhūbhāgaḥ.

To BARTER, v. n. (To trade) bhāṇḍavinimayena bāṇijyaṃ kṛ.

To BARTER, v. a. (To exchange one article for another) nime (c. 1. -mayate -mātuṃ), vime vinime bhāṇḍavinimayaṃ kṛ parivṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ) bhāṇḍaṃ prati bhāṇḍaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ); 'capable of being bartered,' parivarttanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

BARTER, s. bhāṇḍavinimayaḥ nimeyaḥ naimeyaḥ vimayaḥ vinimayaḥ vaimeyaḥ pratidānaṃ paridānaṃ parivṛttiḥ f., parīvarttaḥ parivarttaḥ nimayā vyatihāraḥ; 'any thing obtained by barter,' āpamityakaṃ.
     --(Rule of barter in arithmetic) bhāṇḍapratibhāṇḍakaḥ.

BARTON, s. (A poultry-yard) grāmakukkuṭādirakṣaṇārthaṃ vṛtiḥ.

BASALT, s. lohasadṛśa atidṛḍhaḥ kṛṣṇavarṇaḥ prastaraviśeṣaḥ.

BASALTIC, pūrvvoktaprastarasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

BASE, a. (Mean, vile) nīcaḥ -cā -caṃ adhamaḥ -mā -maṃ nikṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ apakṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ khalaḥ -lā -laṃ anāryyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ nirguṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ duṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ tucchaḥ -cchā -cchaṃ jaghanyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ kadaryyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ hīnaḥ -nā -naṃ kutsitaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'a base man,' kāpuruṣaḥ.
     --(Of mean parentage) akulaḥ -lā -laṃ akulīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Of mean spirit) kṛpaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ duṣṭabhāvaḥ -vā -vaṃ; 'base metal,' kupyaṃ.

BASE or BASS, a. (As sound) gambhīraḥ -rā -raṃ dhīraḥ -rā -raṃ.
     --(A base sound) mandraḥ.

BASE, s. (The bottom of any thing) adhobhāgaḥ mūlaṃ talaṃ upaṣṭambhaḥ upāntaṃ.
     --(In geometry) mūrddhā m. (n) bhūmiḥ f.
     --(Base of a pillar) upaṣṭambhaḥ stambhasya adhobhāgaḥ.
     --(Base of a tree) tarutalaṃ.
     --(Foundation of a house) bhittimūlaṃ poṭaḥ.

BASE-BORN, a. vihīnayoniḥ -niḥ -ni vijātaḥ -tā -taṃ kaluṣayonijaḥ -jā -jaṃ hīnajātiḥ -tiḥ -ti.
     --(Bastard) jārajaḥ kuṇḍaḥ.

BASE-MINDED, a. duṣṭamatiḥ -tiḥ -ti duṣṭacetāḥ -tāḥ -taḥ (s).

BASED, p. p. (Founded) mūlaḥ -lā -laṃ in comp.; 'based on knowledge,' jñānamūlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BASELESS, a. nirmmūlaḥ -lā -laṃ amūlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BASELY, adv. apakṛṣṭaṃ nikṛṣṭaṃ nīcatayā sadainyaṃ duṣṭajanavat adhamaprakāreṇa kārpaṇyena.

BASEMENT, s. (Foundation of a house) gṛhasya bhittimūlaṃ vāstu n., poṭaḥ.

BASENESS, s. (Meanness) nīcatā duṣṭatā nikṛṣṭatā dainyaṃ kadaryyatvaṃ anāryyatā khalatā.
     --(Of birth) hīnajātitā vaijātyaṃ.
     --(Of Sound) gāmbhīryyaṃ.
     --(Of metal) malaṃ kupyatvaṃ.

BASHAW, s. tarkīyadeśe khyātiviśeṣaḥ senānīḥ m., senāpatiḥ m., adhipatiḥ m.

BASHFUL, a. hrīmān -matī -mat (t) lajjāvān -vatī -vat (t) apatrapiṣṇuḥ -ṣṇuḥ -ṣṇu trapitaḥ -tā -taṃ trapāyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ krīḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ śālīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Timorous) bhīruḥ -ruḥ -ru.

BASHFULLY, adv. lajjayā satrapaṃ savrīḍanaṃ.
     --(Timorously) sacakitaṃ sabhayaṃ.

BASHFULNESS, s. hrīḥ f., lajjā trapaḥ -pā apatrapā vrīḍā vrīḍanaṃ śālīnatvaṃ mandākṣaṃ.
     --(Timidity) bhīrutā.

BASIL, s. (A plant) tulasī maruvakaḥ samīraṇaḥ prasthapuṣpaḥ phaṇijhakaḥ parṇāsaḥ jambhīraḥ kaṭhiñjaraḥ kuṭherakaḥ arjjakaḥ.

BASILICA, s. (The middle vein of the arm) bāhumadhyasthā vṛhannāḍiḥ f.

BASILICK, s. vṛhatpūjāśālā.

[Page 40a]

BASILISK, s. (A kind of serpent) cūḍāyuktaḥ sarpabhedaḥ.

BASIN, s. taḍāgaḥ jalāśayaḥ jalādhāraḥ khātaṃ. See Bason.

BASIS, s. (Foundation of any thing) mūlaṃ aghobhāgaḥ upaṣṭambhaḥ talaṃ.
     --(Basis of a pillar) stambhasya adhobhāgaḥ.
     --(The groundwork of any thing) mūlaṃ vastu n., yoniḥ m.; 'prosperity has virtue for its basis,' dharmmamūlā sampattiḥ; 'the basis or material of cloth,' vastrayoniḥ,

To BASK, v. n. sūryyātapaṃ or sūryyatejaḥ sev (c. 1. sevate sevituṃ), pratisūryyaṃ śī (c. 2. śete śayituṃ) or saṃviś (c. 6. -viśati -veṣṭuṃ).

BASKET, s. piṭakaḥ peṭakaḥ peṭā ḍalakaṃ ḍallakaḥ karaṇḍaḥ mañjūpā kaṇḍolaḥ; 'basket-maker,' vaiṇavaḥ vaidalakāraḥ; 'basket-work,' vaidalaṃ.

BASON or BASIN, s. (Reservoir) taḍāgaḥ jalāśayaḥ veśantaḥ palvalaḥ -laṃ alpasaraḥ n. (s) khātaṃ krīḍāsaraḥ n. (s).
     --(Round the foot of a tree) ālavālaṃ āvālaṃ āvāpaḥ.
     --(Vessel to hold water) droṇī pātraṃ bhāṇḍaṃ jalādhāraḥ kāṣṭhāmbuvāhinī.
     --(Harbour) khātaṃ potabandhanasthānaṃ.
     --(Scale of a balance) tulāghaṭaḥ.

BASS, a. (In music.) See Base.

BASS, s. (Mat) kaṭaḥ tṛṇapūlī talācī pādapāśī.

BASSO-RELIEVO or BASS-RELIEF, s. pratichāyā praticchandaḥ uccaiḥprakāreṇa takṣitā citralekhā.

BASSOON, s. śuṣiraviśeṣaḥ śuṣiravādyaprabhedaḥ.

BASTARD, s. jārajaḥ asatīsutaḥ kuṇḍaḥ -ṇḍī m. (n) upastrījātaḥ dāsīputraḥ kaulaṭeraḥ kaulaṭeyaḥ bandhulaḥ bāndhakineyaḥ.
     --(Born after the death of a husband) golakaḥ.

BASTARD, a. (Illegitimate) vijanitaḥ -tā -taṃ vijātaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Spurious) kṛtrimaḥ -mā -maṃ kalpitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BASTARDY, s. jārajātatā jārajatvaṃ kuṇḍāvasthā upastrījātadaśā.

To BASTE, v. a. (To beat with a stick) laguḍena or gadayā taḍ (c. 10. tāḍayati -yituṃ), or prahṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ), or abhihan (c. 2. -hanti -hantuṃ), or tud (c. 6. tudati tottuṃ).
     --(To sprinkle meat that is roasting) pacyamānaṃ or śūlākṛtaṃ māṃsaṃ ghṛtena sic (c. 6. siñcati sektuṃ).
     --(To sew) sīv (c. 4. sīvyati sevituṃ).

BASTILE, s. prākārayuktaṃ kārāgāraṃ durgaṃ durgaparigataṃ parikhāprācīrādi.

BASTINADE or BASTINADO, s. laguḍena tāḍanaṃ daṇḍāghātaḥ gadāprahāraḥ.

BASTING, s. daṇḍāghātanaṃ laguḍapātanaṃ gadāpraharaṇaṃ abhighātaḥ tāḍanaṃ.

BASTION, s. vapraḥ -praṃ durgavahiḥpārśve rāśīkṛtā mṛttikā or upacito vapraḥ.

BAT, s. jatukā jatūkā ajinapatrā carmmacaṭakā carmmacaṭī bhaṅgārī.
     --(A club) gulikākrīḍāyāṃ gulikāpraṇodārthaṃ yaṣṭiḥ m. or gadā or laguḍaḥ.

BAT-FOWLER, s. rātrikāle jatukādivyādhaḥ or pakṣigrāhakaḥ.

BAT-FOWLING, s. pradoṣakāle or rātrisamaye pakṣigrahaṇaṃ.

BATCH, s. (A number of things) gaṇaḥ saṅghaṃ saṅghātaḥ.
     --(A single baking) āpūpikaṃ paiṣṭikaṃ śāṣkulikaṃ yatpiṣṭakapūpādi ekakāle pacyate.

BATCHELOR, s. avivāhitaḥ akṛtadāraḥ akṛtavivāhaḥ.

To BATE, v. a. nyūnīkṛ alpīkṛ hras in caus. (hrāsayati -yituṃ) kan (nom. kanayati -yituṃ), lagh (nom. laghayati -yituṃ), śam in caus. (śamayati -yituṃ) uddhāraṃ kṛ.

To BATE, v. n. kṣi in pass. (kṣīyate) nyūnībhū alpībhū hras (c. 1. hrasati hrasituṃ), śam (c. 4. śāmyati śamituṃ).

BATEFUL, a. kalahakārī -riṇī -ri (n) vivādaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BATEMENT, s. nyūnīkaraṇaṃ alpīkaraṇaṃ nyūnatā uddhāraḥ uddharaṇaṃ.

BATH, s. snānakuṇḍaṃ snānāgāraṃ snānaśālā avagāhaḥ avagāhanasthānaṃ.

[Page 40b]

To BATHE, v. a. snā in caus. (snāpayati -yituṃ) dhāv (c. 1. dhāvati dhāvituṃ or caus. dhāvayati -yituṃ), pradhāv in caus., kṣal (c. 10. kṣālayati -yituṃ), prakṣal nimajj in caus. (-majjayati -yituṃ) āplu in caus. (-plāvayati -yituṃ).

To BATHE, v. n. snā (c. 2. snāti snātuṃ), nimajj (c. 6. -majjati -majjituṃ), avagāh (c. 1. -gāhate -gāhituṃ -gāḍhuṃ), āplu (c. 1. -plavate -plotuṃ), abhiṣekaṃ kṛ.
     --(With one's clothes on) sacelaḥ snā.

BATHED, p. p. snātaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtasnānaḥ -nā -naṃ avagāhitaḥ -tā -taṃ avagāḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ āplutaḥ -tā -taṃ nimagnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ dhautaḥ -tā -taṃ jalaśuciḥ -ciḥ -ci.

BATHER, s. snāyī m. (n) kṛtasnānaḥ snātā m. (tṛ) āplavakaḥ nimajjanakṛt.

BATHING, s. (Act of) snānaṃ majjanaṃ nimajjanaṃ āplavaḥ āplāvaḥ avagāhanaṃ abhiṣekaḥ.
     --(Religious bathing) savanaṃ abhiṣavaḥ sūtyā.
     --(Relating to bathing) snānīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.
     --(Bathing-gown) snānavastraṃ.

BATHOS, s. vākyālaṅkāraviśeṣaḥ gambhīratā gāmbhīryyaṃ nīcatā.

BATING, prep. varjjayitvā varjjaṃ ṛte apāsya vyatiriktaṃ vyatirekeṇa.

BATLET, s. vastradhāvane rajakaiḥ prayuktaś catuṣkoṇaḥ kāṣṭhamudgaraḥ.

BATOON, s. daṇḍaḥ gadā laguḍaḥ yaṣṭiḥ m., vetraṃ.

BATTALION, s. vāhinī sainyadalaṃ gulmaḥ vyūhaḥ senāmukhaṃ.

BATTEL, s. yaḥ kaścid vyayo rājavidyālaye antevāsinā kriyate tadgaṇanāpatraṃ.

To BATTEN, v. a. (To make fat) pyai in caus. (pyāyayati -yituṃ) sphāy in caus. (sphāvayati -yituṃ) saṃvṛdh in caus. (-vardhayati -yituṃ) tṛp in caus. (tarpayati -yituṃ) pīnaṃ -nāṃ -naṃ kṛ.
     --(To fertilize) saphala (nom. saphalayati -yituṃ).

To BATTEN, v. n. (To grow fat) pyai (c. 1. pyāyate pyātuṃ), sphāy (c. 1. sphāyate sphāyituṃ), saṃvṛdh (c. 1. -vardhate -vardhituṃ), ātmambhariḥ -riḥ -ri or udarambhariḥ -riḥ -ri as.

To BATTER, v. a. (To shatter) mṛd (c. 9. mṛdnāti marddituṃ) avamṛd pramṛd; cūrṇ (c. 10. cūrṇayati -yituṃ), pracūrṇ math (c. 9. mathnāti manthituṃ or mathituṃ), vimath piṣ (c. 7. pinaṣṭi peṣṭuṃ), niṣpiṣ pratipiṣ; cūrṇīkṛ bhañj (c. 7. bhanakti bhaṃktuṃ), prabhañj; taḍ (c. 10. tāḍayati -yituṃ), tud (c. 6. tudati tottuṃ).

BATTERED, p. p. mṛditaḥ -tā -taṃ mardditaḥ -tā -taṃ vimathitaḥ -tā -taṃ cūrṇitaḥ -tā -taṃ bhagnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ tāḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ niṣpiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BATTERING-RAM, s. durgabhittimarddane or nagaraprācīrabhañjane pūrvvakālīnayoghaiḥ prayukto meṣamastakākārāgro vṛhaddaṇḍaḥ.

BATTERY, s. (The act of battering) marddanaṃ peṣaṇaṃ bhañjanaṃ āghātanaṃ.
     --(In law) daṇḍapāruṣpaṃ.
     --(A line of cannon) yuddhayantraśreṇī.

BATTLE, s. yuddhaṃ raṇaḥ raṇaṃ saṅgrāmaḥ samaraḥ -raṃ vigrahaḥ saṃyugaḥ āhavaḥ āyodhanaṃ prayuddhaṃ pradhanaṃ saṃkhyaṃ saṅgaraḥ kalahaḥ praghātaḥ prāghātaḥ samāghātaḥ mṛdhaṃ samparāyaḥ -yakaṃ sāmparāyikaṃ yut f. (dh) kaliḥ m., samprahāraḥ pravidāraṇaṃ samudāyaḥ samit f., samitiḥ samīkaṃ janyaṃ saṃyat f., saṃsphoṭaḥ abhisampātaḥ abhyāmarddaḥ abhyāgamaḥ ājiḥ f.
     --(Close fight) niyuddhaṃ bāhuyuddhaṃ.
     --(Mingled fight) tumulaṃ raṇasaṅkulaṃ.
     --(Battle-cry) siṃhanādaḥ kṣveḍitaṃ; 'field of battle,' raṇabhūmiḥ f.

To BATTLE, v. n. yudh (c. 4. yudhyate yoddhuṃ), kalah (nom. kalahāyate); 'to desire battle,' yudh in des. (yuyutsate) raṇakāmy (nom. raṇakāmyati).

BATTLE-ARRAY, s. sainyavyūhaḥ sainyavinyāsaḥ balavinyāsaḥ vyūḍhiḥ f., yoddhṛśreṇī.

BATTLE-AXE, s. paraśvadhaḥ paraśuḥ m.
     --(Armed with) pāraśvadhikaḥ.

BATTLEDOOR, s. gulikākrīḍāyāṃ daṇḍo yaddvārā gulikā praṇudyate or āhanyate, kandukapraharaṇārthaṃ yaṣṭiḥ.

BATTLE-FIELD, s. raṇabhūmiḥ f., āyodhanaṃ raṇaḥ raṇāṅgaṇaṃ raṇājiraṃ mallabhūḥ f., mallabhūmiḥ f., raṅgaḥ raṅgabhūmiḥ f.

BATTLEMENT, s. bhittiḥ f., chidrayuktaḥ prākāraḥ vāṇādiprakṣepārthaṃ prākārachidraṃ.

BATTOLOGIST, s. yena nirarthakā punaruktiḥ kriyate saḥ nirarthakavaktā m. (ktṛ).

BATTOLOGY, s. nirarthakā punaruktiḥ or muhurbhāṣā nirarthakavākyaṃ.

BAVIN, s. indhanayogyaṃ śuṣkakāṣṭhakhaṇḍaṃ śuṣkakāṣṭhaṃ.

BAWBLE, s. alpamūlyakam ābharaṇaṃ or kaṅkaṇaṃ alpārghaṃ krīḍādravyaṃ kaṅkaṇaṃ kiṅkiṇī kadarthadravyaṃ.

BAWD, s. kuṭṭanī kuṭṭinī dūtī cundī śambhalī ghaṭadāsī veśyācāryyaḥ m.

BAWDILY, adv. aśuddha lampaṭavat vaiyātyena gahita garhyaprakāreṇa.

BAWDINESS, s. avācyatā garhyatā anakṣaraṃ vaiyātyaṃ lampaṭatā.

BAWDRY, s. kuṭṭanīkarmma n. (n) veśyākarmma n. (n) dūtīkāryyaṃ.

BAWDY, a. avācyaḥ -cyā -cyaṃ avaktavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ akathyaḥ -thyā -thyaṃ garhitaḥ -tā -taṃ garhyaḥ -rhyā -hyaṃ nīcaḥ -cā -caṃ adhamaḥ -mā -maṃ aśuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ avinītaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BAWDY-HOUSE, s. veśyājanasamāśrayaḥ veśyāgṛhaṃ veśyāśrayaḥ gaṇikāgṛhaṃ veśaḥ.

To BAWL, v. n. utkruś (c. 1. -krośati -kroṣṭuṃ), prakruś vikruś nad (c. 1. nadati nadituṃ), praṇad vinad; udghuṣ (c. 10. -ghoṣayati -yituṃ), citkāraṃ kṛ; cīt śabdaṃ kṛ ras (c. 1. rasati rasituṃ).

BAWLER, s. utkroṣṭā m. (-ṣṭṛ) vikroṣṭā m. (-ṣṭṛ) ghoṣakaḥ udghoṣakaḥ.

BAWLING, s. vikrośanaṃ utkrośanaṃ ghoṣaṇaṃ citkāraśabdaḥ rāsaḥ.

BAY, s. (An opening of the sea into the land) akhātaṃ khātaṃ puṭabhedaḥ samudravaṅkaḥ vaṅkaḥ vakraṃ.
     --(An honorary garland) śyāmavṛkṣanirmmitā mānasūcakā mālā.
     --(An opening in a wall) gṛhākṣaḥ; 'to stand at bay,' śatruṃ prati or śatrupratimukhaṃ or abhimukhaṃ or mukhāmukhi sthā (c. 1. tiṣṭhati sthātuṃ).

BAY, a. (Colour) piṅgalaḥ -lā -laṃ piṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ.
     --(A bay horse) ukanāhaḥ kiyāhaḥ.

To BAY, v. n. rai (c. 1. rāyati rātuṃ), bhaṣ (c. 1. bhaṣati bhaṣituṃ).

BAY-SALT, s. samudralavaṇaṃ sindhulavaṇaṃ sāmudraṃ saindhavaṃ vasiraṃ akṣīvaṃ.

BAY-TREE, s. śyāmavṛkṣo yasya patrāṇi mānasūcakahāraracane prayujyante.

BAY-WINDOW, s. puṭākāro gavākṣaḥ bhittivahirlambo gṛhākṣaḥ puṭarūpavātāyanaṃ.

BAYONET, s. yā lohagulikāprakṣepaṇe adhunātanayoddhṛbhiḥ prayujyate nāḍis tadagre baddhā kṛpāṇī or churikā.

BAZAR, s. paṇyavīthī paṇyaśālā āpaṇaḥ haṭṭaḥ krayārohaḥ.

BDELLIUM, s. gugguluḥ m., kumbhaṃ ulūkhalakaṃ sarvvasahaḥ kauśikaḥ puraḥ kakkolaḥ kolakaṃ kośaphalaṃ.

To BE, v. n. (To be in some state) as (c. 2. asti), ās (c. 2. āste).
     --(To enter into some state) bhū (c. 1. bhavati bhavituṃ).
     --(To exist) as vṛt (c. 1. varttate varttituṃ), vid in pass. (vidyate) jan in pass. (jāyate).
     --(To be in or at) vṛt sthā (c. 1. tiṣṭhati sthātuṃ); 'be it so,' evam astu. The verb 'to be' is often expressed by the use of the passive form of the Sanskrit verb, and is not unfrequently omitted altogether.

BEACH, s. samudratīraṃ samudrakūlaṃ samudrataṭaṃ velā.

BEACHED, a. samudratīrasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ uttaraṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ.

BEACHY, a. tīraviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ taṭayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ kūlamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ.

BEACON, s. ākāśadīpaḥ unnatabhūbhāge sthāpitā śatror āgamanasamaye jājvalyamānā maholkā samudragāmināṃ pathadarśanārtham uccīkṛtaṃ cihnaṃ.

BEAD, s. (Little globular body) gulikā guṭikā gulī varttulaḥ.
     --(A string of beads) mālā hāraḥ.
     --(A rosary of beads) japamālā.

BEADLE, s. garvvāṭaḥ yaṣṭidharaḥ rājadūtaḥ daṇḍadharaḥ daṇḍī m. (n) daṇḍahastaḥ.

BEADROLL, s. ye lokā jape kathayitavyās tatparisaṃkhyā.

BEADSMAN, s. parārthaṃ or anyanimitte japakaraṇe niyukto janaḥ.

BEAGLE, s. śaśākheṭakaḥ kukkuraprabhedaḥ śaśākheṭe śikṣito mṛgavyaśvā m. (n).

BEAK, s. (Of a bird) cañcuḥ f., cañcūḥ f., troṭī -ṭiḥ f., mukhaḥ tuṇḍiḥ m., tuṇḍaḥ.
     --(Of a ship) pittalamayaṃ cañcurūpeṇa takṣitaṃ naukāgraṃ.

BEAKED, a. cañcumān -matī -mat (t) cañcurūpaḥ -pī -paṃ cañcuviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BEAM, s. (Piece of timber) sthūṇā dīrghakāṣṭhaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ vṛhatkāṣṭhaṃ nāsā yaṣṭiḥ m.
     --(Main support of a house) veśmasthūṇā.
     --(Ray of light) raśmiḥ m., marīciḥ m. f., kiraṇaḥ aṃśuḥ m.
     --(Part of a balance) tulādhāraḥ tulādaṇḍaṃ.
     --(Pole of a carriage) dhūḥ f. (dhur) kūvaraḥ.
     --(Part of a weaver's loom) vāyadaṇḍaḥ vāpadaṇḍaḥ.

To BEAM, v. n. (To emit rays of light) sphur (c. 6. sphurati sphurituṃ), aṃśu (nom. aṃśūyati -yituṃ), kiraṇa (nom. kiraṇāyate -yituṃ), dīp (c. 4. dīpyate dīpituṃ), varccas (nom. varccāyate -yituṃ).

BEAMLESS, a. raśmihīnaḥ -nā -naṃ nistejāḥ -jāḥ -jaḥ (s) niṣprabhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ.

BEAMY, a. (Radiant) aṃśumān -matī -mat (t) aṃśulaḥ -lā -laṃ kiraṇamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ marīcimālī -linī -li (n) prabhāvān -vatī -vat (t) dedīpyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ.

BEAN, s. śimbikaḥ śimbā mudgaḥ māṣaḥ.

BEAR, s. ṛkṣaḥ bhallakaḥ bhallukaḥ bhallaḥ bhāllukaḥ acchaḥ acchabhallaḥ.
     --(The Great Bear, constellation) citraśikhaṇḍinaḥ m. pl.

To BEAR, v. a. (Carry) vah (c. 1. vahati -te voḍhuṃ), sah (c. 1. sahate soḍhuṃ); 'he bore his mother on his back,' mātaraṃ pṛṣṭhena avahat; 'he is borne on a horse,' aśvena uhyate or aśvena sañcarati.
     --(Support) bhṛ (c. 1. bharati -te, c. 3. bibhartti bharttuṃ), ghṛ (c. 1. dharati -te dharttuṃ) or in caus. dhārayati -yituṃ), ālamb (c. 1. -lambate -lambituṃ).
     --(Suffer, endure) sah viṣah kṣam (c. 1. kṣamate kṣantuṃ), saṅkṣam; tij in des. (titikṣate -kṣituṃ) mṛṣ (c. 4. mṛṣyati -te marṣituṃ, c. 10. marṣayati -yituṃ); 'that is not to be borne,' na sahyaṃ tat.
     --(Permit) anujñā (c. 9. -jānāti -jñātuṃ).
     --(Admit) grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ).
     --(Produce) utpad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ) jan in caus. (janayati -yituṃ).
     --(Bring forth) su (c. 1. savati, c. 2. sauti sotuṃ), prasu; prajan (c. 4. -jāyate -janituṃ) or jan in caus.
     --(Bear in mind) anusmṛ (c. 1. -smarati -smarttuṃ), anucint (c. 10. -cintayati -yituṃ).
     --(Bear witness) sākṣyaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ).
     --(Keep afloat) plu in caus. (plāvayati -yituṃ).
     --(Bear fruit) phal (phalati phalituṃ).
     --(Possess) bhṛ dhā dhṛ in caus.
     --(Bear up) udvah.
     --(Bear away) apavah.
     --(Bear down) nipat in caus. (-pātayati -yituṃ).
     --(Be capable of) utsah with inf.
     --(Bear on, incite) protsah in caus. (-sāhayati -yituṃ).
     --(Bear the blame) doṣaṃ svīkṛ; 'I will bear the blame,' doṣo mayi varttiṣyate.
     --(Bear one's self, behave) vṛt (c. 1. varttate varttituṃ), kāñcid vṛttim anuṣṭhā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -sthātuṃ).
     --(Bear malice) druh (c. 4. druhyati drohituṃ). When this verb occurs in phrases such as, 'to bear company,' 'to hear aid,' 'to bear resemblance, see 'to ACCOMPANY,' 'to AID,' 'to RESEMBLE.'

To BEAR, v. n. (To be patient) sah (c. 1. sahate soḍhuṃ), soḍh (nom. soḍhayate -yituṃ).
     --(To wait patiently) vilamb (c. 1. -lambate -lambituṃ).
     --(To be fruitful) phal (c. 1. phalati phalituṃ), phalaṃ dā (c. 8. dadāti dātuṃ), saphalaḥ -lā -laṃ bhū.
     --(To be situated towards) pratiṣṭhā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -sthātuṃ), diśyaḥ -śyā -śyaṃ as; as, 'bearing towards the east,' pūrvvadiśyaḥ.
     --(To bear up) manaḥsthairyyaṃ kṛ.

BEARD, s. śmaśru n., māsurī mukhajaṃ roma n. (n) mukharoma n.
     --(Of corn) śasyaśūkaṃ śūkaṃ kiṃśāruḥ m.
     --(Barb of an arrow) phalaṃ karṇaḥ.

To BEARD, v. a. (To take by the beard) avajñānāt paraśmaśru saṅgrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -grahītuṃ).
     --(To insult to the face) mukharīkṛ pratimukhaṃ or pratyakṣe avajñā (c. 9. -jānāti -jñātuṃ), avakṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ).

BEARDED, a. (Having a beard) saśmaśruḥ -śruḥ -śru śmaśrumān -matī -mat (t) śmaśrulaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(As corn) śūkavān -vatī -vat (t); 'bearded corn,' śūkadhānyaṃ.
     --(As an arrow) karṇī -rṇinī -rṇi (n). -(A bearded dart) prāsaḥ kuntaḥ.
     --(Insulted) avajñātaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BEARDLESS, a. śmaśruhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(A stripling) aprāptavyavahāraḥ vaṭuḥ māṇavakaḥ.

BEARER, s. vāhakaḥ vāhī m. (n).
     --(Of burdens) bhāravāhaḥ -hanaḥ bhārahāraḥ dhurandharaḥ; 'one who carries out the dead,' pretanirhārakaḥ; 'letter-bearer,' patravāhaḥ; 'bearer of news,' sandeśaharaḥ.

BEARING, s. (The relative situation of a place) diśyaṃ dik f. (ś) avasthānaṃ avasthitiḥ f., sthānaṃ.
     --(Behaviour) vṛttiḥ f., darśanaṃ rītiḥ f., gatiḥ f., bhāvaḥ varttanaṃ.

BEARISH, a. ṛkṣaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ bhallakasvabhāvaḥ -vā -vaṃ aśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BEAST, s. paśuḥ m., jantuḥ m., tiryyaṅ (ñc).
     --(Four-footed beast) catuṣpāt m. f. n. (d).
     --(Beast of prey) śvāpadaḥ.
     --(Of burden) dhurīṇaḥ dhurīyaḥ dhuryyaḥ bhāravāhanaḥ.
     --(Applied to a man) puruṣapaśuḥ m., durācāraḥ.

BEASTLINESS, s. paśutā -tvaṃ pāśavaṃ paśuśīlatā amanuṣyatā.

BEASTLY, a. pāśavaḥ -vī -vaṃ paśuśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ paśuvyavahāraḥ -rā -raṃ amānuṣaḥ -ṣī -ṣaṃ.

BEASTLY, adv. paśuvat paśuvyavahārānusāreṇa mānuṣācāraviruddhaṃ.

BEAT, s. āghātaḥ ghātaḥ prahāraḥ pātaḥ.
     --(Of the pulse or heart) spandanaṃ sphuraṇaṃ viṣpandaḥ; 'at the beat of the drum,' āhateṣu paṭaheṣu.

To BEAT, v. a. taḍ (c. 10. tāḍayati -yituṃ), vitaḍ; han (c. 2. hanti hantuṃ), nihan abhihan; prahṛ (c. 1. -harati -te -harttuṃ), tud (c. 6. tudati tottuṃ), ātud vitud.
     --(With a stick) vetrāghātaṃ kṛ.
     --(To conquer, excel) parāji (c. 1. -jayati -te -jetuṃ), viji; abhibhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ), atī (c. 2. atyeti atyetuṃ).
     --(To mix by beating) āluḍ (c. 1. -loḍati -loḍituṃ), manth (c. 1. mathati mathituṃ).
     --(To bruise) cūrṇ (c. 10. cūrṇayati -yituṃ), mṛd (c. 9. mṛdnāti marddituṃ).
     --(To beat off, beat back) pratihan (c. 2. -hanti -hantuṃ).
     --(To beat down) nipat in caus. (-pātayati -yituṃ).
     --(To beat down the price) mūlyaṃ nyūnīkṛ or hras in caus. (hrāsayati -yituṃ).
     --(To flap the wings) pakṣāsphālaṃ kṛ pakṣau cal in caus. (cālayati -yituṃ).
     --(To rouse game by striking the bushes) mṛgayāsamaye yathā mṛgāḥ svasthānāni tyajanti tathā kolāhalena gulmāditāḍanaṃ kṛ mṛgānveṣaṇe yathā mṛmo nijāśrayāt palāyate tathā gulmādīn taḍ.

To BEAT, v. n. (To palpitate) spand (c. 1. spandate spandituṃ), parispand; kamp (c. 1. kampate karmpituṃ), sphur (c. 6. sphurati sphurituṃ).

BEATEN, part. a. āhataḥ -tā -taṃ tāḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Conquered) parājitaḥ -tā -taṃ: 'beaten by the waves,' uttaraṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ.
     --(One that deserves to be beaten) kaśyaḥ -śyā -śyaṃ kaśārhaḥ -rhā -rhaṃ.

BEATER, s. tāḍayitā m. (tṛ) tāḍakaḥ ghātī m. (n).
     --(A gold-beater) mudgarādinā yaḥ suvarṇam atiśayena sūkṣmīkaroti svarṇakāraviśeṣa; svarṇapatrakṛt.
     --(An instrument for comminuting) mudgaraḥ.

BEATIFIC or BEATIFICAL, a. apavargadaḥ -dā -daṃ paramasukhāvahaḥ -hā -haṃ paramānandakaraḥ -rī -raṃ.

BEATIFICATION, s. amukasādhujanaḥ svargaṃ or apavargaṃ or siddhiṃ prāptavān iti ghoṣaṇāpatreṇa mahādharmmādhyakṣasakāśād vijñāpanaṃ svargīyalokamadhye āropaṇaṃ.

BEATIFIED, p. p. gṛhītāpavargaḥ -rgā -rgaṃ svargaprāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ svargāropitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BEATIFY, v. a. (To make happy) sukh (c. 10. sukhayati -yituṃ), paramasukhaṃ or paramānandaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti -dātuṃ).
     --(To proclaim publicly that a person is received into heaven) amukasādhujanaḥ svargaṃ or siddhiṃ prāptavān iti mahādharmmādhyakṣājñayā ghoṣaṇāpatraṃ pracar in caus. (-cārayati -yituṃ); svargīyalokamadhye āruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ).

BEATING, s. tāḍanaṃ āghātaḥ ghātaḥ daṇḍaḥ.
     --(With a stick) vetrāghātaḥ.
     --(Throbbing) spandanaṃ sphuraṇaṃ.

BEATITUDE, s. muktiḥ f., mokṣaḥ nirvāṇaṃ siddhiḥ f., apavargaḥ svargaprāptiḥ f., paramāgatiḥ f., śreyaḥ n. (s) or niḥśreyaḥ amṛtatā kaivalyaṃ.
     --(Felicity) paramasukhaṃ paramānandaḥ śreyastvaṃ sukhaṃ.
     --(Desirous of) mumukṣuḥ.

BEAU, s. suveśī m. (n) suveśaḥ suvastraparicchannaḥ darśanīyamānī m. (n).

BEAU-MONDE, s. nṛtyagītasvādvannabhojanamadyapānasuvastraparidhānādibhogatatparo lokaḥ bhogāsakto lokaḥ.

BEAUTEOUS or BEAUTIFUL, a. cāruḥ -rvvī -ru sundaraḥ -rā -rī -raṃ ruciraḥ -rā -raṃ sudṛśyaḥ -śyā -śyaṃ śobhanaḥ -nā -naṃ kāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ vāmaḥ -mā -maṃ rūpavān -vatī -vat (t) rūpī -piṇī -pi (n) surūpaḥ -pī -paṃ manoramaḥ -mā -maṃ manojñaḥ -jñā -jñaṃ lāvaṇyavān -vatī -vat (t) sādhuḥ -dhuḥ -dhvī -dhu saumyaḥ -myā -myaṃ śrīyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ sumukhaḥ -khī -khaṃ abhirāmaḥ -mā -maṃ suṣamaḥ -mā -maṃ peśalaḥ -lā -laṃ rucyaḥ -cyā -cyaṃ mañjuḥ -ñjuḥ -ñju mañjulaḥ -lā -laṃ vṛndāraḥ -rā -raṃ. Often expressed by su; as, 'a beautiful day,' sudinaṃ. 'A beautiful woman,' rūpavatī pramadā; 'to be beautiful,' śubh (c. 1. śobhate śobhituṃ).

BEAUTEOUSLY or BEAUTIFULLY, adv. sādhu sundaraṃ ruciraṃ suṣṭu sundaraprakāreṇa su prefixed; as, 'beautifully dressed,' suveśī -śinī -śi (n).

BEAUTEOUSNESS, s. kāntatā abhirāmatā vāmatā rūpavattvaṃ ramaṇīyatā mugdhatā.

BEAUTIFIED, p. p. śobhitaḥ -tā -taṃ upaśobhitaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtaśobhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ.

BEAUTIFIER, s. śobhakṛt śobhakaḥ śobhayitā m. (tṛ) bhūpaṇaḥ.

To BEAUTIFY, v. a. śubh in caus. (śobhayati -yituṃ) upaśubh alaṅka pariṣkṛ bhūṣ (c. 10. bhūṣayati -yituṃ), vibhūṣ.

BEAUTY, s. saundaryyaṃ cārutā śobhā kāntiḥ f., rūpaṃ lāvaṇyaṃ rūpalāvaṇyaṃ śrīḥ ābhā abhikhyā dyutiḥ f., chaviḥ f., mañjimā m. (n) suṣamā.

BEAUTY-SPOT, s. tilakaḥ -kaṃ saundaryyavarddhakaṃ cihnaṃ kāntidāyakam aṅkaṃ.

BEAVER, s. (An animal) sthalajalacarajantuprabhedo yallomanirmmitaṃ śiraskam adhunātanajanair bhriyate.
     --(A hat) pūrvvoktajantulomanirmmitaṃ śiraskaṃ or śirastrāṇaṃ.
     --(Part of a helmet) śirastrāṇasya yo bhāgaś civukadeśaṃ or mukhasya adhobhāgaṃ pracchādayati.

BECAFICO, s. añjīradrākṣādikhādako videśīyapakṣibhedaḥ añjīrapratudaḥ.

To BECALM, v. a. (To still the elements) nirvvātaṃ -tāṃ -taṃ kṛ vāyuṃ nivṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ) nistaraṅgaṃ -ṅgāṃ -ṅgaṃ kṛ.
     --(To quiet) śam in caus. (śamayati -yituṃ) upaśam praśam.

BECALMED, p. p. nirvvātaḥ -tā -taṃ nirvegaḥ -gā -gaṃ nistaraṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ.

BECAME, the preterite of 'become;' which see. Sometimes expressed by jātaḥ -tā -taṃ.

[Page 43a]

BECAUSE, conj. yatas yat yena yasmāt iti hetoḥ yatohatoḥ hi. 'Because' may be often expressed by the abl. or inst. c. of the abstract noun; as, 'because it had no deepness of earth,' mṛdalpatvāt; 'because he was a just man,' sajjanatvāt; 'because he was a friend,' mitratayā. It may even be expressed by iti; thus, 'I am come, because a servant ought to be present at the fitting occasion,' anujīvinā prāptakāle sānnidhyaṃ karttavyam iti āgato'smi.

BECAUSE OF, prep. (By reason of) hetoḥ hetau kāraṇāt.
     --(For the sake of) arthaṃ arthe kṛte nimitte affixed to a crude noun; 'because of that,' anena hetunā iti hetoḥ. 'Because of' is often expressed by the abl. c. of the noun; as, 'because of their unbelief,' teṣām aviśvāsāt.

BECK, s. saṅketaḥ iṅgitaṃ.
     --(With the hand) karasaṅketaḥ.

To BECKON, v. n. śirasā or hastena saṅketaṃ or iṅgitaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ) or kṛ.
     --(To summon with a sign) iṅgitena samāhve (c. 1. -hvayati -hvātuṃ).

To BECOME, v. n. bhū (c. 1. bhavati bhavituṃ), sambhū; sampad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ), pratipad vṛt (c. 1. varttate varttituṃ), saṃvṛt jan (c. 4. jāyate), sañjan. The pass. part. of jan (jāta) is often used in the sense 'became,' āhṛ in caus. (-hārayati -yituṃ) with acc.

To BECOME, v. a. (Suit) yuj in pass. (yujyate) upapad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ) with loc.

BECOMING, a. yuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ yathāyogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ ucitaḥ -tā -taṃ yathocitaḥ -tā -taṃ samucitaḥ -tā -taṃ samañjasaḥ -sā -saṃ.

BECOMINGLY, adv. yathāyogyaṃ yathocitaṃ yuktaṃ yathārhaṃ yathātathaṃ yathāyathaṃ yogatas.

BECOMINGNESS, s. yuktatā aucityaṃ yogyatā upayuktatvaṃ sāmañjasyaṃ upapattiḥ f., yāthatathyaṃ.

BED, s. śayyā śayanaṃ paryyaṅkaḥ talpaḥ khaṭvā saṃstaraḥ palyaṅkaḥ starimā m. (n) śayanīyaṃ mañcaḥ mañcakaḥ prastaraḥ āstaraṇaṃ.
     --(To go to bed) śī (c. 2. śete śayituṃ); 'gone to bed,' śayyāgataḥ khaṭvārūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ.
     --(To make a bed) śayyāṃ prastutīkṛ or upastṛ (c. 5. -stṛṇoti -starituṃ -starītuṃ), āstṛ.
     --(To lie down in bed) śayyām adhiśī.
     --(Channel of a river) garbhaḥ nadīmadhyaṃ nadīvahanapathaḥ nadīrayapathaḥ.
     --(Garden-bed) sthalaṃ udyāne puṣpotpattiyogya īṣadunnato bhūbhāgaḥ.
     --(Marriage) vivāhaḥ.
     --(A layer) phalakaḥ.

To BED, v. a. (To place in a bed) khaṭvām āruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ).
     --(To cohabit with) upagam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ).

To BEDABBLE or BEDASH, v. a. sic (c. 6. siñcati sektuṃ), avasic saṃsic avakṝ (c. 6. -kirati -karituṃ -karītuṃ), prokṣ (c. 1. -ukṣati -ukṣituṃ).

To BEDAGGLE or BEDASH, v. a. karddamena or paṅkena or malena lip (c. 6. limpati leptuṃ) or duṣ in caus. (dūṣayati -yituṃ) malina (nom. malinayati -yituṃ).

To BEDAUB, v. v. lip (c. 6. limpati leptuṃ), ālip upalip añj (c. 7. anakti aṅktuṃ) or in caus. (añjayati -yituṃ).

To BEDAZZLE, v. a. atiśayatejasā dṛṣṭim upahan (c. 2. -hanti -hantuṃ).

BEDCHAMBER, s. śayanāgāraḥ śayanagṛhaṃ svapnaniketanaṃ nidrāśālā viśrāmaśālā vāsagṛhaṃ vāsāgāraṃ.

BEDCLOTHES, s. pl. śayyāstaraṇaṃ śayyāvaraṇaṃ khaṭvāsambandhi vastrādidravyaṃ uttarapracchadaḥ mandurā.

[Page 43b]

BEDDING, s. śayyā śayyopakaraṇaṃ āstaraṇaṃ vorapaṭṭī svaṭvāsāmagrī.

To BEDECK, v. a. bhūṣ (c. 10. bhūṣayati -yituṃ), vibhūṣ maṇḍ (c. 10. maṇḍayati -yituṃ), alaṅkṛ pariṣkṛ śubh in caus. (śobhayati -yituṃ).

BEDECKED, p. p. bhūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ alaṅkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ maṇḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BEDEW, v. a. śiśireṇa or nīhāreṇa klid in caus. (kledayati -yituṃ) or avasic (c. 6. -siñcati -sektuṃ) or prokṣ (c. 1. -ukṣati -ukṣituṃ) or ārdrīkṛ.

BEDEWED, p. p. klinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ ārdraḥ -rdrā -rdraṃ prokṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ timitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BEDFELLOW, s. sahaśāyī m. yinī f. (n) ekakhaṭvāśāyī m. -yinī f. (n).

BED-HANGINGS, s. maśaharī catuṣkī śayyātiraskariṇī.

To BEDIM, v. a. timir (nom. timirayati -yituṃ), timirīkṛ malinīkṛ.

To BEDIZEN, v. a. bhūṣ (c. 10. bhūṣayati -yituṃ), vibhūṣ paribhūṣ alaṅkṛ pariṣkṛ.

BEDIZENED, p. p. bhūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ alaṅkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ śobhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BEDLAM, s. unmattānām ārogyaśālā vātulāgāraṃ vātulalokālayaḥ.

BEDLAM, a. unmattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ unmādaḥ -dā -daṃ vātulaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BEDLAMITE, s. unmattaḥ unmādī m. (n) vātulaḥ mattaḥ.

BED-MAKER, s. rājavidyālaye yā strī or yo jano'ntevāsināṃ śayyāstaraṇaṃ karoti; śayanakalpikā śayyāṃ kalpayati yā paricārikā.

BEDPOST, s. khaṭvāstambhaḥ khaṭvādaṇḍaḥ śayanasthūṇā.

BEDRID or BEDRIDDEN, a. śayanād utthātum akṣamaḥ; atijīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ ativṛddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ.

BEDROOM, s. śayanagṛhaṃ svapnaniketanaṃ śayanāgāraḥ nidrāśālā viśrāmaśālā.

BEDSIDE, s. śayyāpārśvaḥ khaṭvāpārśvaḥ śayanopāntaṃ khaṭvāsamīpaṃ.

BEDSTEAD, s. paryyaṅkaḥ khaṭvā mañcaḥ mañcakaḥ palpaṅkaḥ talpaḥ.

BEDTIME, s. śayanakālaḥ svapnakālaḥ nidrākālaḥ śayyāgamanasamayaḥ viśrāmakālaḥ.

BEE, s. madhukaraḥ -kārī m. (n) aliḥ m., madhukṛt m., madhupāyī m. (n) madhupaḥ madhumakṣikā madhuliṭ m. (h) bhṛṅgaḥ puṣpandhayaḥ puṣpaliṭ m. (h) ṣaṭpadaḥ dvirephaḥ bhramaraḥ madhuvrataḥ saradhā.

BEECH, s. bhūrjjajātīyo vanyavṛkṣaprabhedaḥ.

BEECHEN, a. pūrvvoktavṛkṣakāṣṭhamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ.

BEE-EATER, s. madhumakṣikākhādakaḥ pakṣiprabhedaḥ.

BEEF, s. gomāṃsaṃ; 'roast beef,' śūlikagomāṃsaṃ; 'boiled beef,' śṛtagomāṃsaṃ.

BEEF-EATER, s. rājaparicaraḥ -paricārakaḥ rājopāsakaḥ.

BEE-GARDEN, s. madhumakṣikāpālanasthānaṃ madhukarapālanodyānaṃ.

BEE-HIVE, s. madhukoṣaḥ karaṇḍaḥ chatrakaḥ madhumakṣikādhāraḥ.

BEE-MASTER, s. madhumakṣikāpālakaḥ madhukararakṣakaḥ.

BEESWAX, s. madhūcchiṣṭaṃ madhujaṃ śikthaṃ sikthakaṃ.

BEER, s. yavamuraṃ yavamadyaṃ yavarasaḥ yavanirmmitaṃ pānīyaṃ.

BEER-HOUSE, s. yavasuravikrayasthānaṃ yavasuragṛhaṃ āpānaṃ pānagoṣṭhikā.

BEET, s. (A plant) pālaṅgaḥ pālaṅgaśākaḥ.

BEETLE, s. bhramarabhedaḥ bhṛṅgaprabhedaḥ paroṣṇī piṅgakapiśā.
     --(A mallet) mudgaraḥ

To BEETLE, v. n. vahir lamb (c. 1. lambate lambituṃ), pralamb.

BEETLE-BROWED, a. lalāṭābhogaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ pralambalalāṭaḥ -ṭā -ṭaṃ.

BEEVES, s. (Oxen) gāvaḥ m. pl., gokulaṃ.

To BEFALL, v. n. ghaṭ (c. 1. ghaṭate ghaṭituṃ), nipat (c. 1. -patati -patituṃ), upasthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -sthātuṃ), sampad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ), upapad sambhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ).

BEFALLEN, p. p. āpatitaḥ -tā -taṃ upasthitaḥ -tā -taṃ samupasthitaḥ -tā -taṃ samāpannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ upapannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ ghaṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ vṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.

To BEFIT, v. a. yuj in pass. (yujyate) upapad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ) with loc.

[Page 44a]

BEFITTING, a. yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ yathāyogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ yathocitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BEFOOL, v. a. muh in caus. (-mohayati -yituṃ) vyāmuh vipramuh bhram in caus. (bhramayati -yituṃ) vañc in caus. (vañcayati -te -yituṃ).

BEFORE, prep. and adv. pra abhi prefixed.
     --(In the front of, not behind) agre agratas puras puratas purastāt abhitas pratimukhaṃ abhimukhaṃ; 'going before,' purogaḥ -gā -gaṃ agresaraḥ -rā -raṃ; 'before the fire,' adhyagni.
     --(In the presence of) sākṣāt pratyakṣe agre samakṣaṃ pratimukhaṃ; 'he took them before the king,' tān rājasamīpam ānītavān.
     --(In the sight of, before the face) samakṣaṃ pratyakṣaṃ pratyakṣatas sākṣāt sammukhaṃ; 'before many persons,' bahujanasamakṣaṃ.
     --(Earlier in time, sooner than) prāk pūrvvaṃ, with the abl. c.; agre; 'before offering the cakes,' piṇḍadānāt pūrvvaṃ; 'before the appointed time,' nirūpitasamayāt pūrvvaṃ or prāg vihitakālāt; 'he knows your necessities before you ask,' yat tava prayojanaṃ tad yācñātaḥ pūrvvaṃ jānāti; 'before dinner,' bhojanāt pūrvvaṃ; 'before the event,' prāg ghaṭanāt; 'before me,' madagre.
     --(In time past) purā pūrvvaṃ pūvvakāle.
     --(As yet, hitherto) adya yāvat adyaparyyantaṃ etat kālaṃ yāvat adyāpi.
     --(Already) tatpūrvvaṃ prāg varttamānakālāt; 'before mentioned,' pūrvvoktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ prāguktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ pūrvvacoditaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'the day before yesterday,' aparedyus; 'before and after,' pūrvvottaraṃ.

BEFORE-HAND, adv. pūrvve agre pūrvvaṃ agratas pūrvvatas; 'determining beforehand,' agranirūpaṇaṃ; 'to taste beforehand,' pūrvvasvādanaṃ kṛ.

BEFORE-TIME, adv. purā pūrvvaṃ pūrvvakāle gatakāle.

To BEFOUL, v. a. malina (nom. malinayati -yituṃ), duṣ in caus. (dūṣayati -yituṃ) kaluṣa (nom. kalupayati -yituṃ), āvila (nom. āvilayati -yituṃ), samalaṃ -lāṃ -laṃ kṛ.

To BEFRIEND, v. a. mitra (nom. mitrīyate -yituṃ), upakṛ (c. 8. -karoti -kurute -karttuṃ), anugrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -grahītuṃ), sāhāyyaṃ kṛ.

BEFRIENDED, p. p. kṛtopakāraḥ -rā -raṃ upakṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ anugṛhītaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BEG, v. a. (To ask) arth (c. 10. arthayate -yituṃ), abhyarth prārth samprārth yāc (c. 1. yācati -te yācituṃ), abhiyāc prayāc samprayāc saṃyāc.
     --(To ask alms) bhikṣ (c. 1. bhikṣate bhikṣituṃ).
     --(To beg as a favour) vṛ (c. 9. vṛṇīte varituṃ varītuṃ) or in caus. (vārayati -yituṃ) with 2 acc., prasad in caus. (-sādayate -yituṃ).
     --(To beg for pardon) kṣam in caus. (kṣamayati -yituṃ) with acc. of the pers.

To BEG, v. n. bhikṣ (c. 1. bhikṣate bhikṣituṃ), bhaikṣyaṃ car (c. 1. carati carituṃ), bhikṣāṭanaṃ kṛ.

To BEGET, v. a. jan in caus. (janayati -yituṃ) vijan sañjan prasu (c. 2. -sūte, c. 4. -sūyate -sotuṃ).
     --(To produce, cause) utpad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ).
     --(To create) sṛj (c. 6. mṛjati sraṣṭuṃ).

BEGETTER, s. janakaḥ jananaḥ janayitā m. (tṛ) janitā m. (tṛ) janmadaḥ sutī m. (n) utpādakaḥ.

BEGGAR, s. (One who lives on alms) bhikṣuḥ m., bhikṣukaḥ -kī f., bhikṣopajīvī m. (n) bhikṣācaraḥ daridraḥ.
     --(A petitioner) prārthakaḥ arthī m. (n) -rthinī f., prārthayitā m. (tṛ) yācakaḥ yācanakaḥ mārgaṇaḥ -ṇakaḥ vanīyakaḥ.
     --(In ragged garments) karpaṭī m. (n).

To BEGGAR, v. a. daridrīkṛ sarvvasvaṃ hṛ (c. 1. harati harttuṃ), dhanād bhraṃś in caus. (bhraṃśayati -yituṃ).

BEGGARED, a. daridritaḥ -tā -taṃ dhanacyutaḥ -tā -taṃ hṛtasarvvasvaḥ -svā -svaṃ parikṣīṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ gatavittaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ naṣṭārthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ gatavibhavaḥ -vā -vaṃ gatalakṣmīkaḥ -kā -kaṃ gataśrīkaḥ -kā -kaṃ; 'he is beggared,' śramaṇāyate.

BEGGARLY, a. (Indigent) daridraḥ -drā -draṃ nirdhanaḥ -nā -naṃ durgataḥ -tā -taṃ kṛpaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ dīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Mean) tucchaḥ -cchā -cchaṃ nīcaḥ -cā -caṃ apakṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BEGGARLY, adv. kṛpaṇaṃ kārpaṇyena dīnaṃ nīcaprakāreṇa.

BEGGARY, s. (Indigence) daridratā dāridraṃ -dryaṃ nirdhanatā parikṣīṇatā kārpaṇyaṃ arthitā dīnatā.

BEGGED, p. p. prārthitaḥ -tā -taṃ yācitaḥ -tā -taṃ bhikṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BEGGING, (Act of) s. bhikṣā bhikṣāṭanaṃ bhaikṣacaryyā arthanā abhyarthanā yācanā yācñā prārthanaṃ -nā arddanā abhiśastiḥ f.

To BEGIN, v. a. and n. ārabh (c. 1. -rabhate -rabdhuṃ), abhyārabh prārabh samārabh prakram (c. 1. -kramate -kramituṃ), upakram samupakram pravṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ); prakṛ samprakṛ; prastu (c. 2. -stauti -stotuṃ); 'he began to cut,' chettuṃ pravṛttaḥ.

BEGINNER, s. (One who begins) ārabdhā m. (bdhṛ) ārambhakaḥ upakrantā m. (ntṛ) upakramitā m. (tṛ) upakramakārī m. (n).
     --(A novice) navachātraḥ nūtanaśiṣpaḥ prāthamakalpikaḥ.

BEGINNING, s. ārambhaḥ prārambhaḥ samārambhaḥ prārabdhiḥ f., ādiḥ m. upakramaḥ prakramaḥ udghātaḥ upodghātaḥ abhyādānaṃ.
     --(Origin, source) mūlaṃ yoniḥ m. f., udbhavaḥ prabhavaḥ garbhaḥ janma n. (n).
     --(Rudiments) ārambhaḥ.
     --(Elementary property) kāraṇaguṇaḥ; 'without beginning,' anādyaḥ -dyā -dyaṃ; 'from beginning to end,' ādyantaṃ āprathamāt śeṣaṃ yāvat; 'beginning, middle, and end,' ādimadhyāvasānaṃ; 'beginning with,' ādi ādya affixed.

To BEGIRD, v. a. pariveṣṭ (c. 1. -veṣṭate -veṣṭituṃ), avarudh (c. 7. -ruṇaddhi -roddhuṃ).

BEGIRT, p. p. pariveṣṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ parigataḥ -tā -taṃ valayitaḥ -tā -taṃ āvṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'begirt with the sea,' samudramekhalaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BEGONE, interj. apaihi apasara dūram apasara.

BEGOTTEN, p. p. janitaḥ -tā -taṃ utpāditaḥ -tā -taṃ prasūtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BEGREASE, v. a. vasayā or snehena or tailena or ghṛtena lip (c. 6. limpati -leptuṃ), snigdhīkṛ.

To BEGRIME, v. a. malena duṣ in caus. (dūṣayati -yituṃ) malina (nom malinayati -yituṃ), kaluṣa (nom. kaluṣayati -yituṃ), kalaṅka (nom. kala ṅkayati -yituṃ).

BEGRIMED, p. p. maladūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ kaluṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ kalaṅkitaḥ -tā -taṃ

To BEGRUDGE, v. a. spṛh (c. 10. spṛhayati -yituṃ), asūya (nom. asūyati -yituṃ).

To BEGUILE, v. a. muh in caus. (mohayati -yituṃ) vipramuh vyāmuh vañc in caus. (vañcayate -yituṃ) parivañc pravañc bhram in caus. (bhramayati -yituṃ) pralabh (c. 1. -labhate -labdhuṃ), vipralabh ākṛṣ (c. 1. -karṣati -kraṣṭuṃ -karṣituṃ).
     --(To beguile the time) vinud in caus. (-nodayati -yituṃ).

BEGUILED, p. p. mohitaḥ -tā -taṃ vimohitaḥ -tā -taṃ vañcitaḥ -tā -taṃ vipralabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ vimūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ prapañcitaḥ -tā -taṃ pralobhitaḥ -tā -taṃ vilobhitaḥ -tā -taṃ pratāritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BEGUN, p. p. ārabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ prārabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ upakrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ.

BEHALF, s. (In behalf of) arthaṃ arthe hetoḥ hetau kāraṇāt nimitte kṛte, generally affixed to the crude of a noun; 'on my behalf,' matkṛte or madarthe; 'on behalf of (his) son,' putrahetoḥ.
     --(Favour) anugrahaḥ prasādaḥ.

To BEHAVE, v. n. car (c. 1. carati carituṃ), ācar samācar vṛt (c. 1. varttate varttituṃ); sometimes vṛttiṃ is added; as, 'in whatever way you behave towards them,' yāṃ vṛttiṃ teṣu varttase. vṛttim anuṣṭhā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -sthātuṃ), vyavahṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ).
     --(Well-behaved) sadācārayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ sadācāravān -vatī -vat (t).

BEHAVIOUR, s. vṛttiḥ f., vṛttaṃ ācāraḥ rītiḥ f., vyavahāraḥ caritraṃ caritaṃ ācaraṇaṃ gatiḥ f., ceṣṭitaṃ sthitiḥ f.

To BEHEAD, v. a. śiraḥ or mastakaṃ chid (c. 7. chinatti chettuṃ), vimastaka (nom. vimastakayati -yituṃ).

BEHEADED, p. p. vimastakitaḥ -tā -taṃ chinnamastaḥ -stā -staṃ -stakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

BEHEADING, (act of) s. śīrṣachedaḥ.
     --(Worthy of) śīrṣachedyaḥ -dyā -dyaṃ.

BEHELD, p. p. ālokitaḥ -tā -taṃ dṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ ālocitaḥ -tā -taṃ īkṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ īkṣyamāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

BEHEST, s. ājñā ādeśaḥ nirddeśaḥ nideśaḥ śāsanaṃ vaśaṃ.

BEHIND, prep. or adv. paścāt anu prefixed.
     --(Behind the back, at the back of) pṛṣṭhatas; 'following behind,' anugāmī -minī -mi (n).
     --(Below, inferior) adhastāt adharastāt.
     --(Posterior) avaratas avaramnāt.
     --(At a distance) dūratas dūre.
     --(The hinder part) pṛṣṭhadeśaḥ paścāddeśaḥ pṛṣṭhaṃ nitambaḥ.

BEHINDHAND, adv. atītakālaḥ -lā -laṃ vilambī -mbinī -mbi (n) dīrghakālīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Surpassed by another) atikrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ.

To BEHOLD, v. a. dṛś (c. 1. paśyati draṣṭuṃ), abhidṛś vidṛś sandṛś; īkṣ (c. 1. īkṣate īkṣituṃ), samīkṣ vīkṣ abhivīkṣ prekṣ abhiprekṣ samprekṣ udīkṣ avekṣ anvīkṣ avalok (c. 10. -lokayati -yituṃ, c. 1. -lokate -lokituṃ), ālok samālok vilok lakṣ (c. 10. lakṣayati -te -yituṃ), ālakṣ samālakṣ upalakṣ saṃlakṣ; āloc (c. 10. -locayati -yituṃ).

BEHOLD, interj. paśya prekṣasva

To be BEHOLDEN, v. n. kṛtopakārasmaraṇena parādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ or parāyattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ bhū prāptopakārahetor baddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ or nibaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ bhū or as kṛtopakāraṃ jñā (c. 9. jānāti jñātuṃ), pratyupakāraḥ karaṇīya iti jñā āprāptopakāramokṣāt paravaśaṃ jñā.

BEHOLDER, s. prekṣakaḥ draṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ) prekṣamāṇaḥ darśī m. (n) paśyan m. (t).

BEHOOF, s. arthaḥ phalaṃ lābhaḥ vṛddhiḥ f., vivṛddhiḥ f., phalodayaḥ.

BEHOVEFUL, a. yathocitaḥ -tā -taṃ yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ arthakaraḥ -rī -raṃ.

It BEHOVES, v. imp. Expressed by the future passive participle; as, 'it behoves you to marry the damsel,' tvayā kanyā voḍhavyā; or by the potential mood, as, tvaṃ kanyāṃ vaheḥ; or by the use of the verb arh (c. 1. arhati), as tvaṃ kanyāṃ voḍhum arhasi; 'to act as it behoves one,' yathocitaṃ kṛ.

BEING, s. (A being) bhūtaṃ sattvaḥ.
     --(A sentient being) prāṇī m. (n) prāṇabhṛt m. f. n., śarīrī m. (n) dehī m. (n) jantuḥ m., janyuḥ m., cetanaḥ janmī m. (n).
     --(Existence) prāṇadhāraṇaṃ asudhāraṇaṃ niśvasanapraśvasanaṃ sambhavaḥ asti ind., vṛttiḥ f., sattvaṃ.
     --(Particular state) bhāvaḥ avasthā daśā vṛttiḥ f.
     --(Supreme Being) parameśvaraḥ.
     --(Pres. part.) san satī sat (t) varttamānaḥ -nā -naṃ.

BEING THAT, conj. (Since) yatas yasmāt yena iti hetoḥ yatohetoḥ. 'Being,' is often expressed by the loc. c. of sat, as, 'the man being gone,' puruṣe gate sati; 'it being so,' evaṃ sati tathātve evambhūtvā. 'Being' may also be expressed by the abl. c. of the abstract noun in such phrases as 'he being a good man,' sajjanatvāt.

BEITSO, evamastu tathāstu bhavatu astvevaṃ.

[Page 45b]

To BELABOUR, v. a. taḍ (c. 10. tāḍayati -yituṃ), han (c. 2. hanti hantuṃ), abhihan abhyāhan samāhan; prahṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ).
     --(With a stick) vetrāghātaṃ kṛ.

To BELAY, v. a. (Block up) pratirugh (c. 7. -ruṇaddhi -roddhuṃ), uparudh.

To BELCH, v. a. udvam (c. 1. -vamati -vamituṃ), udgṝ (c. 6. -girati -garituṃ -garītuṃ).

BELCH, BELCHING, s. udvamaḥ udvamanaṃ udgāraḥ udgiraṇaṃ.

BELDAM, s. vṛddhā strī jariṇī jarāpariṇatā strī kuṭṭinī kurūpī.

To BELEAGUER, v. a. (To besiege) rudh (c. 7. ruṇaddhi roddhuṃ), avarudh uparudh; pariveṣṭ (c. 1. -veṣṭate -veṣṭituṃ).

BELEAGUERED, p. p. pariveṣṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ uparuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ bādhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BELFOUNDER, s. ghaṇṭākārī m. (n) ghaṇṭānirmmāṇakarttā m. (rttṛ) kāṃsyakāraḥ.

BELFRY, s. ghaṇṭātāḍanayogyaṃ prāsādaśṛṅgaṃ ghaṇṭāsthānaṃ ghaṇṭāśālā.

To BELIE, v. a. (To counterfeit, imitate) chal (c. 10. chalayati -yituṃ), chadma or chadmaveśaṃ kṛ anukṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ).
     --(To charge any one with falsehood, to argue) anṛtaṃ or asatyaṃ or mithyāvādaṃ kasmaicid āruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ) piśuna (nom. piśunayati -yituṃ).
     --(To calumniate) parivad (c. 1. -vadati -vadituṃ), apavad kalaṅkaṃ kṛ mithyābhiyogaṃ kṛ.

BELIEF, s. (Credence) pratyayaḥ viśvāsaḥ viśrambhaḥ pramāṇaṃ.
     --(Religious belief) śraddhaṃ -ddhā bhaktiḥ f., viśvāsaḥ.
     --(Opinion) matiḥ f., buddhiḥ f., bodhaḥ
     --(The thing believed in, tenet) mataṃ; 'my belief is,' manye.

BELIEVABLE, a. viśvāsyaḥ -syā -syaṃ śraddheyaḥ -yā -yaṃ viśvāsayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ.

To BELIEVE, v. a. (To give credit to) pratī (c. 2. pratyeti pratyetuṃ), pratyayīkṛ.
     --(To have religious belief in) viśvas (c. 2. -śvasiti -śvasituṃ) with loc. c.

To BELIEVE, v. n. (To exercise religious faith) śraddhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), viśvāsaṃ kṛ pratyayaṃ kṛ.
     --(To believe in, hold as an object of faith) viśvas (c. 2. -śvasiti -śvasituṃ) with loc. c.
     --(To think) man (c. 4. manyate mantuṃ).

BELIEVED, p. p. viśvasitaḥ -tā -taṃ viśvastaḥ -stā -staṃ pratītaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BELIEVER, s. śraddhānvitaḥ āstikaḥ pratyayī m. (n) viśvāsī m. (n).

BELIEVING, a. śraddadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ śraddhāluḥ -luḥ -lu śrāddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ śraddhā-vān -vatī -vat (t) jātaviśvāsaḥ -sā -saṃ viśvāsī -sinī -si (n) pratyayī -yinī -yi (n).

BELIKE, adv. apināma kiṃsvit kila syāt.

BELL, s. ghaṇṭā ghaṇṭikā ghanaṃ.
     --(Tinkling ornaments) kiṅkiṇī; 'to ring a bell,' ghaṇṭāṃ han (c. 2. hanti hantuṃ) or taḍ (c. 10. tāḍayati yituṃ) or vad in caus. (vādayati -yituṃ); 'bell-shaped,' ghaṇṭākāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

BELL-CLAPPER, s. ghaṇṭāvādakaḥ ghaṇṭākoṇaḥ ghaṇṭābhyantare lambamāna itastato dolāyamānas tadvādanayogyo lavaṅgākāraḥ koṇaḥ; ghaṇṭābhyantare lagnaḥ sthūlaśirasko musalākāra āyasakīlo yena itastato lolamānā ghaṇṭā vādyate

BELLE, s. sundarī f., surūpī f., rūpavatī f., suveśinī f., pramadā.

BELLES-LETTRES, s. alaṅkāravidyā rasavidyā rasikā vidyā vāṅmayaṃ.

BELLIGERENT, a. yudhyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ raṇaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ yuyutsuḥ -tsuḥ -tsu.

BELLIPOTENT, a. raṇavīraḥ -rā -raṃ vikramī -miṇī -mi (n) mahāvīryyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ.

BELL-METAL, s. kāṃsyaṃ ghaṇṭāśabdaṃ ghoṣaḥ tāmbārddhaṃ ghorapuṣpaḥ pītalohaṃ.

To BELLOW, v. n. garj (c. 1. garjati garjituṃ), nard (c. 1. nardati nardituṃ), vinard ras (c. 1. rasati rasituṃ), ru (c. 2. rauti ravituṃ), viru saṃru; raṭ (c. 1. raṭati raṭituṃ), gaj (c. 1. gajati gajituṃ), hambha (nom. hambhāyate -yituṃ).

[Page 46a]

BELLOWED, p. p. garjjitaḥ -tā -taṃ nardditaḥ -tā -taṃ praṇardditaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BELLOWING, s. garjjanaṃ nādaḥ rutaṃ nardanaṃ narditaṃ.

BELLOWS, s. bhastrā f., bhastrī bhastrakā carmmaprasevakaḥ -vikā vyajanaṃ dṛtiḥ f.

BELL-RINGER, s. ghaṇṭātāḍaḥ -ḍakaḥ ghaṇṭāvādakaḥ ghaṇṭāvādayitā m. (tṛ).

BELLUINE, a. pāśavaḥ -vī -vaṃ paśuśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ amānuṣaḥ -ṣī -ṣaṃ.

BELLY, s. udaraṃ jaṭharaṃ -rā kukṣiḥ m., piciṇḍaḥ picaṇḍaḥ tundaṃ tundi n.

To BELLY or BELLY-OUT, v. n. (To swell out, bulge out) udaravat or udararūpeṇa lamb (c. 1. lambate lambituṃ) or pṝ in pass. (pūryyate).

BELLY-ACHE, s. udaravedanā udarāmayaḥ.

BELLY-BAND, s. udaratrāṇaṃ udaradāma n. (n) avasaktikā.

BELLY-BOUND, a. ānaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ nibaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ baddhodaraḥ -rā -raṃ.

BELLY-FULL, s. udarapūraṇaṃ piciṇḍapūraṇaṃ jaṭharapūraṇaṃ.

BELLY-GOD, s. udarambhariḥ m., kukṣimbhariḥ m., audarikaḥ udarakāmukaḥ ātmambhariḥ m.

BELLY-WORMS, s. pl. udarāveṣṭaḥ mīvā kṛmiḥ m., krimiḥ m.

BELMAN, s. ghoṣakaḥ ghaṇṭādharaḥ ghaṇṭātāḍanapūrvvakaṃ ghoṣaṇākarttā m., vaibodhikaḥ.

To BELONG, v. n. (To be one's own property) ātmīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ or svakīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ or svādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ as. But the sense of 'belonging' is more usually expressed by the use of the roots as or bhū or vid with the gen. c.; as, 'money belongs to me,' mama dhanaṃ vidyate or asti.
     --(To have relation to) sambandh in pass. (-badhyate).
     --(To be fit, or becoming) yuj in pass. (yujyate); 'this belongs to me,' i. e. 'this is my business,' mama ayaṃ vyāpāraḥ.

BELONGING, part. sambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) sambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

BELOVED, a. priyaḥ -yā -yaṃ supriyaḥ -yā -yaṃ dayitaḥ -tā -taṃ iṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ abhīṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ iṣṭatamaḥ -mā -maṃ preṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ prītaḥ -tā -taṃ hṛdyaḥ -dyā -dyaṃ vallabhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ abhīpsitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Dear as one's life) asusamaḥ -mā -maṃ prāṇair garīyān -yasī -yaḥ (s).

BELOW, prep. (Under in place) adhas adhastāt tale nīce adho'dhas; 'below the bed, khaṭvātale or khaṭvā'dhaḥ.
     --(Inferior, beneath) avaraḥ -rā -raṃ adhaḥsthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ avaratas avarastāt adhareṇa adharāt adharatas adharastāt.
     --(Unworthy of) ayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ anarhaḥ -rhā -rhaṃ.
     --(Subject to) adhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Less than) ūnaḥ -nā -naṃ; 'below two years of age,' ūnadvivārṣikaḥ or aprāptadvitīyavarṣaḥ.

BELOW, adv. adhas nīce nīcakais adhaḥsthāne adhobhāge adhaḥsthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ.
     --(On earth, as opposed to heaven) ihaloke iha.
     --(In hell) adholoke adhobhuvane.

BELROPE, s. ghaṇṭārajjuḥ m., ghaṇṭāsūtraṃ adhunātanagṛheṣu ghaṇṭāvādane prayuktaṃ sūtraṃ.

BELT, s. mekhalā kāñcī kaṭisūtraṃ śṛṅkhalaṃ -lā rasanā.

To BELT, v. a. mekhalārūpeṇa pariveṣṭ (c. 1. -veṣṭate -veṣṭituṃ).

BELWETHER, s. yo mepaś caran caran kaṇṭhalagnāṃ ghaṇṭāṃ vādayati evamprakāreṇa ca mepayṛtham ekatra karoti saḥ; mepayūthāgragaḥ mepayūthapaḥ.

To BEMANGLE, v. a. vraśc (c. 6. vṛścati vraścituṃ vraṣṭuṃ), pravraśc khaṇḍaśaḥ kṛ khaṇḍaṃ khaṇḍaṃ kṛ śakalīkṛ vyavachid (c. 7. -chinatti -chettuṃ).

To BEMIRE, v. a. malina (nom. malinayati -yituṃ), kaluṣa (nom. kaluṣayati -yituṃ), paṅkena or malena duṣ in caus. (dṛṣayati -yituṃ).

BEMIRED, p. p. maladūpitaḥ -tā -taṃ malaṣaṅkī -ṅkinī -ṅki (n).

To BEMOAN, v. a. vilap (c. 1. -lapati -lapituṃ), anuśuc (c. 1. -śocati -śocituṃ), paridev (c. 1. -devate devituṃ), lap in freq. (lālapyate).

BEMOANING, s. vilapanaṃ vilāpaḥ paridevanaṃ kranditaṃ anuśocanaṃ rodanaṃ

[Page 46b]

BENCH, s. dīrghāsanaṃ dīrghapīṭhaṃ āsanaṃ phalakaḥ -kaṃ; 'carpenter's bench,' udghanaḥ.
     --(Seat of justice) dharmmāsanaṃ vicārāsanaṃ.

BENCHER, s. vicārakarttṝṇāṃ saṃsarge jyeṣṭhaḥ or uttamapadaprāptaḥ sabhyaḥ sabhāsad m.
     --(Judge) prāḍvivākaḥ.

To BEND, v. a. (To bow, inflect) nam in caus. (nāmayati -yituṃ) avanam ānam; namrīkṛ.
     --(To make crooked) vakrīkṛ jihma (nom. jihmayati -yituṃ), añc (c. 1. añcati añcituṃ).
     --(To direct towards) āvṛj in caus. (-varjayati -yituṃ).
     --(To bend a bow) dhanur visphur in caus. (-sphārayati -yituṃ) or āyam (c. 1. -yacchati -yintuṃ).
     --(To bend the brow) bhrūbhaṅgaṃ kṛ.
     --(To bend the mind) manaḥ praviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ).
     --(To subdue) vaśīkṛ.

To BEND, v. n. (To be incurvated) nam (c. 1. namati nantuṃ), avanam ānam; namrībhū vakrībhū.
     --(To jut over) praṇataḥ -tā -taṃ as; pralamb (c. 1. -lambate -lambituṃ).
     --(To be bent or resolved on) kṛtaniścayaḥ -yā -yaṃ or dṛḍhaniścayaḥ -yā -yaṃ or suniścitaḥ -tā -taṃ as.
     --(To be submissive) ānataḥ -tā -taṃ or vaśyaḥ -śyā -śyaṃ bhū.

BEND, s. (Incurvation) natiḥ f., vakratā jihmatā vakrimā m. (n) kuñcanaṃ avakuñcanaṃ bhaṅgī.
     --(Bend of a river) vakraṃ vaṅkaḥ puṭabhedaḥ bhaṅguraḥ.

BENEATH, prep. (Lower in place) adhas adhastāt tale nīce adho'dhas adharastāt adharatas adharāt; 'beneath the tree,' vṛkṣatale or vṛkṣasyādhastāt; 'the water beneath the earth,' dharaṇyā adhaḥsthaṃ toyaṃ.
     --(Inferior) avaraḥ -rā -raṃ avaratas avarastāt.
     --(Unbeseeming) ayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ anarhaḥ -rhā -rhaṃ.

BENEATH, adv. adhas nīce adhaḥsthāne nīcasthāne adhaḥsthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ; 'the earth beneath,' nīcasthā pṛthivī.

BENEDICTION, s. āśīḥ f. (s) āśīrvacanaṃ āśīrvādaḥ svasti ind. dhanyavādaḥ.
     --(Praise) stavaḥ stutiḥ f.
     --(The advantage conferred) maṅgalaṃ dhanyatvaṃ varaḥ.

BENEDICTORY, a. sauvastikaḥ -kī -kaṃ svastimān -matī -mat (t) māṅgalikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

BENEFACTION, s. upakāraḥ upakṛtaṃ upakārakatvaṃ hitaṃ prasādaḥ.

BENEFACTOR, s. hitakaraḥ upakarttā m. (rttṛ) upakārakaḥ upakārī m. (n) upakārakaraḥ kṛtopakāraḥ priyakṛt priyakāraḥ paravāñchāpūrakaḥ.

BENEFACTRESS, s. hitakarī upakāriṇī upakartrī priyakārī.

BENEFICE, s. dharmmādhyāpakavṛttiḥ f., dharmmaśikṣakavṛttiḥ f., dharmmādhyāpakapratipattiḥ f.

BENEFICENCE, s. paropakārakatvaṃ paropakāraḥ upakāraśīlatā dānaśīlatā dayā kṛpā sthūlalakṣyatvaṃ tyāgaśīlatā tyāgitā.

BENEFICENT, a. paropakārakaḥ -kā -kaṃ paropakārī -riṇī -ri (n) upakāraśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ upakāraparaḥ -rā -raṃ hitakaraḥ -rī -raṃ dānaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ tyāgaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ sthūlalakṣyaḥ -kṣyā -kṣyaṃ priyakāraḥ -rī -raṃ priyaṅkaraḥ -rī -raṃ dayākaraḥ -rā -raṃ.

BENEFICENTLY, adv. hitakaravat priyakaravat vadānyavat sthūlalakṣyatayā dayāpūrvvaṃ.

BENEFICIAL, a. hitaḥ -tā -taṃ phalavān -vatī -vat (t) saphalaḥ -lā -laṃ sopakāraḥ -rā -raṃ hitavān -vatī -vat (t) arthakaraḥ -rī -raṃ upakārakaḥ -kā -kaṃ upakārī -riṇī -ri (n) lābhavān -vatī -vat (t) lābhajanakaḥ -kā -kaṃ arthajanakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.
     --(Medicinally wholesome) pathyaḥ -thyā -thyaṃ aupadhīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

BENEFICIALLY, adv. sopakāraṃ saphalaṃ salābhaṃ sārthaṃ phalāya lābhāya.

BENEFICIARY, a. parādhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ parāśritaḥ -tā -taṃ paratantraḥ -ntrā -ntraṃ.
     --(One who holds a benefice) dharmmādhyāpanavṛttibhāgī m. (n).

[Page 47a]

BENEFIT, s. (Favour conferred) hitaṃ upakāraḥ upakṛtaṃ upakārakatvaṃ -tā anugrahaḥ prasādaḥ maṅgalaṃ.
     --(Advantage, profit) phalaṃ lābhaḥ arthaḥ; 'for the public benefit,' prajārthaṃ.

To BENEFIT, v. a. upakṛ (c. 8. -karoti -kurute -karttuṃ) with loc. or acc. c., hitaṃ kṛ anugrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -grahītuṃ), upacar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ), phalaṃ or lābhaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ).

To BENEFIT, v. n. upakāraṃ or phalaṃ or lābhaṃ or hitaṃ prāp (c. 5. -āptoti -āptuṃ).

BENEFITTED, p. p. upakṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtopakāraḥ -rā -raṃ kṛtalābhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ.

BENEVOLENCE, s. parahitecchā hitecchā prema n. (n) dayālutvaṃ paropakāraśīlatā hitakāmyā saujanyaṃ paravāñchāpūraṇaṃ dayā kṛpā.

BENEVOLENT, a. hitakāmaḥ -mā -maṃ parahitaiṣī -ṣiṇī -ṣi (n) paropakāraśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ hitaprepsuḥ -psuḥ -psu priyaiṣī -ṣiṇī -ṣi (n) parahitaḥ -tā -taṃ upakāraparaḥ -rā -raṃ dayāluḥ -luḥ -lu suśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ suhṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

BENEVOLENTLY, adv. suśīlavat premnā priyaṃ dayāpūrvvaṃ sadbhāvāt kṛpayā.

BENGAL, s. (The country) baṅgaḥ.
     --(Belonging to it) bāṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ.

To BENIGHT, v. a. timira (nom. timirayati -yituṃ), tamasā pracchad in caus. (-chādayati -yituṃ).

BENIGHTED, p. p. niśākrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ rātrigrastaḥ -stā -staṃ tamovṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ tamobhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ santamasaḥ -sā -saṃ tamasācchannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.

BENIGN, BENIGNANT, a. priyaḥ -yā -yaṃ hitaḥ -tā -taṃ prītaḥ -tā -taṃ dayāśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ dayāluḥ -luḥ -lu suśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ kṛpāluḥ -luḥ -lu mṛduḥ -dvī -du premaparaḥ -rā -raṃ.

BENIGNITY, s. priyatā prema n. (n) prītiḥ f., snehaḥ dayā kṛpā kṛpālutvaṃ mṛdutā mārddavaṃ dayālutvaṃ anugrahaḥ.
     --(Wholesomeness) pathyatā.

BENIGNLY, adv. priyaṃ prītyā dayāpūrvvaṃ kṛpayā sadbhāvāt prasādāt.

BENISON, s. āśīḥ f. (s) āśīrvacanaṃ svasti ind., dhanyavādaḥ.

BENJAMIN, s. kālānusāryyaṃ śailaniryyāsaḥ śilārasaḥ śilājaṃ vastāntrī.

BENT, s. (Curvature) natiḥ f., vakratā namratvaṃ jihmatā vakrimā m. (n) kuñcanaṃ.
     --(Declivity) pravaṇaḥ pātukaḥ.
     --(Inclination) śīlaḥ bhāvaḥ svabhāvaḥ prakṛtiḥ f., vāñchā icchā.
     --(Determination) niścayaḥ.
     --(Purpose) cikīrṣitaṃ abhiprāyaḥ.
     --(Application of mind) manaḥpraveśaḥ.
     --(A kind of grass) durvvā śakulākṣakaḥ.

BENT, p. p. nataḥ -tā -taṃ nāmitaḥ -tā -taṃ ānataḥ -tā -taṃ praṇataḥ -tā -taṃ namraḥ -mrā -mraṃ pariṇataḥ -tā -taṃ bhugnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ avabhugnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ vibhugnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ rugnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ vakrimaḥ -mā -maṃ pravaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ prahvaḥ -hvā -hvaṃ kuñcitaḥ -tā -taṃ ākuñcitaḥ -tā -taṃ avāgraḥ -grā -graṃ.

To BENUMB, v. a. jaḍīkṛ muh in caus. (mohayati -yituṃ) stambh (c. 5. stabhnoti, c. 9. stabhnāti stambhituṃ).

BENUMBED, p. p. śītākulaḥ -lā -laṃ jaḍīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ jaḍībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ stambhitaḥ -tā -taṃ suptatvak m. f. n. (c).

BENZOIN, s. kālānusāryyaṃ aśmapuṣpaṃ śītaśivaṃ vṛddhaṃ śailaṃ vastāntrī śilājaṃ śilābhavaṃ śailaniryyāsaḥ.

To BEPAINT, v. a. citr (c. 10. citrayati -yituṃ), rañj in caus. (rañjayati -yituṃ).

To BEPISS, v. a. avamūtr (c. 10. -mūtrayati -yituṃ).

To BEQUEATH, v. a. prāg maraṇāt or maraṇāt pūrvvaṃ or āsanne maraṇakāle niyamapatreṇa svarikthaṃ dāyādādibhyaḥ pradā (c. 1. -yacchati -dātuṃ) or pratipad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ) or samṛ in caus. (-arpayati -yituṃ).

BEQUEATHED, p. p. rikthahārine pradattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ or prattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ or pratipāditaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BEQUEST, s. mumūrṣudānaṃ uttaradānaṃ usinne maraṇakāle dāyādādibhyo rikthapradānaṃ.

[Page 47b]

To BEREAVE, v. a. viyuj in caus. (-yojayati -yituṃ) viprayuj with abl. or inst. c., apahṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ), apanī (c. 1. -nayati -netuṃ). bhraṃś in caus. (bhraṃśayati -yituṃ).
     --(To be bereaved) in pass. (hīyate) parihā in pass. with inst. c., bhraṃś (c. 4. bhraśyati bhraṃśituṃ) with abl. c., viyuj in pass. (-yujyate).

BEREAVED or BEREFT, a. hīnaḥ -nā -naṃ rahitaḥ -tā -taṃ varjjitaḥ -tā -taṃ hṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ apahṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ parityaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ viyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ; 'bereft of money,' dhanahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ; 'bereft of one's all,' hṛtasarvvasvaḥ; 'bereft of life,' hatajīvitaḥ -tā -taṃ. Often expressed by gata in the first member of a compound; as, 'bereft of feeling,' gatacetanaḥ -nā -naṃ.

BEREAVEMENT, s. hāniḥ f., viyogaḥ viprayogaḥ apahāraḥ apacayaḥ.

BERGAMOT, s. phalabhedaḥ sugandhaviśiṣṭo niryyāsaviśeṣaḥ.

To BERHYME, v. a. upagītaṃ -tāṃ -taṃ kṛ kavi (nom. kavyati).

BERRY, s. vījapūrṇaṃ guṭikākāraṃ kṣudraphalaṃ guṭikā gulī.

BERYL, s. gomedaḥ gomedakaḥ -kaṃ.

To BESCATTER, v. a. avakṝ (c. 6. -kirati -karituṃ karītuṃ), paryavakṝ.

To BESEECH, v. a. prārth (c. 10. -arthayate -yituṃ), abhyarth samprārth; vinayena prārth vinī (c. 1. -nayati -netuṃ), yāc (c. 1. yācati -te yācituṃ), abhiyāc prayāc samprayāc; prasad in caus. (-sādayate -yituṃ).

BESEECHED, p. p. vinayena prārthitaḥ -tā -taṃ abhyarthitaḥ -tā -taṃ yācitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BESEECHER, s. prārthakaḥ prārthayitā m. (tṛ) arthī m. (n) yācakaḥ.

To BESEEM, v. a. yuj in pass. (yujyate) upapad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ) with loc. c.

BESEEMLY, a. yuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ yaṃthocitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BESET, v. a. (To besiege) rudh (c. 7. ruṇaddhi roddhuṃ), uparudh ākram (c. 1. -krāmati -kramituṃ).
     --(To surround) pariveṣṭ (c. 1. -veṣṭate -veṣṭituṃ), upaveṣṭ saṃveṣṭ; pariṣṭhā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -te -sthātuṃ), paryyupasthā.
     --(To embarrass) ākulīkṛ bādh (c. 1. bādhate bādhituṃ), parikliś (c. 9. -kliśnāti -kleṣṭuṃ).

BESET, p. p. ruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ uparuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ veṣṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ pariveṣṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ ākrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ parigataḥ -tā -taṃ abhipariplutaḥ -tā -taṃ bādhitaḥ -tā -taṃ parītaḥ -tā -taṃ abhiparītaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BESHREW, v. a. durbhāgyaṃ or amaṅgalaṃ prārth (c. 10. -arthayate -yituṃ), dhikkṛ.

BESIDE or BESIDES, prep. (At the side of) pārśve pārśvatas nikaṭe samīpe sannidhāne abhitas; 'beside the river,' nadītīre nadīsamīpe.
     --(Over and above) adhikaṃ vyatiriktaṃ antareṇa muktvā.
     --(Except) ṛte with abl. or acc., vinā with inst. or acc.
     --(Beside one's self) hatajñānaḥ -nā -naṃ upahatabuddhiḥ -ddhiḥ -ddhi unmattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.

BESIDE or BESIDES, adv. aparañca aparaṃ anyacca apica kiñca adhikantu adhikaṃ; 'are there any here besides?' kim atra apare santi.

To BESIEGE, v. a. rudh (c. 7. ruṇaddhi roddhuṃ), avarudh uparudh pariveṣṭ (c. 1. -veṣṭate -veṣṭituṃ), ākram (c. 1. -krāmati -kramituṃ), bādh (c. 1. bādhate bādhituṃ).

BESIEGED, part. a. ruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ pariveṣṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ bādhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BESIEGER, s. avarodhakaḥ rodhī m. (n) avarodhī m. (n) veṣṭakaḥ bādhakaḥ.

To BESLAVE, v. a. vaśīkṛ dāsīkṛ karadīkṛ dam in caus. (damayati -yituṃ).

To BESMEAR, v. a. lip (c. 6. limpati -te -leptuṃ), ālip samālip upalip añj (c. 7. anakti aṃktuṃ), or caus. (añjayati -yituṃ) didvaṃ (c. 2. degdhi degdhuṃ), pradih.

BESMEARED, p. p. liptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ viliptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ upaliṣṭaḥ -ptā -pta abhyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ digdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ; 'besmeared with blood,' raktāktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ śoṇitāktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ śoṇitokṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

[Page 48a]

BESOM, s. mārjanī sammārjanī śodhanī vimārgaḥ ūhanī samūhanī.

To BESORT, v. a. yuj in pass. (yujyate) upapad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ).

To BESOT, v. a. muh in caus. (mohayati yituṃ) jaḍīkṛ mūḍhīkṛ.

BESOTTED, p. p. mūḍhacetāḥ -tāḥ -taḥ (s) mūḍhabuddhiḥ -ddhiḥ -ddhi mūḍhātmā -tmā -tma (n) pramūḍhasaṃjñaḥ -jñā -jñaṃ mohitaḥ -tā -taṃ jaḍīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BESOTTEDNESS, s. mohaḥ sammohaḥ mūḍhatā jaḍatā jaḍimā m. (n)

To BESPANGLE, v. a. nakṣatrākārair bhūpaṇair anuvyadh (c. 4. -vidhyati -vyaddhuṃ) or śubh in caus. (śobhayati -yituṃ) upaśubh.

To BESPATTER, v. a. paṅkena or malena sic (c. 6. siñcāta -te sektuṃ), avasic or avakṝ (c. 6. -kirati -karituṃ -karītuṃ), abhyavakṝ or ukṣ (c. 1. ukṣati ukṣituṃ), prokṣ; malina (nom. malinayati -yituṃ), kalupa (nom. kaluṣayati -yituṃ), kalaṅka (nom. kalaṅkayati -yituṃ).

BESPATTERED, p. p. maladūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ kalaṅkitaḥ -tā -taṃ kaluṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BESPEAK, v. a. (To order beforehand) prakhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -khyātuṃ), pūrvvādeśaṃ kṛ; agranivedanaṃ kṛ; mama pūrvvabhuktiḥ syāditi vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ).
     --(To betoken, indicate) sūc (c. 10. sūcayati -yituṃ), pradiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ).
     --(To forebode) agranirūpaṇaṃ kṛ pradṛś in caus. (-darśayati -yituṃ).

To BESPECKLE, v. a. citr (c. 10. citrayati -yituṃ), śavalīkṛ karvvurīkṛ.

To BESPIT, v. a. niṣṭhīv (c. 1. -ṣṭhībati -ṣṭhevituṃ), avaniṣṭhīv.

BESPOKEN, p. p. prakhyātaḥ -tā -taṃ pūrvvādiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ agraniveditaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Any commodity bespoken) prakhyātabhāṇḍaṃ.

BESPREAD, p. p. āstīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ āvṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ paricchannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.

To BESPRINKLE, v. a. sic (c. 6. siñcati -te sektuṃ), avasic nipic saṃsic avakṝ (c. 6. -kirati -karituṃ -karītuṃ), abhyavakṝ paryavakṝ samavakṝ ukṣa (c. 1. ukṣati ukṣituṃ), abhyukṣ prokṣ; klid in caus. (kledayati -yituṃ).

BESPRINKLED, p. p. siktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ ukṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ prokṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BEST, (superl. of good), a. sarvvottamaḥ -mā -maṃ uttamaḥ -mā -maṃ anuttamaḥ -mā -maṃ sattamaḥ -mā -maṃ śreṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ sarvvaśreṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ paramaḥ -mā -maṃ paraḥ -rā -raṃ bhadratamaḥ -mā -maṃ arhattamaḥ -mā -maṃ pravaraḥ -rā -raṃ praśastaḥ -stā -staṃ agrimaḥ -mā -maṃ parārddhyaḥ -rddhyā -rddhyaṃ; 'which is the best of these?' eteṣāṃ ko bhadratamaḥ; 'best beloved,' iṣṭatamaḥ -mā -maṃ. Any thing the best of its kind may sometimes be expressed by ratnaṃ.

BEST, (superl. of well), adv. uttamaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ sattamaṃ śreṣṭhatas.

BESTAINED, p. p. kalaṅkitaḥ -tā -taṃ dūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ parimalitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BESTEAD, v. a. (To profit) phalāya or lābhāya bhū or as.

BESTIAL, a. pāśavaḥ -vī -vaṃ paśuśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ paśuvyavahāraḥ -rā -raṃ paśusadṛśaḥ -śī -śaṃ amānupaḥ -pī -paṃ krūrācāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

BESTIALITY, s. paśutā -tvaṃ paśuśīlatā amanupyatā krūrācāratvaṃ paśugamanaṃ.

To BESTIALIZE, v. a. paśūkṛ paśusadṛśaṃ -śīṃ -śaṃ kṛ.

BESTIALLY, adv. paśuvat paśurūpeṇa paśuvyavahārānusārāt mānuṣācāraviruddhaṃ.

To BESTIR ONE'S SELF, v. r. ceṣṭ (c. 1. ceṣṭate ceṣṭituṃ), viceṣṭ ātmānaṃ ceṣṭ in caus. (ceṣṭayati -yituṃ) yat (c. 1. yatate yatituṃ), prayat ghaṭ (c. 1. ghaṭate ghaṭituṃ), vyavaso (c. 1. -syati -sātuṃ), udyamaṃ or utsāhaṃ kṛ.

To BESTOW, v. a. (To give) (c. 3. dadāta, c. 1. yacchati dātuṃ), pradā abhidā anudā vitṝ (c. 1. -tarati -tarituṃ -tarītuṃ), pratipad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ) upapad; nikṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ); upākṛ.
     --(To apply, lay out) prayuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṃkte yoktuṃ), upayuj; nidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ).
     --(To give in marriage) kanyāṃ pradā

To BESTOW ONE'S SELF, v. r. (Attend to) sev (c. 1. sevate sevituṃ). upasev; āsthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -sthātuṃ), mano niviś in caus. (-veśa- yati -yituṃ).

BESTOWED, p. p. dattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ pradattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ prattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ nihitaḥ -tā -taṃ viśrāṇitaḥ -tā -taṃ pratipāditaḥ -tā -taṃ nikṣiptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ vitīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.

BESTOWER, s. dātā m. (tṛ) pradātā m. (tṛ) pradaḥ or daḥ in comp.

BESTRAUGHT, p. p. cintākulaḥ -lā -laṃ vyagraḥ -grā -graṃ upahatabuddhiḥ -ddhiḥ -ddhi.

To BESTREW, v. a. āstṝ (c. 5. -stṛṇoti -starituṃ -starītuṃ).

To BESTRIDE, v. a. (A horse) pādau or jaṅghe pṛthakkṛtvā aśvam āruh (c. 1. -rohati -roḍhuṃ), adhiruh adhyāruh; adhikram (c. 1. -krāmati -kramituṃ); 'bestriding a horse,' aśvārūḍhaḥ.

To BESTUD, v. a. gaṇḍādibhūpaṇair anuvyadh (c. 4. -vidhyati -vyaddhuṃ) or khac (c. 10. khacayati -yituṃ).

BESTUDDED, p. p. anuviddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ khacitaḥ -tā -taṃ pratyuptaḥ -prā -ptaṃ.

BET, s. (Wager) paṇaḥ pratijñā ākṣikapaṇaḥ.

To BET, v. n. paṇ (c. 1. paṇate paṇituṃ), vipaṇ; div (c. 4. dīvyati devituṃ).

To BETAKE ONE'S SELF, v. r. āśri (c. 1. -śrayati -te -śrayituṃ), abhiśri upāśri saṃśri samupāśri.

BETEL, s. (Nut) tāmbūlaṃ pūgaṃ udvegaṃ pūgaphalaṃ.
     --(The plant) tāmbūlī tāmbūlavallī nāgavallī.
     --(A seller of it) tāmbūlikaḥ.
     --(Relating to it) tāmbūlī -linī -li (n).
     --(Betel box) pūgapātraṃ tāmbūlapeṭikā.
     --(Betel-bearer) tāmbūlavāhakaḥ tāmbūladaḥ vāgguliḥ m.

To BETHINK ONE'S SELF, v. r. anucint (c. 10. -cintayati -yituṃ), sañcint anudhyai (c. 1. -dhyāyati -dhyātuṃ), vimṛś (c. 6. -mṛśati -marṣṭuṃ -mbaṣṭuṃ), anubudha (c. 4. -budhyate -boddhuṃ), anusmṛ (c. 1. -smarati -smarttuṃ).

To BETHUMP, v. a. taḍ (c. 10. tāḍayati -yituṃ), prahṛ (c. 1. -harāta -harttuṃ).

To BETIDE, v. n. sambhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ), upasthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -sthātuṃ), nipat (c. 1. -patati -patituṃ), sampad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ), ghaṭ (c. 1. ghaṭate ghaṭituṃ); 'may good betide you,' bhadraṃ te bhūyāt; 'woe betide you,' avagrāhaste or ajīvaniste or akaraṇiste bhūyātt.

BETIMES, adv. prabhāte sakālaṃ prātar vyuṣṭaṃ pratyūṣe samayā samaye upayuktasamaye velāyāṃ.

To BETOKEN, v. a. sūc (c. 10. sūcayati -yituṃ), pradiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ), sandiś; abhidṛś in caus. (-darśayati -yituṃ).
     --(To foreshew) pradṛś in caus.; 'betokening,' sūcakaḥ -kā -kaṃ vācakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

To BETOSS, v. a. kṣubh in caus. (kṣobhayati -yituṃ) kṣip (c. 6. kṣipati kṣeptuṃ).

To BETRAY, v. a. parahasteṣu or śatrukareṣu or śatrupāṇiṣu or anyeṣāṃ kareṣu samṛ in caus. (-arpayati -yituṃ) parādā (c. 3. -dadāti -dātuṃ), pradā vañc (c. 10. vañcayate -yituṃ), viśvāsaghātaṃ or viśvāsabhaṅgaṃ kṛ khaṇḍ (c. 10. khaṇḍayati -yituṃ), śatrorāyattaṃ -ttāṃ -ttaṃ kṛ.
     --(To shew, discover) sūc (c. 10. sūcayati -yituṃ); dṛś in caus. (darśayati -yituṃ) piśuna (nom. piśunayati -yituṃ), vyaktīkṛ prakaṭīkṛ.
     --(To betray secrets) gopyāni prakāś in caus. (-kāśayati -yituṃ) mantrabhedaṃ kṛ.

BETRAYED, p. p. śatruhastārpitaḥ -tā -taṃ vañcitaḥ -tā -taṃ parādattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.

BETRAYER, s. parahastārpakaḥ vañcakaḥ viśvāsaghātakaḥ pradātā m. (tṛ).

To BETRIM, v. a. bhūṣ (c. 10. bhūṣayati -yituṃ), alaṅkṛ pariṣkṛ.

To BETROTH, v. a. vāgdānaṃ kṛ niyamapatreṇa vivāhapratijñāṃ kṛ pratijñāpatreṇa vivāhasambandhaṃ kṛ.

BETROTHED, p. p. vāgdattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ pradattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ prattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ pratijñāvivāhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Woman) vāgdattā prattā.

BETROTHMENT, s. vāgdānaṃ kanyāpradānaṃ.

To BETRUST, v. a. paridā (c. 3. -dadāti -dātuṃ), niyuj in caus. (-yojayati -yituṃ) samṛ in caus. (-arpayati -yituṃ).

BETTER, (compar. of good) a. bhadrataraḥ -rā -raṃ śreyān -yasī -yaḥ (s) śreṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ garīyān -yasī -yaḥ (s) praśastaḥ -stā -staṃ arhattaraḥ -rā -raṃ sādhīyān -yasī -yaḥ (s) jyāyān -yasī -yaḥ (s).

BETTER, (compar. of well) adv. varaṃ praśastaṃ śreyas bhadrataraṃ bhadrataraprakāreṇa śreṣṭhaṃ.
     --(More) adhikaṃ adhikataraṃ atiriktaṃ.
     --(The better, the superiority) śreṣṭhatā śreyastvaṃ pradhānatā pramukhatvaṃ.
     --(To get the better) abhibhū atiric in pass. (-ricyate).

To BETTER, v. a. bhadrataraṃ -rāṃ -raṃ kṛ śreyāṃsaṃ -yasīṃ -yaḥ kṛ.
     --(To advance) vṛdh in caus. (vardhayati -yituṃ) saṃvṛdh parivṛdh edh in caus. (edhayati -yituṃ) samedh.
     --(To surpass) atiric in pass. (-ricyate) abhibhū.

BETTERS, s. pl. (Superiors) śreṣṭhāḥ m. pl., pradhānapuruṣāḥ m. pl., uttamapuruṣāḥ m. pl.

BETTING, s. paṇanaṃ paṇakaraṇaṃ paṇārpaṇaṃ ākṣikapaṇakaraṇaṃ pratijñānaṃ.

BETTOR, s. paṇakarttā m. (rttṛ) paṇakaḥ paṇārpakaḥ.

BETTY, s. dvārakapāṭādibhañjane sandhicauraiḥ prayuktaṃ lohayantraṃ.

BETWEEN or BETWIXT, prep. madhye abhyantare antareṇa antare antar antarā madhyatas madhyasthāne; 'the mediator between God and man,' īśvarasya māṇuṣāṇāñca madhye madhyasthaḥ. Between is sometimes expressed by the gen. or inst. c.; as, 'there is a great difference between a master and a servant,' sevyasevakayor mahadantaraṃ; 'great is the difference between thee and the ocean,' tvayā samudreṇa ca mahadantaraṃ; 'I will put enmity between thee and the woman,' tvayā nāryyā ca vairitāṃ janiṣpāmi; 'I am in a strait betwixt two,' ubhābhyāṃ saṅkucito'smi; 'they parted the paternal inheritance between them,' dāyaṃ pitryaṃ parasparaṃ vyabhajan.

BEVER, s. mādhyandinabhojanānantaraṃ prāgrātribhojanāt tatkālāntare ladhvāhāraḥ or arddhāśanaṃ.

BEVERAGE, s. pānīyaṃ peyaṃ pānaṃ payaḥ n. (s).
     --(Of the gods) amṛtaṃ.

BEVY, s. gaṇaḥ saṅghaḥ samavāyaḥ yūthaṃ kulaṃ; 'a bevy of young lasses,' taruṇīgaṇaḥ.

To BEWAIL, v. a. and n. vilap (c. 1. -lapati -lapituṃ), śuc (c. 1. śocati śocituṃ), anuśuc paridev (c. 1. -devati -te -devituṃ); 'to grieve exceedingly,' śuc in freq. (śośucyate) pariśuc in freq., lap in freq. (lālapyate).

BEWAILABLE, a. śocyaḥ -cyā -cyaṃ śocanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ vilapanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

BEWAILING, s. vilapanaṃ vilāpaḥ paridevanaṃ anuśocanaṃ krandanaṃ.

To BEWARE, v. n. avadhā (c. 3. -dhatte -dhātuṃ), sāvadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ bhū avadhānaṃ kṛ.
     --(Abstain from, avoid) parihṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ), vṛj in caus. (varjayati -yituṃ) vivṛj parivṛj; 'beware of men,' sānuṣebhyo'vadhatta; 'beware of too great avarice,' atilobhāt sāvadhāno bhava; 'beware lest any one deceive you,' sāvadhānā bhavata ko'pi yuṣmān na bhramayet.

To BEWEEP, v. a. rud (c. 2. roditi rodituṃ), anuśuc (c. 1. -śocati śocituṃ).

To BEWET, v. a. klid in caus. (kledayati -yituṃ) sic (c. 6. siñcati sektuṃ),

To BEWILDER, v. a. muh in caus. (mohayati -yituṃ) vyāmuh parimuh vipramuh; ākulīkṛ vyākulīkṛ vibhram in cuas. (-bhramayati -yituṃ) sambhram.

BEWILDERED, p. p. ākulaḥ -lā -laṃ vyākulaḥ -lā -laṃ ākulitaḥ -tā -taṃ. ākulīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ sambhrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ kātaraḥ -rā -raṃ vyagraḥ -grā -graṃ. mohitaḥ -tā -taṃ mugdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ vimūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ vimugdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ vyastaḥ -stā -staṃ parivihvalaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BEWILDERMENT, s. vyākulatā ākulatvaṃ vyagratā vaiklavyaṃ sambhramaḥ kātaratā.

To BEWITCH, v. a. mantradvārā vaśīkṛ or muh in caus. (mohayati -yituṃ) mohaṃ kṛ abhimantr (c. 10. -mantrayate -yituṃ).
     --(To captivate) mano hṛ (c. 1. harati harttuṃ).

BEWITCHED, p. p. mohitaḥ -tā -taṃ vaśīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ abhimantritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BEWITCHER, s. mohakaḥ mohanaḥ māyī m. (n) vaśīkarttā m. (rttṛ) māyākṛt.

BEWITCHMENT, s. vaśīkriyā vaśiḥ m., vaśitā vaśīkaraṇaṃ mohanaṃ parimohanaṃ vimohanaṃ sammohaḥ mohaḥ māyā kārmmaṇatvaṃ.

BEWITCHING, a. mohī -hinī -hi (n) mohanaḥ -nī -naṃ manohārī -riṇī -ri (n) manoharaḥ -rā -raṃ pralobhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ ākarṣikaḥ -kī -kaṃ māyī -yinī -yi (n).

BEWITCHINGLY, adv. yathā mano hriyate or vaśīkriyate tathā manoharaprakāreṇa yathā moho jāyate tathā māyayā pralobhanāya.

To BEWRAY, v. a. (To betray) parādā (c. 3. -dadāti -dātuṃ), pradā; śatruhasteṣu samṛ in caus. (-arpayati -yituṃ).
     --(To indicate) sūc (c. 10. (sūcayati -yituṃ) piśuna (nom. piśunayati -yituṃ).

BEYOND, prep. and adv. ati prefixed.
     --(On the farther side) pāraṃ pāre; 'beyond the sea,' samudrapāraṃ; 'from beyond,' pārāt; 'to go beyond,' atikram (c. 1. -krāmati -kramituṃ), aticar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ).
     --(In front) agre.
     --(Superior to) atirekī -kiṇī -ki (n) viśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.
     --(More than) adhikaṃ, or expressed by ati prefixed; as, 'beyond mortal strength,' atimānuṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ; 'beyond's one's power,' atiśakti; 'beyond measure,' atiśayaṃ atīva; 'passed beyond the range of sight,' cakṣurviṣayam atikrāntaḥ.
     --(At a distance) dūre.

BEZEL or BEZIL, s. ratnādhārayogyo' ṅgurīyakabhāgaḥ aṅgurīyakasya yatsthāne maṇiḥ svacyate or praṇidhīyate tat.

BHAVĀNĪ, s. (The wife of the god Śiva, and the goddess of destruction; called Bhavānī in her amiable form) bhavānī umā mahādevī devī.
     --(The pure one) gaurī.
     --(As terrible in form and irascible in temper) durgā kālī caṇḍī caṇḍikā.
     --(As daughter of Himālā, the sovereign of the snowy mountains) pārvvatī haimavatī.
     --(As wife of Śiva) śivā īśvarī rudrāṇī sarvvāṇī mṛḍānī.
     --(The all-auspicious) sarvvamaṅgalā.
     --(The mother) ambikā.
     --(As the performer of austerities) kātyāyanī aparṇā.

BIANGULATED, a. dvikoṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ dvyasrakaḥ -kā -kaṃ koṇadvayaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BIAS, s. (Inclination) bhāvaḥ śīlaḥ śīlatvaṃ vāñchā svabhāvaḥ icchā abhilāṣaḥ saṅkalpaḥ chandaṃ cikīrṣā spṛhā abhiprāyaḥ.
     --(Inclination to go on one side) pārśve gasanecchā.
     --(Partiality) vakṣapātaḥ pakṣapātitā sācīkṛtaṃ.
     --(That which biasses, or induces to act) pravarttaḥ -rttakaḥ praṇodaḥ protsāhaḥ -hakaḥ prayojakaḥ.

To BIAS, v. a. pravṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ) āvṛj in caus. (-varjayati -yituṃ); sācīkṛ; praṇud (c. 6. -ṇudati -ṇottuṃ), ākṛṣ (c. 1. -karṣati -kraṣṭuṃ), ceṣṭ in caus. (ceṣṭayati -yituṃ) protsah in caus. (-sāhayati -yituṃ) ākṛ in caus. (-kārayati -yituṃ) pakṣapātīkṛ.

BIASSED, p. p. pravarttitaḥ -tā -taṃ protsāhitaḥ -tā -taṃ praṇoditaḥ -tā -taṃ sācīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ ākṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.
     --(In favour of a side) pakṣotāhī m. (n).

[Page 50a]

BIB, s. bālakasya vakṣassthalachādanayogyaṃ kṣaumīnirmmitaṃ uttarīyavastraṃ.

BIBBER, s. surāpī m. (n) surāpaḥ madyapāyī m. (n) pānaparaḥ madyapāḥ m.

BIBLE, s. dharmmapustakaṃ īśvaravākyaprakāśako granthaḥ.

BIBLICAL, a. dharmmapustakaviṣayaḥ -yā -yaṃ dharmmapustakasambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

BIBLIOGRAPHY, s. granthavidyā granthavidyānusevanaṃ.

BIBLIOMANIA, s. prācīnapustakaprāpaṇe vyagratā durlabhagranthānveṣaṇe vyagratā.

BIBLIOTHEKE, s. pāṭhārthaṃ surakṣito granthasamūhaḥ vidyānusevanārthaṃ granthakuṭī.

BIBULOUS, a. jalaśoṣakaḥ -kā -kaṃ jalanipānaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BICAPSULAR, a. vījakośo dvaidhīkṛto yasya dvidhābhūtavījakośaḥ -śā -śaṃ.

BICIPITAL, a. dvimurddhaḥ -rddhā -rddhaṃ dviśīrṣakaḥ -kā -kaṃ dviśirāḥ -rāḥ -raḥ (s).

To BICKER, v. n. (To skirmish) ḍimbāhavaṃ kṛ; kalaha (nom. kalahāyate -yituṃ), kalahaṃ kṛ.
     --(To wrangle) vivad (c. 1. -vadate -vadituṃ), vāgyuddhaṃ kṛ.
     --(To quiver) sphur (c. 6. sphurati sphuritaṃ).

BICKERING, s. kalahaḥ vipralāpaḥ vivādaḥ dvandvaṃ vāgyuddhaṃ.
     --(Petty warfare) ḍimbaḥ ḍimbāhavaḥ.

BICKERN, s. sūcyākārāgrayuktaḥ śūrmmibhāgaḥ karmmakārasevitaṃ lohayantraṃ.

BICORNE, a. dviśṛṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ śṛṅgadvayaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

To BID, v. a. (To invite) nimantr (c. 10. -mantrayati -te -yituṃ), āhve (c. 1. -hvayati -hvātuṃ).
     --(To command) ājñā in caus. (-jñāpayati -yituṃ) prer (c. 10. prerayati -yituṃ), ādiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ), samādiś.
     --(To offer a price) amukamūlyaṃ ditsāmīti or dātumicchāmīti vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ) or khyā in caus. (khyāpayati -yituṃ) or ghuṣ (c. 10. ghoṣayati -yituṃ) or abhidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ).
     --(To bid welcome) svāgatamiti vad.
     --(To bid adieu) āmantr (c. 10. -mantrayate -yituṃ), anumantr; āpracch (c. 6. -pṛcchate -praṣṭuṃ).
     --(To bid defiance) āhve samāhve.

BIDDEN, p. p. (Commanded) ājñātaḥ -tā -taṃ preritaḥ -tā -taṃ coditaḥ -tā -taṃ deśitaḥ -tā -taṃ ādiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.
     --(Invited) nimantritaḥ -tā -taṃ ketitaḥ -tā -taṃ āhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BIDDER, s. kretā m. (tṛ) krāyakaḥ mūlyaditsuḥ m., prakāśakrayasamaye amukamūlyaṃ ditsāmīti or dāsyāmīti khyāpayati yo janaḥ.

BIDDING, s. (Command) ājñā preraṇaṃ ādeśaḥ nirddeśaḥ śāsanaṃ.
     --(Offer of a price) mūlyaditsākhyāpanaṃ amukamūlyaṃ ditsāmīti khyāpanaṃ mūlyaditsā.

To BIDE, v. a. and n. (To remain) sthā (c. 1. tiṣṭhati -te sthātuṃ), vṛt (c. 1. varttate varttituṃ), vas (c. 1. vasati vastuṃ).
     --(To expect) pratīkṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ), uddṛś (c. 1. -paśyati -draṣṭuṃ).
     --(To endure) sah (c. 1. sahate soḍhuṃ), mṛṣ (c. 4. mṛṣpati marṣituṃ).

BIDENTAL, a. dvidan -datī -dat (t) dvidantaḥ -ntī -ntaṃ dviradaḥ -dā -daṃ.

BIENNIAL, a. dvaivarṣikaḥ -kī -kaṃ dvivarṣaḥ -rṣī -rṣaṃ dvivarṣīṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ dvivarṣamātrasthāyī -yinī -yi (n) vatsaradvayamātrajīvī m. (n).

BIER, s. śivikā śavavāhanaṃ śavayānaṃ kaṭaḥ khaṭṭiḥ m., khāṭaḥ vāruṭhaḥ pretavāhanasādhanaṃ svaṭvādi.

BIESTING, s. peyūṣaḥ -ṣaṃ pīyūṣaḥ -ṣaṃ prasavānantaraṃ prathamagodugdhaṃ.

BIFID, BIFIDATED, a. dvikhaṇḍīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ dvaidhīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BIFOLD, a. dviguṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ dvaidhaḥ -dhī -dhaṃ dviḥprakāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

BIFORMED, a. dvirūpaḥ -pā -pī -paṃ dvimūrttimān -matī -mat (t).

BIFURCATED, s. dvyagraḥ -grā -graṃ agradvayaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BIG, a. sthūlaḥ -lā -laṃ vṛhan -hatī -hat (t) vipulaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(Bigbodied) vṛhatkāyaḥ -yā -yaṃ mahākāyaḥ -yā -yaṃ mahāṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ.
     --(A pregnant woman) garbhiṇī garbhaṣatī.
     --(Bombastic) garvvitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Teeming with) saṅkulaḥ -lā -laṃ saṅkīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ ākīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ pūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.
     --(As big as) parimāṇa or parimita, or mātra affixed; as, 'as big as an egg,' aṇḍaparimāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ; 'as big as a grain of mustard,' sarṣapaparimitaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'as big as a man,' puruṣamātraḥ -trā -traṃ.

BIGAMIST, s. dvibhāryyaḥ dvipatnīsvāmī m. (n) ekakāle vivāhadvayakarttā m. (rttṛ).

BIGAMY, s. ekakāle dvivivāhakaraṇaṃ dvipatnīghāritvaṃ.

BIG-BELLIED, a. pṛthūdaraḥ -rā -raṃ sthūlodaraḥ -rā -raṃ lambodaraḥ -rā -raṃ vṛhatkukṣiḥ -kṣiḥ -kṣi picaṇḍilaḥ -lā -laṃ vṛddhanābhiḥ -bhiḥ -bhi tundavān -vatī -vat (t).

BIG-BONED, a. vṛhadasthimān -matī -mat (t) vṛhadaṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ.

BIGGIN, s. bālakayogyaṃ śiroveṣṭanaṃ bālaśiraskaṃ.
     --(A pot) pātraṃ ādhāraḥ.

BIGNESS, s. sthūlatā sthaulpaṃ vṛhattvaṃ vipulatā.
     --(Size, comparative bulk) parimāṇaṃ; 'of the bigness of an egg,' aṇḍaparimāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

BIGNONIA, s. pāṭaliḥ m. f. -lā amoghā kācasthālī phaleruhā kuverākṣī.

BIGOT, s. svamatadhāraṇe vyagraḥ vicāraṇāṃ vinā or avicāryya pakṣapātī m. (n) nirbandhaśīlaḥ vyagracittaḥ.

BIGOTED, a. avicāryya svamate sthitaḥ -tā -taṃ svamatadhāraṇe vyagraḥ -grā -graṃ svamateniṣṭhitaḥ -tā -taṃ sācīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ svamatarakṣī -kṣiṇī -kṣi (n).

BIGOTRY, s. vicāraṇāṃ vinā svamate vyavasthitiḥ f. or abhiniveśaḥ or atinirbandhaḥ sācīkṛtaṃ.

BIG-SWOLN, a. atisphītaḥ -tā -taṃ ucchūnaḥ -nā -naṃ pravṛddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ.

BIG-UDDERED, a. pīnodhnī f., pīvarastanī f., pīnastanadhāriṇī f.

BILBO, s. kṛpāṇaḥ khaṅgaḥ nistriṃśaḥ asiḥ m.

BILE, s. pittaṃ māyuḥ m., bhrājakaṃ palāgniḥ m.

BILE, s. (A boil) sphoṭaḥ sphoṭakaḥ visphoṭaḥ.

To BILGE, v. n. (To spring a leak) naukātale or naukāpārśve dārusphoṭanaprayuktaṃ jalaṃ gṛhītvā majj (c. 6. majjati majjituṃ).

BILIARY, a. paittaḥ -ttī -ttaṃ pittasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

BILINGUOUS, a. dvijihvaḥ -hvā -hvaṃ dvibhāṣāvādī -dinī -di (n).

BILIOUS, a. pittalaḥ -lā -laṃ paittaḥ -ttī -ttaṃ paittikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

To BILK, v. a. vañc in caus. (vañcayati -te -yituṃ) parivañc pralabh (c. 1. -labhate -labdhuṃ), vipralabh.

BILL, s. (Beak of a bird) cañcuḥ f., tuṇḍaḥ tuṇḍiḥ m., mukhaḥ.
     --(A kind of hatchet) dātraṃ stambaghnaḥ.
     --(An act of parliament) vyavasthā.
     --(A written paper of any kind) patraṃ lekhaḥ -khā lekhyaṃ.
     --(An account of money) vikrayapatraṃ.
     --(An advertisement) ghoṣaṇāpatraṃ.
     --(In law) bhāṣāpādaṃ pūrvvapakṣapādaḥ abhiyogapatraṃ.

To BILL, v. n. (To kiss, embrace) cumb (c. 1. cumbati cumbituṃ), niṃs (c. 2. niṃste niṃsituṃ), āliṅg (c. 1. -liṅgati -liṅgituṃ), pariṇiṃsāṃ kṛ.

BILLET, s. (A note) patraṃ lekhaḥ lekhyaṃ.
     --(A ticket) nidarśanapatraṃ cihnaṃ.
     --(A log of wood) kāṣṭhakhaṇḍaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ.

To BILLET, v. a. nidarśanapatreṇa sainyānām āvāsasthānaṃ prakḷp (c. 10. -kalpayati -yituṃ); sainyān vas in caus. (vāsayati -yituṃ).

BILLIARDS, s. pl. idānīntanajanaiḥ sevitā gulikākrīḍā.

BILLION, s. kharvvaḥ.
     --(A million millions) niyutaniyutāni śaṅkhaḥ.

BILLOW, s. ūrmmiḥ m. f., mahorvyiḥ m. f., bhaṅgaḥ taraṅgaḥ ullolaḥ payorāśiḥ f., vārirāśiḥ f., kallola argalaḥ.

To BILLOW, v. n. taraṅga (nom. taraṅgāyate), taraṅgarūpeṇa praluṭh (c. 1. -lāṭhati -loṭhituṃ), mahāvelayā pravṛdh (c. 1. -vardhate -vardhituṃ).

BILLOW-BEATEN, a. taraṅgodbhāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ taraṅgakṣiptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ uttaraṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ.

[Page 51a]

BILLOWY, a. ūrmmimān -matī -mat (t) taraṅgitaḥ -tā -taṃ mahāvelaḥ -lā -laṃ mahātaraṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ praloṭhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BILL-STICKER, s. ghoṣaṇāpatrāṇi rājamārgādiṣujanasaṅkīrṇasthāneṣusthāpayatiyaḥ.

BIN, s. dhānyakoṣṭhakaṃ kuśūlaḥ piṭaḥ.

BINARY, a. dvaidhaḥ -dhī -dhaṃ dviguṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

To BIND, v. a. (To tie) bandh (c. 9. baghnāti banddhuṃ), nibandh yokt (nom. yoktayati -yituṃ), yantr (c. 10. yantrayati -yituṃ), saṃyam (c. 1. -yacchati -yantuṃ).
     --(To fasten to any thing, fasten on) ābandh anubandh ākac (c. 1. -kacate -kacituṃ), pinaddhaṃ -ddhāṃ -ddhaṃ kṛ.
     --(To tie together) sambandh saṃśliṣ in caus. (-śleṣayati -yituṃ) granth (c. 9. grathnāti grathituṃ or caus. granthayati -yituṃ), saṃhṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ).
     --(To unite) saṃyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ or caus. -yojayati -yituṃ).
     --(To connect closely) sambangh saṃśliṣ in caus.; 'my life is bound up in his,' mama prāṇā asya prāṇair baddhāḥ santi.
     --(To constrain, compel) ghṛ (c. 1. dharati dharttuṃ).
     --(To bind one's self by a promise) pratijñā (c. 9. -jānīte -jñātuṃ), sampratijñā; 'to bind one's self over to appear,' darśanaprātibhāvyaṃ dā.
     --(To be bound, obliged) expressed by the fut. pass. part.; as, 'he is bound to marry the damsel,' tena kanyā voḍhavyā, or by the root arh, as, kanyāṃ voḍhum arhati.
     --(To bind books) granthapatrāṇi carmmādinā chādayitvā sambandh.
     --(To make costive) ānaddhaṃ -ddhāṃ -ddhaṃ kṛ nibaddhaṃ -ddhāṃ -ddhaṃ kṛ.
     --(To secure with bandages) anuvellitaṃ kṛ kṣatāni bandh.

BINDER, s. granthapatrāṇi carmmādinā sambandhā m. (ndhṛ).

BINDING, s. (A bandage) bandhanaṃ dāma n. (n) uddānaṃ paṭṭaḥ.
     --(Of a book) granthapatrācchādanaṃ.

BINDWEED, s. kṣīravidārī mahāśvetā vidārī ikṣugandhā ṛkṣagandhikā kroṣṭrī śyāmā.

BINOCULAR, a. dvinayanaḥ -nī -naṃ dvinetraḥ -trā -traṃ cakṣurdvayaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BINOMIAL, a. (In algebra) dvipadaḥ -dā -daṃ.

BIOGRAPHER, s. śiṣṭasamācāraracakaḥ śiṣṭajanacaritraracakaḥ mṛtajanacaritranibandhā m. (ndhṛ).

BIOGRAPHICAL, a. śiṣṭasamācārasambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ śiṣṭajanacaritraviṣayaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

BIOGRAPHY, s. (The act of writing it) śiṣṭajanacaritraracanā śiṣṭasamācāraracanā.
     --(The book) śiṣṭajanacaritragranthaḥ śiṣṭasamācāraḥ.

BIPARTITE, a. dvaidhaḥ -dhī -dhaṃ dvaidhīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BIPARTITION, s. dvaidhīkaraṇaṃ dvidhākaraṇaṃ dvaidhībhāvaḥ.

BIPED, a. dvipādaḥ -dā -daṃ dvipadaḥ -dā -daṃ dvipād -patī -pat.

BIPEDAL, a. dvipādaparimāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ dvipādavān -vatī -vat (t).

BIPENNATED, a. dvipakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ pakṣadvayaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BIRCH or BIRCH-TREE, s. bhūrjjaḥ bhūrjjapatraḥ kavacapatraṃ carmmī m. (n) mṛducchadaḥ mṛdutvacaḥ viśvā śṛṅgī mahauṣadhaṃ aruṇā prativiṣā.

BIRCHEN, a. bhūrjjamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ bhūrjjanirmmitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BIRD, s. pakṣī m. (n) pakṣiṇī f., khagaḥ vihagaḥ vihaṅgaḥ -ṅgamaḥ patagaḥ patrī m. (n) patatrī m. (n) vihāyāḥ m. (s) garutmān m. (t) nīḍajaḥ nīḍodbhavaḥ dvijaḥ aṇḍajaḥ nagaukāḥ m. (s) pakṣavāhanaḥ śakuniḥ m. -naḥ vikiraḥ viṣkiraḥ vājī m. (n) patan m. (t) śakuntaḥ nabhasaṅgamaḥ patrarathaḥ viḥ m., vī pitsan m. (t).

To BIRD, v. n. (To catch birds) pakṣiṇo grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ) or dhṛ (c. 1. dharati dharttuṃ), or bandh (c. 9. badhnāti banddhuṃ), śakuna (nom. śakunayati -yituṃ).

BIRDCAGE, s. pañjaraṃ piñjaraṃ vītaṃsaḥ kulāyikā pakṣiśālā śālāraṃ.

[Page 51b]

BIRDCALL, s. pakṣipralobhanārthaṃ śākunikair vāditaṃ pakṣirāvānukāriṇī vaṃśī.

BIRD-CATCHER, s. śākunikaḥ vyādhaḥ jālikaḥ jīvāntakaḥ vāgurikaḥ.

BIRD-FANCIER, s. pakṣipoṣakaḥ pakṣipālakaḥ pakṣipriyaḥ.

BIRDING, s. (Catching birds) pakṣigrahaṇaṃ pakṣibandhanaṃ śyainampātā.

BIRDLIKE, a. pakṣisannibhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ pakṣisadṛśaḥ -śī -śaṃ pakṣinibhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ.

BIRDLIME, s. atiśyānam udapeṣaṃ yena liptāsu taruśākhāsu pakṣiṇo badhyante.

BIRD'S-EYE-VIEW, s. yādṛśaṃ ḍīyamānena pakṣiṇā kriyate tādṛśaṃ darśanaṃ uccaiḥsthānād avalokanaṃ.

BIRD'S-NEST, s. nīḍaḥ -ḍaṃ kulāyaḥ pakṣiśālā.

BIRTH, s. janma n. (n) jātiḥ f., janiḥ f., jananaṃ janimā m. (n) utpattiḥ f., udbhavaḥ sambhavaḥ bhavaḥ januḥ n. (s).
     --(The act of bringing forth) prasavanaṃ prasavaḥ utpādanaṃ prasūtiḥ f.
     --(Extraction, lineage) vaṃśaḥ kulaṃ anvayaḥ jātiḥ f.
     --(Rise, origin) yoniḥ m. f., mūlaṃ udbhavaḥ.
     --(Rank, high birth) kulīnatā kaulīnaṃ; 'of good birth,' kulīnaḥ -nā -naṃ kulakaḥ -kā -kaṃ kauleyaḥ -yī -yaṃ sujanmā -nmā -nma (n) mahākulaprasūtaḥ -tā -taṃ mahākulaḥ -lā -laṃ; 'pride of birth,' kulābhimānaṃ; 'blind from birth,' janmāndhaḥ -ndhā -ndhaṃ jātyandhaḥ ndhā -ndhaṃ.
     --(To give birth to) su (c. 1. savati, c. 2. sauti sotuṃ), prasu jan in caus. (janayati -yituṃ) sañjan.

BIRTHDAY, s. janmadinotsavaḥ janmadivasaḥ janmatithiḥ m., janmadinaṃ.

BIRTHPLACE, s. janmabhūmiḥ f., janmasthānaṃ janmadeśaḥ.

BIRTHRIGHT, s. jyeṣṭhatvaṃ jyaiṣṭhyaṃ jyeṣṭhādhikāraḥ jyeṣṭhabhāgaḥ paitṛkaṃ.

BISCUIT, s. piṣṭakaḥ pūpaḥ apūpaḥ sukāndavo godhūmādicūrṇamayaḥ piṣṭakaḥ.

To BISECT, v. a. dvaidhīkṛ dvibhāgīkṛ dvikhaṇḍīkṛ dvidhā kṛ or chid (c. 7. chinatti chettuṃ) or kṛt (c. 6. kṛntati karttituṃ).

BISECTED, p. p. dvaidhīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ dvikhaṇḍīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ dvidhā chinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.

BISECTION, s. dvidhākaraṇaṃ dvaidhīkaraṇaṃ.

BISHOP, s. dharmmādhipatiḥ m., dharmmādhyakṣaḥ.

BISHOP, s. (A beverage) madyanāgaraṅgarasādinirmmitaṃ pānīyaṃ.

BISHOPRIC, s. dharmmādhipatipadaṃ dharmmādhyakṣādhikāraḥ.

BISMUTH, s. atidṛḍhaḥ śuklavarṇo videśīyadhātuprabhedaḥ.

BISON, s. araṇyavṛṣabhaprabhedaḥ.

BISSEXTILE, s. caturthaḥ saṃvatsaro yasmin adhidivaso niveśyate.

BIT, s. (Part of a bridle) khalīnaḥ kavikā -kaṃ valgā mukhayantraṇaṃ laṅkhanī.
     --(A piece) khaṇḍaṃ bhāgaḥ bhinnaṃ bhittaṃ bhittiḥ f.; 'in bits,' khaṇḍaśas bhāgaśas khaṇḍaṃ khaṇḍaṃ.
     --(A mouthful, morsel) piṇḍaḥ -ṇḍaṃ grāsaḥ; 'a tit bit,' svādvannaṃ bhojanaviśeṣaḥ; 'not a bit,' na manāgapi na kiñcidapi na sūkṣmamapi; 'a bit bigger,' kiñjitsthūlataraṃ.

To BIT, v. a. khalīna (nom. khalīnayati -yituṃ), aśvamukhaṃ khalīnena yantr (c. 10. yantrayati -yituṃ).

BITCH, s. śunī kukkurī saramā kulākṣutā.
     --(A name of reproach) bandhakī.

To BITE, v. a. daṃś (c. 1. daśati daṃṣṭuṃ), vidaṃś; 'to bite the lips,' daśanacchadaṃ or dantān sandaṃś.
     --(To gnaw) carv (c. 1. carvati carvituṃ); 'to bite the nails,' nakhān khād (c. 1. khādati khādituṃ).
     --(To pain by cold) śītārttaṃ -rttāṃ -rttaṃ kṛ.
     --(To rail at) avakṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ).
     --(To vex) pīḍ (c. 10. pīḍayati -yituṃ).
     --(To defraud) vañca (c. 10. vañcayati -te -yituṃ).

BITE, s. daṃśaḥ daṃśanaṃ dantāghātaḥ; 'the mark of the teeth,' daśanāṅkaḥ.

BITER, s. daṃśakaḥ khāditā m. (tṛ) daṃṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ) vañcakaḥ.

BITING, a. daṃśakaḥ -kā -kaṃ daṃśeraḥ -rā -raṃ pīḍākaraḥ -rā -raṃ.

[Page 52a]

BITTEN, p. p. daṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ sandaṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ daṃśitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BITTER, a. tiktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ tiktasvādaḥ -dā -daṃ tiktarasaḥ -sā -saṃ.
     --(Pungent) kaṭuḥ -ṭuḥ -ṭvī -ṭu tīkṣṇaḥ -kṣṇā -kṣṇaṃ tigmaḥ -gmā -gmaṃ.
     --(Grievous) ugraḥ -grā -graṃ ātyayikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(Cruel, severe) kaṭhoraḥ -rā -raṃ niṣṭhuraḥ -rā -raṃ pīḍākaraḥ -rā -raṃ.
     --(Malicious) matsaraḥ -rā -raṃ piśunaḥ -nā -naṃ.

BITTERGOURD, s. indravāruṇikā aruṇā.

BITTERLY, adv. ugraṃ niṣṭhuraṃ ugratayā; 'one who grieves bitterly,' ugraśokaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

BITTERN, s. krauñcajātīyaḥ pakṣibhedaḥ krauñcaḥ kruḍaḥ kalikaḥ.

BITTERNESS, s. tiktaḥ tiktatvaṃ tiktarasaḥ.
     --(Pungency) kaṭutā tigmatā tīkṣṇatā.
     --(Malice) asūyā mātsaryyaṃ.
     --(Severity) ugratvaṃ -tā niṣṭhuratā kaṭhoratā.
     --(Sorrow) śokaḥ ugraśokaḥ duḥkhaṃ.

BITUMEN, s. śilājatu n., aśmajatukaṃ śilādadruḥ m., giripuṣpakaṃ śailaṃ śailaniryyāsaḥ.

BITUMINOUS, a. śilājatumayaḥ -yī -yaṃ śilājatuguṇaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BIVALVE, a. dvikapāṭaḥ -ṭā -ṭaṃ dvikoṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ.
     --(Bivalve shell) kambuḥ m., śambuḥ m., śambukaḥ -kā jalaśuktiḥ f., paṅkamaṇḍukaḥ.

BIVOUAC, s. (A guard at night) vīrāsanaṃ.

To BLAB, v. n. and a. rahasyaṃ prakāś in caus. (-kāśayati -yituṃ) rahasyabhedaṃ kṛ.

BLAB, BLABEER, s. rahasyabhedakaḥ rahasyaprakāśakaḥ vācālaḥ vāvadūkaḥ jalpakaḥ.

BLABBER-LIPPED, a. sthūloṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ lambauṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ.

BLACK, a. kṛṣṇaḥ -ṣṇā -ṣṇaṃ śyāmaḥ -mā -maṃ -malaḥ -lā -laṃ kālaḥ -lā -laṃ kālakaḥ -kā -kaṃ kārṣṇaḥ -rṣṇī -rṣṇaṃ asitaḥ -tā -taṃ nīlaḥ -lā -laṃ mecakaḥ -kā -kaṃ dhyāmaḥ -mā -maṃ.
     --(Dark) tamasvī -svinī -svi (n) timiraḥ -rā -raṃ andhakārayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ niṣprabhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ.
     --(Horrible) ghoraḥ -rā -raṃ dāruṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.
     --(Cloudy of countenance) mlānavadanaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Black with crime) kṛṣṇakarmmā -rmmā -rmma (n).
     --(White and black) sitāsitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BLACK, s. (The colour) kṛṣṇaḥ kṛṣṇavarṇaṃ.
     --(A blackamoor) kṛṣṇadehaḥ śyāmāṅgaḥ; 'black clothes,' nīlavastraṃ nīlāmbaraṃ; 'clothed in black,' nīlavastraḥ -strā -straṃ nīlāmbaraḥ -rā -raṃ śyāmavastraḥ -strā -straṃ.
     --(Lamp-black) dīpakiṭṭaṃ kajjvalaṃ.

To BLACK, v. a. kṛṣṇa (nom. kṛṣṇāyate -yituṃ), kṛṣṇīkṛ.

BLACKAMOOR, s. śyāmāṅgaḥ śyāmadehaḥ kṛṣṇadehaḥ kṛṣṇāṅgaḥ.

BLACKBERRY, s. kṛṣṇavarṇaṃ kaṇṭakagulmaphalaṃ śṛgālakaṇṭakaphalaṃ.

BLACKBEETLE, s. bhramaraḥ bhṛṅgaḥ aliḥ m.

BLACKBIRD, s. kṛṣṇavarṇo madhurarāvaviśiṣṭaḥ pakṣiprabhedaḥ.

To BLACKEN, v. a. kṛṣṇīkṛ kṛṣṇa (nom. kṛṣṇāyate -yituṃ), śyāma (nom. śyāmayati -yituṃ), śyāmīkṛ.
     --(To darken) timira (nom. timirayati -yituṃ).

To BLACKEN, v. n. śyāma (nom. śyāmāyate), nīla (nom. nīlāyate).

BLACKENED, p. p. kṛṣṇīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ śyāmitaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛṣṇībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ tamovṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ tamobhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ santamasaḥ -sā -saṃ.

BLACKEYED, a. asitanayanaḥ -nī -naṃ kṛṣṇanayanaḥ -nī -naṃ nīlākṣaḥ -kṣī -kṣaṃ.

BLACKGUARD, s. adhamācāraḥ durvṛttaḥ durācāraḥ kṛṣṇakarmmā m. (n) duṣṭaḥ.

BLACKING, s. pādukāñjanaṃ masiḥ f. -sī kālī.

BLACKISH, a. īṣatkṛṣṇaḥ -ṣṇā -ṣṇaṃ īṣatkālaḥ -lā -laṃ ākālaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BLACKLEAD, s. sīsakaprabhedo yena tūlikāyāṃ niveśitena kṛṣṇarekhā kriyate.

BLACKLY, adv. kṛṣṇarvaṇena kṛṣṇaṃ dāruṇaṃ atiduṣṭatayā.

[Page 52b]

BLACK-MOUTHED, a. durmukhaḥ -khī -khaṃ mukharaḥ -rā -raṃ vāgduṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BLACKNESS, s. kṛṣṇatā -tvaṃ kṛṣṇimā m. (n) kālimā m. (n) śyāmatvaṃ nīlimā m. (n).
     --(Darkness) tamaḥ n. (s) tamisraṃ timiraṃ andhakāraḥ.
     --(Horribleness) ghoratā dāruṇatā.
     --(Atrocity) atiduṣṭatā.

BLACKPUDDING, s. adhunātanajanakhāditam asṛgdhānyādipūritaṃ śūkarapurītat.

BLACKSMITH, s. lohakāraḥ dhmākāraḥ karmmakāraḥ ayaskāraḥ karmmāraḥ vyokāraḥ.

BLADDER, s. vastiḥ m. f. mūtrāśayaḥ tilakaṃ kloma n. (n) klomaṃ.

BLADE, s. (The sharp part of a weapon) phalaṃ patraṃ phalakaḥ -kaṃ dhārā parañjaḥ puṣkaraṃ; 'the blade of a sword,' asipatraṃ.
     --(Spire of grass) kāṇḍaṃ dalaḥ -laṃ aṅkuraḥ tṛṇadalaṃ tṛṇakāṇḍaṃ kisalaḥ kuśaḥ.
     --(Of the shoulder) aṃśaḥ skandhāsthi n., bhujaśiraḥ n. (s).

BLADED, a. kāṇḍavān -vatī -vat (t) mañjaritaḥ -tā -taṃ dalavān -vatī -vat (t).

BLAIN, s. visphoṭaḥ sphoṭaḥ sphoṭakaḥ vraṇaṃ vaṭī varaṭī.

BLAMABLE, a. nindanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ nindyaḥ -ndyā -ndyaṃ nindārhaḥ -rhā -rhaṃ doṣī -ṣiṇī -ṣi (n) aparādhī -dhinī -dhi (n) aparāddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ sāparādhaḥ -dhā -dhaṃ garhitaḥ -tā -taṃ dūṣyaḥ -ṣyā -ṣyaṃ garhyaḥ -rhyā -rhyaṃ vācyaḥ -cyā -cyaṃ.

BLAMABLENESS, s. nindyatā nindārhatvaṃ aparādhitā -tvaṃ doṣitvaṃ.

BLAMABLY, adv. sāparādhaṃ aparādhena nindyaprakāreṇa yathā doṣo jāyate tathā.

To BLAME, v. a. (To lay the blame) doṣam āruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ) doṣīkṛ.
     --(To censure) nind (c. 1. nindati nindituṃ), praṇind pratinind vinind; tiraskṛ; kuts (c. 10. kutsayati -te -yituṃ), gup in des. (jugupsate -psituṃ) upālabh (c. 1. -labhate -labdhuṃ), garh (c. 1. garhate garhituṃ,) c. 10. garhayate -yituṃ), vigarh parigarh; 'he casts the blame on him,' tasmin doṣaṃ kṣipati.

BLAME, s. (Censure) nindā parīvādaḥ apavādaḥ ākṣepaḥ ghṛṇā tiraskāraḥ garhā paribhāṣaṇaṃ jugupsā kalaṅkaḥ kutsā nirvādaḥ avarṇaḥ upālambhaḥ upakrośaḥ.
     --(Fault) doṣaḥ aparādhaḥ vacanīyatā vācyatā
     --(Imputation of a fault) doṣāropaḥ; 'I am not to blame,' nāham aparāddhaḥ, or sāparādhaḥ, or nindārhaḥ.

BLAMED, p. p. ninditaḥ -tā -taṃ jugupsitaḥ -tā -taṃ garhitaḥ -tā -taṃ tiraskṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ dhikkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ upālabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ avarīṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

BLAMELESS, a. nirdoṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ niraparādhaḥ -dhā -dhaṃ anindyaḥ -ndyā -ndyaṃ aninditaḥ -tā -taṃ anenāḥ -nāḥ -naḥ (s) avigarhitaḥ -tā -taṃ anaghaḥ -ghā -ghaṃ.

BLAMELESSLY, adv. aparādhaṃ vinā doṣavyatirekeṇa niraparādhaṃ anadhaṃ anindyaprakāreṇa.

BLAMELESSNESS, s. anindyatā nirdoṣatā niraparādhatā śuddhatvaṃ.

BLAMER, s. nindakaḥ doṣāropakaḥ parivādakaḥ nindākarttā m. (rttṛ) kalaṅkakaraḥ.

BLAMEWORTHY, a. nindārhaḥ -rhā -rhaṃ nindanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

To BLANCH, v. a. (To whiten) śuklīkṛ dhavalīkṛ.
     --(To peel such things as have husks) nistuṣa (nom. -tuṣayati -yituṃ), tuṣīkṛ tvac (nom. tvacayati -yituṃ), tvacaṃ niṣkṛṣ (c. 1. -karṣati -kraṣṭuṃ), tvakparipuṭanaṃ kṛ.

BLAND, a. mṛduḥ -dvī -du snigdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ masṛṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ meduraḥ -rā -raṃ cikkaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ komalaḥ -lā -laṃ somālaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(In speech) priyamvadaḥ -dā -daṃ.

BLANDATION, s. cāṭūktiḥ f., cāṭukāraḥ komalatvaṃ.

To BLANDISH, v. a. (To caress, flatter) śāntv or māntv (c. 10. sāntvayati -yituṃ), abhiśāntv pariśāntv priyaṃ vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ)

BLANDISHMENT, s. (Gesture of love) lalitaṃ hāvaḥ vilāsaḥ vibhramaḥ
     --(Soft words) priyavākyaṃ cāṭūktiḥ f., cāṭuḥ m.

[Page 53a]

BLANK, a. (Empty, not written upon) śūnyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ riktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ lekhāśūnyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ alikhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(White) śuklaḥ -klā -klaṃ.
     --(Pale, depressed) pāṇḍuḥ -ṇḍuḥ -ṇḍu vivarṇavadanaḥ -nā -naṃ mlānavadanaḥ -nā -naṃ viṣaṇṇaḥ -ṇṇā -ṇṇaṃ.
     --(Confused) vismitaḥ -tā -taṃ vilakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ ākulaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(Without rhyme) anuprāsahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ amitrākṣaraḥ -rā -raṃ yamakahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ chandorahitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BLANK, s. (A void space) śūnyaṃ riktaṃ śūnyatvaṃ -tā riktatā śūnyasthānaṃ.
     --(A paper without writing) lekhāśūnyaṃ patraṃ,
     --(In a lottery) māṅgalyarahitā or lābharahitā guṭikā daurbhāgyaṃ.

To BLANK, v. a. śūnyīkṛ mlānīkṛ ākulīkṛ vismayākulaṃ -lāṃ -laṃ kṛ.

BLANKET, s. kambalaḥ rallakaḥ ūrṇāyuḥ m., sahasraroma n. (n) meṣakambalaḥ sāśūkaḥ kutapaḥ.
     --(Covered with a blanket) kāmbalaḥ -lī -laṃ kambalācchāditaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BLANKET, v. a. kambalena ācchad (c. 10. -chādayati -yituṃ).

To BLASPHEME, v. a. parameśvaraṃ nind (c. 1. nindati nindituṃ) or avaman (c. 4. -manyate -mantuṃ) or abhiśap (c. 1. -śapati -śaptuṃ) or ākruś (c. 1. -krośati -kroṣṭuṃ), īśvaranindāṃ kṛ pāṣaṇḍīyakathāṃ kath (c. 10. kathayati -yituṃ).

BLASPHEMER, s. īśvaranindakaḥ īśvarābhiśāpakaḥ īśvarāvamānakṛt pāṣaṇḍaḥ garhyavādī m. (n).

BLASPHEMOUS, a. īśvaranindakaḥ -kā -kaṃ īśvarāvamānakaraḥ -rī -raṃ pāṣa-ṇḍīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

BLASPHEMOUSLY, adv. īśvaranindāpūrvvakaṃ īśvaranindākrameṇa pāṣaṇḍavat.

BLASPHEMY, s. īśvaranindā īśvarāvamānaṃ īśvarābhiśāpaḥ devanindā pāṣaṇḍatā.

BLAST, s. (A gust of wind) vātaḥ vāyuvegaḥ vāyugulmaḥ vātarūṣaḥ nirghātaḥ prabhañjanaḥ vyomamudgaraḥ.
     --(Puff) śvāsaḥ.
     --(Of a horn) śaṅkhadhmānaṃ.
     --(Blight) vināśaḥ vyāghātaḥ kṣayaḥ.

To BLAST, v. a. (To ruin, destroy) vinaś in caus. (-nāśayati yituṃ) kṣi in caus. (kṣayayati -yituṃ) vihan (c. 2. -hanti -hantuṃ).
     --(To make to wither) mṛ in caus. (mārayati -yituṃ) mlānīkṛ viśṝ in caus. (-śārayati -yituṃ).

BLASTED, p. p. vināśitaḥ -tā -taṃ māritaḥ -tā -taṃ parimlānaḥ -nā -naṃ viśīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.
     --(By lightning) vidyuddhataḥ -tā -taṃ.

BLASTER, s. vināśakaḥ mārakaḥ nāśayitā m. (tṛ) vighātī m. (n) viśāraṇakṛt.

BLAZE, s. jvālaḥ -lā jvalaḥ jvalakā jvālāgniḥ m., ulkā; 'a blaze of light,' raśmijālaṃ aṃśujālaṃ.
     --(Publication) prakāśanaṃ prakaṭīkaraṇaṃ pracāraṇaṃ.

To BLAZE, v. n. jval (c. 1. jvalati jvalituṃ), prajval samprajval, or in freq. (jājvalyate) dīp (c. 4. dīpyate dīpituṃ), ādīp pradīp or in freq. (dedīpyate).

To BLAZE ABROAD, v. a. prakāś in caus. (-kāśayati -yituṃ) vikāś pracar in caus. (-cārayati -yituṃ) vidhuṣ (c. 10. -ghoṣayati -yituṃ), vikhyā in caus. (-khyāpayati -yituṃ) prakaṭīkṛ.

BLAZING, a. jvālī -linī -li (n) jvālaḥ -lī -laṃ jvālan -lantī -lat (t) ujjvalaḥ -lā -laṃ jājvalyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ jvalitaḥ -tā -taṃ prajvalitaḥ -tā -taṃ ucchikhaḥ -khā -khaṃ pradīptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.

To BLAZON, v. a. (To draw coats of arms) kulīnapadacihnāni likh (c. 6. likhati lekhituṃ).
     --(To explain coats of arms) citragatāni kulīnapadacihnāni vyākhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -khyātuṃ).
     --(To deck) bhūṣ (c. 10. bhūṣayati -yituṃ), paribhūṣ pariṣkṛ.
     --(To celebrate) prakhyā vikhyā.
     --(To display, publish) prakāś in caus. (-kāśayati -yituṃ) pracar in caus. (-cārayati -yituṃ).

To BLEACH, v. a. dhāv (c. 1. dhāvati dhāvituṃ, c. 10. dhāvayati -yituṃ), vastrāṇi vāyuvyāpyāni kṛtvā śuklīkṛ or dhavalīkṛ or nirṇij (c. 3. -nenekti -nektuṃ).

To BLEACH, v. n. vāyuvyāpakatvād dhavalībhū or śuklībhū.

BLEACHED, p. p. dhautaḥ -tā -taṃ dhavalitaḥ -tā -taṃ śuklīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ dhavalīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ dhavalībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ vītarāgaḥ -gā -gaṃ; 'bleached silk,' dhautakauśeyaṃ patrorṇaṃ; 'a pair of bleached clothes,' udgamanīyaṃ.

BLEACHER, s. dhāvakaḥ vastradhāvakaḥ vastranirṇejakaḥ.

BLEAK, a. (Cold) śītalaḥ -lā -laṃ śiśiraḥ -rā -raṃ himaḥ -mā -maṃ haimantaḥ -ntī -ntaṃ -ntikaḥ -kī -kaṃ himaśītalaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(Exposed to the weather) abhrāvakāśikaḥ -kī -kaṃ śītāvakāśikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(Cheerless) nirānandaḥ -ndā -ndaṃ.

BLEAKNESS, s. śītatā śītalatā śaityaṃ himatā śītāvakāśikatvaṃ.

To BLEAR, v. a. cullīkṛ timira (nom. timirayati -yituṃ).

BLEAREDNESS, s. (Having blear eyes) cullatvaṃ pillatvaṃ klinnākṣatā.

BLEAR-EYED, a. klinnākṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ cullaḥ -llī -llaṃ cillaḥ -llā -llaṃ pillaḥ -llī -llaṃ.

To BLEAT, v. n. u (c. 1. avate otuṃ), meṣarutaṃ kṛ avivat śabdaṃ kṛ.

BLEATING, s. meṣarutaṃ meṣarāvaḥ meṣaśabdaḥ urabhranādaḥ.

To BLEED, v. n. raktaṃ or śoṇitaṃ sru (c. 1. sravati srotuṃ), prasru or muc (c. 6. muñcati moktuṃ), pramuc; 'the wound bleeds,' kṣataṃ śoṇitaṃ sravati.

To BLEED, v. a. raktaṃ or śoṇitaṃ sru in caus. (srāvayati -yituṃ) or muc in caus. (mocayati -yituṃ) or mokṣ (c. 10. mokṣayati -yituṃ) or avasic (c. 6. -siñcati -sektuṃ).

BLEEDER, s. raktasrāvakaḥ asṛkśrāvī m. (n) raktamocakaḥ sirāvyadhanakṛt raktāvasecakaḥ.

BLEEDING, s. (Venesection) raktaśrāvaḥ asṛkśrāvaḥ raktamokṣaṇaṃ asṛgvimokṣaṇaṃ sirāmokṣaḥ sirāvyadhaḥ raktāvasecanaṃ.

To BLEMISH, v. a. malina (nom. malinayati -yituṃ), kalaṅka (nom. kalaṅkayati -yituṃ), duṣ in caus. (dūṣayati -yituṃ) apayaśaḥ kṛ sadoṣaṃ -ṣāṃ -ṣaṃ kṛ.

BLEMISH, s. doṣaḥ kalaṅkaḥ chidraṃ kaluṣaṃ aghaṃ āgaḥ n. (s).
     --(Loss of reputation) apayaśaḥ n. (s) akhyātiḥ f., akīrttiḥ f., apakīrttiḥ f., vācyatā.
     --(Without blemish) anadhaḥ -dhā -dhaṃ niśchidraḥ -drā -draṃ.

BLEMISHED, p. p. kalaṅkitaḥ -tā -taṃ dūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ doṣavān -vatī -vat (t) sadoṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ kaluṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BLENCH, v. n. sahasā saṅkocaṃ kṛ mīl (c. 1. mīlati mīlituṃ), nimīl.

To BLEND, v. a. miśr (c. 10. miśrayati -yituṃ), sammiśr miśrīkṛ sampṛc (c. 7. -pṛṇakti-parcituṃ), saṃyuj (c. 7. -yunakti-yoktuṃ), saṃśliṣ in caus. -śleṣayati -yituṃ), ekīkṛ ekatra kṛ vyatikaraṃ kṛ.
     --(To be mingled) saṅkṝ in pass. (-kīryyate) mil (c. 6. milati melituṃ), sammil.

BLENDED, p. p. miśritaḥ -tā -taṃ miśrīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ sammiśraḥ -śrā -śraṃ vyāmiśraḥ -śrā -śraṃ sampṛktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ āśliṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ saṅkīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ militaḥ -tā -taṃ ekīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ karambitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃsṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ sannipatitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃvalitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BLESS, v. a. (To pronounce a blessing) āśiṣaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ), or vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ), or gad (c. 1. gadati gadituṃ), or āśaṃs (c. 1. -śaṃsate -śaṃsituṃ), dhanyavādaṃ kṛ kuśalaṃ vad.
     --(To make happy) sukh (c. 10. sukhayati -yituṃ), sukhinaṃ -khinīṃ -khi kṛ dhanyaṃ -nyāṃ -nyaṃ kṛ maṅgalaṃ -lāṃ -laṃ kṛ kuśalaṃ -lāṃ -laṃ kṛ.
     --(To glorify, give thanks) kañcid ghanyaṃ vad kasyacid guṇān vad or kṝt (c. 10. kīrttayati -yituṃ), stu (c. 2. stauti stotuṃ); 'God bless you!' svasti maṅgalaṃ bhūyāt śubhaṃ bhūyāt.

BLESSED, a. dhanyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ maṅgalaḥ -lā -laṃ kuśalaḥ -lā -laṃ prāptamaṅgalaḥ -lā -laṃ kṛtamaṅgalaḥ -lā -laṃ kalyāṇaḥ -ṇī -ṇaṃ kṣemavān -vatī -vat (t) paramasukhabhāgī -ginī -gi (n) sukhī -khinī -khi (n).
     --(In the joys of heaven) prāptasvargaḥ -rgā -rgaṃ siddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ.

BLESSEDNESS, s. dhanyatvaṃ māṅgalyaṃ kauśalyaṃ kalyāṇaṃ paramasukhaṃ paramānandaḥ sadgatiḥ f.
     --(In heaven) siddhiḥ f., svargagatiḥ f., paramapadaṃ parampadaṃ paramāgatiḥ f., apavargaḥ.

BLESSER, s. āśīrvādī m. (n) āśaṃsitā m. (tṛ) dhanyavādakṛt m., kuśalavādī m. (n).

BLESSING, s. (Benediction) āśīḥ f. (s) āśīrvādaḥ ghanyavādaḥ āśīrvacanaṃ kuśalavādaḥ kuśalaṃ.
     --(A benefit received) varaḥ hitaṃ kuśalaṃ upakṛtaṃ dhanyatvaṃ; 'wishing blessing,' āśaṃsuḥ -suḥ -su.

BLIGHT, s. nāśaḥ kṣayaḥ vināśaḥ vyāghātaḥ āghātaḥ dūṣaṇaṃ kalaṅkaḥ viṣaṃ.

To BLIGHT, v. a. duṣ in caus. (dūṣayati -yituṃ) naś in caus. (nāśayati -yituṃ) vinaś kṣi in caus. (kṣayayati -yituṃ) mṛ in caus. (mārayati -yituṃ) mlānīkṛ viśīrṇaṃ -rṇāṃ -rṇaṃ kṛ viphalīkṛ.

BLIGHTED, p. p. dūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ vināśitaḥ -tā -taṃ māritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BLIND, a. andhaḥ -ndhā -ndhaṃ andhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ acakṣūḥ -kṣūḥ -kṣuḥ (s) vicakṣūḥ -kṣūḥ -kṣuḥ (s) gatākṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ anakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ netrendriyavikalaḥ -lā -laṃ adṛk m. (ś).
     --(Blind from birth) jātyandhaḥ -ndhā -ndhaṃ janmāndhaḥ -ndhā -ndhaṃ.
     --(Blind of one eye) kāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.
     --(Hard to find, private) adṛśyaḥ -śyā -śyaṃ nibhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'a blind well,' andhakūpaḥ.
     --(Dark) tamasvī -svinī -svi (n).
     --(Ignorant) hatajñānaḥ -nā -naṃ ajñaḥ -jñā -jñaṃ durbuddhiḥ -ddhiḥ -ddhi.

To BLIND, v. a. andhīkṛ timirīkṛ timira (nom. timirayati-yituṃ).

BLIND, s. (Screen to hinder the sight) tiraskariṇī vyavadhā -dhānaṃ.
     --(Something to mislead) chadma n. (n) kapaṭaḥ kapaṭaveśaḥ chadmaveśaḥ.

BLINDED, p. p. andhīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ andhībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ tamovṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(By sin) pāpatimiraḥ -rā -raṃ.

To BLINDFOLD, v. a. vastreṇa nayane or dṛśau bandh (c. 9. badhnāti banddhuṃ), or avarudh (c. 7. -ruṇaddhi -roddhuṃ), or virudh, or āvṛ (c. 5. -vṛṇoti -varituṃ -varītuṃ), vastreṇa nayane āchad (c. 10. -chādayati -yituṃ).

BLINDFOLD, a. vastrāvaruddhanayanaḥ -nī -naṃ avaruddhadṛṣṭiḥ -ṣṭiḥ -ṣṭi baddhanetraḥ -trī -traṃ.

BLINDLY, adv. andhavat anālocitaṃ avicāryya asamīkṣya avicintya sahasā.

BLIND-MAN'S-BUFF, s. bālānām krīḍāviśeṣo yasmin ekatamo vastrāvaruddhanayanaḥ or avaruddhadṛṣṭir itarān itastataḥ palāyamānān jighṛkṣayā'nudhāvati.

BLINDNESS, s. anghatā -tvaṃ timiraṃ.
     --(Ignorance) ajñānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ durbuddhitvaṃ mohaḥ.

To BLINK, v. n. mīl (c. 1. mīlati mīlituṃ), nimīl or in caus. (nimīlayati -yituṃ) nimiṣ (c. 6. -miṣati -meṣituṃ).

BLINK, s. nimeṣaḥ nimiṣaḥ mīlitaṃ dṛṣṭinipātaḥ arddhavīkṣaṇaṃ.

BLINKING, s. mīlanaṃ nimīlanaṃ nimeṣaḥ, part. nimīlan -lantī -lat (t).

BLISS, s. paramasukhaṃ paramāhlādaḥ paramānandaḥ praharṣaḥ sukhaṃ śarmma n. (n) prahlādaḥ atyantasukhaṃ dhanyatā kalyāṇaṃ.
     --(Celestial life) apavargaḥ mokṣaḥ siddhiḥ f., muktiḥ f., svargagatiḥ f., paramapadaṃ parampadaṃ.

BLISSFUL, a. paramasukhamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ ānandamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ paramāhlādavān -vatī vat (t) sukhī -khinī -khi (n) dhanyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ sānandaḥ -ndā -ndaṃ pramodī -dinī -di (n).

BLISSFULLY, adv. paramasukhena paramāhlādena paramānandapūrvvakaṃ sānandaṃ.

[Page 54b]

BLISSLESS, a. sukhahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ āhlādarahitaḥ -tā -taṃ nirānandaḥ -ndā -ndaṃ.

BLISTER, s. tvaksphoṭaḥ sphoṭaḥ sphoṭakaḥ visphoṭaḥ śophaḥ vraṇaṃ.
     --(On the foot) pādasphoṭaḥ sphuṭiḥ f., vipādikā.
     --(A blistering plaster) tvaksphoṭotpādaka upanāhaḥ.

To BLISTER, v. a. tvaksphoṭam utpad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ).

To BLISTER, v. n. vraṇarūpeṇa śvi (c. 1. śvayati śvayituṃ) or sphuṭ (c. 1. sphoṭate sphoṭituṃ).

BLISTERED, p. p. vraṇī -ṇinī -ṇi (n) śūnaḥ -nā -naṃ sphātaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BLITHE, BLITHESOME, a. hṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ hṛṣṭamānasaḥ -sī -saṃ prahṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ praphullaḥ -llā -llaṃ ānandī -ndinī -ndi (n) āhlādī -dinī -di (n) pramodī -dinī -di (n) pulakitaḥ -tā -taṃ ullāsitaḥ -tā -taṃ mudānvitaḥ -tā -taṃ prasannavadanaḥ -nī -naṃ.

BLITHELY, adv. saharṣaṃ hṛṣṭamanasā prahṛṣṭaṃ praharṣeṇa prahlādena sānandaṃ.

BLITHENESS, BLITHESOMENESS, s. praharṣaḥ harṣaḥ prahṛṣṭatā praphullatā āhlādaḥ ānandaḥ.

To BLOAT, v. a. māṃsādyāhāreṇa santoṣya saṃśūnīkṛ or pīnīkṛ or sthūlīkṛ sphāy in caus. (sphāvayati -yituṃ) śvi in caus. (śvāyayati -yituṃ) āpyai in caus. (-pyāyayati -yituṃ).

To BLOAT, v. n. māṃsādyupabhogena saṃśūnībhū or pīnībhū or sthūlībhū sphāy (c. 1. sphāyate sphāyituṃ), śvi (c. 1. śvayati śvayituṃ), saṃśvi āpyai (c. 1. (-pyāyate -pyātuṃ).

BLOATED, p. p. śūnaḥ -nā -naṃ māṃsopabhogasaṃśūnaḥ -nā -naṃ procchūnaḥ -nā -naṃ pīnaḥ -nā -naṃ sphītaḥ -tā -taṃ sphātaḥ -tā -taṃ pravṛddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ sthūlībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BLOATEDNESS, s. śūnatā sthūlatā sphātiḥ f., sphītiḥ f., pīnatā.

BLOBBER-LIPPED, a. sthūloṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ lambauṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ.

BLOCK, s. (Of wood) sthūlakāṣṭhaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ kāṣṭhakhaṇḍaṃ.
     --(Any mass) piṇḍaḥ -ṇḍaṃ.
     --(A massy body) sthūladravyaṃ bhāraḥ sthūṇā.
     --(Of stone) śilā.
     --(Obstruction) avarodhaḥ -dhakaṃ virodhaḥ pratiṣṭambhaḥ viṣṭambhaḥ pratyūhaḥ vighnaḥ.
     --(A washerman's block) phalakaḥ.

To BLOCK UP, v. a. pratirudh (c. 7. -ruṇaddhi -roddhuṃ), uparudh nirudh saṃrudh stambh (c. 9. stabhnāti stambhituṃ or caus. stambhamati -yituṃ), apidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), pidhā bādh (c. 1. bādhate bādhituṃ), āvṛ (c. 5. -vṛṇoti -varituṃ -varītuṃ), pratibandh (c. 9. -badhnāti -banddhuṃ).

BLOCKADE, s. avarodhaḥ rodhaḥ rodhanaṃ veṣṭanaṃ pariveṣṭanaṃ cirārodhaḥ.

To BLOCKADE, v. a. rudh (c. 7. ruṇaddhi roddhuṃ), uparudh saṃrudh nirudh pratirudh virudh; pariveṣṭ (c. 1. -veṣṭate -veṣṭituṃ), bādh (c. 1. bādhate bādhituṃ).

BLOCKADED, p. p. ruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ pariveṣṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ bādhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BLOCKED UP, p. p. pratiruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ ruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ pratiṣṭabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ stabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ sambādhaḥ -dhā -dhaṃ vāritaḥ -tā -taṃ vighnitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BLOCKHEAD, s. sthūlabuddhiḥ m., sthūladhīḥ m., mandabuddhiḥ m., mūrkhaḥ mūḍhaḥ durbuddhiḥ m., barbbaraḥ.

BLOOD, s. asṛk n. (j) lohitaṃ raktaṃ rudhiraṃ śoṇitaṃ kṣatajaṃ asraṃ; 'to lose blood, raktaṃmuc (c. 6. muñcati moktuṃ); 'to flow with blood,' raktaṃ sru (c. 1. sravati srotuṃ).
     --(Kindred, lineage) kulaṃ vaṃśaḥ santānaḥ gotraṃ goṣṭhī; 'of whole blood,' sodaraḥ sahodaraḥ sodaryyaḥ samānodaryyaḥ sagarbhaḥ sanābhiḥ m., ekaśarīraḥ; 'of half blood,' bhinnodaraḥ.
     --(Murder) badhaḥ nṛhatyā ghātanaṃ māraṇaṃ.

To BLOOD, v. a. (To stain with blood) asṛjā or śoṇitena lip (c. 6. limpati leptuṃ), anulip or añj (c. 7. anakti aṃktuṃ) or malina (nom. malinayati -yituṃ).
     --(To let blood) raktaṃ or śoṇitaṃ sru in caus. (srāvayati -yituṃ) or muc in caus. (mocayati -yituṃ).

[Page 55a]

BLOOD-BESPOTTED, a. raktamalinaḥ -nā -naṃ śoṇitokṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BLOOD-DRINKING, a. raktapaḥ -pā -paṃ raktapāyī -yinī -yi (n) or rudhirapāyī śoṇitapaḥ -pā -paṃ asṛkpaḥ -kpā.

BLOODHOUND, s. atikrūro mṛgavyakukkurabhedaḥ sa ca ghrāṇabalena mṛgasthānaṃ nayati.

BLOODILY, adv. nidhāsiyā krūraṃ niṣṭhuraṃ naiṣṭhuryyeṇa nirddayaṃ.

BLOODINESS, s. rastaparṇatā.
     --(Disposition to kill) jighāṃsā.

BLOODLESS, a. nīraktāḥ ktā -ktaṃ raktahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ niḥśoṇitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BLOODLETTER, s. ktasrānnakaḥ asṛkśrāvī m. (n) raktamocakaḥ sirāvedhakaḥ.

BLOODSHED, s. raktapātaḥ asṛkpātaḥ badhaḥ nṛhatyā ripuhatyā.

BLOODSHEDDER, s. raktapātakaḥ jighāṃsuḥ m., ghātakaḥ hantā m. (ntṛ) or nihantā badhodyataḥ.

BLOODSHOT, a. raktapūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ śoṇitāplutaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Redness of the vessels of the eye) raktābhiṣyandaḥ; 'having bloodshot eyes,' raktekṣaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

BLOOD-STAINED, a. asṛgliptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ śoṇitāktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ raktāktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ śoṇitokṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ raktamalinaḥ -nā -naṃ.

BLOODSUCKER, s. śoṇitapaḥ raktapāyī m. (n) or rudhirapāyī asṛkpaḥ.
     --(A leech) jalaukā raktapā f., jalaukāḥ m. (s).

BLOODTHIRSTY, a. raktapipāsuḥ -suḥ -su śoṇitapriyaḥ -yā -yaṃ jighāṃsuḥ -suḥ -su krūraḥ -rā -raṃ badhodyataḥ -tā -taṃ.

BLOODVESSEL, s. asṛgvahā f., nāḍiḥ f., raktapravāhakanāḍiḥ f., śirā raktavāhī m. (n).

BLOODY, a. raktamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ śoṇitamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ raktāktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.
     --(Murderous) mārātmakaḥ -kā -kaṃ krūraḥ -rā -raṃ.

BLOODY-FLUX, s. raktātīsāraḥ raktapittaḥ adhosrapittaṃ sāraṇaḥ pravāhikā.

BLOODY-MINDED, a. mārātmakaḥ -kā -kaṃ jighāṃsuḥ -suḥ -su krūracetāḥ -tāḥ -taḥ (s).

BLOODY-RED, a. raktavarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ lohitavarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.

BLOOM, s. (A blossom) puṣpaṃ kusumaṃ pallavaḥ mukulaḥ -laṃ.
     --(Freshcolour) navavarṇaḥ.
     --(In a state of bloom) adṛṣṭapariṇāmaḥ.
     --(Bloom of youth) navayauvanaṃ akṣatayauvanaṃ; 'in the bloom of youth,' prauḍhayauvanaḥ -nā -naṃ.

To BLOOM, v. n. phull (c. 1. phullati phullituṃ), puṣp (c. 4. puṣppati puṣpituṃ), kusuma (nom. kusumayati -yituṃ), vikas (c. 1. -kasati -kasituṃ)
     --(To flourish) ṛdh (c. 5. ṛdhnoti ardhituṃ), samṛdh; edh (c. 1. edhate edhituṃ), vṛdh (c. 1. vardhate vardhituṃ).

BLOOMING, a. phullavān -vatī -vat (t) praphullaḥ -llā -llaṃ vikasan -santī -sat (t) sphuṭan -ṭantī -ṭat (t) vikāsī -sinī -si (n).
     --(Flourishing) varddhamānaḥ -nā -naṃ samṛddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ udayī -yinī -yi (n).

BLOSSOM, s. puṣpaṃ kusumaṃ pallavaḥ mukulaḥ -laṃ kṣārakaḥ prasavaḥ.

To BLOSSOM, v. n. phull (c. 1. phullati phullituṃ), kusuma (nom. kusumayati -yituṃ), sphuṭ (c. 6. sphuṭati sphuṭituṃ,) (c. 1. sphoṭate sphoṭituṃ), puṣp (c. 4. puṣpyati puṣpituṃ), vikas (c. 1. -kasati -kasituṃ).

BLOSSOMING, a. phullavān -vatī -vat (t) puṣpitaḥ -tā -taṃ puṣpavān -vatī -vat (t) kusumitaḥ -tā -taṃ kusumavān -vatī -vat (t) sphuṭitapuṣpaḥ -ṣpā -ṣpaṃ.

To BLOT, v. a. malina (nom. malinayati -yituṃ), malinīkṛ lip (c. 6. limpati leptuṃ), duṣ in caus. (dūṣayati -yituṃ) kalaṅka (nom. kalaṅkayati -yituṃ), kṛṣṇīkṛ.
     --(To make indistinct) aspaṣṭīkṛ.

To BLOT OUT, v. a. (To efface, destroy) vinaś in caus. (-nāśayati yituṃ) ucchid (c. 7. -chinatti -chettuṃ), uddhṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ), vilup in caus. (-lopayati -yituṃ).
     --(To erase) vyāmṛṣ (c. 1. -marṣati -marṣituṃ), lopaṃ kṛ.

[Page 55b]

BLOT, s. (Erasure) lopaḥ vyāmarṣaḥ.
     --(Spot, stain) kalaṅkaḥ apakalaṅkaḥ kaluṣaṃ malaṃ doṣaḥ.
     --(Disgrace) apakīrttiḥ f., apayaśaḥ n. (s) akīrttiḥ f.

BLOTCH, s. kilāsaṃ sidhma n. (n) sphoṭaḥ visphoṭaḥ vraṇaṃ kacchapikā.

To BLOTCH, v. a. kilāsīkṛ malina (nom. malinayati -yituṃ).

BLOTCHY, a. kilāsī -sinī -si (n) sidhmalaḥ -lā -laṃ sidhmavān -vatī -vat (t).

BLOTTED, p. p. malinitaḥ -tā -taṃ dūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ kalaṅkitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BLOTTING-PAPER, s. masīśoṣakaḥ masīśoṣaṇayogyaṃ patraṃ.

BLOW, s. (A stroke) prahāraḥ āghātaḥ abhighātaḥ ghātaḥ pātaḥ pātanaṃ daṇḍaḥ hatiḥ f., āhatiḥ f.
     --(A blow with the fist) muṣṭipātaḥ; 'a blow which reduces to powder,' niṣpeṣaḥ.
     --(Blooming of flowers) phulliḥ f., phullatiḥ f., sphuṭanaṃ vikāśaḥ.
     --(The act of a fly which infects meat by depositing eggs) makṣakayā aṇḍaprasavena khādyamāṃsadūṣaṇaṃ.

To BLOW, v. n. (As the wind) (c. 2. vāti vātuṃ), pravā.
     --(To breathe) śvas (c. 2. śvasiti śvasituṃ), ucchvas śvāsapraśvāsaṃ kṛ.
     --(To pant) kṛcchreṇa śvas viniśvas duḥśvāsaṃ kṛ yaṣṭiprāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ bhū.
     --(As a flower) phull (c. 1. phullati phullituṃ), sphuṭ (c. 6. sphuṭati sphuṭituṃ), puṣp (c. 4. puṣpyati puṣpituṃ).

To BLOW, v. a. dhmā (c. 1. dhamati dhmātuṃ), samādhmā pradhmā upadhmā; 'he blew his horn,' śaṅkhaṃ dadhmau; 'fire blown by the wind,' vāyunā dhmāyamāno'gniḥ.
     --(To blow away) apadhmā vidhmā.
     --(To blow out) nirvā in caus. (-vāpayati -yituṃ).
     --(To blow upon) vīj (c. 10. vījayati -yituṃ), anuvīj udvīj upavīj; 'blown upon by sacred breezes,' puṇyairvāyubhir anuvījitaḥ.
     --(To puff upon, to cool) phut kṛ phūtkāraṃ kṛ.
     --(To blow the nose) nāsikaṃ dhmā.
     --(One who blows his nose) nāsikandhamaḥ.

BLOWING, part. (As a flower) sphuṭan -ṭantī -ṭat (t) vikāśī -śinī -śi (n) phullavān -vatī -vat (t).
     --(The act) phulliḥ f., sphuṭanaṃ prasphoṭanaṃ vikāśaḥ.

BLOWN, p. p. (As a flower) phullaḥ -llā -llaṃ utphullaḥ -llā -llaṃ praphullaḥ -llā -llaṃ sphuṭaḥ -ṭā -ṭaṃ vyākośaḥ -śā -śaṃ vikasitaḥ -tā -taṃ vikacaḥ -cā -caṃ prasphuṭaḥ -ṭā -ṭaṃ.
     --(Inflated) ādhmātaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BLOW-PIPE, s. nāḍiḥ f.
     --(One who uses it) nāḍindhamaḥ.

BLOWZY, a. ātapadagdhavadanaḥ -nī -naṃ sūryyatejasā vikṛtavarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.

BLUBBER, s. timimedaḥ n. (s) timivasā timitailaṃ vṛhanmīnamedaḥ n. (s).

To BLUBBER, v. n. yathā gaṇḍau śvayatas tathā rud (c. 2. roditi rodituṃ), atiśayakrandanād ucchūnamukho bhū.

BLUDGEON, s. laguḍaḥ paridhaḥ parighātanaṃ gadā.
     --(Armed with) laguḍahastaḥ.

BLUE, s. (The colour) nīlaḥ nīlavarṇaḥ.

BLUE, a. nīlaḥ -lā -laṃ nīlavarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ śyāmaḥ -mā -maṃ.

To BLUE, v. a. nīlīkṛ.
     --(To become blue) nīla (nom. nīlāyate).

BLUEBOTTLE, s. nīlaśarīraḥ sthūlamakṣikāprabhedaḥ varvvaṇā.

BLUE-EYED, a. nīlanayanaḥ -nī -naṃ nīlākṣaḥ -kṣī -kṣaṃ.

BLUENESS, s. nailyaṃ nīlatā -tvaṃ śyāmatā.

BLUFF, a. (Big) sthūlaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(Harsh) rūkṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ paruṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ ugraḥ -grā -graṃ karkaśaḥ -śā -śaṃ.
     --(Not pointed) ghanāgraḥ -grā -graṃ.
     --(Exposed to wind) vātāvakāśikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

BLUFFNESS, s. rūkṣatā kārkaśyaṃ paruṣatvaṃ ghanatvaṃ.

BLUISH, a. ānīlaḥ -lā -laṃ īṣannīlaḥ -lā -laṃ īṣatśyāmaḥ -mā -maṃ.

[Page 56a]

To BLUNDER, v. n. pramad (c. 4. -mādyati -madituṃ), skhal (c. 1. skhalati skhalituṃ), bhram (c. 1. bhramati, c. 4. bhrāmyati bhramituṃ), anavadhānaṃ kṛ.

BLUNDER, s. pramādaḥ skhalitaṃ skhalanaṃ doṣaḥ bhramaḥ karmmadoṣaḥ anavadhānaṃ aśuddhaṃ.

BLUNDERBUSS, s. anekaśo lohagulikāprakṣepaṇī viśālamukhaviśiṣṭā nāḍiḥ f.

BLUNDERER, s. pramādī m. (n) pramādakarttā m. (rttṛ) doṣakarttā m. (rttṛ) skhalanaśīlaḥ.

BLUNDERING, a. pramādī -dinī -di (n) pramattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ skhalanmatiḥ -tiḥ -ti anavadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ doṣī -ṣiṇī -ṣi (n).

BLUNDERINGLY, adv. pramādena pramādyatas skhalanapūrvvaṃ anavadhānena avadhānaṃ vinā.

BLUNT, a. (Not sharp) atīkṣṇaḥ -kṣṇā -kṣṇaṃ atīvraḥ -vrā -vraṃ aprakharaḥ -rā -raṃ dhārāhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Thick, obtuse) dhanaḥ -nā -naṃ sthūlaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(Dull of understanding) mandamatiḥ -tiḥ -ti avidagdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ.
     --(Rough) rūkṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ paruṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ karkaśaḥ -śā -śaṃ amasṛṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

To BLUNT, v. a. ghanīkṛ dhārām atīkṣṇāṃ kṛ virugnadhāraṃ -rāṃ -raṃ kṛ rugnīkṛ virugnīkṛ sthūlīkṛ.
     --(To lessen) alpīkṛ nyūnīkṛ śam in caus. (śamayati -yituṃ) hras in caus. (hrāsayati -yituṃ); 'one who blunts desire,' kāmāvasāyitā m. (tṛ).

BLUNTED, p. p. dhanīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ virugnadhāraḥ -rā -raṃ virugnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ.

BLUNTLY, adv. pāruṣyeṇa kārkaśyena karkaśavākyena paruṣoktyā sapāruṣyaṃ.

BLUNTNESS, s. atīkṣṇatā dhārāhīnatā dhanatvaṃ rūkṣatā sthūlatā.
     --(Of intellect) mandamatitā avidagdhatā buddhimāndyaṃ.
     --(Of manner) pāruṣpaṃ rūkṣatā karkaśatvaṃ kārkaśyaṃ.

BLUR, s. kalaṅkaḥ doṣaḥ kaluṣaṃ malaṃ.

To BLUR, v. a. malina (nom. malinayati-yituṃ), kalaṅka (nom. kalaṅkayati -yituṃ), lip (c. 6. limyati leptuṃ), duṣ in caus. (dūṣayati -yituṃ) kaluṣa (nom. kaluṣayati -yituṃ).

BLURRED, p. p. malinitaḥ -tā -taṃ parimalitaḥ -tā -taṃ kaluṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BLURT, v. a. asamīkṣya or avimṛśya or avicāryya or pramādena vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ), jalp (c. 1. jalpati jalpituṃ).

To BLUSH, v. n. lajj (c. 6. lajjate lajjituṃ), vilajj saṃlajj vrīḍ (c. 4. vrīḍyati vrīḍituṃ), trap (c. 1. trapate trapituṃ), hrī (c. 3. jihreti hretuṃ); 'to blush at any thing,' hrī with abl. or gen. c.
     --(To become red) aruṇībhū īṣadaruṇībhū lohita (nom. lohitāyate).
     --(In the face) lohitānanaḥ -nī -naṃ bhū.

To BLUSH, v. a. (To make red) aruṇīkṛ aruṇa (nom. aruṇayati -yituṃ).

BLUSH, s. kapolarāgaḥ.
     --(Colour in the face resulting from shame) lajjāprayuktaṃ vadanaraktatvaṃ vrīḍājanito mukhārusimā m. (n).
     --(Bashfulness) lajjā hrīḥ f., vrīḍā trapā; 'full of blushes,' hrīparigataḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(To put to the blush) hrī in caus. (hrepayati -yituṃ); 'put to the blush,' hrepitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(At the first blush or aspect) prathamadarśane ādāveva.

To BLUSTER, v. n. (To roar) garj (c. 1. garjati garjituṃ).
     --(To be tumultuous) tumulaṃ kṛ mukharībhū śabda (nom. śabdāyate).
     --(To brag) vikatth (c. 1. -katthate -katthituṃ).
     --(To be violent) bhṛśa (nom. bhṛśāyate).
     --(To bully) tarj (c. 1. tarjati tarjituṃ), mukharīkṛ bharts (c. 10. bhartsayate -yituṃ).

BLUSTERER, s. śūrammanyaḥ bhartsanakāraḥ kalahakāraḥ dāmbhikaḥ vikatthī m. (n).

BLUSTERING, s. garjjanaṃ garjjitaṃ tumulaṃ kolāhalaḥ bhartsanaṃ vikatthanaṃ.

BLUSTEROUS, a. garjanakārī -riṇī -ri (n) mahāsvanaḥ -nā -naṃ mukharaḥ -rā -raṃ.

[Page 56b]

BOA-CONSTRICTOR, s. (A snake) ajagaraḥ vāhasaḥ śayuḥ m., voḍraḥ.

BOAR, s. varāhaḥ śūkaraḥ daṃṣṭrī m. (n) sthūlanāsaḥ pṛthuskandhaḥ kolaḥ kiraḥ dṛḍhalomā m. (n) vakradaṃṣṭraḥ; 'wild boar,' vanaśūkaraḥ.

BOARD, s. (A plank) phalakaḥ -kaṃ dīrghakāṣṭhaṃ.
     --(A table) bhojanādhāraḥ phalakaḥ bhojanāsanaṃ mañcaḥ.
     --(Food) bhojanaṃ āhāraḥ bhṛtiḥ f., annajalaṃ. 'board and clothing,' grāsācchādanaṃ; 'board and lodging,' grāsāvāsau du.
     --(A council) sabhā; 'the members of it,' sabhāsadaḥ m. pl.
     --(The deck of a ship) naukāpṛṣṭhaṃ potapṛṣṭhaṃ naukātalaṃ naukāphalakaṃ potāstaraṇaṃ; 'on board,' naukārūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ.
     --(A board for playing drafts, &c.) aṣṭāpadaṃ śāriphalaṃ nayapīṭhī.

To BOARD, v. a. (To enter a ship by force) nāvaṃ balāt or balena or prasahya āruh (c. 1. -rohati -roḍhuṃ) or adhikram (c. 1. -krāmati -kramituṃ) or ākram or avaplu (c. 1. -plavate -plotuṃ).
     --(To lay with boards) phalaka (nom. phalakayati -yituṃ), phalakaiḥ or dīrghakāṣṭhaiḥ or kāṣṭhaphalakena āstṛ (c. 9. -stṛṇāti -starituṃ -starītuṃ).
     --(To diet another at a settled rate) nirūpitamūlyena svagṛhe antevāsinaṃ bhuj in caus. (bhojayati -yituṃ) or bhṛ (c. 3. bibhartti bharttuṃ).

To BOARD, v. n. (To diet with another at a settled rate) nirūpitavetanaṃ dattvā or nirūpitamūlyena paragṛhe bhojanaśayanādi kṛ or antevāsī bhū.

BOARDER, s. (One who diets with another) nirūpitamūlyena paragṛhe bhojanaśayanādikarttā m. (rttṛ) sahabhojī m. (n) sahabhoktā m. (ktṛ) pāṃktyaḥ.
     --(A pupil at a boarding-school) antevāsī m. (n).

BOARDING-SCHOOL, s. yasmin vidyālaye antevāsinaḥ śikṣakagṛhe bhojanaśayanādi kurvvanti saḥ.

BOARD-WAGES, s. bhojanakrayaṇārthaṃ vetanaṃ annakrayaṇārthaṃ varttanaṃ bhojanāt prati vetanaṃ.

BOARISH, a. vārāhaḥ -hī -haṃ saukaraḥ -rī -raṃ asabhyaḥ -bhyā -bhyaṃ.

To BOAST, v. n. ātmānaṃ ślāgh (c. 1. ślāghate ślāghituṃ), katth (c. 1. katthate katthituṃ), vikatth with inst. of the thing of which boast is made, dambhaṃ kṛ parikṝt (c. 10. -kīrttayati -yituṃ), dṛp (c. 4. dṛpyati draptuṃ), garvv (c. 1. garvvati garvvituṃ).

BOAST, BOASTING, s. ātmaślāghā vikatthā vikatthanaṃ parikīrttanaṃ ahaṅkāroktiḥ f., śūramānaṃ dambhaḥ darpakaraṇaṃ darpaḥ garvvaḥ abhimānaṃ āhopuruṣikā ahamahamikā.

BOASTED, p. p. ślāghitaḥ -tā -taṃ parikīrttitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BOASTER, s. ātmaślāghī m. (n) vikatthī m. (n) -tthinī f., -tthanaḥ upajalpī m. (n) dambhī m. (n) śūrammanyaḥ śūramānī m. (n).

BOASTFUL, a. dāmbhikaḥ -kī -kaṃ dambhī -mbhinī -mbhi (n) garvvitaḥ -tā -taṃ garvvapūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ vikatthanaḥ -nā -naṃ avaliptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ vācālaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BOASTFULLY, adv. garvveṇa dambhena sadarpaṃ sagarvvaṃ sadambhaṃ vikatthanapūrvvaṃ.

BOASTLESS, a. dambhahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ agarvvaḥ -rvvā -rvvaṃ abhimānarahitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BOAT, s. nauḥ f., naukā potaḥ tarī taraṇī taraṇḍaḥ uḍupaḥ.

BOATFUL, s. naukāpūraṇaṃ potapūraṇaṃ.

BOATLOAD, s. naukābhāraḥ potabhāraḥ.

BOATMAN, s. nāvikaḥ potavāhaḥ niryāmaḥ naukārūḍhaḥ auḍupikaḥ.

BOATSWAIN, s. mukhyanāvikaḥ pradhānanāvikaḥ nāvikaḥ karṇadhāraḥ niryāmādhiṣṭhātā m. (tṛ).

To BOB, v. a. (To crop) hras in caus. (hrāsayati -yituṃ).
     --(To beat) taḍ in caus. (tāḍayati -yituṃ).

To BOB, v. n. (To play backwards and forwards) itastato luṭh (c. 6. luṭhati luṭhituṃ) or sphur (c. 6. sphurati sphurituṃ) or preṅkh (c. 1. preṅkhati preṅkhituṃ), dola (nom. dolāyate -yituṃ), cañc (c. 1. cañcati cañcituṃ,), cañcala (nom. cañcalāyate).

BOB, s. (Ear-ring) kuṇḍalaṃ karṇikā.
     --(A blow) prahāraḥ āghātaḥ.

BOBBIN, s. kapālanālikā sūtragaṇḍikā tantukīlaḥ.

BOBTAIL, s. chinnabāladhārī m. (n) hrasvapucchī m. (n) karttitalāṅgūlī m. (n).

BOBTAILED, a. chinnabālaḥ -lā -laṃ hrasvapucchaḥ -cchā -cchaṃ hrasitalāṅgūlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BOBWIG, s. śiroruhahīnair bhṛtaṃ parakīyakḷptakeśanirmmitaṃ śirastraṃ.

To BODE, v. a. śubhāśubhaṃ or maṅgalāmaṅgalaṃ pradṛś in caus. (-darśayati -yituṃ) iṣṭāniṣṭam āvid in caus. (-vedayati -yituṃ) or sūc (c. 10. sūcayati -yituṃ), pūrvvaliṅgaṃ or pūrvvacihnaṃ or pūrvvalakṣaṇaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ), nipātaṃ or vinipātaṃ śaṃs (c. 1. śaṃsati śaṃsituṃ).

BODEMENT, s. pūrvvalakṣaṇaṃ pūrvvacihnaṃ pūrvvaliṅgaṃ cihnaṃ śubhāśubhalakṣaṇaṃ śubhāśubhacihnaṃ śakunaṃ utpātaḥ ajanyaṃ nimittaṃ upasargaḥ upaliṅgaḥ bhāvisūcakaṃ cihnaṃ.

BODICE, s. colaḥ -lī aṅgikā celikā kañculikā kūrpāsakaḥ -kaṃ.

BODIED, a. śarīrī -riṇī -ri (n) dehī -hinī -hi (n) aṅgī -ṅginī -ṅgi (n).

BODILESS, a. aśarīraḥ -rā -raṃ or -rī -riṇī -ri (n) anaṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ aṅgahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ nirākāraḥ -rā -raṃ amūrttaḥ -rttā -rttaṃ vyaṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ.

BODILY, a. śārīrikaḥ -kī -kaṃ daihikaḥ -kī -kaṃ śarīrajaḥ -jā -jaṃ kāyikaḥ -kī -kaṃ aṅgakaḥ -kā -kī -kaṃ āṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ.
     --(Bodily hardship) kāyakleśaḥ dehakleśaḥ kṛcchraṃ.

BODILY, adv. śarīratas sadehaṃ saśarīraṃ sakāyaṃ sāṅgaṃ.
     --(In a mass) sākalyena.
     --(United with the body) śarīrasaṃyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ śarīrasampṛktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

BODKIN, s. sūciviśeṣaḥ sūciḥ -cī sūcinī.
     --(A dagger) churikā śaṅkuḥ m.
     --(Instrument for piercing) āvidhaḥ vedhanikā.
     --(For the hair) keśaracanāyogyaḥ kīlaviśeṣaḥ.

BODY, s. (As opposed to the immaterial substance of an animal) śarīraṃ dehaḥ kāyaḥ gātraṃ mūrttiḥ f., aṅgaṃ vapuḥ n. (s) kalevaraṃ varmma n. (n) vigrahaḥ saṃhananaṃ tanuḥ f. -nūḥ f., karaṇaṃ; 'a dead body,' mṛtaśarīraṃ śavaḥ kuṇapaḥ; 'a little body,' śarīrakaṃ.
     --(Substance) mūrttiḥ f.; 'the body of cloth,' vastrayoniḥ m.
     --(A person) puruṣaḥ janaḥ manuṣpaḥ lokaḥ.
     --(A collective mass) samūhaḥ samavāyaḥ saṅghātaḥ samudāyaḥ maṇḍalaṃ saṅghaḥ vṛndaṃ nivahaḥ oghaḥ; 'a body of men,' janasamūhaḥ; 'a body of water,' payorāśiḥ m., vārirāśiḥ m.; 'in a body,' saṅghaśas saṅgamya samūhya.
     --(A society of men) saṃsargaḥ samāgamaḥ paṅktiḥ f.
     --(A corporate body) śreṇī.
     --(A collegiate or religious body) āśramaḥ.
     --(Strength) balaṃ.
     --(The main part) pradhānabhāgaḥ; 'body of a tree,' prakāṇḍaḥ skandhaḥ; 'the body or interior of a building,' prāsādābhyantaraṃ antarvṛhaṃ antarbhavanaṃ bhavanodaraṃ bhavanagarbhaḥ.
     --(A body of troops) gulmaḥ sainyadalaṃ sainikaḥ; 'a body of reserve,' pratigrahaḥ; 'body to body,' aṅgāṅgi.

BODY-CLOTHES, s. (Of horses) āstaraḥ paryyayaṇaṃ aśvānāṃ gātravastraṃ.

To BODY-FORTH, v. a. rūp (c. 10. rūpayati -yituṃ), nirmā (c. 2. -māti -mātuṃ).

BODY-GUARD, s. paricaraḥ paridhisthaḥ anucaraḥ parivāraḥ.

BOG, s. anūpaḥ anūpabhūḥ f., kacchaḥ kacchabhūḥ f., paṅkaḥ karddamaḥ paṅkakarvvaṭaḥ.

BOG-TROTTER, s. anūpavāsī m. (n) kacchabhūmivāsī m. (n) kacchadeśasthāyī m. (n).

To BOGGLE, v. n. (To hesitate) śaṅk (c. 1. śaṅkate śaṅkituṃ), viśaṅk abhiśaṅk āśaṅk sandih (c. 2. -degdhi -degdhuṃ), dola (nom. dolāyate -yituṃ), āndola vilamb (c. 1. -lambate -lambituṃ), vikḷp (c. 1. -kalpate -kalpituṃ).

BOGGLER, s. sandigdhamatiḥ śaṅkitamatiḥ saṃśayitā m. (tṛ) saṃśayāluḥ śaṅkāśīlaḥ.

BOGGY, a. anūpaḥ -pā -paṃ ānūpaḥ -pī -paṃ paṅkilaḥ -lā -laṃ kārddamaḥ -mī -maṃ kacchaḥ -cchā -cchaṃ.

To BOIL, v. n. (To be effervescent) phen (nom. phenāyate -yituṃ), phut kṛ.
     --(To boil over) utsecanaṃ kṛ.
     --(To be cooked by boiling) kvath in pass. (kvathyate) śrā in pass. (śrāyate) pac in pass. (pacyate).
     --(To be hot) tap in pass. (tapyate).

To BOIL, v. a. kvath (c. 1. kvathati kvathituṃ), sthālyāṃ pac śrā (c. 2. śrāti śrātuṃ or caus. śrapayati -yituṃ), tap in caus. (tāpayati -yituṃ).

BOIL, s. vraṇaṃ -ṇaḥ tanuvraṇaḥ visphoṭaḥ sphoṭaḥ sphoṭakaḥ piṭakaḥ -kā nālīvraṇaḥ gaṇḍaḥ poṭikaḥ; 'blind boil,' andhālajī.

BOILED, p. p. kvathitaḥ -tā -taṃ śrāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ śṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ śrapitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(In a caldron) paiṭharaḥ -rī -raṃ sthālīpakvaḥ -kvā -kvaṃ ukhyaḥ -khyā -khyaṃ; 'boiled rice,' bhaktaṃ.

BOILER, s. sthālī ṛjīṣaṃ piṣṭapacanaṃ piṭharaḥ -raṃ ukhā kanduḥ m. f.

BOISTEROUS, a. (Stormy) vātavān -vatī -vat (t) vātalaḥ -lā -laṃ garjanakārī -riṇī -ri (n); 'a boisterous wind,' pracaṇḍapavanaḥ.
     --(Violent) pracaṇḍaḥ -ṇḍā -ṇḍaṃ uccaṇḍaḥ -ṇḍā -ṇḍaṃ roṣaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ sāhasikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(Turbulent) kalahakārī -riṇī -ri (n.
     --(Noisy) śabdakārī -riṇī -ri (n) or tumulakārī.
     --(Laughing violently) aṭṭahāsī -sinī -si (n).

BOISTEROUSLY, adv. pracaṇḍaṃ pracaṇḍatayā mahāroṣeṇa mahāśabdena kolāhalena.

BOISTEROUSNESS, s. vātalatvaṃ pracaṇḍatā sāhasitvaṃ saroṣatā.

BOLD, a. (Brave) śūraḥ -rā -raṃ pravīraḥ -rā -raṃ nirbhayaḥ -yā -yaṃ nirviśaṅkaḥ -ṅkā -ṅkaṃ.
     --(Daring, audacious) sāhasī -sinī -si (n) pragalbhaḥ -lbhā -lbhaṃ pratibhānvitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Impudent) nirlajjaḥ -jjā -jjaṃ dhṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ anibhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ pratibhānavān -vatī -vat (t); 'to be bold,' dhṛṣ (c. 5. ghṛṣṇoti dharṣituṃ).

To BOLDEN, v. a. nirbhayaṃ -yāṃ -yaṃ kṛ abhayaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ).

BOLD-FACED, a. pratibhāmukhaḥ -khī -khaṃ nirlajjamukhaḥ -khī -khaṃ nirlajjaḥ -jjā -jjaṃ.

BOLDLY, adv. śūravat sāhasena prāgalbhyena nirbhayaṃ bhayaṃ vinā; 'to speak boldly,' jalp (c. 1. jalpati jalpituṃ),

BOLDNESS, s. (Courage) śauryyaṃ śūratā vīratā nirbhayatvaṃ akṣobhaḥ.
     --(Daringness) prāgalbhyaṃ pragalbhatā sāhasaṃ pratibhānaṃ.
     --(Impudence) nirlajjatvaṃ dhārṣṭyaṃ dhṛṣṭatā.

BOLE, s. (Trunk of a tree) skandhaḥ prakāṇḍaḥ sthāṇuḥ m.

BOLL, s. nāḍiḥ -ḍī f., nālī kāṇḍaḥ -ṇḍaṃ.

To BOLL, v. n. atasīvat sphuṭ (c. 6. sphuṭati sphuṭituṃ) or vikas (c. 1. -kasati -kasituṃ) or śasyayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ bhū.

BOLSTER, s. upadhānaṃ upadhānīyaṃ ucchīrṣakaṃ upavarhaḥ gabholikaḥ.
     --(Bandage) paṭṭaḥ bandhanaṃ.
     --(A prop, support) upastambhaḥ upaghnaḥ ālambaḥ.

To BOLSTER UP, v. a. (To support) saṃstambh (c. 5. stabhnoti, c. 9. stabhnāti stambhituṃ or caus. stambhayati -yituṃ), upastambh viṣṭambh; dhṛ (c. 1. dharati dharttuṃ or caus. dhārayati -yituṃ), ālamb (c. 1. -lambate -lambiduṃ), samavalamb.

BOLT, s. (Of a door) argalaṃ tālakaṃ kīlaḥ tālayantraṃ dvārayantraṃ apalaṃ.
     --(A dart) sṛgaḥ śūlaḥ -laṃ śalyaṃ śaṅkuḥ m., prāsaḥ śaraḥ.
     --(Thunder-bolt) vajraṃ kuliśaṃ aśaniḥ m. f.

[Page 58a]

To BOLT, v. a. (To shut with a bolt) argalena or tālakena dvāraṃ pidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ) or bandh (c. 9. badhnāti banddhuṃ).
     --(To sift) cālanena pū (c. 9. punāti pavituṃ) or śudh in caus. (śodhayati -yituṃ) titaunā cal in caus. (cālayati -yituṃ).
     --(To blurt out) avicāryya vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ), jalp (c. 1. jalpati jalpituṃ).

To BOLT OUT, v. n. akasptāt or jhaṭiti nirgam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ) or niḥsṛ (c. 1. -sarati -sarttuṃ), niṣpat (c. 1. -patati -patituṃ), viniṣpat abhiniṣpat.

BOLTED, p. p. argalena baddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ kīlitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BOLTER, s. (A sieve) cālanaṃ -nī titauḥ m. -tau n.

BOLTHEAD, s. vakaḥ vakayantraṃ kācavakayantraṃ.

BOLTING-HOUSE, s. śasyacālanasthānaṃ śasyapavanasthānaṃ.

BOLTSPRIT or BOWSPRIT, s. naukāgrabhāge sthāpito mahākūpakāvalambitādharāgro vahirpraṇataḥ kṣudrakūpakaḥ potāgravahiḥpralambo guṇavṛkṣakaḥ.

BOLUS, s. gulī guṭikā rogibhir nigaraṇīya auṣadhīyagolaḥ.

BOMB, s. puramarddane prayukto'gnyastraviśeṣaḥ sa ca antarjvalanabalena vajraniṣpeṣatulyaśabdena vidīrṇo bhūtvā sahasrakhaṇḍaśaḥ patati.

To BOMB or BOMBARD, v. a. pūrvvoktena agnyastreṇa puraṃ mṛd (c. 9. mṛdnāti marddituṃ) or pramṛd or vimṛd or avamṛd.

BOMBARDIER, s. pūrvvoktena agnyastreṇa puramarddī m. (n) or nagaravimarddī m.

BOMBARDMENT, s. prāguktena agnyastreṇa puramarddanaṃ or nagaravimarddanaṃ.

BOMBASIN, s. dukūlaṃ bandhumaraṇasamaye śokasūcakaḥ sūkṣmakauśāmbaraviśeṣaḥ.

BOMBAST, s. garvvitavākyaṃ darpavākyaṃ asāravākyaṃ phalguvākyaṃ atiśayoktiḥ f.

BOMBASTICAL, a. atigarvvitaḥ -tā -taṃ darpadhmātaḥ -tā -taṃ nirarthakaḥ -kā -kaṃ phalguḥ -lguḥ -lgu asāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

BOMBYX, s. tantukīṭaḥ koṣakāraḥ kośakārakaḥ.

BONA FIDE, a. arthatas tattvatas vastutas nirvyājaṃ nirvyalīkaṃ.

BOND, s. bandhanaṃ bandhaḥ pāśaḥ ābandhaḥ.
     --(A written contract) pratijñāpatrakaṃ patraṃ lekhyaprasaṅgaḥ lekhyaṃ karaṇaṃ kācanakī m. (n).
     --(Union, tie) sandhiḥ m., śleṣaḥ saṃhatiḥ f., saṃsaktiḥ f.
     --(Connection) saṃyogaḥ sambandhaḥ.
     --(Captivity) bandhanaṃ.
     --(That which binds, obligation) niyamaḥ avaśyakatā.

BONDAGE, s. vanditvaṃ dāsatvaṃ bandhanaṃ pratibandhanaṃ parapreṣyatvaṃ.

BONDSMAID, s. dāsī dāsikā ceṭī kiṅkarī.

BONDSMAN, s. dāsaḥ krītadāsaḥ kiṅkaraḥ ceṭaḥ.

BONE, s. asthi n., asthikaṃ kulyaṃ haḍḍaṃ kīkasaṃ; 'backbone,' pṛṣṭhāsthi n.

To BONE, v. a. nirasthīkṛ asthīni niṣkṛṣ (c. 1. -karṣati -kraṣṭuṃ).

BONE-ACHE, s. asthivedanā asthivyathā.

BONED, a. (Bony) asthimān -matī -mat (t).
     --(Having the bones extracted) nirasthiḥ -sthiḥ -sthi.

BONELESS, a. anasthiḥ -sthiḥ -sthi asthihīnaḥ -nā -naṃ asthirahitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BONESET, v. n. truṭitāsthi or bhinnāsthi svasthaṃ or susthaṃ kṛ or svasthāne punaḥ saṃsthā in caus. (-sthāpayati -yituṃ) or punaḥ sandhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), karapādāditroṭanaṃ or asthibhaṅgaṃ samādhā or kit in des. (cikitsati -tsituṃ).

BONESETTER, s. truṭitāsthi svasthaṃ karoti yo vaidyaḥ truṭitāsthisamādhātā m. (tṛ) bhagnāsthicikitsakaḥ

BONFIRE, s. utsavakāle or uddharṣasamaye samiddho harṣasūcanārthaṃ mahājvālo'gniḥ jayogniḥ m.

BON-MOT, s. rasavadvākyaṃ parihāsavākyaṃ narmma n. (n) śleṣavākyaṃ dvyarthavākyaṃ ṭaṭṭarī.

BONNET, s. strīlokabhṛtaṃ śiraskaṃ or śirastraṃ or śiroveṣṭanaṃ or mastakābharaṇaṃ.

[Page 58b]

BONNILASS, s. sundarī rūpavatī pramadā sumukhī mugghā surūpī.

BONNILY, adv. hṛṣṭavat hṛṣṭapuṣṭavat suṣṭhu sundaraṃ ramaṇīyaprakāreṇa sādhu.

BONNY, a. (Pretty) sundaraḥ -rī -raṃ rūpavān -vatī -vat (t) surūpaḥ -pī -paṃ sudṛśyaḥ -śyā -śyaṃ cāruḥ -rvvī -ru.
     --(Cheerful) hṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ hṛṣṭahṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ.
     --(Plump) hṛṣṭapuṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ sulalitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BONY, a. (Having bones) asthimān -matī -mat (t).
     --(Strong) dṛḍhāṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ.
     --(Made of bone) asthimayaḥ -yī -yaṃ.
     --(Full of bones) asthipūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.

BOOBY, s. mandabuddhiḥ m., durmatiḥ m., durbuddhiḥ m., mūḍhaḥ mūrkhaḥ sthūladhīḥ m.
     --(A kind of bird) vakaḥ.

BOOK, s. pustakaṃ -kī granthaḥ patraṃ patrikā pustaṃ -stī; 'a book of science,' śāstraṃ. This last may be used in connexion with some other word to limit its application; as, 'a book on law,' dharmmaśāstraṃ; 'a poetical book,' kāvyaśāstraṃ.
     --(A manuscript, written book) lekhyaṃ likhitaṃ.

To BOOK, v. a. granthe or pustake or lekhye samāruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ) or abhilikh (c. 6. -likhati -lekhituṃ); 'booked, committed to writing,' lekhyārūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ.

BOOKBINDER, s. carmmādinā granthapatrasambandhā m. (nghṛ) granthācchādanakṛt.

BOOKCASE, s. granthakuṭī granthakoṣṭhaḥ granthabhāṇḍaṃ granthāghāraḥ.

BOOKISH, a. granthī -nthinī -nthi (n) pustakī -kinī -ki (n) śāstrajñaḥ -jñā -jñaṃ.

BOOKKEEPER, s. gaṇanādhyakṣaḥ granthasamāropaṇakṛt gaṇitalekhakaḥ.

BOOKMATE, s. sahādhyāyī m. (n).

BOOKSELLER, s. granthavikretā m. (tṛ) granthavikrayī m. (n) pustakavikretā m. (tṛ).

BOOKWORM, s. granthakhādakaḥ kīṭaḥ.
     --(Too closely given to books) granthī m. (n) granthāsaktaḥ granthaparaḥ śāstragaṇḍaḥ granthacumbakaḥ.

BOOM, s. (A long pole) vātavasanaprasāraṇārthaṃ dīrdhayaṣṭiḥ or daṇḍaḥ.
     --(A bar of wood laid across a harbour) pārakyanaukāpraveśanivāraṇārthaṃ potabanghanakhāte sthāpitam avarodhakaṃ.

To BOOM, v. n. ūrmmivat praluṭh (c. 1. loṭhati -loṭhituṃ) or ucchal (c. 1. -chalate -chalituṃ) or pātotpātaṃ kṛ.

BOON, s. varaḥ prasādaḥ dānaṃ pradānaṃ varadānaṃ upakṛtaṃ hitaṃ anugrahaḥ; 'granting boons,' varadaḥ -dā -daṃ.

BOON, a. (Gay) hṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ hṛṣṭahṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ hāsī -sinī -si (n),
     --(Boon-companion) sahapāyī m. (n).

BOOR, s. grāmī m. (n) grāmyajanaḥ grāmavāsī m. (n) grāmikaḥ kṣetrikaḥ vṛṣalaḥ.

BOORISH, a. grāmyaḥ -myā -myaṃ grāmīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ grāmikaḥ -kī -kaṃ kṣetrikaḥ -kī -kaṃ asabhyaḥ -bhyā -bhyaṃ aśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ prākṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ asaṅgataḥ -tā -taṃ.

BOORISHLY, adv. grāmyajanavat vṛṣalavat asabhyajanavat asabhyaṃ aśiṣṭaṃ asaṅgataprakāreṇa.

BOORISHNESS, s. grāmyatvaṃ -tā asabhyatā aśiṣṭatā asaṅgatiḥ f., vṛṣalatvaṃ.

BOOT, s. pādukā f., pādūḥ f., upānat f. (h) pannaddhā f., pannaddhī anupadīnā jaṅghātrāṇaṃ pādatraṃ pādarakṣaṇaṃ pādarathaḥ.
     --(Profit) phalaṃ lābhaḥ arthaḥ.

To BOOT, v. a. (To profit) phalāya or lābhāya bhū phalaṃ or lābhaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ), upakṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ).

To BOOT, v. n. (To put on boots) pāduke adhiruh (c. 1. -rohati -roḍhuṃ) or āruh or paridhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhatte -dhātuṃ).

BOOT-TREE, s. pādukānāṃ carmmaśithilīkaraṇayogyaṃ jaṅghākṛti kāṣṭhayantraṃ.

BOOTED, a. sapādukaḥ -kā -kaṃ upānadgūḍhapādaḥ -dā -daṃ pādukārūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ.

BOOTH, s. maṇḍapaḥ -paṃ paṭamaṇḍapaḥ dūṣpaṃ aupakāryyā.

BOOTLESS, s. nirarthakaḥ -kā -kaṃ anarthakaḥ -kā -kaṃ vyarthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ niṣphalaḥ -lā -laṃ viphalaḥ -lā -laṃ niṣprayojanaḥ -nā -naṃ anāmiṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ.

BOOTMAKER, s. pādukākāraḥ pādukākṛt pannaddhākṛt pannaddhākāraḥ pādūkṛt m.

BOOTY, s. loptraṃ lotra or -taṃ luptaṃ.
     --(In cattle) gograhaḥ.

BOPEEP, s. pitṛputrakayoḥ krīḍāviśeṣo yatra pitā bālavinodārthaṃ santrasta iva svamukhagopanaṃ kṛtvā paścāt santrāsanārtham akasmād bālakamukhanirīkṣaṇaṃ karoti.

BORACHIO, s. surābhājanaṃ madyabhājanaṃ kutūḥ f.
     --(Drunkard) pānarataḥ.

BORABLE, a. vedhyaḥ -dhyā -dhyaṃ vyadhyaḥ -dhyā -dhyaṃ chidraṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

BORAGE, s. khilaruha oṣadhiprabhedaḥ.

BORAX, s. rasaśoghanaḥ lohadrāvī m. (n) lohaśleṣaṇaḥ viḍaṃ dhātumāriṇī.

BORDEL, s. veśyājanasamāśrayaḥ veśyāgṛhaṃ gaṇikāgṛhaṃ veśyāśrayaḥ.

BORDER, s. (Of a river, &c.) tīraṃ kūlaṃ taṭaṃ kacchaḥ kacchāntaḥ
     --(Edge of any thing) prāntaḥ antaḥ -ntaṃ upāntaṃ samantaḥ paryyantaṃ sīmā utsaṅgaḥ dhāraḥ.
     --(Frontier) samantaḥ sāmantaṃ paryyantaṃ sīmā; 'dwelling on the border,' sāmantavāsī -sinī -si (n) paryyantasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ; 'the border of a wood,' vanāntaṃ; 'of a city,' nagaropāntaṃ; 'along the border,' prāntatas.
     --(Of a garment) añcalaḥ vastrāñcalaṃ.
     --(A garden-bed) sthalaṃ.

To BORDER, v. a. (To surround with a border) prānta (nom. prāntayati -yituṃ), samanta (nom. samantayati -yituṃ), paryyantaṃ kṛ.

To BORDER, UPON, v. n. prāntatas or paryyante or nikaṭe or samīpaṃ sthā (c. 1. tiṣṭhati sthātuṃ) or vṛt (c. 1. varttate varttituṃ) or vas (c. 1. vasati vastuṃ), spṛś (c. 6. spṛśati spraṣṭuṃ).
     --(To approach nearly to, resemble) kalpaḥ -lpā -lpaṃ as in comp., sadṛśaḥ -śī -śaṃ as.

BORDERED, p. p. prāntitaḥ -tā -taṃ samaryyādaḥ -dā -daṃ valayitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BORDERER, s. sāmantavāsī m. (n) sīmāvāsī m. (n) nikaṭavarttī m. (n) samīpavāsī m. (n) prativāsī -sinī -si (n).

BORDERING, a. pratyantaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ sāmantaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ paryyantasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ.

BORE, s. (Hole made by boring) chidraṃ randhraṃ.
     --(The instrument of boring) vedhanī vedhanikā.
     --(Diameter of a hole) suṣiraṃ śuṣiraṃ chidraṃ vyāsaṃ chidravyāsaṃ.
     --(A swelling tide) vānaṃ.

To BORE, v. a. vyadh (c. 4. vidhyati vyaddhuṃ), chidr (c. 10. chidrayati -yituṃ), śuṣirīkṛ.

BOREAL, a. uttaraḥ -rā -raṃ udaṅ -dīcī -dak (c) udīcīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.

BOREAS, s. uttaravāyuḥ m., udīcīnavātaḥ.

BORED, p. p. (Pierced) viddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ chidritaḥ -tā -taṃ śuṣiraḥ -rā -raṃ; 'having the ears bored,' chidrakarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.

BORER, s. vedhakaḥ chidrakarttā.
     --(An instrument) vedhanī vedhanikā.

To be BORN, v. pass. jan (c. 4. jāyate janituṃ), abhijan sañjan utpad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ), prasu in pass. (-sūyate) sambhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ).

BORN, p. p. jātaḥ -tā -taṃ janitaḥ -tā -taṃ upajātaḥ -tā -taṃ utpannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ utpāditaḥ -tā -taṃ sambhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ prasūtaḥ -tā -taṃ prabhavaḥ -vā -vaṃ kṛtajanmā -nmā -nma (n) utpatitaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'born blind,' jātyandhaḥ; 'a born slave,' garbhadāsaḥ.

BORNE, p. p. soḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ ūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ kṣāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ; 'easy to be borne,' susahaḥ -hā -haṃ suvahaḥ -hā -haṃ; 'grass borne along by the wind,' vātyāpreritatṛṇaṃ; 'it is borne on the shoulder,' skandhena samuhyate

BOROUGH, s. nagaraṃ -rī puraṃ -rī prajāpratinidhisabhāyāṃ sāmājikajanapreraṇādhikārayuktā nagarī.

[Page 59b]

To BORROW, v. a. ṛṇaṃ grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ), ṛṇaṃ prārth (c. 10. -arthayate -ti -yituṃ), yāc (c. 1. yācati yācituṃ), ṛṇaṃ pariyāc nirūpitakālaparyyantaṃ paradravyaprayogaṃ prārth

BORROW, s. (The thing borrowed) yācitakaṃ pratideyaṃ.

BORROWER, s. ṛṇagrāhī m. (n) ṛṇagrahaḥ ṛṇaprārthakaḥ ṛṇaprārthayitā m. (tṛ) yācakaḥ ṛṇayācakaḥ.

BORROWING, s. ṛṇagrahaḥ -haṇaṃ ṛṇayācanā yācanā ṛṇaprārthanaṃ.

BOSKY, a. tarugulmāvṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vārkṣaḥ -rkṣī -rkṣaṃ.

BOSOM, s. uraḥ n. (s) kroḍaṃ -ḍā aṅkaḥ vatsaṃ vakṣaḥ n. (s) vakṣassthalaṃ bhujāntaraṃ.
     --(Female breast) stanaḥ stanau m. du., kucaḥ kucataṭaṃ vakṣoruhaḥ vakṣojaṃ urasijaḥ urasiruhaḥ stanakuṭmalaṃ.
     --(The heart) hṛdayaṃ antaḥkaraṇaṃ cittaṃ manaḥ n. (s) marmma n. (n).
     --(A secret receptacle) garbhaḥ.

BOSS, s. gaṇḍaḥ uccaiḥprakāreṇa khacita alaṅkāraḥ piṇḍaḥ.

BOSSED or BOSSY, a. gaṇḍakhacitaḥ -tā -taṃ gaṇḍānuviddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ.

BOTANIC, BOTANICAL, a. udbhidvidyāviṣayaḥ -yā -yaṃ vṛkṣādividyāsambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

BOTANIST, s. udbhidvidyājñaḥ vṛkṣādividyātattvajñaḥ vṛkṣādiśāstrapaṇḍitaḥ.

BOTANY, s. udbhidvidyā oṣadhividyā vṛkṣalatātṛṇādividyā vṛkṣāyurvedaḥ.

BOTCH, s. dadruḥ m., pāma n. -mā f. (n) vraṇaḥ sidhmaṃ kacchūḥ f., tvakpuṣpaṃ.
     --(Flaw) doṣaḥ chidraṃ.
     --(A patch) kanthā karpaṭaḥ.

To BOTCH, v. a. (To patch old clothes) jīrṇavastrāṇi or cīravastrāṇi siv (c. 4. sīvyati sevituṃ) or sūcyā sandhā (c. 3. -dhatte -dhātuṃ).
     --(To mark with stains) malina (nom. malinayati -yituṃ).
     --(To spoil) duṣ in caus. (dūṣayati -yituṃ).

BOTCHER, s. jīrṇavastrasūcikaḥ cīravastrabhedakaḥ karpaṭavastrabhedī m. (n).

BOTCHY, a. pāmanaḥ -nā -naṃ dadruṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ kacchuraḥ -rā -raṃ sidhmalaḥ -lā -laṃ. vraṇamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ malī -linī -li (n) sadoṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ.

BOTH, a. ubhau m. du., ubhayaḥ -yā -yaṃ dvayaṃ; 'on both sides,' ubhayatas ubhayatra; 'in both ways,' ubhayathā; 'for both objects,' ubhayārthaṃ; 'both hands,' hastadvayaṃ.

BOTH, conj. (And) ca -ca.
     --(As well as) tathā. 'Both' may be expressed by the use of the indeclinable participle; as, 'he both labours and suffers reproach,' pariamya nindāṃ bhuṃkte.

To BOTHER, v. a. kliś (c. 9. kliśnāti kleṣṭuṃ), pīḍ (c. 10. pīḍayati -yituṃ), abhipīḍ prapīḍ bāgh (c. 1. bādhate bādhituṃ), vyath (c. 10. vyathayati -yituṃ).

BOTHERED, p. p. kleśitaḥ -tā -taṃ pīḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ vyathitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BOTTLE, s. kācakūpī kūpī kutūḥ f., kācapātraṃ kācabhājanaṃ surābhājanaṃ madyabhājanaṃ puṭagrīvaḥ.

To BOTTLE, v. a. kācakūpyāṃ or kutvāṃ niviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ).
     --(To bottle wine, &c.) kūpīṃ or kutūṃ madyena pṝ in caus. (pūrayati -yituṃ).

BOTTLED, a. (Big-bellied) lambodaraḥ -rā -raṃ.
     --(As wine) kūpīniveśitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BOTTLESCREW, s. kutūmadhye or kācakūpīmadhye yata chidrapratibandhakaṃ tarutvaṅnirmmitaṃ dravyaṃ vidyate tadākarṣaṇayogyaṃ parivarttakayantraṃ or kuṭilayantraṃ.

BOTTOM, s. (The lowest part of any thing) adhobhāgaḥ talaṃ adhaḥsthānaṃ adhovaśaḥ; 'the bottom of a tree,' vṛkṣatalaṃ.
     --(Low ground) darībhūḥ f., darī nimbabhūmiḥ f., prāntaraṃ upatyakā śailopaśalpaṃ-
     --(Dregs) malaṃ khalaḥ kiṭṭaṃ śeṣaṃ avaśeṣaṃ.
     --(Foundation) bhūlaṃ.

To BOTTOM, v. n. (To rest upon) avalamb (c. 1. -lambate -lasituṃ). samālamb. Sometimes expressed by mūla in comp.; as, 'all actions are bottomed upon money,' dhanamūlāḥ kriyāḥ sarvvāḥ.

BOTTOMLESS, a. atalasparśaḥ -rśā -rśaṃ talahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ agādhaḥ -dhā -dhaṃ.

BOUGLE, s. (Wax taper) sikthakamayo dīpaḥ varttī.

BOUGH, s. śākhā viṭapaḥ taruviṭapaḥ latā.

BOUGHT, p. p. krītaḥ -tā -taṃ krayakrītaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To BOUNCE, v. n. (To make a sudden noise) svan (c. 1. svanati svanituṃ), dhvana (c. 1. dhvanati dhvanituṃ), kvaṇ (c. 1. kvaṇati kvaṇituṃ).
     --(To spring against with great force) praskand (c. 1. -skandati -skantuṃ), prapat (c. 1. -patati -patituṃ), abhiplu (c. 1. -plavate -plotuṃ).
     --(To spring, leap) plu utplu.
     --(To boast, bully) vikatth (c. 1. -katthate -katthituṃ), tarj (c. 1. tarjati tarjituṃ).

BOUNCE, s. (A sudden noise) dhvaniḥ m., kvaṇaḥ kvaṇitaṃ.
     --(A sudden blow) ekapātābhighātaḥ akasmādāghātaḥ.
     --(A boast, threat) vikatthanaṃ -tthā bhartsanaṃ.

BOUNCER, s. (A boaster, bully) vikatthī m. (n) śūrammanyaḥ bhartsanakāraḥ dāmbhikaḥ.

BOUND, s. (A limit) antaḥ -ntaṃ samantaḥ paryyantaṃ prāntaḥ sīmā parisīmā avadhiḥ m., maryyādā; 'without bounds,' anantaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ atyantaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ.
     --(A leap) plavaḥ plavanaṃ plutaṃ.
     --(Rebound) pratighātaḥ pratihatiḥ f., utplavaḥ utpatanaṃ.

To BOUND, v. a. (To limit) prānta (nom. prāntayati -yituṃ), samanta samaryyādaṃ -dāṃ -daṃ kṛ paryyantaṃ kṛ.
     --(To restrain) niyam (c. 1. -yacchati -yantuṃ), nigrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -grahītuṃ).

To BOUND, v. n. plu (c. 1. plavate plotuṃ), valg (c. 1. valgati valgituṃ), āvalg.
     --(To rebound) utplu utpat (c. 1. -patati -patituṃ).

BOUND, p. p. baddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ nibaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ nibandhitaḥ -tā -taṃ sandhitaḥ -tā -taṃ sandhānitaḥ -tā -taṃ sanditaḥ -tā -taṃ mūtaḥ -tā -taṃ mūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ udditaḥ -tā -taṃ sitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(In, leather) carmmāvanaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ carmmācchāditaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'dignity is bound up with (dependent on) riches,' gauravaṃ dhananibandhitaṃ or dhanapratiṣṭhitaṃ or dhanasambaddhaṃ.

BOUND FOR, part. a. jigamiṣuḥ -ṣuḥ -ṣu prasthitaḥ -tā -taṃ prayātaḥ -tā -taṃ prayāsyan -syantī -syat (t).

BOUNDARY, s. sīmā f. -mā m. (n) or parisīmā paryyantaṃ antaḥ -ntaṃ samantaḥ prāntaḥ valayaḥ avadhiḥ m., maryyādā parisaraḥ upakaṇṭhaṃ
     --(On the boundary) paryyantasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ; 'boundary tree,' sīmāvṛkṣaḥ; 'boundary mark,' sīmāliṅgaṃ sīmācihnaṃ sthalasīmā m. (n).

BOUNDED, p. p. prāntitaḥ -tā -taṃ samaryyādaḥ -dā -daṃ valayitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BOUNDEN, a. baddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ nibaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ; 'a bounden duty,' avaśyakatā karttavyatā niyamaḥ.

BOUNDING-STONE, s. bālānāṃ krīḍāprastaraḥ.

BOUNDLESS, a. anantaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ amitaḥ -tā -taṃ aparimitaḥ -tā -taṃ aprameyaḥ -yā -yaṃ ameyaḥ -yā -yaṃ atyantaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ; 'of boundless glory,' amitatejāḥ -jāḥ -jaḥ (s).

BOUNDLESSNESS, s. anantatā ānantyaṃ atyantatā aprameyatā ameyatvaṃ.

BOUNTEOUS, BOUNTIFUL, a. dānaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ vadānyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ bahupradaḥ -dā -daṃ atidātā -trī -tṛ (tṛ) tyāgaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ dāyakaḥ -kā -kaṃ sthūlalakṣyaḥ -kṣyā -kṣyaṃ udāraḥ -rā -raṃ dayāluḥ -luḥ -lu muktahastaḥ -stā -staṃ akṛpaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

BOUNTEOUSLY, BOUNTIFULLY, adv. vadānyavat vadānyatayā udāravat sthūlalakṣyatayā atidānena atityāgena dayāpūrvvakaṃ akārpaṇyena.

[Page 60b]

BOUNTEOUSNESS, BOUNTIFULNESS, s. dānaśīlatvaṃ sthūlalakṣyatvaṃ atidānaṃ tyāgaśīlatā tyāgitā atisarjjanaṃ vadānyatā muktahastatvaṃ akārpaṇyaṃ dayālutvaṃ.

BOUNTY, s. (Favour) anugrahaḥ dayā kṛpā prasādaḥ.
     --(Generosity) vadānyatā tyāgaśīlatā dayālutvaṃ.
     --(Gift) dānaṃ pradānaṃ svecchayā dānaṃ; 'king's bounty,' rājavarttanaṃ.

BOUQUET, s. kusumastavakaḥ stavakaḥ puṣpagucchaḥ guñcaḥ samālī guluñchaḥ.

To BOURGEON, v. n. sphuṭ (c. 6. sphuṭati sphuṭituṃ), aṅkura (nom. aṅkurayati -yituṃ).

BOURN, s. antaḥ -ntaṃ paryyantaṃ samantaḥ avadhiḥ m., maryyādā sīmā.

To BOUSE, v. n. atiśayena surāpānaṃ or madyapānaṃ kṛ.

BOUSY, a. madyapītaḥ -tā -taṃ pānaprasaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ kṣīvaḥ -vā -va.

BOUT, s. (A turn) vāraḥ vāsaraḥ; 'at one bout,' ekavāre.
     --(A drinking bout) sampītiḥ f.

BOW, s. (Salutation) namas ind., praṇāmaḥ praṇatiḥ f., namaskāraḥ.
     --(A rainbow) indrāyudhaṃ śakradhanuḥ n. (s) indracāpaḥ.
     --(A knot) granthiḥ m., pāśaḥ.
     --(Of a ship) potāgraṃ naukāgraṃ nāvo 'grabhāgaḥ maṅgaḥ.

BOW, s. (A weapon) dhanuḥ m., -nuḥ n. (s) -nu n., dhanvā m., -nva n. (n) cāpaḥ śarāsanaṃ kārmukaṃ iṣvāsaḥ kodaṇḍaḥ or -ṇḍaṃ śarāvāpaḥ; 'middle of the bow,' lastakaḥ ghanurmadhyaṃ.
     --(For playing stringed instruments) koṇaḥ śārikā parivādaḥ.
     --(Bow of Arjuna) gāṇḍīvaḥ.
     --(Of Karṇa) kālapṛṣṭhaṃ.
     --(Of Siva) pinākaḥ ajagavaṃ.

To BOW, v. a. (To bend) nam in caus. (nāmayati or namayati -yituṃ) or nam (c. 1. namati nantuṃ), praṇam abhinam vinam avanam ānam; kuñv (c. 1. kuñcati kuñcituṃ), nambīkṛ prahvīkṛ bhugnīkṛṃ.
     --(To bow the head) śirasā praṇam.

To BOW, v. n. nam (c. 1. namati nantuṃ), praṇam abhinam vinam nambībhū; 'bowing the body,' praṇamya kāyaṃ; 'bowing the head,' praṇamya śirsā prahvībhū.
     --(To submit, yield) kṣam (c. 1. kṣamate kṣamituṃ kṣantuṃ), abhyupe (-upaiti -upaituṃ).

BOW-BENT, a. dhanurākṛtiḥ -tiḥ -ti kuṭilaḥ -lā -laṃ vakraḥ -krā -kraṃ.

BOWED, p. p. nataḥ -tā -taṃ nāmitaḥ -tā -taṃ ānataḥ -tā -taṃ avanataḥ -tā -taṃ pariṇataḥ -tā -taṃ praṇataḥ -tā -taṃ avanataḥ -tā -taṃ nambaḥ -mbā -mbaṃ nambamūrttiḥ -rttiḥ -rtti prahvaḥ -hvā -hvaṃ prahvīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BOWELS, s. antraṃ n. sing., antrāṇi n. pl., nāḍyaḥ f. pl., koṣṭhaḥ m. sing.
     --(Compassion) kṛpā dayā.
     --(The inner part) abhyantaraṃ garbhaḥ vilaṃ vivaraṃ.

BOWER, s. kuñjaḥ nikuñjaḥ mañjarīkuñjaḥ latānirmmitaṃ mandiraṃ kuñjakuṭīraḥ maṇḍapaḥ jhāṭaḥ valluraṃ kuṭaṅgakaḥ.
     --(Cottage) kuṭīraḥ parṇaśālā.
     --(Anchor) naukāyā agrabhāge sthāpito'ṅkuśākāro lohabandhaḥ.

To BOWER, v. a. pariveṣṭ (c. 1. -veṣṭate -veṣṭituṃ), paricchad (c. 10. -chādayati -yituṃ).

BOWERY, a. kuñjavān -vatī -vat (t) latāvṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ latāparicchannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.

BOWL, s. (A vessel for liquids) pātraṃ bhājanaṃ kaṃsaḥ -saṃ śarāvaḥ puṭakaḥ.
     --(A ball) gulikā.
     --(The bowl, poison) viṣaṃ.

To BOWL, v. a. gulikām āvṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ).
     --(To play at bowls) gulikābhiḥ krīḍ (c. 1. krīḍati krīḍituṃ).

BOWLER, s. gulikāvarttanakṛt gulikāvarttakaḥ gulikākrīḍākṛt.

BOW-LEGGED, a. prajñuḥ -jñuḥ -jñu pragatajānuḥ -nuḥ -nu viralajānuḥ -nuḥ -nu

BOWLING-GREEN, a. gulikākrīḍāyogyaṃ samasthalaṃ or samasthalīkṛto bhūbhāgaḥ.

BOWMAN, s. dhanvī m, (n) dhanupmān m. (t) dhānuṣkaḥ dhanurdhārī m. (n) dhanurdharaḥ dhanurbhṛt m., iṣvāsaḥ iṣudharaḥ kāṇḍīraḥ kāṇḍavān m. (t) niṣaṅgī m. (n) astrī m. (n) śārṅgī m. (n).

BOWSHOT, s. vāṇagocaraṃ śaragocaraṃ dhanuḥkṣepaṇaṃ śaraikakṣepaḥ.

BOWSPRIT, s. potāgravahiḥpralambo guṇavṛkṣakaḥ. See BOLTSPRIT.

BOWSTRING, s. jyā guṇaḥ dhanurguṇaḥ maurvvī bhāravaṃ śiñjinī tāvaraṃ patañcikā.

BOW-WINDOW, s. dhanurākṛti vātāyanaṃ dhanurākāro gavākṣaḥ pragrīvaḥ.

BOWYER, s. dhanurdharaḥ dhanurbhṛt m., dhanvī m. (n) dhanuṣmān m. (t).

BOX, s. (A kind of tree) atidṛḍho vṛkṣaprabhedaḥ.
     --(A case to hold any thing) bhāṇḍaṃ sampuṭaḥ sampuṭakaḥ mudrādhāraḥ ādhāraḥ pātraṃ bhājanaṃ samudgaḥ peṭikā vāsanaṃ.
     --(For spectators) prekṣāgāraṃ.
     --(A blow) muṣṭyāghātaḥ muṣṭiprahāraḥ muṣṭipātaḥ pāṇighātaḥ karāghātaḥ kīlā āghātaḥ prahāraḥ bāhupraharaṇaṃ.

To BOX, v. n. (To fight with the fist) mallayuddhaṃ kṛ muṣṭyā yudh (c. 4. yudhyate yoddhuṃ), muṣṭīmuṣṭi or bāhūbāhavi yudh.

To BOX, v. a. (To strike with the fist) muṣṭyā abhihan (c. 2. -hanti -hantuṃ), nihan, or taḍ (c. 10. tāḍayati -yituṃ) or prahṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ).
     --(To enclose in a box) sampuṭake or bhāṇḍe niviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ) or nidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ).

BOXEN, a. pūrvvoktavṛkṣakāṣṭhanirmmitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BOXER, s. mallayodhaḥ jhallaḥ mallaḥ pāṇighātaḥ bāhupraharaṇaḥ bāhuyodhī m. (n) raṅgāvatārī m. (n).

BOXING, s. mauṣṭā mallayuddhaṃ muṣṭipātaḥ pāṇighātaḥ bāhuyuddhaṃ bāhupraharaṇaṃ.
     --(Boxing-match) mallayātrā.

BOY, s. kumāraḥ -rakaḥ bālaḥ bālakaḥ putraḥ putrakaḥ aprāptavyavahāraḥ.
     --(A word of contempt for a young man) māṇavaḥ māṇavakaḥ; 'multitude of boys,' māṇavyaṃ.

BOYHOOD, s. bālakatvaṃ bālyaṃ śaiśavaṃ śiśutvaṃ kaumāraṃ kaiśoraṃ māṇavyaṃ.

BOYISH, a. vāliśaḥ -śā -śaṃ bāleyaḥ -yā -yaṃ bālakīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ bālakaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ kaumāraḥ -rī -raṃ śiśuyogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ māṇavīṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

BOYISHLY, adv. bālarūpeṇa bālakavat śiśuvat kumāravat bāliśaprakāreṇa.

BOYISHNESS, s. bāliśyaṃ bāleyatvaṃ bālakatvaṃ kumāraśīlatvaṃ śiśuśīlatā.

BRABBLE, s. kalahaḥ vyavakrośanaṃ vivādaḥ vāgyuddhaṃ vipralāpaḥ dvandvaṃ.

To BRABBLE, v. n. kalaha (nom. kalahāyate -yituṃ), vyavakruś (c. 1. -krośati -kroṣṭuṃ).

To BRACE, v. a. bandh (c. 9. badhnāti banddhuṃ), yoktra (nom. yoktrayati -yituṃ).
     --(To strain up, tighten) sannibandh saṃstambh (c. 9. -stabhnāti -stambhituṃ), draḍh (nom. draḍhayati -yituṃ).

BRACE, s. (A pair) yugaṃ yugmaṃ yugalaṃ dvayaṃ yamalaṃ yāmalaṃ.
     --(Bandage) bandhanaṃ bandhaḥ.
     --(Strap) carmmabandhaḥ -ndhanaṃ.
     --(Of a coach) rathālambi carmmabandhādi.
     --(Of a ship) naukāsambandhī rajjuviśeṣaḥ.

BRACELET, s. valayaḥ -yaṃ kaṅkaṇaṃ karabhūṣaṇaṃ aṅgadaṃ hastasūtraṃ vālakaḥ kambuḥ m., āvāpakaḥ pārihāryyaḥ kaṭakaḥ.

BRACHIAL, a. bāhusambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

BRACHYGRAPHY, s. saṅkṣiptalikhanavidyā saṅkṣiptākṣaralikhanaṃ saṅketalekhanavidyā.

BRACKET, s. nāgadantaḥ -ntakaḥ nāgaḥ hastidantaḥ gajadantaḥ sāleyaḥ.

BRACKISH, a. kṣārarasayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ īṣallavaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ kṣārasaṃsṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BRACKISHNESS, s. kṣāraḥ kṣāratvaṃ kṣārarasaḥ.

BRAD, s. lohamayaḥ kīlaviśeṣaḥ kṣudraśaṅkuḥ m.

To BRAG, v. n. katth (c. 1. katthate katthituṃ), vikatth ślāgh (c. 1. ślāghate ślāghituṃ), with inst. of the thing, ātmānaṃ ślāgh.

BRAG, s. ahaṅkāroktiḥ f., vikatthā -tthanaṃ dambhaḥ āhopuruṣikā ahamaha- mikā ātmaślāghā garvvitavākyaṃ śūramānaṃ parikīrttanaṃ.

BRAGGART, BRAGGADOCIO, BRAGGER, s. śūramptanyaḥ śūramānī m. (n) piṇḍīśūraḥ upajalpī m. (n) vikatthī m. (n) avaliptaḥ ahaṅkārī m. (n) ahaṅkārapūrṇaḥ ātmaślāghī m. (n).

BRAGGINGLY, adv. ahaṅkāreṇa sāhaṅkāraṃ vikatthayā ātmaślāghāpūrvvaṃ dambhāt.

BRAHMĀ, s. (The first deity of the Hindu triad, the Creator of the world, Providence) brahmā m. (n) vedhāḥ m. (s) vidhiḥ m., viriñciḥ m., druhiṇaḥ.
     --(As creator of the world) sraṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ) viśvasṛk -ṭ (j).
     --(Born in the lotus which sprung from the navel of Viṣṇu) nābhijaḥ nābhibhūḥ m., añjajaḥ añjayoniḥ padmagarbhaḥ padmabhūḥ m., padmāsanaḥ kamalāsanaḥ.
     --(The self-existent) svayambhūḥ m., ātmabhūḥ m.
     --(Born from the golden egg) hiraṇyagarbhaḥ.
     --(As elder of the deities) surajyeṣṭhaḥ.
     --(The four-faced one) caturmmukhaḥ caturānanaḥ.
     --(The great father and lord of all) pitāmahaḥ prajāpatiḥ m., lokeśaḥ.
     --(Supporter of all) dhātā m. (tṛ) vidhātā m. (tṛ).
     --(Exalted in heaven) parameṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhī m. (n).

BRAHMIN or BRĀHMAN, s. brāhmaṇaḥ vipraḥ bāḍavaḥ.
     --(As the firstborn among mortals) agrajanmā m. (n).
     --(As receiving second birth at his investiture with the sacred thread) dvijaḥ dvijātiḥ m., dvijanmā m. (n).
     --(As learned in the Vedas) śrotriyaḥ.
     --(As a deity upon earth) bhūdevaḥ bhūmidevaḥ.
     --(As born from the mouth of Brahmā) mukhajaḥ.
     --(A Brahmin by birth but not by duties) brāhmaṇabruvaḥ.
     --(The wife of a Brahmin) brāhmaṇī.
     --(The condition of a Brahmin) brāhmaṇyaṃ brāhmaṇatā.

BRAHMINICAL, a. brāhmaḥ -hmī -hmaṃ brāhmaṇajātīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ; 'the brahminical caste,' brāhmaṇajātiḥ f.

BRAHMINICIDE, s. brahmahatyā brāhmaṇabadhaḥ.
     --(One who kills a Brahmin) brahmahā m. (n).

To BRAID, v. a. veṇīkṛ veṇirūpeṇa keśān rac (c. 10. racayati -yituṃ) or granth (c. 9. grathnāti, c. 1. granthati granthituṃ) or keśasaṃskāraṃ kṛ.
     --(Weave, interweave) ve (c. 1. vayati vātuṃ), granth utkhac (c. 10. -khacayati -yituṃ).

BRAID, s. (Of hair) veṇiḥ -ṇī f., praveṇiḥ kavaraḥ -rī dhammillaḥ keśaveśaḥ keśagarbhaḥ.
     --(A knot) granthiḥ m., bandhaḥ.

BRAIDED, p. p. veṇībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ grathitaḥ -tā -taṃ kavaraḥ -rī -raṃ.

BRAIN, s. mastiṣkaṃ or -skaḥ gorddaṃ mastakasnehaḥ.
     --(Intellect) buddhiḥ f., matiḥ f., dhīḥ f.

To BRAIN, v. a. mastakaṃ niṣpiṣpa mastiṣkaṃ vahiḥkṛtya han (c. 2. hanti hantuṃ).

BRAINISH, a. madonmattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ madottaptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ uttaptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.

BRAINLESS, a. mastiṣkahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ nirbuddhiḥ -ddhiḥ -ddhi durmatiḥ -tiḥ -ti.

BRAINPAN, s. kapālaḥ -laṃ mastakaḥ -kaṃ karpparaḥ śirosthi n., muṇḍaḥ karoṭaḥ śīrṣakaṃ.

BRAINSICK, a. mūḍhabuddhiḥ -ddhiḥ -ddhi vibhrāntaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ cañcalamatiḥ -tiḥ -ti.

BRAINSICKNESS, s. mūḍhatā cañcalatvaṃ capalatvaṃ prāmādyaṃ pramāditvaṃ.

BRAKE, s. (A thicket of brambles) kaṇṭakagahanaṃ gulmagahanaṃ jhāṭaḥ -ṭaṃ.
     --(A snaffle) khalīnaḥ -naṃ mukhayantraṇaṃ.
     --(That which moves a military engine) yuddhayantravāhanaṃ yuddhayantracālanasādhanaṃ.

BRAMBLE, s. kaṇṭakagulmaḥ kaṇṭakastambaḥ śṛgālakoliḥ m., śṛgālakaṇṭakaḥ gokṣuraḥ.

BRAMBLY, a. śṛgālakaṇṭakāvṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ kaṇṭakī -kinī -ki (n).


[Page 62a]

BRAN, s. tuṣaḥ -ṣā dhānyakalkaṃ dhānyatvak f. (c) busa.

BRANCH, s. śākhā latā viṭapaḥ taruviṭapaḥ tarubhujaḥ kāṇḍaḥ vistāraḥ; 'a large branch,' skandhaśākhā śālā.
     --(Of a river) kusarit f., upanadī upasarit alpanadī nadīvaṅkaḥ vaṅkṣuḥ f., praṇālaḥ -lī.
     --(A section, subdivision) śākhā aṅgaḥ sargaḥ parichedaḥ vichedaḥ aṅgarakandhaḥ; a branch of the Vedas,' vedāṅgaḥ.
     --(Offspring) kulasantatiḥ f., kulasantānaḥ apatyaṃ pravaraṃ.

To BRANCH, v. n. śākhā (nom. śākhāyate), latā (nom. latāyate), śākhārūpeṇa vistṝ in pass. (-stīryyate) or bhinnībhū or vibhid in pass. (-bhidyate) or vichid in pass. (-chidyate).
     --(To speak diffusely) vistaraśas or suvistaraṃ vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ).

To BRANCH, v. a. śākhāvat pṛthakkṛ or vibhid (c. 7. -bhinatti -bhettuṃ).

BRANCHLESS, a. śākhāhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ viṭaparahitaḥ -tā -taṃ abhinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.

BRANCHY, a. śākhī -khinī -khi (n) śākhyaḥ -khyā -khyaṃ vistīrṇaśākhaḥ -khā -khaṃ kāṇḍīraḥ -rā -raṃ vistīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ vistārayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ vibhinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.

BRAND, s. (A burning stick) ulkā dagdhakāṣṭhaṃ taptakāṣṭhaṃ.
     --(A mark of infamy) apakīrtticihnaṃ abhiśastāṅkaḥ aṅkaḥ aṅkanaṃ.

To BRAND, v. a. apamānacihnena aṅk (c. 10. aṅkayati -yituṃ), taptalohena cihn (c. 10. cihnayati -yituṃ), abhiśastāṅkaṃ kṛ.

BRANDED, p. p. apamānacihnāṅkitaḥ -tā -taṃ abhiśastāṅkacihnitaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtāṅkaḥ -ṅkā -ṅkaṃ; 'branded with infamy,' durnāmagrastaḥ -stā -staṃ.

To BRANDISH, v. a. bhram in caus. (bhramayati or bhrāmayati -yituṃ); 'they brandished their pikes,' śūlāni bhramayāñcakruḥ; vidhū (c. 5. -dhūnoti -dhavituṃ), ucchal in caus. (-chālayati -yituṃ) vyāvyadh (c. 4. -vidhyati -vyaddhuṃ)

BRANDISHED, p. p. udbhrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ avadhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ ucchālitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BRANDLING, s. kṛmiprabhedaḥ sa ca matsyapralobhārthaṃ kadācid vaḍiśe niveśyate.

BRANDY, s. madyaśuṇḍā madyāsavaṃ surā āsavaṃ śīdhuḥ m., vāruṇī.

BRANGLE, s. (Squabble) vyāvakrośī vyavakrośanaṃ uccairbhāṣaṇaṃ kalahaḥ vipralāpaḥ.

BRANNY, a. tuṣākṛtiḥ -tiḥ -ti tuṣamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ dhānyatvaṅmayaḥ -yī -yaṃ.

BRASIER or BRAZIER, s. (Worker in brass) tāmrakāraḥ kāṃsyakāraḥ kāmandhamī m. (n).
     --(A pan to hold coals) aṅgāraśakaṭī aṅgārapātraṃ.

BRASIERY, s. kupyaśālā sandhānī.

BRASS, s. rītiḥ f., retyaṃ āraḥ tāmraṃ kāṃsyaṃ -syakaṃ pittalaṃ pītalohaṃ pītalaṃ -lakaṃ ārakūṭaḥ -ṭaṃ.
     --(Impudence) nirlajjatā dhārṣṭyaṃ pragalbhatā.

BRASSY, a. raityaḥ -tyī -tyaṃ kāṃsyamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ pittalaguṇaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BRAT, s. śiśuḥ m., bālakaḥ bālaḥ putrakaḥ śāvakaḥ.

BRAVADO, s. vikatthā ahaṅkāravākyaṃ ātmaślādhā āhopuruṣikā ahamahamikā.

BRAVE, a. śūraḥ -rā -raṃ vīraḥ -rā -raṃ pravīraḥ -rā -raṃ parākrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ vikrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ nirbhayaḥ -yā -yaṃ dhṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ sāhasikaḥ -kī -kaṃ uddhataḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Excellent) sādhuḥ -dhuḥ -dhu uttamaḥ -mā -maṃ praśastaḥ -stā -staṃ.
     --(Noble) udāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

BRAVE, s. (A bully) śūrammanyaḥ dambhī m. (n).
     --(Defiance) samāhvānaṃ krandanaṃ āsyarddhā.

To BRAVE, v. a. (To menace) bharts (c. 10. bhartsayate -yituṃ), abhibharts avabharts paribharts tarj (c. 1. tarjati tarjituṃ).
     --(To challenge) āhve (c. 1. -hvayate -hvātuṃ), samāhve krandanaṃ kṛ spardh (c. 1. spardhate spardhituṃ).

To BRAVE, v. n. (To carry a boasting appearance) dāmbhikavad vṛt (c. 1. varttate varttituṃ) or car (c. 1. carati carituṃ), ghṛṣ (c. 5. ghṛṣṇoti dharṣituṃ), dṛp (c. 4. dṛpyati draptuṃ).

[Page 62b]

BRAVED, p. p. (Challenged) āhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ samāhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BRAVELY, adv. (In a brave manner) savīryyaṃ śūravat vīravat abhītavat saparākramaṃ śauryyeṇa nirbhayaṃ prasabhaṃ.
     --(Excellently) sāghu praśastaṃ su prefixed.

BRAVERY, s. śūratā śauryyaṃ vīratā vīryyaṃ parākramaḥ vikramaḥ kārpaṇyarāhityaṃ; 'to show bravery in battle,' parākram (c. 1. -kramati -kramituṃ), vikram.
     --(Bravado, boast) vikatthā āsparddhā.
     --(Magnificence) pratāpaḥ tejaḥ n. (s).

BRAVINGLY, adv. dāmbhikavat sadambhaṃ āhvānapūrvvakaṃ samāhvānakrameṇa.

BRAVO, interj. sāghu.
     --(A murderer) ghātakaḥ dasyuḥ m., ātatāyī m. (n).

To BRAWL, v. n. vyavakruś (c. 1. -krośati -kroṣṭuṃ), kalaha (nom. kalahāyate -yituṃ), vaira (nom. vairāyate -yituṃ), vivad (c. 1. -vadati -vadituṃ), vipralap (c. 1. -lapati -lapituṃ).

BRAWL, s. kalahaḥ vyavakrośaḥ vyāvakrośī ākrośaḥ uccairbhāṣaṇaṃ uccairghuṣṭaṃ vyāvabhāṣī vivādaḥ vāgyudvaṃ vipralāpaḥ dvandvaṃ saṃrāvaḥ.

BRAWLER, s. kalahakāraḥ -rī m. (n) kalahapriyaḥ virodhī m. (n) kalipriyaḥ yuyutsuḥ m.

BRAWN, s. (The flesh of a boar) śūkaramāṃsaṃ.
     --(The musculous part of the body) snāyuḥ f., snasā.
     --(The arm) bāhuḥ m.
     --(A boar) śūkaraḥ varāhaḥ.

BRAWNINESS, s. māṃsalatvaṃ dṛḍhāṅgatā śarīradṛḍhatā draḍhimā m. (n).

BRAWNY, a. māṃsalaḥ -lā -laṃ snāyumān -matī -mat (t) dṛḍhāṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ.

To BRAY, v. a. (To pound) cūrṇ (c. 10. cūrṇayati -yituṃ), pracūrṇ vicūrṇ piṣ (c. 7. pinaṣṭi peṣṭuṃ), niṣpiṣ viniṣpiṣ utpiṣ.

To BRAY, v. n. (Like an ass) garddabhavad ru (c. 2. rauti ravituṃ) or citkāraṃ kṛ or nad (c. 1. nadati nadituṃ).

BRAY, s. kharanādaḥ garddabhanādaḥ garddabharāvaḥ citkāraḥ kharaśabdaḥ nādaḥ.

BRAYER, s. (One that brays like an ass) kharanādī m. (n) nādī m. (n) citkārakṛt.
     --(One that pounds) cūrṇakaḥ niṣpeṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ) peśvaraḥ.

To BRAZEN, v. n. dhṛṣ (c. 5. ghṛṣṇoti dharṣituṃ), abhibharts (c. 10. -bhartsayate -yituṃ).

BRAZEN, a. raityaḥ -tyī -tyaṃ pittalamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ tāmrikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(Impudent) nirlajjaḥ -jjā -jjaṃ dhṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BRAZEN-FACED, a. nirlajjamukhaḥ -khī -khaṃ lajjāhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ svalpavrīḍaḥ -ḍā -ḍaṃ.

BRAZENNESS, s. raityatvaṃ.
     --(Impudence) nirlajjatā dhṛṣṭatā pragalbhatā.

BRAZIER, s. tāmrakāraḥ kāṃsyakāraḥ. See BRASIER.

BREACH, s. bhaṅgaḥ bhedaḥ chedaḥ khaṇḍaṃ randhraṃ chidraṃ.
     --(The act of breaking) bhañjanaṃ bhedanaṃ khaṇḍanaṃ.
     --(A gap in a wall) sandhiḥ m., gṛharandhraṃ khānikaṃ suruṅgā kuḍyacchedaḥ.
     --(Violation) atikramaḥ laṅghanaṃ ullaṅghanaṃ.
     --(Violation of a law) vyavasthātikramaḥ vyavasthālaṅghanaṃ.
     --(Breach of promise) pratijñābhaṅgaḥ.
     --(Breach of confidence) viśvāsabhaṅgaḥ.
     --(Separation of friendship) suhṛdbhedaḥ virodhaḥ vicchedaḥ.

BREAD, s. apūpaḥ pūpaḥ piṣṭakaḥ kāndavaṃ abhyuṣaḥ.
     --(Food in general) annaṃ āhāraḥ bhojanaṃ.

BREAD-CORN, s. godhūmaḥ sumanāḥ m. (s) sumanaḥ śasyaṃ dhānyaṃ āpupyaṃ

BREAD-FRUIT, s. panasaḥ panasanālikā kaṇṭakiphalaḥ kaṇṭakaphalaḥ.

BREADTH, s. pṛthutā pārthavaṃ prathimā m. (n) viśālatā vipulatā vistāraḥ vistīrṇatā parisaraḥ prasthaḥ vitatiḥ f., āyāmaḥ āyatanaṃ pāṭaḥ.

To BREAK, v. a. (Burst or part asunder by force) bhañj (c. 7. bhanakti bhaṃktuṃ), nibhañj vinirbhañj prabhañj; bhid (c. 7. bhinatti bhettuṃ), khaṇḍ (c. 10. khaṇḍayati -yituṃ), parikhaṇḍ vidṝ in caus. (-dārayati -yituṃ) sphuṭ (c. 10. sphoṭayati -yituṃ), ruja (c. 6. rujati roktuṃ), avaruj āruj samāruj; kṣud (c. 7. kṣuṇatti kṣottuṃ), prakṣud; śakalīkṛ dal in caus. (dālayati -yituṃ) vidal.
     --(Penetrate, break through) vyadh (c. 4. vidhyati vyaddhuṃ), nirbhid chidr (c. 10. chidrayati -yituṃ).
     --(Crush) mṛd (c. 9. mṛdnāti marddituṃ), piṣ (c. 7. pinaṣṭi peṣṭuṃ).
     --(Break or sink the spirit) mano khaṇḍ or han (c. 2. hanti hantuṃ) or pratihan bhagnāśaṃ -śāṃ -śaṃ kṛ āśāvibhinnaṃ -nnāṃ -nnaṃ kṛ khaṇḍitāśaṃsaṃ -sāṃ -saṃ kṛ.
     --(Tame) dam in caus. (damayati -yituṃ or c. 4. dāmyati damituṃ), pradam; vinī (c. 1. -nayati -netuṃ).
     --(Make bankrupt) parikṣīṇaṃ -ṇāṃ -ṇaṃ kṛ nirdhanīkṛ.
     --(Overcome) parāji (c. 1. -jayati -te -jetuṃ).
     --(Break down, destroy) avabhañj prabhañj vinaś in caus. (-nāśayati -yituṃ) ucchid (c. 7. -chinatti -chettuṃ).
     --(Violate a promise) saṃvidaṃ vyatikram (c. 1. -krāmati -kramituṃ), visaṃvad (c. 1. -vadati -vadituṃ), visaṃvid (c. 2. -vetti -vedituṃ).
     --(Infringe a law) vyavasthām atikram or vyatikram or laṅgh (c. 1. laṅghate laṅghituṃ, c. 10. laṅghayati -yituṃ), ullaṅgh vilaṅgh, or aticar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ) or lup in caus. (lopayati -yituṃ).
     --(Break a vow) vrataṃ lup in caus.
     --(Interrupt) lup vilup vipralup in caus., ucchid vicchid pratihan antari (c. 2. -eti -etuṃ).
     --(Break intelligence) prathamasaṃvādaṃ kṛ prathamākhyānaṃ kṛ.
     --(Break the heart) daladdhṛdayaṃ -yāṃ -yaṃ kṛ bhagnāntaḥkaraṇaṃ -ṇāṃ -ṇaṃ kṛ.
     --(Break into a house) sandhiṃ kṛ kuḍyaṃ chid.
     --(Break a bone) asthi bhañj or bhid.
     --(Make to cease) nivṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ).
     --(Separate) viyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ).
     --(Break off, relinquish) tyaj (c. 1. tyajati tyaktuṃ).
     --(Reform a bad habit) doṣakhaṇḍanaṃ kṛ.
     --(Dissolve friendship) sauhṛdyaṃ bhid.
     --(Break one's sleep) nidrāṃ bhañj nidrābhaṅgaṃ kṛ.
     --(Break one's fast) pāraṇaṃ kṛ prātarbhojanaṃ kṛ upavāsānantaraṃ prathamāhāraṃ kṛ.
     --(Break wind) pard (c. 1. pardate pardituṃ), gudaravaṃ kṛ.

To BREAK, v. n. (Part in two) bhañj in pass. (bhajyate) bhid in pass. (bhidyate) vibhid vicchid in pass. (-chidyate) truṭ (c. 4. truṭyati truṭituṃ), vidṝ in pass. (-dīryyate) sphuṭ (c. 6. sphuṭati sphuṭituṃ), śakalībhū.
     --(Dawn) prabhā (c. 2. -bhāti -bhātuṃ), uṣ (c. 1. oṣati oṣituṃ or ucchati ucchituṃ), vyuṣ samuṣ.
     --(Open as a sore) pūy (c. 1. pūyate pūyituṃ), pūyanaṃ kṛ pakvaḥ -kvā -kvaṃ bhū.
     --(Become bankrupt) parikṣīṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ bhū.
     --(Decline, decay) jṝ (c. 4. jīryyati jarituṃ jarītuṃ), kṣi in pass. (kṣīyate) mlai (c. 1. mlāyati mlātuṃ), dhvaṃs (c. 1. dhvaṃsate dhvaṃsituṃ), sad (c. 1. sīdati sattuṃ), vinaś (c. 4. -naśyati -naśituṃ -naṃṣṭuṃ), viśṝ in pass. (-śīryyate).
     --(Part friendship) virañj in pass. (-rajyate).
     --(Break in, force one's way in) balāt or prasahya praviś (c. 6. -viśati -veṣṭuṃ), āpat, (c. 1. -patati -patituṃ), abhipat avalup (c. 6. -lumpati -loptuṃ).
     --(Break forth) prapat (c. 1. -patati -patituṃ), niṣpat.
     --(Break loose) pramuc in pass. (-mucyate) vipramuc.
     --(Break off, desist suddenly) akasmād viram (c. 1. -ramati -rantuṃ) or nivṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ).
     --(Break out, arise suddenly) akasmād utpad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ) or jan (c. 4. jāyate janituṃ) or dṛś in pass. (dṛśyate) or prabhū.
     --(Break up) vigam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ), nivṛt.
     --(Break forth, as fire) prajval (c. 1. -jvalati -te -jvalituṃ).
     --(Break, as waves) bhaṅgarūpeṇa praluṭh (c. 1. -loṭhati -loṭhituṃ).

BREAK, s. (Interruption) vichedaḥ chedaḥ antarāyaḥ.
     --(Cessation) virāmaḥ viratiḥ f., nirvṛtiḥ f., nivṛtiḥ f., upaśamaḥ kṣayaḥ.
     --(Opening of the day) aruṇodayaḥ prabhātaṃ udayaḥ divasamukhaṃ uṣaḥ; 'at break of day,' prabhāte prātaḥkāle; 'breaking a blood-vessel,' urokṣataṃ.

BREAKER, s. (One who breaks) bhraṃktā m. (ktṛ) bhañjakaḥ bhaṅgakaraḥ bhedakaḥ bhedī m. (n) vidārakaḥ.
     --(Destroyer) nāśakaḥ.
     --(A wave breaking over a sandbank) saikatasūcako bhaṅgaḥ bhaṅgiḥ f., -ṅgī taralāyitaḥ lahariḥ f., tallolaḥ taraṅgaḥ.

BREAKFAST, s. prātarbhojanaṃ prātarāśaḥ kalyavarttaḥ kalyajagdhiḥ f., prathamāhāraḥ.

To BREAKFAST, v. n. prātarbhojanaṃ or prātarāśaṃ kṛ prathamāhāraṃ kṛ.

BREAKFASTED, p. p. prātarāśitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BREAKING, s. bhaṅgaḥ bhañjanaṃ bhedaḥ bhedanaṃ khaṃṇḍanaṃ śakalīkaraṇaṃ vidāraṇaṃ.
     --(Breaking down) prabhaṅgaḥ.
     --(Breaking a vow) vratalopanaṃ.

BREAM, s. pṛthuśarīro matsyabhedaḥ.

BREAST, s. vakṣaḥ n. (s) uraḥ n. (s) vakṣassthalaṃ or vakṣaḥsthalaṃ kroḍaṃ -ḍā aṅkaḥ vatsaṃ bhujāntaraṃ hṛdayasthānaṃ.
     --(Female breast) stanaḥ stanau m. du., stanakuṭmalaṃ kucaḥ kucataṭaṃ vakṣoruhaḥ vakṣojaṃ urasijaḥ urojaḥ.
     --(Heart) hṛdayaṃ antaḥkaraṇaṃ manaḥ n. (s) cittaṃ marmma n. (n).

BREAST-BONE, s. vakṣosthi n., urosthi n.

BREAST-HIGH, a. vakṣodaghnaḥ -ghnā -ghnaṃ vakṣodeśaparyyantaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ.

BREAST-PLATE, s. kavacaṃ urastrāṇaṃ vakṣastrāṇaṃ uraśchadaḥ āyasī f., nāgodaraṃ vāṇavāraḥ.

BREASTWORK, s. vakṣodeśaparyyantaṃ durgaprācīraṃ vakṣaḥsamānaḥ prākāraḥ.

BREATH, s. prāṇaḥ śvāsaḥ śvasitaṃ asuḥ m.
     --(Inspiration and expiration) śvāsapraśvāsaṃ śvāsaniḥśvāsaṃ.
     --(Pause, respite) ucchvāsaḥ virāmaḥ upaśamaḥ.
     --(Out of breath) ucchvasan -santī -satī -sat (t) ucchvasitaḥ -tā -taṃ yaṣṭiprāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.
     --(Holding one's breath) śvāsapraśvāsadhāraṇaṃ.
     --(Breeze, moving air) khaśvāsaḥ mṛduvātaḥ mandānilaḥ anilaḥ samīraṇaḥ.

To BREATHE, v. n. śvas (c. 2. śvasiti śvasituṃ), āśvas ucchvas prāṇ (c. 2. prāṇiti prāṇituṃ).
     --(To inspire and expire) śvāsapraśvāsaṃ kṛ śvāsaniḥśvāsaṃ kṛ.
     --(To live) jīv (c. 1. jīvati jīvituṃ).
     --(To take breath, recover breath) pratyāśvas.

To BREATHE, v. a. (To inspire) śvas (c. 2. śvasiti śvasituṃ).
     --(To breathe forth, expire) niḥśvas praśvas.
     --(To exhale) pravā (c. 2. -vāti -vātuṃ).

BREATHING, s. śvāsaḥ śvāsapraśvāsaṃ prāṇaḥ śvasitaṃ.
     --(Ardent wish) ākāṅkṣā spṛhā lālasā. Part. prāṇan -ṇantī -ṇat (t) śvasan -satī -santī -sat (t) asumān -matī -mat (t) prāṇabhṛt m. f. n.
     --(Breathing through the nose) nāsikanghamaḥ.
     --(Accent) prāṇasūcakaṃ cihnaṃ; 'the hard breathing,' mahāprāṇaḥ; 'the soft breathing,' abhiniṣṭhānaṃ.

BREATHING-HOLE, s. vātāyanaṃ vāyucchidraṃ vāyupathaḥ gavākṣaḥ jālaṃ.

BREATHING-TIME, s. ucchvāsaḥ viśrāmaḥ virāmaḥ upaśamaḥ nirvṛtiḥ f.

BREATHLESS, a. (Without breath, lifeless) prāṇahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ aprāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ vyasuḥ -suḥ -su nirucchvāsaḥ -sā -saṃ vicetanaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Panting for breath) ucchvasan -satī -sat (n) ucchvasitaḥ -tā -taṃ naṣṭaśvāsaḥ -sā -saṃ yaṣṭiprāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.
     --(Dead) mṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Half dead) mṛtakalpaḥ -lpā -lpaṃ.

BRED, p. p. (Born) jātaḥ -tā -taṃ utpannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.
     --(Produced) janitaḥ -tā -taṃ utpāditaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Reared, educated) puṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ śikṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ gṛhītavidyaḥ -dyā -dyaṃ vinītaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'well-bred,' suvinītaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'ill-bred,' anītaḥ -tā -taṃ avinītaḥ -tā -taṃ avinayaḥ -yā -yaṃ durācāraḥ -rā -raṃ duḥśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

[Page 64a]

BREECH, s. (The back part of any thing) paścādbhāgaḥ paścimo bhāgaḥ paścāddeśaḥ adhodeśaḥ.
     --(Of an animal) nitambaḥ sphicau f. du., kaṭideśaḥ kaṭīrakaṃ kaṭiprothaḥ.
     --(Of a cannon) yasmād antaragnibalena lohagolo niḥsāryyate tasya yuddhayantrasya paścādbhāgaḥ.

BREECHES, s. kañcukaḥ pumbhir bhṛtaṃ kaṭivastraṃ puruṣasya kaṭivastraṃ kaṭijaṅghādiparighānaṃ kaṭīpaṭaḥ śāṭakaḥ.

To BREED, v. a. (To procreate, give birth to) su (c. 1. savati, c. 2. sauti sotuṃ), prasu prajan (c. 4. -jāyate -janituṃ) or jan in caus. (janayati -yituṃ) sañjan; vṛdh in caus. (varghayati -yituṃ).
     --(To be pregnant) garbhavatī or garbhiṇī or sañjātagarbhā bhū.
     --(To cause, produce) jan in caus., utpad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ).
     --(To rear) puṣ (c. 9. puṣṇāti, c. 1. poṣati or in caus. poṣayati -yituṃ), pāl (c. 10. pālayati -yituṃ), pratipāl.
     --(To educate) śikṣ (i. e. des. of śak) in caus. (śikṣayati -yituṃ) vinī (c. 1. -nayati -netuṃ).
     --(To contrive, plot) ghaṭ (c. 1. ghaṭate ghaṭituṃ).

To BREED, v. n. (To have birth) jan (c. 4. jāyate), upajan abhijan; utpad (c. 4. -padyate).
     --(To increase) vṛdh (c. 1. vardhate vardhituṃ), puṣ (c. 4. puṣyati poṣṭuṃ).

BREED, s. (Race, family) vaṃśaḥ kulaṃ jātiḥ f., santānaḥ santatiḥ f., anvayaḥ.
     --(Offspring) apatyaṃ prajā; 'a horse of a good breed,' ājāneyaḥ bhūmipakṣaḥ bhūmirakṣakaḥ.
     --(Number of animals born at once) śāvakagaṇaḥ yaḥ śāvakagaṇa ekakāle ḍimbād utpadyate or prasūyate.

BREEDBATE, s. kalahakāraḥ vivādārthī m. (n) kalipriyaḥ kalahapriyaḥ.

BREEDER, s. (A producer) janakaḥ prajaniṣṇuḥ utpādakaḥ sutī m. (n).
     --(A prolific female) sutinī abandhyā prasavitrī prajāyinī jananī.
     --(A rearer) poṣakaḥ poṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ) poṣayitā m. (tṛ) vinetā m. (tṛ).

BREEDING, s. (Rearing) poṣaḥ -ṣaṇaṃ pālanaṃ.
     --(Education) śikṣā vinayaḥ.
     --(Good manners) vinayaḥ sabhyatā suśīlatā; 'a man of breeding,' suvinītaḥ.

BREESE, s. daṃśaḥ daṃśakaḥ vanamakṣikā gomakṣikā.

BREEZE, s. mṛduvātaḥ mandānilaḥ anilaḥ mārutaḥ marut m., vāyuḥ m., suvāyuḥ m., cāravāyuḥ m., ṣavanaḥ khaśvāsaḥ samīraṇaḥ samīraḥ mandasamīraṇaḥ; 'soft breezes,' sukhasparśāḥ m. pl.

BREEZY, a. (Windy) vātalaḥ -lā -laṃ vātavān -vatī -vat (t) vāyavaḥ -vī -vaṃ.
     --(Fanned by the breezes) vāyubhiḥ or mandānilair anuvījitaḥ -tā -taṃ or upavījitaḥ or udvījyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ.

BRETHREN, s. (Plur. of brother) bhrātaraḥ m. pl., samānodaryyāḥ.
     --(Of the same race) bāndhavāḥ m. pl., sajātayaḥ m. pl., samānajātayaḥ.
     --(Associates) saṃsargiṇaḥ m. pl., saṅginaḥ m. pl.
     --(Spiritual brethren) ekaguravaḥ m. pl., satīrthyāḥ m. pl.

BREVET, s. adhikavarttanaṃ vinā śreṣṭhapadamātrapratipattiḥ f., adhikavetanavyatirekeṇa jyeṣṭhakhyātimātraprāptiḥ f., padamātravṛddhiḥ f.

BREVIARY, s. (A compendium) saṅgrahaḥ saṃhitā.
     --(Of prayers) prārthanāsaṅgrahaḥ prārthanāsaṃhitā.

BREVIATE, s. saṅgrahaḥ saṃhitā saṃhāraḥ pratyāhāraḥ.

BREVITY, s. saṅkṣeptaḥ -paṇaṃ saṅkṣiptiḥ f., saṅkṣiptatvaṃ samastatvaṃ upasaṅkṣepaḥ saṅgrahaḥ -haṇaṃ sanasanaṃ samāsaḥ parimitatā saṃhāraḥ samāhāraḥ alpatvaṃ.

To BREW, v. a. (To make beer) yavasuraṃ pac (c. 1. pacati paktuṃ) or kvath (c. 1. kvathati kvathituṃ), yavajamadyaṃ kṛ.
     --(To mingle) miśr (c. 10. miśrayati -yituṃ).
     --(To contrive) ghaṭ (c. 1. ghaṭate ghaṭituṃ), pracint (c. 10. -cintayati -yituṃ), paricint

BREWAGE, s. nānāsammiśradravyanirmmitaṃ pānīyaṃ niṣkvāthaḥ sannipātaḥ prakīrṇakaṃ.

BREWER, s. yavasurakvathitā m. (tṛ) yavasurapācakaḥ.

BREWERY or BREWHOUSE, s. yavasurapacanasthānaṃ yavasurakvathanasthānaṃ.

BREWING, s. yavasurapacanaṃ yatkiñcid yavasuram ekakāle pacyate.

BREWIS, s. yūṣakvathitaḥ piṣṭakaḥ or apūpaḥ.

BRIBE, s. utkocaḥ -cā -cakaḥ upapradānaṃ upāyanaṃ abhyupāyanaṃ kośalikaṃ pāritoṣikaṃ; 'the receiver of a bribe,' utkocakaḥ utkocādātā m. (tṛ) utkocagrāhakaḥ.

To BRIBE, v. a. utkocaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ) or upapradā anyāyyakarmmasampādanārtham upāyanaṃ dā.

BRIBER, s. utkocadātā m. (tṛ) utkocadāyī m. (n) upapradātā m. (tṛ),

BRIBERY, s. utkocasya dānādānāparādhaḥ.
     --(Giving bribes) utkocadānaṃ utkocacaryyā.
     --(Receiving bribes) utkocagraha -haṇaṃ.

BRICK, s. iṣṭakā iṣṭikā sudhā; 'burnt brick,' pakveṣṭakā jhāmakaṃ; 'a brick-house,' iṣṭakāgṛhaṃ sudhābhavanaṃ; 'brick-built,' iṣṭakānirmmitaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'a pile of bricks,' iṣṭakārāśiḥ f.

To BRICK, v. a. iṣṭakānyāsaṃ kṛ iṣṭakānyāsaṃ kṛtvā nirmmā (c. 2. -māti -mātuṃ).

BRICK-BAT, s. iṣṭakāśakalaṃ iṣṭakākhaṇḍaṃ bhinneṣṭakā bhagneṣṭakāśakalaṃ.

BRICK-DUST, s. iṣṭakācūrṇaṃ iṣṭakākṣodaḥ iṣṭakākṣoditaṃ.

BRICK-KILN, s. pākapuṭī āpākaḥ iṣṭakāpacanasthānaṃ pavanaṃ.

BRICKLAYER, s. lepakaḥ lepī m. (n) lepyakṛt m., pralepakaḥ sudhājīvī m. (n) aṭṭālikākāraḥ palagaṇḍaḥ.

BRICKMAKER, s. iṣṭakākārī m. (n) iṣṭakākṛt iṣṭakākāraḥ sudhākṛt.

BRICKWORK, s. iṣṭakānyāsaḥ sudhānyāsaḥ iṣṭakānirmmāṇaṃ iṣṭakānirmmitaṃ yatkiñcid bhavanādi.

BRIDAL, s. vivāhotsavaḥ vivāhaparvva n. (n) vivāhaḥ vivāhakarmma n. (n) or udvāhakarmma.

BRIDAL, a. vaivāhikaḥ -kī -kaṃ udvāhikaḥ -kā -kaṃ vivāhayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ pāṇigrahaṇikaḥ -kī -kaṃ; 'bridal clothes,' ānandapaṭaṃ.

BRIDE, s. navoḍhā navabhāryyā navavadhūḥ f., navapatnī ūḍhā navakārikā navavarikā pāṇigṛhītā suvāsinī; 'one who chooses her own husband,' svayaṃvarā.

BRIDE-BED, s. vivāhaśayyā navoḍhāśayanaṃ ānandaśayyā ūḍhāvoḍhror navaśayanaṃ.

BRIDE-CAKE, s. vivāhotsavakāle gṛhābhyāgataiḥ svādanīyaḥ piṣṭakaḥ or apūpaḥ ānandapiṣṭakaḥ.

BRIDEGROOM, s. varaḥ voḍhā m. (-ḍhṛ) pariṇetā m. (tṛ) pāṇigrāhaḥ vivāhodyataḥ.

BRIDEMAID, s. (Attendant on the bride) janyā.

BRIDEMAN, s. (Attendant on the bridegroom) janyaḥ.

BRIDEWELL, s. nigrahagṛhaṃ nigrahāgāraṃ daṇḍapraṇayanagṛhaṃ kārāgāraṃ kārāveśma n. (n).

BRIDGE, s. setuḥ m., piṇḍalaḥ piṇḍilaḥ dharaṇaḥ saṃvaraḥ sambaraḥ.
     --(Footbridge) saṅkamaḥ.
     --(A bridge of boats) nausetuḥ m.
     --(Of the nose) nāsāvaṃśaḥ.
     --(Of a musical instrument) tantrālambaḥ tantradhāraṇārthaṃ kāṣṭhakhaṇḍaṃ.

To BRIDGE, v. a. (Connect by a bridge) setunā bandh (c. 9. badhnāti banddhuṃ).

BRIDLE, s. vāgā raśmiḥ m., valgā dantālikā.
     --(Restraint) saṃyamaḥ yamaḥ yantraṇaṃ nigrahaḥ.

To BRIDLE, v. a. raśmibhir yam (c. 1. yacchati yantuṃ).
     --(To restrain) yam niyam saṃyam nigrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -grahītuṃ), vaśīkṛ.

[Page 65a]

BRIDLEHAND, s. aśvārūḍhasya yo hasto vāgāṃ saṅgṛhlāti or dharati.

BRIEF, a. (Concise) saṅkṣiptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ sāṅkṣepikaḥ -kī -kaṃ sāmāsikaḥ -kī -kaṃ parimitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṅgṛhītaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Not long, as time, &c.) aciraḥ -rā -raṃ alpaḥ -lpā -lpaṃ alpakālaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(Contracted) saṅkucitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ hrasvaḥ -svā -svaṃ; 'in a brief space of time,' acireṇa acirāt na cireṇa; 'for a brief space,' alpamātraṃ.

BRIEF, s. (Writing of any kind) patraṃ.
     --(An epitome) saṅgrahaḥ saṅkṣepaḥ saṃhāraḥ.
     --(A writ) ājñāpatraṃ.
     --(A writing explaining the case) nivedanapatraṃ arthatattvajñāpakaṃ patraṃ.

BRIEFLY, adv. (Concisely) saṅkṣepeṇa saṅkṣepāt saṅkṣepatas samāsatas avistaraśas na vistareṇa parimitaprakāreṇa.
     --(Quickly) acireṇa kṣipraṃ āśu avilambitaṃ.

BRIEFNESS, s. saṅkṣiptiḥ f., saṅkṣiptatvaṃ saṅkṣepaḥ upasaṅkṣepaḥ samastatvaṃ samāsaḥ samasanaṃ saṃhāraḥ parimitatā alpatvaṃ -tā.
     --(Of life) āyuralpatvaṃ.

BRIER or BRIAR, s. gokṣuraḥ kaṇṭakagulmaḥ śṛgālakaṇṭakaḥ śṛgālakoliḥ m.

BRIERY, a. kaṇṭakī -kinī -ki (n) kaṇṭakitaḥ -tā -taṃ śṛgālakaṇṭakāvṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BRIG, s. kūpakadvayaviśiṣṭaḥ sāmudrapotaprabhedaḥ.

BRIGADE, s. vyūhaḥ camūḥ f., gulmaḥ vāhinī sainyadalaṃ senāmukhaṃ.

To BRIGADE, v. a. vāhinīṃ vyūh (c. 1. -ūhate -ūhituṃ), vyūhīkṛ.

BRIGADIER, s. vāhinīpatiḥ m., gulmādhipatiḥ m., camūpatiḥ m., vyūhādhyakṣaḥ sainyavyūhapatiḥ m.

BRIGAND, s. dasyuḥ m., prasahyacauraḥ apahārakaḥ sāhasikaḥ cauraḥ loptrajīvī m. (n).

BRIGANTINE, s. sāmudradasyubhiḥ prayukto laghunaukāviśeṣaḥ.

BRIGHT, a. dīptimān -matī -mat (t) dīpraḥ -prā -praṃ dyutimān -matī -mat (t) prabhāvān -vatī -vat (t) suprabhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ varccasvī -svinī -svi (n) dyotī -tinī -ti (n) dyotanaḥ -nā -naṃ śobhī -bhinī -bhi (n) śobhanaḥ -nā -naṃ ruciraḥ -rā -raṃ tejomayaḥ -yī -yaṃ taijasaḥ -sī -saṃ ujjvalaḥ -lā -laṃ pratibhānavān -vatī -vat (t); 'having bright eyes,' dīptākṣaḥ -kṣī -kṣaṃ dīptalocanaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Clear) viśadaḥ -dā -daṃ vimalaḥ -lā -laṃ nirmmalaḥ -lā -laṃ svacchaḥ -cchā -cchaṃ śuciḥ -ciḥ -ci.
     --(Illustrious) kīrttimān -matī -mat (t) viśrutaḥ -tā -taṃ mahāyaśāḥ -śāḥ -śaḥ (s).
     --(Acute) sūkṣmabuddhiḥ -ddhiḥ -ddhi nipuṇamatiḥ -tiḥ -ti.

To BRIGHTEN, v. a. (To make to shine, &c.) dyut in caus. (dyotayati yituṃ) bhās in caus. (bhāsayati -yituṃ) prabhās udbhās bhrāj in caus. (bhrājayati -yituṃ) virāj in caus. (-rājayati -yituṃ) prakāś in caus. (-kāśayati -yituṃ) vimala (nom. vimalayati -yituṃ).

To BRIGHTEN, v. n. (To become bright) dīprībhū vimalībhū.
     --(To be bright) śubh (c. 1. śobhate śobhituṃ), ruc (c. 1. rocate rocituṃ), dyut (c. 1. dyotate dyotituṃ), bhrāj (c. 1. bhrājate bhrājituṃ); bhās (c. 1. bhāsate bhāsituṃ), rāj (c. 1. rājati -te rājituṃ), virāj kāś (c. 1. kāśate kāśituṃ), cakās (c. 2. cakāsti cakāsituṃ), śuci (nom. śucīyate yituṃ).
     --(To become bright as the sky) gatatoyadaḥ -dā -daṃ bhū.

BRIGHTLY, adv. tejasā dīptyā dyutyā kāntyā dīptaprakāreṇa vimalaṃ.

BRIGHTNESS, s. dyutiḥ f., dyutimattvaṃ dīptiḥ f., dīptimattvaṃ dīptatā jyotiḥ n. (s) ruciḥ f., prabhā ujjvalatā chaviḥ f., kāntiḥ f., tejaḥ n. (s) śobhā.
     --(Acuteness) buddhisūkṣmatvaṃ naipuṇyaṃ matiprakarṣaḥ.
     --(Beauty) saundaryyaṃ.

BRILLIANCY, s. dīptiḥ f., prabhā kāntimattvaṃ dyutiḥ f., chaviḥ f., tejaḥ n. (s) bhrājiṣṇutā.

BRILLIANT, s. atidīptimān bahukaṇaviśiṣṭo vajrabhedaḥ bhinnacchāyo hīraviśeṣaḥ.

[Page 65b]

BRILLIANT, a. prabhāvān -vatī -vat (t) dīptimān -matī -mat (t) dedīpyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ dīptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ kāntimān -matī -mat (t) rociṣṇuḥ -ṣṇuḥ -ṣṇu tejasvī -svinī -svi (n) tejomayaḥ -yī -yaṃ dyotamānaḥ -nā -naṃ prakāśamānaḥ -nā -naṃ ujjvalaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BRILLIANTLY, adv. prabhayā atikāntyā chavyā tejasā dīptipūrvvaṃ.

BRIM, s. (Edge of any thing) dhāraḥ -rā prāntaḥ antaḥ -ntaṃ upāntaṃ paryyantaṃ utsaṅgaḥ.
     --(Edge of a vessel) karṇaḥ dhāraḥ mukhaṃ.
     --(Margin of a river) tīraṃ taṭaḥ taṭaṃ kacchaḥ.
     --(Border of a cloth, &c.) añcalaḥ; 'up to the brim,' ākarṇaṃ dhāraparyyantaṃ āmukhāt.

To BRIM, v. a. ākarṇaṃ pātraṃ pṝ in caus. (pūrayati -yituṃ) pātraplāvaṃ kṛ.

BRIMFUL, a. ākarṇaṃ or dhāraparyyantaṃ pūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ ekāntapūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.

BRIMMER, s. ākarṇaṃ or dhāraparyyantaṃ or mukhaparyyantaṃ pūritaṃ pātraṃ atipūrṇaṃ bhājanaṃ.

BRIMSTONE, s. gandhakaḥ gandhāśmā m. (n) gandhamodanaṃ krūragandhaḥ śulvāriḥ m.

BRIMSTONY, a. gandhakamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ gandhakapūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ gandhakaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

BRINDED or BRINDLED, a. śavalaḥ -lā -laṃ citrāṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ citraḥ -trā -traṃ citritaḥ -tā -taṃ nānāvarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ rekhāṅkitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BRINDLE, s. śavalatvaṃ śavalabhāvaḥ citrāṅgatvaṃ citratā.

BRINE, s. lavaṇodaṃ lavaṇajalaṃ.
     --(The briny deep) lavaṇāmburāśiḥ.
     --(Tears) vāṣpaḥ aśru n., nayanasalilaṃ.

BRINE-PIT, s. lavaṇajalapūrṇaṃ khātaṃ or kuṇḍaṃ lavaṇodakūpaḥ.

To BRING, v. a. (Fetch from another place) ānī (c. 1. -nayati -te -netuṃ), upānī āhṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ).
     --(Carry to a place) nī āvah (c. 1. -vahati -voḍhuṃ), upavah saṃvah.
     --(Cause to come) āgam in caus. (-gamayati -yituṃ) prāp in caus. (-āpayati -yituṃ) upapad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ).
     --(Reduce to a particular state) gam in caus., kṛ; 'brought to misery,' kṛcchragataḥ -tā -taṃ; 'brought low,' alpīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ astaṅgamitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Induce) anunī upāgam in caus., protsah in caus. (-sāhayati -yituṃ) ākṛṣ (c. 1. -karṣati -kraṣṭuṃ).
     --(Bring about) ghaṭ (c. 1. ghaṭate ghaṭituṃ), sidh in caus. (sādhayati -yituṃ) saṃsidh sampad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ) upapad.
     --(Bring back) pratyānī pratipad in caus., pratyṛ in caus. (-arpayati -yituṃ).
     --(Bring down, humble) apakṛṣ abhibhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ); 'having his pride brought down,' āttagarvvaḥ bhagnadarpaḥ.
     --(Bring forth, give birth to) su (c. 1. savati, c. 2. sauti sotuṃ), prasu; prajan (c. 4. -jāyate -janituṃ), jan in caus. (janayati -yituṃ) utpad in caus.; 'act of bringing forth,' prasavaḥ.
     --(Bring forward) praṇī abhipraṇī ānī upanī agre nī puraskṛ pragam in caus., samprasthā in caus. (-sthāpayati -yituṃ) prasṛ in caus. (-sārayati -yituṃ); 'brought forward as an example,' upanyastaḥ -stā -staṃ.
     --(Bring in) praviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ) niviś upanyas (c. 4. -asyati asituṃ).
     --(Bring on) āvah utpad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ); 'that would bring on death,' tanmṛtyum āvahet; 'bringing happiness,' sukhāvahaḥ -hā -haṃ.
     --(Bring out) prakāś in caus. (-kāśayati -yituṃ) pracar in caus. (-cārayati -yituṃ) prakaṭīkṛ dṛś in caus. (darśayati -yituṃ).
     --(Bring together) samānī ekatra nī or kṛ sambhṛ (c. 1. -bharati -bharttuṃ).
     --(Bring under) apakṛṣ abhibhū dam in caus. (damayati -yituṃ) vaśīkṛ.
     --(Bring up) vinī puṣ in caus. (poṣayati -yituṃ) vṛdh in caus. (vardhayati -yituṃ).
     --(Bring to an end) nirvah in caus. (-vāhayati -yituṃ) nirvṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ) samāp in caus. (-āpayati -yituṃ) sidh in caus.
     --(Bring to light) prakāś in caus., spaṣṭīkṛ.
     --(Bring to pass). See Bring about.
     --(Bring word) nivid in caus. (-vedayati -yituṃ) vārttām or saṃvādam ākhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -khyātuṃ), saṃvad in caus. (-vādayati -yituṃ).
     --(Bring an action against) abhiyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yoktuṃ), vivādāspadīkṛ.

BRINGER, s. ānetā m. (tṛ) upānetā m. (tṛ) āvahaḥ in comp.

BRINISH or BRINY, a. lavaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ lāvaṇaḥ -ṇī -ṇaṃ kṣārarasaḥ -sā -saṃ.

BRINISHNESS, s. lāvaṇyaṃ lavaṇatvaṃ kṣāratā kṣārarasaḥ.

BRINK, s. (Of a river) tīraṃ kūlaṃ taṭaṃ kacchaḥ.
     --(Of any thing) prāntaḥ antaḥ -ntaṃ upāntaṃ paryyantaṃ dhāraḥ -rā.
     --(Of a precipice) utsaṅgaḥ śailakaṭakaḥ.

BRISK, a. laghuḥ -ghuḥ -ghu tvaritaḥ -tā -taṃ avilambaḥ -mbā -mbaṃ kṣipraḥ -prā -praṃ atandraḥ -ndrā -ndraṃ praphullaḥ -llā -llaṃ.
     --(Powerful, spirituous) prabalaḥ -lā -laṃ tīvraḥ -vrā -vraṃ taijasaḥ -sī -saṃ sāravān -vatī -vat (t) saurikaḥ -kī -kaṃ; 'a brisk shower,' dhārāsampātaḥ.

BRISKET, s. paśor vakṣaḥ n. (s), or uraḥ n. (s), or vakṣassthalaṃ.

BRISKLY, adv. tvaritaṃ kṣipraṃ satvaraṃ prayatnatas sāratas avilambitaṃ atandritaṃ balavat.

BRISKNESS, s. lāghavaṃ kṣipratvaṃ śīghratā avilambatā.
     --(Vigour) tejaḥ n. (s) sāratā sattvaṃ tīvratā.

BRISTLE, s. śūkaḥ -kaṃ dṛḍhaloma n. (n) stabdharoma n. (n) roma n. (n) sūciḥ f.
     --(Of a hog) śūkaraloma n. (n).

To BRISTLE, v. n. śūkavat or śūkaralomavad hṛṣ (c. 4. hṛṣyati harṣituṃ) or pulakitaḥ -tā -taṃ or unnataḥ -tā -taṃ or udgataḥ -tā -taṃ bhū or stabdhībhū; śūka (nom. śūkāyate), pulaka (nom. pulakāyate); 'the hairs of his skin bristled up,' tasya romāṇy ahṛṣan.

BRISTLING, part. hṛṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ hṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ pulakitaḥ -tā -taṃ pulakī -kinī -ki (n) danturaḥ -rā -raṃ; 'bristling hairs,' hṛṣitāni romāṇi.

BRISTLY, a. śūkī -kinī -ki (n) śūkavān -vatī -vat (t) sūcīromā -mā -ma (n) dṛḍhalomā -mā -ma (n) stabdharomā -mā -ma (n).

BRITAIN, s. (The white island) śvetadvīpaḥ.

BRITISH, a. pūrvvoktadeśasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

BRITTLE, a. bhaṅguraḥ -rā -raṃ bhiduraḥ -rā -raṃ bhidelimaḥ -mā -maṃ sukhabhedyaḥ -dyā -dyaṃ bhedyaḥ -dyā -dyaṃ khaṇḍanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ subhaṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ komalaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BRITTLENESS, s. bhaṅguratā -tvaṃ subhaṅgatā bhiduratvaṃ khaṇḍanīyatā bhedyatā komalatā.

BRIZE, s. daṃśaḥ daṃśakaḥ vanamakṣikā gomakṣikā.

BROACH, s. (A spit) śūlaḥ śalākā śalyaṃ śaṅkuḥ m.
     --(An ornament). See BROOCH.

To BROACH, v. a. (To spit) śūl (c. 1. śūlati śūlituṃ), śūlākṛ.
     --(To tap a vessel) madyādiśrāvaṇārthaṃ surābhājane chidraṃ kṛ madyādimocanārthaṃ bhāṇḍaṃ chidr (c. 10. chidrayati -yituṃ).
     --(To open) vivṛ (c. 5. -vṛṇoti -varituṃ -varītuṃ), apāvṛ udghaṭ (c. 10. -ghāṭayati -yituṃ).
     --(To give out, utter) uccar in caus. (-cārayati -yituṃ) pracar prakāś in caus. (-kāśayati -yituṃ) nivid in caus. (-vedayati -yituṃ) pracalīkṛ.

BROAD, a. (Wide, large) pṛthuḥ -thuḥ -thu viśālaḥ -lā -laṃ vipulaḥ -lā -laṃ prasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ.
     --(Spacious, expanded) vistīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ vitataḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Coarse) asabhyaḥ -bhyā -bhyaṃ apariṣkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ aśuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ.
     --(Indelicate) avācyaḥ -cyā -cyaṃ garhitaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'to make broad,' prath (nom. prathayati -yituṃ); 'broad-waisted,' pṛthumadhyaḥ -dhyā -dhyaṃ.

BROAD-AWAKE, a. prajāgaraḥ -rā -raṃ prabuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ unnidraḥ -drā -draṃ.

BROAD-BREASTED, a. vyūḍhoraskaḥ -skā -skaṃ urasvān -svatī -svat (t) urasilaḥ -lā -laṃ.

BROAD-BRIMMED, a. pṛthudhāraḥ -rā -raṃ viśālāñcalaḥ -lā -laṃ vipuladhāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

BROAD-CLOTH, s. adhunātanajanair bhṛtaṃ meṣalomanirmmitaṃ sūkṣmavastraṃ.

To BROADEN, v. n. prath (c. 1. prathate prathituṃ), viprath vistṝ in pass. (-stīryyate).

BROADNESS, s. pṛthutā pārthavaṃ prathimā m. (n) viśālatā vistāraḥ vistīrṇatā vipulatā prasthatā parisaraḥ pāṭaḥ.
     --(Coarseness) asabhyatā aśuddhatā avācyatvaṃ garhyatā.

BROAD-SHOULDERED, a. pṛthuskandhaḥ -ndhā -ndhaṃ aṃsalaḥ -lā -laṃ pṛthubāhuḥ -huḥ -hu.

BROADSIDE, s. naupārśvaḥ -rśvaṃ naukāpārśvaḥ potapārśvaḥ.
     --(Volley of shot) sāmudrayuddhasamaye ye lohagolakā ekakāle naukāpārśvāt prakṣipyante.

BROADSWORD, s. pṛthupatraḥ khaḍgaviśeṣaḥ pṛthuphalakaviśiṣṭaḥ kṛpāṇaḥ.

BROCADE, s. suvarṇarūpyatantusyūtaṃ dukūlaṃ kārmmikavastraṃ nānāvarṇakauśāmbaraṃ.

BROCADED, a. citradukūlāmbaraḥ -rā -raṃ nānāvarṇadukūlālaṅkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BROCAGE, BROKAGE, or BROKERAGE, s. (The profit gotten by promoting bargains) śulkaḥ -lkaṃ pāritoṣikaṃ kretṛvikretrormadhye paṇasampādakena gṛhītaṃ śulkaṃ or mūlyaṃ parakāryyanirvvāhaṇāt prati nirūpitapratiphalaṃ paṇaprayojakapāritoṣikaṃ.
     --(The trade of dealing in old things) jīrṇadravyāṇāṃ krayavikrayaḥ.
     --(The transaction of business for other men) parasya kṛte paṇāyā or paṇasampādanaṃ parakāryyanirvvāhaḥ.

BROCOLI, s. śākaprabhedaḥ haritakabhedaḥ śigruḥ m., potakī.

BROCKET, s. dvivarṣīṇas tāmratanuviśiṣṭo hariṇaprabhedaḥ.

BROGUE, s. bhraṣṭabhāṣā prākṛtabhāṣā apaśabdaḥ aśuddhoccāraṇaṃ asabhyavyāharaṇaṃ mlecchabhāṣā.
     --(A kind of shoe) carmmapādukāviśeṣaḥ.

To BROIDER, v. a. sūcyā puṣpādyalaṅkārān siv (c. 4. sīvyati sevituṃ) or niṣiv, or citr (c. 10. citrayati -yituṃ) or likh (c. 6. likhati lekhituṃ).

BROIDERY, s. sūcikarmma n. (n) sūcitā sūcyā puṣpādyalaṅkārasīvanaṃ.

BROIL, s. (A quarrel) kalahaḥ dvandvaṃ virodhaḥ vyavakrośanaṃ kaliḥ m., tumulaṃ; 'to raise broils,' kalaha (nom. kalahāyate).

To BROIL, v. a. bhrajj (c. 6. bhṛjjati bhraṣṭuṃ), bhṛj (c. 1. bharjate bharjituṃ), ṛñja (c. 1. ṛñjate ṛñjituṃ).

To BROIL, v. n. (To be hot) tap in pass. (tapyate) pac in pass. (pacyate).

BROILED, p. p. bharjitaḥ -tā -taṃ bhṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ taptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.

To BROKE, v. n. paṇaṃ or parakāryyāṇi sampad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ) or sidh in caus. (sādhayati -yituṃ); parārthaṃ paṇ (c. 1. paṇate paṇituṃ or paṇāyati -yituṃ).

BROKEN, p. p. bhagnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ bhinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ khaṇḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ rugnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ vidīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ śakalīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vighaṭṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ truṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Trained) vinītaḥ -tā -taṃ damitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BROKEN-HEARTED, a. bhagnahṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ daladdhṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ vidīrṇahṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ bhagnāntaḥkaraṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ śokākulaḥ -lā -laṃ bhagnāśaḥ -śā -śaṃ.

BROKEN-KNEED, a. bhagnajānuḥ -nuḥ -nu bhinnajānuḥ -nuḥ -nu.

BROKEN-WINDED, a. naṣṭaśvāsaḥ -sā -saṃ naṣṭaprāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ yaṣṭiprāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

BROKER, s. nirūpitaśulkena or nirūpitapāritoṣikeṇa parārthe kretā vikretā vā or parārthe vyavasāyī m. (n) or krayavikrayaprayojakaḥ or parakāryyanirvvāhakaḥ or parakāryyasampādakaḥ ghaṭakaḥ.
     --(A dealer in old things) jīrṇadravyakrayavikrayikaḥ jīrṇaparicchadakrayavikrayī m. (n).


BRONCHIAL, a. kaṇṭhyaḥ -ṇṭhyā -ṇṭhyaṃ kaṇṭhasambandhīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ graiveyaḥ -yī -yaṃ.

BRONZE, s. kāṃsyaṃ pittalaṃ tāmraṃ rītiḥ f., retyaṃ āraḥ.

To BRONZE, v. a. pittalīkṛ tāmrasātkṛ pittalarūpeṇa kaṭhinīkṛ.

BRONZED, p. p. tāmrasātkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ raityaḥ -tyī -tyaṃ kāṃsyatulyaḥ -lyā -lyaṃ.

[Page 67a]

BROOCH, s. (A kind of ornament) vastrāñcalasaṅgrahaṇayogyo vakṣassthale bhṛtaḥ suvarṇakīlaḥ urasi kīlitaḥ sūkṣmasuvarṇaśaṅkuyuktālaṅkāro yaddvāreṇa vastrāñcaladvayaṃ saṃlagnīkṛtaṃ uromaṇiḥ vakṣobhūṣaṇaṃ.

To BROOD, v. n. (To sit on eggs) kulāyanilāyaṃ or nīḍanilāyaṃ kṛ kulāyaṃ nilī (c. 4. -līyate -letuṃ), aṇḍaprasavānantaram āpakṣiśāvakotpatter nīḍaṃ nilī; aṇḍānām upari upaviś (c. 6. -viśati -veṣṭuṃ).

To BROOD-OVER, v. a. cintākulībhū cintāvyagraḥ -grā -graṃ bhū avasannena manasācint (c. 10. cintayati -yituṃ), yathā mahadduḥkhaṃ jāyate tathā suciraṃ cint.

BROOD, s. (A hatch) śāvakagaṇaḥ yaḥ śāvakagaṇa ekakāle ḍimbād utpadyate.
     --(Offspring) prajā apatyaṃ santānaḥ.

BROODING, s. (The act of sitting on eggs) kulāyanilāyaḥ.

BROODY, a. kulāyanilāyī -yinī -yi (n).

BROOK, s. alpanadī alpasarit f., kusarit f., kṣudrasarit f., alpasrotaḥ n. (s).

To BROOK, v. a. and v. n. sah (c. 1. sahate soḍhuṃ), viṣah kṣam (c. 1. kṣamate kṣantuṃ), saṅkṣam; tij in des. (titikṣate -kṣituṃ) mṛṣ (c. 4. mṛṣyati -te marṣituṃ, c. 10. marṣayati -yituṃ).

BROOKLIME, s. nadīkūlapriyaḥ or kaccharuho nīlapuṣpaviśiṣṭa oṣadhibhedaḥ.

BROOM, s. (For cleaning) mārjanī sammārjanī śodhanī f., vimārgaḥ ūhanī samūhanī.
     --(A shrub) jhuṇṭaprabhedas tasya ca kṣudraviṭapā mārjanīnirmmāṇe kadāpi prayujyante.

BROOMSTAFF, s. mārjanīdaṇḍaḥ śodhanīdaṇḍaḥ vimārgayaṣṭiḥ m.

BROTH, s. jūṣaṃ yūṣaṃ sūpaḥ niṣkvāthaḥ.

BROTHEL, s. veśyājanasamāśrayaḥ gaṇikāgṛhaṃ veśyāśrayaḥ veśyāgṛhaṃ veśyālayaḥ veśyāveśma n. (n) keligṛhaṃ.

BROTHER, s. bhrātā m. (tṛ).
     --(Of whole blood) sodaraḥ sahodaraḥ sodaryyaḥ samānodaryyaḥ sagarbhaḥ sagarbhyaḥ sanābhiḥ m., svayoniḥ m., sahajaḥ.
     --(Of half blood) bhinnodaraḥ.
     --(Half-brother, step-mother's son) vaimātreyaḥ vimātṛjaḥ.
     --(Brother in law, husband's brother) devā m. (vṛ) devaraḥ.
     --(Wife's brother) śyālaḥ.
     --(Brother's wife) bhrātṛjāyā prajāvatī.
     --(Brother and sister) bhrātṛbhaginyau m. du., bhrātarau m. du.
     --(Any one closely united) bandhuḥ m., bāndhavaḥ sajātiḥ m., samānagotraḥ sahāyaḥ sahakārī m. (n) saṃsargī m. (n); 'a brother in arms,' sahayudhvā m. (n).

BROTHERHOOD, s. bhrātṛtvaṃ saubhrātraṃ.
     --(Association) saṃsargitvaṃ samāṃśitā sahakāritā sāhacaryyaṃ sāhityaṃ bandhutā saṃsargaḥ.

BROTHERLESS, a. abhrātṛkaḥ -kā -kaṃ bhrātṛhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.

BROTHERLY, a. bhrātṛkaḥ -kā -kaṃ bhrātrīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ bhrātṛsannibhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ.

BROTHERLY, adv. bhrātṛvat sodaravat bhrātṛrūpeṇa prātṛkaprakāreṇa.

BROUGHT, p. p. nītaḥ -tā -taṃ ānītaḥ -tā -taṃ upānītaḥ -tā -taṃ āhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Brought forth) prasūtaḥ -tā -taṃ jātaḥ -tā -taṃ utpāditaḥ -tā -taṃ utpannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.
     --(Brought up) gṛhītavidyaḥ -dyā -dyaṃ labdhavidyaḥ -dyā -dyaṃ vinītaḥ -tā -taṃ vardhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BROW, s. (The forehead) lalāṭaṃ mūrddhā m. (n) godhiḥ m.
     --(The countenance) vadanaṃ mukhaṃ ānanaṃ.
     --(The arch of hair over the eye) bhūḥ f., bhūlatā.
     --(The edge of any high place) śailakaṭakaḥ girimūrddhā m. (n) utsaṅgaḥ nitambaḥ giripṛṣṭhaṃ.

To BROWBEAT, v. a. bhūbhaṅgena or sabhūbhaṅgaṃ or sabhrukuṭīmukhaṃ or kaṭākṣeṇa or sadarpaṃ nirīkṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ); 'brow-beaten,' kaṭākṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BROWBOUND, a. kirīṭī -ṭinī -ṭi (n) kirīṭadhārī -riṇī -ri (n).

BROWN, a. śyāvaḥ -vā -vaṃ kapiśaḥ -śā -śaṃ kapilaḥ -lā -laṃ piṅgalaḥ -lā -laṃ piśaṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ tāmraḥ -mrī -mraṃ tāmravarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.-- (Browned, made brown) kapiśitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BROWNISH, a. īṣatkapiśaḥ -śā -śaṃ īṣatpiṅgalaḥ -lā -laṃ ātāmraḥ -mrī -mraṃ.

BROWNNESS, s. kapiśaḥ kapiśavarṇaḥ piṅgalatā śyāvaḥ tāmravarṇaḥ.

BROWNSTUDY, s. samādhānaṃ antardhyānaṃ anyamanaskatvaṃ cintāvyagrabhāvaḥ cintākulatā.

BROWSE, s. kisalaḥ -laṃ kisalayaṃ navapallavaṃ pallavaṃ gavādanaṃ chāgādanaṃ chāgādibhakṣaṇīyaṃ navaśākhāgulmādi.

To BROWSE, v. n. chāgādivat kisalaśākhādi bhakṣ (c. 1. bhakṣati bhakṣituṃ) or khād (c. 1. khādati khādituṃ), car (c. 1. carati carituṃ).

BROWSICK, a. viṣaṇavadanaḥ -nī -naṃ adhomukhaḥ -khī -khaṃ natamūrddhā -rddhā -rddha (n).

BROWSING, s. navakisalayaṃ navapallavaṃ navatṛṇaṃ yavasaḥ śāḍvalaṃ patrayauvanaṃ mṛgabhojanīyaṃ navāṅkuralatādi.

BRUISE, s. kṣataṃ parikṣataṃ aṣṭhīlā prahārakṣataṃ prahārārttiḥ f.; prahāraḥ āghātaḥ.

To BRUISE, v. a. (Hurt by a blow) prahāreṇa hiṃs (c. 7. hinasti hiṃsituṃ) or kṣataṃ kṛ, or kṣaṇ (c. 8. kṣaṇoti kṣaṇituṃ), aṣṭhīlāṃ kṛ.
     --(Reduce to powder, crush) cūrṇ (c. 10. cūrṇayati -yituṃ), mṛd (c. 9. mṛdnāti marddituṃ), avamṛd vimṛd cūrṇīkṛ.

BRUISED, p. p. prahārārttaḥ -rttā -rttaṃ kṣataḥ -tā -taṃ parikṣataḥ -tā -taṃ vikṣataḥ -tā -taṃ cūrṇitaḥ -tā -taṃ cūrṇīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ mardditaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BRUISER, s. (Boxer) jhallaḥ mallayodhaḥ pāṇighātaḥ bāhupraharaṇaḥ bāhuyodhī m. (n).

BRUIT, s. (Noise) śabdaḥ dhvaniḥ m.
     --(Rumour) pravādaḥ janapravādaḥ samācāraḥ saṃvādaḥ kiṃvadantī vārttā.

To BRUIT, v. a. ghuṣ in caus. (ghoṣayati -yituṃ) āghuṣ vighuṣ khyā in caus. (khyāpayati -yituṃ) ākhyā prakāś in caus. (-kāśayati -yituṃ).

BRUMAL, a. haimantaḥ -ntī -ntaṃ -mantikaḥ -kī -kaṃ śītakālīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.

BRUNETTE, s. śyāmā śyāmalā śyāvāṅgī tāmramukhī kapiśamukhī.

BRUNT, s. (Attack) ākramaḥ abhikramaḥ prathamākramaḥ saṅghaṭṭaḥ abhimarddaḥ balātkāraḥ.
     --(Blow) āghātaḥ prahāraḥ samāghātaḥ.

BRUSH, s. āgharṣaṇī nirgharṣaṇakaḥ mārjanī śūkaralomamayī mārjanī śodhanī vimārgaḥ kūrccaḥ kūrccakaṃ.
     --(Painter's brush) īṣikā tūlikā varttikā lekhyacūrṇikā.
     --(Tail of a fox) lomaśābālaḥ.
     --(A rude encounter) saṅghaṭṭaḥ samāghātaḥ balātkāraḥ.

To BRUSH, v. a. (To rub or clean with a brush) mṛj (c. 2. mārṣṭi mārṣṭuṃ, c. 1. mārjati mārjituṃ), apamṛj pramṛj parimṛj avamṛj sammṛj āghṛṣ (c. 1. -gharṣati -gharṣituṃ), āgharṣaṇīdvāreṇa śudh in caus. (śodhayati -yituṃ) prakṣal (c. 10. -kṣālayati -yituṃ).
     --(To strike lightly) ghṛṣ laghu or lāghavena taḍ (c. 10. tāḍayati -yituṃ).

To BRUSH, v. n. (To brush by, pass hastily by) laghugatyā atikramya paravastraṃ ghṛṣ (c. 1. -gharṣati -gharṣituṃ).
     --(To brush off, hasten off) apadhāv (c. 1. -dhāvati -dhāvituṃ).
     --(To skim lightly, glide) visṛp (c. 1. sarpati -rsaptuṃ -sraptuṃ).

BRUSHED, p. p. āgharṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ mārjjitaḥ -tā -taṃ āghaṭṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BRUSHER, s. mārjjanakṛt āgharṣaṇakṛt prakṣālakaḥ mārjanīdvārā śodhanakṛt.

BRUSH-MAKER, s. mārjanīkāraḥ āgharṣaṇīkāraḥ.

BRUSHWOOD, s. jaṅgalaḥ gulmaḥ jhāṭaḥ -ṭaṃ jhuṇṭaḥ prastāraḥ inghanaṃ.

BRUSHY, a. lomaśaḥ -śā -śaṃ dṛḍhalomā -mā -ma (n) stabdharomā -mā -ma (n).

BRUTAL, a. (Like a brute) śauvāpadaḥ -dī -daṃ paśuśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ paśuvyavahāraḥ -rā -raṃ paśusadṛśaḥ -śī -śaṃ amānuṣaḥ -ṣī -ṣaṃ.
     --(Crucl) nirddayaḥ -yā -yaṃ krūraḥ -rā -raṃ krūrācāraḥ -rā -raṃ niṣṭhuraḥ -rā -raṃ.

BRUTALITY, s. paśutvaṃ -tā tiryyaktvaṃ paśuśīlatā amanupyatā krūrācāratā.

To BRUTALIZE, v. a. paśūkṛ paśuśīlaṃ -lāṃ -laṃ kṛ śauvāpadīkṛ.

[Page 68a]

BRUTALLY, adv. paśuvat paśurūpeṇa paśuvyavahārānusāreṇa atikrauryyeṇa nirddayaṃ.

BRUTE, s. paśuḥ m., jantuḥ m., tiryyaṅ (ñc) prāṇī m. (n).
     --(A savage) puruṣapaśuḥ m., durācāraḥ durvṛttaḥ krūrācāraḥ asabhyajanaḥ.

BRUTE, a. (Irrational) ajñānī -ninī -ni (n) aprājñaḥ -jñā -jñaṃ.
     --(Savage) krūrakarmmaśālī -linī -li (n) asabhyaḥ -bhyā -bhyaṃ.
     --(Senseless) vicetanaḥ -nā -naṃ vimūḍhātmā -tmā -tma (n).
     --(Bestial) śauvāpadaḥ -dī -daṃ pāśavaḥ -vī -vaṃ.

BRUTISH, a. paśusadṛśaḥ -śī -śaṃ jaḍaḥ -ḍā -ḍaṃ mūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ. See BRUTAL.

BRUTISHLY, adv. paśuvat jaḍavat mūḍhavat. See BRUTALLY.

BRUTISHNESS, s. paśutvaṃ jaḍatā mūḍhatā krauryyaṃ durācāratā naiṣṭhuryyaṃ.

BRYONY, s. tuṇḍikerī raktaphalā vimbikā pīluparṇī.

BUBBLE, s. budbudaḥ jalabudbudaḥ ḍimbikā sphāraḥ gaṇḍaḥ phenāgraṃ.
     --(Any thing unreal, a trifle) avastu n., asāravastu n., svalpaviṣayaḥ.
     --(A cheat) vañcakaḥ kapaṭī m. (n).

To BUBBLE, v. n. budbuda (nom. budbudāyate -yituṃ), phena (nom. phenāyate -yituṃ), utsecanaṃ kṛ.

To BUBBLE, v. a. (To cheat) vañc in caus. (vañcayate -yituṃ) pralabh (c. 1. -labhate -labdhuṃ), vipralabh chal (c. 10. chalayati -yituṃ).

BUBBY, s. stanaḥ stanakuṭmalaṃ kucaḥ vakṣojaṃ urasijaḥ.

BUBO, s. vṛghnaḥ upadaṃśaḥ sphoṭaḥ visphoṭaḥ.

BUCCANIER or BUCCANEER, s. āmerikādeśīyaḥ samudrayāyī dasyuviśeṣaḥ.

BUCK, s. (Male of the deer) pummṛgaḥ; 'male of the rabbit,' puṃśaśakaḥ; 'male of the goat,' puṃśchāgaḥ.
     --(Liquor in which clothes are washed) vastradhāvanārthaṃ jalaṃ.
     --(Clothes washed in that liquor) pūrvvoktajaladhāvitaṃ vastraṃ.
     --(A fop) darśanīyamānī m. (n) suveśī m. (n) rūpagarvvitaḥ.

To BUCK, v. a. (To wash clothes) vastrāṇi dhāv (c. 1. dhāvati dhāvituṃ) or prakṣal (c. 10. -kṣālayati -yituṃ).

BUCK-BASKET, s. tariḥ f., peṭaḥ peṭakaḥ peḍā piṭakaḥ.

BUCKET, s. sektraṃ pātraṃ droṇī sekapātraṃ secanaṃ -nī.
     --(Bucket of a well) nīrottolanapātraṃ udghāṭanaṃ ghaṭīyantraṃ.

BUCKLE, s. dravyadvayasaṃlagnīkaraṇārthaṃ kīlayuktaṃ dhātumayacakraṃ vastrāñcalapādukābandhanādisaṅgrahaṇārthaṃ madhyasthakīlaviśiṣṭaḥ kuḍupaviśeṣaḥ upānadbandhanakuḍupaḥ kuḍupaḥ nidarśanamudrā.
     --(A curl, crisp) alakaḥ karkarālaḥ.

To BUCKLE, v. a. pūrvvoktakuḍupadvāreṇa bandh (c. 9. badhnāti banddhuṃ) or saṃlagnīkṛ.

To BUCKLE TO, v. n. (To a business) āsthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -sthātuṃ), anuṣṭhā; sev (c. 1. sevate sevituṃ), parāyaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ or āsaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ bhū.
     --(To engage in close fight) niyuddhaṃ kṛ bāhuyuddhaṃ kṛ.

BUCKLER, s. carmma n. (n) phalakaḥ -kaṃ
     --(Armed with) phalakapāṇiḥ phalakī m. (n).

BUCKRAM, s. dṛḍhavastraviśeṣaḥ stabdhakṣaumapaṭaviśeṣaḥ stabdhīkṛtavastraṃ sthūlapaṭṭaṃ sthūlaśāṭiḥ m., paṭī.
     --(Stiff, formal) kaṭhinaḥ -nā -naṃ dṛḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ.

BUCKSKIN, a. mṛgājinamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ mṛgacarmmanirmmitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BUCKTHORN, s. recakaphaladāyī vṛkṣaprabhedaḥ.

BUCKWHEAT, s. śasyakṣetraruha oṣadhiprabhedaḥ.

BUCOLICS, s. pl. gomeṣādiviṣayaṃ gītaṃ paśupālanādiviṣayakaṃ kāvyaṃ.

BUD, s. mukulaḥ -laṃ kuṭmalaḥ -laṃ kuḍmalaḥ jālakaṃ kṣārakaḥ kalikā prarohaḥ aṅkuraḥ pallavaḥ -vaṃ koṣaḥ korakaḥ -kaṃ mukulodgamaḥ.

To BUD, v. n. sphuṭ (c. 6. sphuṭati sphuṭituṃ), phull (c. 1. phullati phullituṃ), vikas (c. 1. -kasati -kasituṃ), aṅkura (nom. aṅkurayati -yituṃ).

BUDDED, p. p. sphuṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ vikasitaḥ -tā -taṃ vyākośaḥ -śā -śaṃ kuḍmalitaḥ -tā -taṃ aṅkuritaḥ -tā -taṃ prasphuṭaḥ -ṭā -ṭaṃ phullavān -vatī -vat (t).

BUDDING, a. udbhijjaḥ -jjā -jjaṃ prarohī -hiṇī -hi (n) phullavān -vatī -vat (t).

BUDDHA, s. (The name applied to the ninth incarnation of Viṣṇu, and to the founder of the Buddhist religion) buddhaḥ śākyamuniḥ m., śākyasiṃhaḥ gautamaḥ muniḥ m., munīndraḥ śāstā m. (stṛ) śrīghanaḥ sarvvārthasiddhaḥ śauddhodaniḥ m., arkabandhuḥ m., māyādevīsutaḥ.

To BUDGE, v. n. cal (c. 1. calati calituṃ), pracal; apasṛ (c. 1. -sarati -sarttuṃ).

BUDGET, s. (Bag) śāṇapuṭaḥ puṭaḥ koṣaḥ dṛtiḥ f., ādhāraḥ syūtaḥ.
     --(Stock, store) koṣaḥ sāmagryaṃ saṅgrahaḥ sañcayaḥ.
     --(The statement made by the chancellor of the exchequer) kośādhīśena prajāpratinidhisabhāyām āgāmisaṃvatsaraṃ praty āyavyayayor jñāpanapatraṃ.

BUFF, s. (Leather made of the skin of the buffalo) mahiṣacarmma n. (n) mahiṣājinaṃ.
     --(A light yellow colour) īṣatpītaḥ pāṇḍuvarṇaḥ.

BUFFALO, s. mahiṣaḥ -ṣī f., kāsaraḥ gavalaḥ lulāpaḥ vāhadviṣan m. (t) sairibhaḥ.

BUFFET, s. (A blow) muṣṭyāghātaḥ muṣṭidhātaḥ karādhātaḥ pāṇidhātaḥ bāhupraharaṇaṃ capeṭāghātaḥ capeṭikā.
     --(A cupboard) kuśūlaḥ koṣṭhaḥ.

To BUFFET, v. a. muṣṭinā or pāṇinā or capeṭena han (c. 2. hanti hantuṃ) or prahṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ) or taḍ (c. 10. tāḍayati -yituṃ).

BUFFETER, s. praharttā m. (rttṛ) pāṇighātaḥ bāhupraharaṇaḥ karāghātakṛt.

BUFFOON, s. bhaṇḍaḥ vaihāsikaḥ vidūṣakaḥ parihāsavedī m. (n) narmmasacivaḥ.

BUFFOONERY, s. bhāṇḍaṃ vaihāsikakarmma n. (n) vihāsaḥ hāsyaṃ parihāsaḥ narmma n. (n).

BUG, s. matkuṇaḥ ukuṇaḥ uṅkuṇaḥ okaṇaḥ uddaṃśaḥ kiṭibhaḥ talpakīṭaḥ.

BUGBEAR, s. bhayānakaṃ or santrāsajanakaṃ yatkiñcit bhayahetu n., trāsadāyī -yinī -yi (n) trāsakaraḥ -rī -raṃ.

BUGGY, a. (Full of bugs) matkuṇapūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ samatkuṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

BUGLE, s. śaṅkhaḥ -ṅkhaṃ mṛgavyaśaṅkhaḥ vyādhavāditaṃ śṛṅgaṃ or viṣāṇaṃ.

BUGLOSS, s. khilaruha oṣadhiprabhedaḥ gojihvā.

To BUILD, v. a. nirmmā (c. 2. -māti -mātuṃ or in caus. -māpayati -yituṃ or c. 4. -mīyate), nici (c. 5. -cinoti -cetuṃ), kṛ in caus. (kārayati -yituṃ); 'to build castles in the air,' gagaṇakusumāni kṛ.

To BUILD UPON, v. a. (To rely upon) avalamb (c. 1. -lambate -lambituṃ), samālamb saṃśri (c. 1. -śrayati -te -śrayituṃ), samāśri upāśri.

BUILDER, s. nirmmātā m. (tṛ) nirmmāṇakarttā m. (rttṛ) kārakaḥ nicetā m. (tṛ) vidhāyakaḥ.
     --(Of houses) sthapatiḥ m. gṛhakārakaḥ gṛhakārī m. (n).

BUILDING, s. (The act of building) nirmmāṇaṃ nirmmāpaṇaṃ nicayanaṃ gṛhakaraṇaṃ.
     --(The fabric built) prāsādaḥ gṛhaṃ bhavanaṃ harmyaṃ.

BUILT, p. p. nirmmitaḥ -tā -taṃ kāritaḥ -tā -taṃ nicitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BULB, s. kandaḥ -ndaṃ golamūlaṃ sthūlakandaḥ vṛhatkandaḥ.

BULBOUS, a. kandī -ndinī -ndi(n) golamūlaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ kandākṛtiḥ -tiḥ -ti.

To BULGE, v. n. (To founder) dārusphoṭanāt potapārśve jalaṃ gṛhītvā majj (c. 6. majjati majjituṃ).
     --(To bag down, jut out) puṭarūpeṇa lamb (c. 1. lambate lambituṃ), vahirlamb.

BULK, s. (Bigness) sthūlatā sthaulyaṃ vṛhattvaṃ parimāṇaṃ sthūlākāratā.
     --(The greatest part of a thing) pradhānabhāgaḥ adhikabhāgaḥ bahutarabhāgaḥ.
     --(Part of a building jutting out) vahirlambo harmyabhāgaḥ.

BULKHEAD, s. naukābhyantare pārśvāpārśvi sthāpitā kāṣṭhamayī bhittiḥ.

BULKINESS, s. sthūlatā vṛhattvaṃ sthūlakāyatā. See BULK.

BULKY, a. sthūlaḥ -lā -laṃ vṛhan -hatī -hat (t) mahākāyaḥ -yā -yaṃ mahāṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ sthūlakāyaḥ -yī -yaṃ vṛhadaṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ sthūlākāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

[Page 69a]

BULL, s. vṛṣabhaḥ vṛṣaḥ puṅgavaḥ ṛṣabhaḥ gauḥ m. (go) balīvarddaḥ ukṣā m. (n) saurabheyaḥ gonāthaḥ kakudmān (t) anaḍvān m. (-ḍuh) bhadraḥ; 'a cow which is fit for the bull,' kālyā upasaryyā; 'one which has gone to the bull,' vṛṣabheṇa ākrāntā sandhinī; 'one which is bulling,' sandhinī vṛṣasyantī.
     --(A letter published by the pope) mahādharmmādhyakṣeṇa prakāśitam ājñāpatraṃ.
     --(A blunder) skhalitaṃ pramādaḥ vāgdoṣaḥ.

BULLACE, s. amlarasaviśiṣṭaḥ phalaprabhedaḥ.

BULL-BAITING, s. kukkuravṛṣabhayor yuddhaṃ yatra manuṣyāḥ krīḍārthaṃ vṛṣabham ākramituṃ kukkurān pracodayanti.

BULL-DOG, s. vṛṣabhākramaṇāya śikṣito'tiśayakrūrasvabhāvo vṛhanmukhaḥ kukkurabhedaḥ.

BULLET, s. adhunātanayoddhṛbhiḥ sevitā sīsakagulikā yā 'ntaragnibalena nāḍichidrād atidūre niḥsāryyate dūravedhinī gulikā sīsakagulikā.

BULLETIN, s. rājājñayā pracāritaṃ samācārapatraṃ rājakīyacikitsakaiḥ prakāśitaṃ rogārttamahīpateḥ śarīrasthitijñāpanapatraṃ.

BULL-FINCH, s. vāganukaraṇaśīlaḥ kṣudrapakṣibhedaḥ.

BULL-HEAD, s. sthūlabuddhiḥ m., sthūladhīḥ m., durbuddhiḥ m., mūḍhaḥ mūrkhaḥ jaḍaḥ.

BULLION, s. hiraṇyaṃ rūpyaṃ amudritaṃ suvarṇaṃ rūpyaṃ vā kośaḥ.

BULLITION, s. (The act or state of boiling) kvathanaṃ kvāthaḥ utsecanaṃ.

BULLOCK, s. jātokṣaḥ vṛṣabhaḥ vṛṣaḥ puṅgavaḥ abhinavavayasko vṛṣabhaḥ.

BULL'S EYE, s. (A kind of window) gavākṣaḥ.

BULLY, s. (A blustering coward) śūrammanyaḥ dambhī m. (n) dāmbhikaḥ kumbhaḥ viṭaḥ piṇḍīśūraḥ bhartsanakārī m. (n) tarjanakṛt kalahakāraḥ.

To BULLY, v. a. bharts (c. 10. bhartsayati -te -yituṃ), tarj (c. 1. tarjati tarjituṃ), tiraskṛ mukharīkṛ.

BULRUSH, s. parvvahīno dūrbbāprabhedaḥ nalaḥ śaraḥ.

BULWARK, s. vapraḥ prākāraḥ prācīraṃ durgaṃ parikūṭaṃ.
     --(Shelter, protection) āśrayaḥ saṃśrayaḥ śaraṇaṃ ālambaḥ upastambhaḥ.

BUM, s. nitambaḥ sphicau f. du., kaṭiprothaḥ.

BUMBAILIFF, s. grāhakaḥ āseddhā m. (ddhṛ) āsedhakarttā m. (rttṛ) rājapuruṣaḥ.


BUMBLE-BEE, s. ghvanamodī m. (n).

BUMP, s. (A swelling) sphoṭaḥ visphoṭaḥ śvayathuḥ m., śophaḥ śothaḥ gaṇḍaḥ gaṇḍakā ābhogaḥ.

To BUMP, v. a. (To strike) taḍ (c. 10. tāḍayati -yituṃ), tud (c. 6. tudati tottuṃ), han (c. 2. hanti hantuṃ), prahṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ).

To BUMP, v. n. (To swell) śvi (c. 1. śvayati śvayituṃ).
     --(To make a noise) āsphoṭanaṃ kṛ.

BUMPER, s. ākarṇaṃ or dhāraparyyantaṃ pūritaṃ pātraṃ atipūrṇaṃ bhājanaṃ.

BUMPKIN, s. grāmyajanaḥ grāmikaḥ grāmevāsī m. (n) vṛṣalaḥ jānapadaḥ prākṛtajanaḥ.

BUNCH, s. (A hard lump) piṇḍaḥ -ṇḍaṃ gaṇḍaḥ gaṇḍakā.
     --(A cluster) gucchaḥ gucchakaḥ stavakaḥ; 'a bunch of grapes,' drākṣāstavakaḥ.
     --(A number of things tied together) kūrccaḥ poṭṭalī.
     --(A knot, a tuft) granthiḥ m., cūḍā śekharaḥ.

To BUNCH OUT, v. n. piṇḍībhū piṇḍākāraḥ -rā -raṃ as pralamb (c. 1. -lambate -lambituṃ).

BUNCHY, a. piṇḍākāraḥ -rā -raṃ stavakamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ gucchākāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

BUNDLE, s. kūrccaḥ kūrccha bhāraḥ kṛtakūrcchaḥ gucchaḥ gucchakaḥ poṭalikā poṭṭalī vīṭikā; 'a bundle of goods,' bhāṇḍakaṃ; 'bundle off,' dūram apasara apaihi.

[Page 69b]

To BUNDLE UP, v. a. kūrccaṃ kṛ kūrccīkṛ gucchīkṛ poṭalikāṃ kṛ.

BUNDLED UP, p. p. kṛtakūrcchakaḥ -kā -kaṃ kṛtapoṭalikaḥ -kā -kaṃ kṛtagucchaḥ -cchā -cchaṃ.

BUNG, s. pātramadhye chidrapratibandhakaṃ tarutvaṅmirmmitaṃ dravyaṃ yavasurabhājane chidrāvarodhanārthaṃ kāṣṭhakhaṇḍaṃ bhāṇḍachidrastambhanakāṣṭhaṃ pātrachidrapidhānaṃ.

To BUNG, v. n. chidraṃ or randhraṃ or dhārāṃ pidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ) or pratibandh (c. 9. -badhnāti -banddhuṃ) or nirudh (c. 7. -ruṇaddhi -roddhuṃ) or stambh in caus. (stambhayati -yituṃ).

BUNG-HOLE, s. pātrachidraṃ pātrarandhraṃ pātradhārā bhāṇḍaśuṣiraṃ yavasurabhājanachidraṃ.

To BUNGLE, v. n. pramādyatas or adakṣaprakāreṇa or anāptaṃ kiñcit kāryyaṃ nirvvah in caus. (-vāhayati -yituṃ) pramad (c. 4. -mādyati -madituṃ), skhal (c. 1. skhalati skhalituṃ), bhram (c. 4. bhrāmyati bhramituṃ), doṣaṃ kṛ.

BUNGLE, s. pramādaḥ doṣaḥ bhramaḥ durṇayaḥ chidraṃ skhalanaṃ skhalitaṃ.

BUNGLED, p. p. durṇītaḥ -tā -taṃ durṣaṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ dūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BUNGLER, s. akṛtī m. (n) anāptaḥ anipuṇaḥ adakṣaḥ apaṭuḥ m., pramādī m. (n) skhalanmatiḥ m.

BUNGLINGLY, adv. pramādyatas pramādena anāptaṃ adakṣatayā sadoṣaṃ skhalanena.

BUNN, s. miṣṭāpūpaḥ piṣṭakaḥ piṇḍaḥ godhūmacūrṇamiṣṭānnādinirmmitaḥ piṣṭakaḥ.

BUNT, s. puṭaḥ puṭakaṃ kramaśo vistīryyamāṇaṃ randhraṃ kramaśo vivāraḥ.

BUNTER, s. kutsitakarmmajīvinī vṛṣalī bandhakī duṣṭā.

BUNTING, s. patākānirmmāṇayogyo or dhvajavasanakaraṇayogyo viralapaṭaviśeṣaḥ dhvajapaṭaḥ ketuvasanaḥ.

BUOY, s. samudragāṇāṃ pathadarśanārthaṃ or pracchannasaikataśilādibhayasthānasūcanārthaṃ jalopari plavamānaṃ kāṣṭhakhaṇḍaṃ.
     --(For mooring vessels) kūpakaḥ.

To BUOY UP, v. a. (To keep afloat) unmajj in caus. (-majjayati -yituṃ) plu in caus. (plāvayati -yituṃ) utpat in caus. (-pātayati -yituṃ).
     --(To bear up, support) dhṛ in caus. (dhārayati -yituṃ) sandhṛ abhidhṛ stambh in caus. (stambhayati -yituṃ) uttambh saṃstambh ālamb (c. 1. -lambate -lambituṃ).

BUOYANCY, s. plavanaśīlatā utpatiṣṇutā laghutā lāghavaṃ laghimā m. (n).

BUOYANT, a. plavanaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ taraṇaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ laghuḥ -ghuḥ -ghu utpatiṣṇuḥ -ṣṇuḥ -ṣṇu.

BUR, s. aṅkuśākāralomaviśiṣṭo vastrānubandhanaśīlo vakṣyamāṇakṣudragulmasambandhī dalapiṇḍaḥ.

BURDEN, s. bhāraḥ dhurā dhūḥ (dhur) f.
     --(Something grievous) pīḍākaraḥ -rā -raṃ; 'burden-bearing,' bhāravāhanaḥ -nā -naṃ dhurandharaḥ -rā -raṃ bhārasahaḥ -hā -haṃ dhurvvahaḥ -hā -haṃ bhāraharaḥ -rā -raṃ.
     --(Beast of burden) bhāravāhanaḥ dhurīṇaḥ dhurīyaḥ dhuryyaḥ dhaureyaḥ -yī -yaṃ.
     --(Of a song) dhuvakā kathitapadaṃ āvarttanīyaślokaḥ parivarttakaślokaḥ.

To BURDEN, v. a. bhāraṃ nyas (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ) with loc. c. or (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ); 'to lay a burden on the shoulder,' bhāraṃ skandhe nyas or niviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ) or samṛ in caus. (-arpayati -yituṃ).

BURDENED, p. p. bhāravān -vatī -vat (t) bhārī -riṇī -ri (n) dhurīṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ bhārākrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ bhāragrastaḥ -stā -staṃ bhārayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

BURDENSOME, a. (Troublesome to be borne) durbharaḥ -rā -raṃ duḥsahaḥ -hā -haṃ durvvahaḥ -hā -haṃ durudvahaḥ -hā -haṃ.
     --(Grievous, oppressive) pīḍākaraḥ -rā -raṃ kaṣṭakaraḥ -rā -raṃ duḥkhī -khinī -khi (n).

BURDOCK, s. pūrvvoktadalapiṇḍaviśiṣṭaḥ kṣudragulmaprabhedaḥ.

BUREAU, s. (A chest, receptacle) āgāraṃ ādhāraḥ nidhānaṃ gopanasthānaṃ. bhāṇḍāgāraṃ.
     --(An office for writing, &c.) lekhyasthānaṃ granthakuṭī.

[Page 70a]

BURG or BURGH, s. mahāsabhāyāṃ pratinidhipreraṇādhikārayuktā nagarī karvvaṭaḥ -ṭaṃ nagaraṃ -rī puraṃ -rī.

BURGESS, s. (A citizen) paurajanaḥ nagarajanaḥ pauraḥ nagarasthaḥ.
     --(A representative of a city) nagarapratinidhiḥ m., nagarapratibhūḥ m., nagarajanapratinidhiḥ m., prajāpratinidhiḥ m.

BURGHER, s. nagarajanādhikārabhogī m. (n) pradhānanagarajanaḥ mukhyapaurajanaḥ nagarasabhāsad m.

BURGHERSHIP, s. nagarajanādhikāraḥ nagarajanapadaṃ nagarasabhāsadadhikāraḥ.

BURGLAR, s. bhitticauraḥ kuḍyacchedī m. (n) kapāṭaghnaḥ gṛhabhaṅgakṛt gṛharanghrakṛt sanghicauraḥ kārucauraḥ vandicauraḥ vandīkāraḥ vandigrāhaḥ khānilaḥ kujambhalaḥ suruṅgāhiḥ m., suruṅgākṛt.

BURGLARY, s. gṛhabhaṅgaḥ gṛhabhaṅgāparāghaḥ kuḍyacchedaḥ bhitticauryyaṃ.

BURGOMASTER, s. nagarādhiṣṭhātā m. (tṛ) nagarādhyakṣaḥ purādhyakṣaḥ pradhānanagarajanaḥ mukhyapaurajanaḥ nagaravyavahāreṣu niyuktaḥ nagarādhipatiḥ purādhikārī m. (n).

BURIAL, s. bhūmikhananaṃ nikhananaṃ bhūmau nikhananaṃ śmaśāne sthāpanaṃ śmaśānayāpanaṃ bhūmisamarpaṇaṃ pretanirhāraḥ.
     --(Funeral rites) pretakarmma n. (n) pretakāryyaṃ mṛtakasatkarmma n. (n) satkriyā.

BURIAL-GROUND, s. śmaśānaṃ pretavanaṃ pitṛvanaṃ pretagṛhaṃ mṛtaśarīrasthānaṃ.

BURIED, p. p. nikhātaḥ -tā -taṃ bhūminikhātaḥ -tā -taṃ śmaśānaśāyī -yinī -yi (n) śmaśānasthāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ śmaśānasamarppitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BURIER, s. pretanirhārakaḥ pretahāraḥ mṛtapāḥ m., śavavāhakaḥ.

BURINE, s. takṣaṇapantraṃ takṣaṇī taṅkaḥ vraścanaḥ śailabhittiḥ f.

To BURL, v. a. lohasandaṃśadvārā or turīdvārā niṣpravāṇapaṭaṃ ślakṣṇīkṛ.

BURLESQUE, a. parihāsakaraḥ -rā -raṃ hāsyaḥ -syā -syaṃ hāsyajanakaḥ -kā -kaṃ prahāsī -sinī -si(n) avahāsyaḥ -syā -syaṃ hāsotpādakaḥ -kā -kaṃ narmmadaḥ -dā -daṃ.

BURLESQUE, s. bhāṇḍaṃ parihāsaḥ parīhāsaḥ prahāsaḥ prahasitaṃ upahāsaḥ apahāsaḥ narmma n. (n) ṭaṭṭarī parihāsavākyaṃ utprāsanaṃ.

To BURLESQUE, v. a. apahas (c. 1. -hasati -hasituṃ), avahas prahas upahas upahāsāspadaṃ kṛ.

BURLINESS, s. sthūlatā sthaulyaṃ vṛhattvaṃ sthūlaśarīratā vṛhadaṅgatvaṃ.

BURLY, a. sthūlaḥ -lā -laṃ sthūlaśarīraḥ -rā -raṃ vṛhatkāyaḥ -yī -yaṃ mahāṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ vṛhadaṅgaḥ -ṅgī -ṅgaṃ.

BURN, s. agnikṛtaṃ kṣataṃ agnikṣataṃ santāpaḥ saṃjvaraḥ dāhaḥ agnidāhaḥ.

To BURN, v. a. dah (c. 1. dahati dagghuṃ), anudah ādah nidah nirdah paridah pradah sampradah; tap (c. 1. tapati taptuṃ) or in caus. (tāpayati -yituṃ) santap in caus., uṣ (c. 1. oṣati oṣituṃ), dīp in caus. (dīpayati -yituṃ) ādīp uddīp upadīp pradīp sandīp; sandhukṣ in caus. (-dhukṣayati -yituṃ); jval in caus. (jvālayati -yituṃ) prajval pluṣ (c. 1. ploṣati ploṣituṃ).

To BURN, v. n. dah (c. 4. dahyati dagdhuṃ or in pass. dahyate), samparidah dīp (c. 4. dīpyate dīpituṃ), ādīp pradīp sampradīp vidīp sandīp tap in pass. (tapyate or c. 1. tapati taptuṃ), pratap jval (c. 1. jvalati jvalituṃ), prajval sandhukṣ (c. 1. -dhukṣate -dhukṣituṃ); 'to be inflamed with passion, &c.,' dah in pass. (dahyate); 'with anger,' kopadīptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ bhū; 'to burn after,' utkaṇṭh (c. 1. -kaṇṭhate -kaṇṭhituṃ), abhikāṅkṣ (c. 1. -kāṅkṣati -kāṅkṣituṃ).

BURNABLE, a. dahanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ dāhyaḥ -hyāṃ -hyaṃ dagdhavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ jvalanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ dīpanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ tapanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

BURNER, s. dāhakaḥ dagdhā m. (gdhṛ) dāhanakṛt agnidaḥ tāpakaḥ dīpakaḥ.

[Page 70b]

BURNET, s. anūpakṣetraruhaḥ kṣudragulmaprabhedaḥ.

BURNING, s. dāhaḥ dāhanaṃ jvalanaṃ dīpanaṃ tāpaḥ ploṣaḥ oṣaḥ.

BURNING, a. dāhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ tāpakaḥ -kā -kaṃ dīpanaḥ -nā -naṃ naidāghaḥ -ghī -ghaṃ jvālī -linī -li (n).
     --(That is on fire) dahyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ dahyan -hyantī -hyat (t) jvalan -lantī -lat (t) dāhavān -vatī -vat (t).
     --(Vehement) taijasaḥ -sī -saṃ caṇḍaḥ -ṇḍā -ṇḍaṃ.

BURNING-GLASS, s. sūryyatejaḥsaṃvarddhanārthaṃ tadaṃśusaṅgrahaṇayogyaṃ kācapatraṃ dīptopalaḥ arkāśmā m. (n).

To BURNISH, v. a. tij in caus. (tejayati -yituṃ) niṣṭap in caus. (niṣṭāpayati -yituṃ) kāntiṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ), pariṣkṛ niśo (c. 4. -śyati -śātuṃ).

BURNISHED, part. tejitaḥ -tā -taṃ taijasaḥ -sī -saṃ suniṣṭaptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ nirdhautaḥ -tā -taṃ pramṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ niśātaḥ -tā -taṃ niśitaḥ -tā -taṃ pariṣkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BURNISHER, s. tejakaḥ dhāvakaḥ mārjjanakṛt kāntidāyakaḥ.

BURNISHING, s. tejanaṃ mārjjanaṃ pariṣkāraḥ dhāvanaṃ.

BURNT, a. and part. dagdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ agnidagdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ pluṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ vipluṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ pruṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ jvalitaḥ -tā -taṃ taptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ santaptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ uṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'burnt up,' uttaptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ; 'burnt as a sacrifice,' vaṣaṭkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'burnt brick,' pakveṣṭakā.

BURNT-OFFERING, s. homaḥ vaṣaṭkāraḥ vaitānikaṃ vaitānaṃ.

BURR, s. (Lobe of the ear) karṇalatikā pālikā karṇapālikā.

BURROW, s. (Hole) garttaḥ vivaraṃ vilaṃ khātaṃ śvabhraṃ.

To BURROW, v. n. garttaṃ or vivaraṃ kṛ gartte vas (c. 1. vasati vastuṃ).

BURROWING, a. vilavāsī -sinī -si (n) garttavāsī -sinī -si (n).

BURSAR, s. vidyālaye dhanādhikārī m. (n) dhanādhyakṣaḥ koṣādhyakṣaḥ.

BURSARSHIP, s. arthādhikāraḥ dhanādhikāraḥ dhanādhyakṣādhikāraḥ koṣādhyakṣapadaṃ.

BURSARY, s. vidyālaye dhanagṛhaṃ dhanāgāraḥ koṣaḥ dhanakoṣṭhakaṃ.

BURSE, s. baṇiksamāgamacatvaraṃ śreṣṭhicatvaraṃ paṇāyāśālā nigamasthānaṃ.

To BURST, v. a. bhid (c. 7. bhinatti bhettuṃ or caus. bhedayati -yituṃ), vibhid nirbhid bhañj (c. 7. bhanakti bhaṃktuṃ), prabhañj vibhañj khaṇḍ (c. 10. khaṇḍayati -yituṃ), sphuṭ (c. 10. sphoṭayati -yituṃ), dṝ in caus. (dārayati -yituṃ) vidṝ avadṝ śakalīkṛ khaṇḍaśaḥ kṛ vidal in caus. (-dalayati -yituṃ) lup (c. 6. lumpati loptuṃ), avalup.

To BURST, v. n. bhid in pass. (bhidyate) vibhid nirbhid; bhañj in pass. (bhajyate) prabhañj vibhañj sphuṭ (c. 6. sphuṭati sphuṭituṃ, c. 1. sphoṭate sphoṭituṃ), vidṝ in pass. (-dīryyate) avadṝ vidal (c. 1. -dalati -dalituṃ), viśṝ in pass. (-śīryyate) pariśṝ.
     --(To burst in pieces) śakalībhū khaṇḍaśo bhid in pass. or bhañj in pass.
     --(To burst forth, break out) prapat (c. 1. -patati -patituṃ).
     --(As seeds) prodbhid.

BURST, s. (Sudden rending) sphoṭanaṃ sphuṭanaṃ akasmād bhañjanaṃ bhaṅgaḥ vibhaṅgaḥ bhedanaṃ bhedaḥ.
     --(Of laughter) prahasanaṃ prahasitaṃ atihasita aṭṭahāsaḥ.
     --(Of light) jvālā.

BURST, p. p. sphuṭaḥ -ṭā -ṭaṃ sphuṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ vidīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ vibhagnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ vighaṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ vidalitaḥ -tā -taṃ bhinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ vibhinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.
     --(Diseased with hernia) antravṛddhipīḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BURTHEN, s. bhāraḥ dhurā. See BURDEN.

To BURY, v. a. śmaśāne or bhūmau sthā in caus. (sthāpayati -yituṃ) or nidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ) or nikhan (c. 1. -khanati -khanituṃ or -khātuṃ), nirhṛ (c. 1. -harati -te -harttuṃ).

BURYING, s. bhūmikhananaṃ nikhananaṃ śmaśāne sthāpanaṃ bhūmisamarppaṇaṃ pretanirhāraḥ.

[Page 71a]

BURYING-GROUND, s. śmaśānaṃ pretavanaṃ pretagṛhaṃ pitṛvanaṃ mṛtaśarīrasthānaṃ.

BUSH, s. gulmaḥ kṣupaḥ stambaḥ chupaḥ jhuṇṭaḥ jhaṭiḥ m.
     --(A bough of a tree fixed at the door of a tavern) atra surādi vikrīyate iti ghoṣaṇārthaṃ dvāropari sthāpitā taruśākhā; surādhvajaḥ.
     --(Tail of a fox) lomaśāpucchaṃ.

BUSHEL, s. (A measure) droṇaḥ -ṇaṃ āḍhakaḥ.

BUSHY, a. (Full of bushes) gulmī -lminī -lmi (n) tarugulmāvṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Thick) ghanaḥ -nā -naṃ niviḍaḥ -ḍā -ḍaṃ aviralaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(Formed like a bush) gulmākāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

BUSILESS, s. kāryyarahitaḥ -tā -taṃ śūnyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ niṣkarmmā -rmmā -rmma (n).

BUSILY, adv. analasaṃ atandritaṃ manaḥpraveśena abhiniveśena autsukyena.
     --(Inquisitively) carccayā.

BUSINESS, s. (Affair) karmma n. (n) kāryyaṃ arthaḥ.
     --(Employment) vyāpāraḥ vyavasāyaḥ vyavahāraḥ kāryyodyogaḥ niyogaḥ pravṛttiḥ f., pravarttanaṃ caritaṃ sambandhaḥ.
     --(Something to be done) kṛtyaṃ karttavyaṃ kāryyaṃ.
     --(Object) viṣayaḥ arthaḥ prayojanaṃ.
     --(A point, case) arthaḥ padaṃ.
     --(Means of livelihood, profession) vṛttiḥ f., varttanaṃ jīvikā ājīvanārthaṃ.
     --(Point, matter of discussion) sthalaṃ; 'a man of business, one who knows the proper ways of acting,' kriyāvidhijñaḥ kāryye kuśalaḥ dṛṣṭakarmmā m. (n); 'what business have I with that?' ko'rtho me tena.

BUSK, s. celikāstabdhīkaraṇe strījanaiḥ prayuktaḥ śṛṅgalohādinirmmitaḥ phalakaviśeṣaḥ.

BUSKIN, s. (A half-boot) arddhajaṅghāparimāṇaḥ pādukāviśeṣaḥ pannaddhā anupadīnā upānat f. (h).
     --(A high-heeled shoe worn by ancient actors) uccapārṣṇiyukto gauravasūcakaḥ pūrvvakālīnanaṭair bhṛtaḥ pādukāviśeṣaḥ.

BUSKINED, p. p. pūrvvoktapādukārūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ sapādukaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

BUSS, s. cumbanaṃ pariṇiṃsā nimittakaṃ.

To BUSS, v. a. cumb (c. 1. cumbati cumbituṃ), niṃs (c. 2. niṃste niṃsituṃ).

BUST, s. mastakāgrātprabhṛti vakṣassthalaparyyantam arddhaśarīrapratimā ūrddhvakāyapratimā.

BUSTARD, s. āraṇyapakṣiprabhedaḥ.

To BUSTLE, v. n. ceṣṭ (c. 1. ceṣṭate ceṣṭituṃ), ātmānaṃ ceṣṭ in caus. (ceṣṭayati -yituṃ) vyavaso (c. 4. -syati -sātuṃ), kāryyavyagratvād itastato dhāv (c. 1. dhāvati dhāvituṃ).

BUSTLE, s. (Hurry, confusion) sambhramaḥ vaiklavyaṃ viplavaḥ tvarā vyagratā ākulatvaṃ vyastatā.
     --(Tumult) tumulaṃ kolāhalaḥ.

BUSTLER, s. vyavasāyī m. (n) ceṣṭāśīlaḥ saceṣṭaḥ tīkṣṇakarmmā m. (n).

BUSY, a. vyāpārī -riṇī -ri (n) vyāpṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vyavasāyī -yinī -yi (n) karmmī -rmmiṇī -rmmi (n) karmmodyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ kāryyodyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ kāryyaniviṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ karmmiṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ kāryyī -ryyiṇī -ryyi (n) kāryyavān -vatī -vat (t) saceṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ prayatnavān -vatī -vat (t) sotsāhaḥ -hā -haṃ sodyogaḥ -gā -gaṃ pravṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ atandritaḥ -tā -taṃ analasaḥ -sā -saṃ kāryyanimagnaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ.
     --(Meddling) parakāryyacarccāśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

To BUSY, v. a. (To employ) vyāpṛ in caus. (vyāpārayati -yituṃ) kāryye niyuj in caus. (-yojayati -yituṃ, c. 7. -yunakti -yoktuṃ) or adhikṛ.

BUSYBODY, s. parakāryyacarccakaḥ parādhikāracarccakaḥ chidrānveṣī m. (n).

BUT, conj. (As an adversative) kintu tu parantu punar athavā.
     --(Except) ṛte with abl., vinā with acc. or inst., anyaḥ with abl.; as, 'any one but the father,' pitur anyaḥ.
     --(But for, without) vyatirekeṇa antareṇa vinā; as, 'but for sin every thing flourishes,' pāpaṃ vinā sarvvaṃ phalati.
     --(But yet, howbeit) tathāpi.
     --(Only) kevalaṃ mātraṃ.
     --(All but) alponaḥ -nā -naṃ īṣadūnaḥ -nā -naṃ; 'next but one,' ekāntaraḥ -rā -raṃ.
     --(If it were not, unless) yadi na.
     --(Moreover) kiñca aparañca adhikantu.
     --(On the other hand) punar.
     --(Otherwise than) anyathā with abl. 'But' may often be omitted in Sanskrit, or expressed by another form of sentence; as, 'he will not gain his end but by doing that,' tad akṛtvā prāptārtho na bhaviṣyati; 'I do not doubt but I am to blame,' sāparādho'smi iti na saṃśayaḥ; 'but a short time since,' na cirāt; 'there is none but fears him,' sarvve tasmād bibhyati; 'she does nothing but grieve,' sā nirantaraṃ śocati; "who but a child weeps," ko rodity abāliśaḥ.

BUTCHER, s. (Seller of meat) māṃsavikrayī m. (n) māṃsikaḥ śaunikaḥ saunikaḥ śūnāvān m. (t) sūnī m. (n) paśumāraṇapūrvvakaṃ māṃsavikrayajīvī m. (n) prāṇihiṃsāparaḥ.
     --(Butcher's meat) saunaṃ ghātasthānabhavaṃ māṃsaṃ.

To BUTCHER, v. a. han (c. 2. hanti hantuṃ), nihan, or in caus. (ghātayati -yituṃ) mṛ in caus. (mārayati -yituṃ) badh (defective, usually found in the 3d pret. abadhīt and fut. badhiṣyati -te), viśas (c. 1. -śasati -śasituṃ), nisūd in caus. (-sūdayati -yituṃ) abhisūd vinisūd.

BUTCHERY, s. badhaḥ hananaṃ nihananaṃ ghātanaṃ niṣūdanaṃ viśasanaṃ.
     --(The place where animals are killed) śūnā sūnā badhasthānaṃ badhasthalī badhyabhūmiḥ f., ghātasthānaṃ paśumāraṇasthānaṃ.

BUTEA, s. (A plant) kiṃśukaḥ palāśaḥ vātapothaḥ parṇaḥ.

BUT-END, s. ghanāgraṃ sthūlāgraṃ atīkṣṇāgraṃ.
     --(Hilt) tsaruḥ m.

BUTLER, s. pānapātravāhakaḥ madyarakṣakaḥ madyāgārādhikṛtaḥ.

BUTMENT, s. ubhayatas toraṇamūlottambhakaḥ setuharmyādibhāgaḥ.

BUTT, s. (For shooting at) lakṣaṃ lakṣyaṃ śaravyaṃ vedhyaṃ vyadhyaḥ pratikāyaḥ dṛṣṭiguṇaḥ.
     --(Aim, end) abhiprāyaḥ āśayaḥ uddeśaḥ cikīrṣitaṃ.
     --(Object of jest) upahāsasthānaṃ parihāsāspadaṃ hāsyabhūmiḥ f.
     --(A cask) pātraṃ bhāṇḍaṃ surābhājanaṃ.

To BUTT, v. n. (To strike with the head like horned animals) śṛṅgiṇavat or meṣādivat śirasā āhan (c. 2. -hanti -hantuṃ)

BUTTER, s. navanītaṃ kṣīrasāraḥ dadhijaṃ dadhisāraḥ kilāṭaḥ -ṭaṃ manthajaṃ navoddhṛtaṃ.
     --(Clarified butter or ghee) ghṛtaṃ haviḥ n. (s) sarpiḥ n. (s) puroḍāśaḥ ājyaṃ.
     --(Of yesterday's milk) haiyaṅgavīnaṃ.

To BUTTER, v. a. navanītena lip (c. 6. limpati leptuṃ) or añj (c. 7. anakti aṃktuṃ).

BUTTER-BUMP, s. krauñcajātīyaḥ pakṣibhedaḥ krauñcaḥ vakaprabhedaḥ.

BUTTER-CUP, BUTTER-FLOWER, s. pītapuṣpaprabhedaḥ sa ca vasantasamaye yavasamadhye prarohati.

BUTTERED, p. p. navanītāktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ ghṛtāktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ ghṛtābhyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

BUTTERFLY, s. citrapataṅgaḥ citrāṅgaḥ pataṅgabhedaḥ āpannapakṣaḥ kīṭabhedaḥ kīṭodbhavaś citrapataṅgaḥ sapakṣaḥ kīṭaḥ.

BUTTERIS, s. (An instrument for paring the hoof of a horse) aśvakhuratakṣaṇayogyā karttarikā turagaśaphakarttanārthaṃ yantraviśeṣaḥ.

BUTTER-KNIFE, s. kuntalikā ghṛtakuntalikā navanītakarttarikā.

BUTTER-MAN, s. navanītavikrayī m. (n) navanītavikrayajīvī m. (n) ghṛtavikretā m. (tṛ).

BUTTER-MILK, s. daṇḍāhataṃ takraṃ pramathitaṃ ariṣṭaṃ kālaśeyaṃ gorasaḥ kaṭuraṃ.

[Page 72a]

BUTTER-PRINT, s. navanītāṅkanayogyā kāṣṭhamayī mudrā.

BUTTER-TEETH, s. mukhāgrabhāge vṛhaddantadvayaṃ sammukhasthau chedakadantau.

BUTTERY, a. navanītaguṇaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ ghṛtamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ.

BUTTERY, s. (The room where provisions are laid up) khādyadravyāgāraṃ vidyālaye pūpanavanītayavasurādikoṣṭhakaṃ kuśūlaḥ annakoṣṭhakaṃ.

BUTTOCK, s. sphicau f. du. (sphic) nitambaḥ kaṭiprothaḥ.

BUTTON, s. (Catch by which clothes are fastened) gaṇḍaḥ puṃso vastrāñcaladvayasaṅgrahaṇārthaṃ gulikā.
     --(Bud) mukulaṃ kuṭmalaṃ pallavaḥ.

To BUTTON, v. a. (To dress) saṃvye (c. 1. -vyayati -vyātuṃ), veṣṭ (c. 1. veṣṭate veṣṭituṃ).
     --(To fasten with buttons) pūrvvoktagaṇḍena saṅgrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -grahītuṃ) or saṃlagnīkṛ or bandh (c. 9. badhnāti banddhuṃ).

To BUTTON, v. n. (To bud) gaṇḍākāramukulavat sphuṭ (c. 6. sphuṭati sphuṭituṃ).

BUTTON-HOLE, s. gaṇḍādhāraḥ gaṇḍachidraṃ gulikāgrahaṇayogyaṃ chidraṃ śikyaṃ.

BUTTON-MAKER, s. gaṇḍakṛt gaṇḍakārī m. (n) gulikākāraḥ.

BUTTRESS, s. vapraḥ bhavanasya vahirālambaḥ bhittyumbhanārthaṃ vapraḥ or prākāraḥ.
     --(Prop, support) upastambhaḥ ālambaḥ upaghnaḥ āśrayaḥ ādhāraḥ.

To BUTTRESS, v. a. (To prop) pūrvvoktavapreṇa uttambh (c. 9. uttabhnāti uttambhituṃ).

BUXOM, a. (Gay, lively) hṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ prahasitavadanaḥ -nā -naṃ prahāsī -sinī -si (n) praphullavadanaḥ -nā -naṃ ānandī -ndinī -ndi (n) sarasaḥ -sā -saṃ.
     --(Wanton) lalitaḥ -tā -taṃ vilāsī -sinī -si (n).

BUXOMLY, adv. sānandaṃ saharṣaṃ salalitaṃ savilāsaṃ sarasaṃ.

BUXOMNESS, s. (Wantonness) lālityaṃ savilāsatā saramratā līlā.

To BUY, v. a. krī (c. 9. krīṇāti -ṇīte kretuṃ), upakrī saṅkrī mūlyaṃ dattvā labh (c. 1. labhate labdhuṃ) or prāp (c. 5. -āpnoti -āptuṃ).

BUYER, s. kretā m. (tṛ) krayī m. (n) krāyakaḥ krayikaḥ.
     --(Buyer and seller) krayavikrayī m. (n).

BUYING, s. krayaḥ.
     --(Buying and selling) krayavikrayaḥ.

To BUZZ, v. n. ru (c. 2. rauti ravituṃ), guñj (c. 1. guñjati guñjituṃ), raṇ (c. 1. raṇati raṇituṃ), raṇaraṇaṃ kṛ.

BUZZ, BUZZING, s. guñjanaṃ guñjitaṃ kalaḥ kalakalaḥ marmmaraḥ raṇatkāraḥ kalaravaḥ kalasvaraṃ; part. guñjan -ñjantī -ñjat (t) raṇan -ṇantī -ṇat (t).

BUZZARD, s. apakṛṣṭajātiḥ śyenabhedaḥ śyenakaḥ.
     --(A blockhead) sthūladhīḥ m., mandamatiḥ m., mūrkhaḥ.

BY, prep. (By the side of) expressed by upa prefixed; as, 'he sits by me,' mām upāste; 'a tank by a well,' upakūpajalāśayaḥ.
     --(Beside, denoting passage) expressed by ati prefixed; as, 'he passes by me,' mām atyeti.
     --(Denoting the agent, instrument, cause, means or manner) expressed by the instr. case; as, 'by him,' 'by that,' 'on that account,' 'by that means,' 'in that manner,' may all be expressed by tena. In modern Sanskrit the instrument and agent are often expressed by dvārā or dvāreṇa and karttṛka; as, 'to hit with a stick,' kāṣṭhadvārā or kāṣṭhadvāreṇa taḍ; 'sacrifices by sages,' ṛṣikarttṛkayajñāḥ. 'By,' in some of these senses, may often be expressed by the indec. part.; 'a man may be happy by doing penance,' tapas taptvā sukhī bhavet.
     --(According to) anurūpaṃ anusāreṇa; 'by rule,' vidhivat vidhitas yathāvidhi.
     --(As soon as, not later than) madhye; as, 'by next year,' āgāmivatsaramadhye.
     --(The quantity at one time) expressed by the affix śas; as, 'by thousands,' sahasraśas; 'by twos and threes,' dviśas triśas; 'by companies,' paṃktibhiḥ.
     --(Successive action) expressed by prati or anu, or by repeating the word; as, 'man by man,' pratipuruṣaṃ; 'day by day,' pratidivaṇaṃ or anudivasaṃ or divase divase.
     --(By himself, alone) ekāntatas nibhṛtaṃ rahasi rahībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(In swearing or adjuring) expressed by the instr. c.; as, 'swear not at all, neither by heaven, nor by earth,' kamapi śapathaṃ mā 'kārṣṭa svargeṇa na pṛthivyā na; 'by name,' nāmnā nāmatas nāmadheyatas; 'by force,' balāt balātkāreṇa prasahma; 'by chance,' daivāt; 'by day,' divā.

BY, adv. (Near) nikaṭe samīpe antike abhitas ārāt.
     --(By the side) pārśvatas pārśve.
     --(Passing by) expressed by the prep. ati; as, 'he passes by,' atikrāmati.
     --(In presence) sannidhāne sākṣāt agre samakṣaṃ sammukhe.

BY, s. (Something not the direct object of regard) expressed, when in composition, by upa; as, 'a duty by the by,' i. e. 'a secondary duty,' upadharmmaḥ.

BY AND BY, adv. anantaraṃ kṣaṇāntare na cireṇa acireṇa acirāt.

BY THE BY, or BY THE WAY, adv. (Exclusively of the subject in hand) prastutam antareṇa prastutaviṣayavyatirekeṇa.
     --(Besides, moreover) kiñca aparañca anyacca.
     --(In reference to that) taduddiśya.

BY-DEGREES, adv. kramaśas krame krame pade pade pratipadaṃ

BY-CONCERNMENT, s. upaviṣayaḥ apradhānakāryyaṃ.

BY-END, s. svahitaṃ svārthaḥ ātmavivṛddhiḥ f., ātmodayaḥ.

BY-GONE, a. atikrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ atītaḥ -tā -taṃ gataḥ -tā -taṃ purātītaḥ -tā -taṃ.

BY-LANE, BY-STREET, BY-ROAD, s. upamārgaḥ upapathaḥ uparathyā upapratolī gūḍhamārgaḥ.

BY-LAW, s. upadharmmaḥ upavyavasthā upavidhiḥ m., anuvyavasthā.

BY-NAME, s. upādhiḥ m., upanāma n. (n).

BY-PATH, s. upamārgaḥ upapathaḥ utpathaḥ gūḍhapathaḥ.

BY-ROOM, s. uparodhakaṃ upaśālā upakoṣṭhaḥ antargṛhaṃ kakṣāntaraṃ.

BYSTANDER, s. pārśvasthaḥ samīpasthaḥ nikaṭasthaḥ tatrasthaḥ samīpavarttī m. (n) upasthāyī m. (n).
     --(At a sacrifice) sadasyaḥ vidhidarśī m. (n).

BY-WEST, a. (Westward, to the west of) paścimadiśyaḥ -śyā -śyaṃ.

BY-WORD, s. upakathā upavākyaṃ.
     --(Subject of scorn) tiraskāraviṣayaḥ upakathanaviṣayaḥ apavādaviṣayaḥ upahāsasthānaṃ upahāsāspadaṃ avahāsabhūmiḥ f.


CABAL, s. (An union of a few persons in some secret design) gopanīyakāryyasādhanārthaṃ katipayajanasaṃsargaḥ or paṃktiḥ f.
     --(Intrigue) kumantraṇā kuvicāraṇā kuparāmarśaḥ kuyuktiḥ f., kusaṃsargaḥ.

To CABAL, v. n. gopanīyakarmmasampādanārthaṃ sunibhṛtaṃ sammil (c. 6. -milati -melituṃ) or saha gam (c. 1. gacchati gantuṃ) or saṃyuj in pass. (-yujyate) or saṅghaṭṭ (c. 1. -ghaṭṭate -ghaṭṭituṃ) or saṃsargaṃ kṛ.

CABALA, s. (A secret science) nigūḍhavidyā nigūḍhaśāstraṃ gūḍhaśāstraṃ guhyavidyā paramagahanavidyā.

CABALIST, s. (One skilled in occult sciences) nigūḍhavidyājñaḥ nigūḍhaśāstrajñaḥ.

CABALISTICAL, a. (Having an occult meaning) nigūḍhārthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ atiguptārthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ paramagahanaḥ -nā -naṃ gūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ guhyaḥ -hyā -hyaṃ rahasyaḥ -syā -syaṃ.

CABALISTICALLY, adv. atiguptaṃ nigūḍhaṃ sarahasyaṃ paramagahanaprakāreṇa.

CABALLER, s. kumantraṇakṛt kumantrī m. (n) bhettā m. (ttṛ) bhedakaraḥ, rājadrohī m. (n).

CABBAGE, s. (A pot-herb) śākaprabhedaḥ śākaṃ haritakaṃ śūraṇaṃ śigruḥ m.
     --(Any thing stolen) mūṣitaṃ muṣṭaṃ apahāraḥ loptaṃ hoḍhaṃ.

To CABBAGE, v. n. (To steal in cutting clothes) sūcikavat paṭakhaṇḍam avachidya cur (c. 10. corayati -yituṃ) or muṣ (c. 9. muṣṇāti moṣituṃ).

CABBAGE-TREE, s. (A species of palm) tālajātīyo vṛkṣaprabhedaḥ uccataruḥ m.

CABIN, s. (A small room) kuṭiḥ f., kuṭī koṣṭhaḥ śālikā śālā sthalaṃ.
     --(A chamber in a ship) naukābhyantare kuṭiḥ or koṣṭhaḥ or kakṣaḥ or veśma n. (n).
     --(A cottage) kuṭīraḥ veśma n. (n) kuṭṭimaḥ parṇaśālā.
     --(A tent) paṭakuṭiḥ f., paṭaveśma n. (n) maṇḍapaḥ.

To CABIN, v. n. (To live in a cabin) kuṭīre vas (c. 1. vasati vastuṃ).

CABIN-BOY, s. naukārūḍhānāṃ paricārakaḥ or sevakaḥ or prepyaḥ.

CABINET, s. (Private room) kakṣaḥ uparodhakaṃ kakṣāntaraṃ antaḥśālā.
     --(Private council of the state) pradhānamantriṇāṃ gūḍhasabhā dhīsacivānāṃ sabhā śiṣṭasabhā gūḍhamantraṇaṃ gūḍhabhāṣitaṃ; 'a cabinet-minister,' mukhyamantrī m. (n) pradhānamantrī m., gūḍhamantrī m.
     --(A place in which rare things are kept) viśiṣṭādhāraḥ durlabhadravyādhāraḥ ratnakoṣṭhaḥ ratnāghāraḥ ratnapātraṃ ratnabhāṇḍaṃ.
     --(A kind of box) samudgaḥ samudgakaḥ sampuṭaḥ.

CABINET-MAKER, s. ratnādhārakṛt ratnabhāṇḍakṛt samudgakāraḥ sampuṭakṛt.

CABLE, s. naurajjuḥ m., naubandhanarajjuḥ m., śāṇarajjuḥ naubandhanārthaṃ sthūlarajjuḥ or mahārajjuḥ naukāyā mahāguṇaḥ or vṛhadguṇaḥ.

CABLED, a. rajjunā or guṇena baddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ rajjubaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ.

CABRIOLET, s. cakradvayayuktaḥ sapidhāno rathaviśeṣaḥ karṇīrathaḥ hayanaṃ.

CACHECTICAL, a. doṣatrayapīḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ duṣṭaśarīraḥ -rā -raṃ asvasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ.

CACHEXY, s. śarīradoṣaḥ raktadūṣaṇaṃ doṣatrayaṃ śarīrasya asvāsthyaṃ.

CACHINNATION, s. aṭṭahāsaḥ ācchuritaṃ avacchuritaṃ prahāsaḥ prahasanaṃ.

CACKLE or CACKLING, s. kūjanaṃ haṃsanādaḥ haṃsarutaṃ kukkuṭīśabdaḥ.
     --(Making a cackle) haṃsanādī -dinī -di (n).
     --(Idle talk) jalpanaṃ ālasyavacanaṃ vṛthākathā asambaddhaṃ.

To CACKLE, v. n. kūj (c. 1. kūjati kūjituṃ), haṃsanādaṃ kṛ haṃsavat or kukkuṭīvat śabdaṃ kṛ.

CACKLER, s. haṃsarūpeṇa nādī m. (n) kūjakaḥ kūjanakṛt.
     --(A telltale) jalpakaḥ vācālaḥ rahasyabhedakaḥ.

CACOCHYMY, s. śarīravikāraḥ raktavikāraḥ śarīradoṣaḥ doṣatrayaṃ.

CACODOEMON, s. apadevatā piśācaḥ vetālaḥ bhūtaḥ daityaḥ.

CACOPHONY, s. visvarapadaṃ aparavaḥ avakvaṇaḥ kaṣṭapadaṃ kaṭuśrutiḥ f.

CADAVEROUS, a. mṛtaśarīropamaḥ -mā -maṃ śavasavarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.

CADE, s. (A barrel) dīrghagolākāraḥ kāṣṭhamayo bhāṇḍaviśeṣaḥ.

CADE, a. komalaḥ -lā -laṃ sukumāraḥ -rī -raṃ gṛhyakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

To CADE, v. a. komalatayā or komalaprakāreṇa puṣ (c. 9. puṣṇāti, c. 1. poṣati poṣituṃ) or saṃvṛdh in caus. (-vardhayati -yituṃ).

CADENCE, s. (Fall, state of sinking) pātaḥ patanaṃ avapātaḥ cyutiḥ f.
     --(Modulation of the voice, tone) svaraḥ kalaḥ svanaḥ niḥsvanaḥ nihrādaḥ virāvaḥ kvaṇaḥ viribdhaḥ chandaḥ n. (s).

CADENT, a. (Falling down) pātukaḥ -kā -kaṃ patayāluḥ -luḥ -lu.

CADET, s. anujaḥ avarajaḥ jaghanyajaḥ kaniṣṭhaḥ.
     --(A young volunteer) yuddhakarmmaśikṣārthaṃ vetanaṃ vinā kṣatriyadharmmam ācarati yo kulīnayuvā.

CADGER, s. vipaṇī m. (n) prāpaṇikaḥ āpaṇikaḥ aṇḍanavanītādivikrayikaḥ.

[Page 73b]

CADI, s. tarkīyadeśe prāḍvivākaḥ dharmmādhyakṣaḥ daṇḍanāyakaḥ nyāyādhipatiḥ.

CADUCITY, s. pātukatā patayālutvaṃ patanaśīlatā sadyaḥpātitvaṃ asthiratāṃ.

CAESURA, s. vicchittiḥ f., vicchedaḥ avacchedaḥ virāmaḥ.

CAG, s. (A barrel) dīrghagolākṛtiḥ kāṣṭhanirmmitaḥ pātraviśeṣaḥ.

CAGE, s. pañjaraṃ piñjaraṃ vītaṃsaḥ kulāyikā pakṣiśālā śālāraṃ.
     --(A prison) kārā kārāgāraṃ kārāveśma n. (n) bandhanagṛhaṃ.

To CAGE, v. a. pañjare or kārāgāre nirudh (c. 7. -ruṇaddhi -roddhuṃ) or avarudh or bandh (c. 9. badhnāti banddhuṃ).

To CAJOLE, v. a. (To flatter, wheedle) śāntv or sāntv (c. 10. śāntvayati sāntvayati -yituṃ), lal in caus. (lālayati -yituṃ).
     --(With intent to overreach) vañc in caus. (vañcayate -yituṃ) parivañc pralabh (c. 1. -labhate -labdhuṃ), vipralabh chal (c. 10. chalayati -yituṃ).

CAJOLED, p. p. lālitaḥ -tā -taṃ; madhurairvacobhiḥ saṃlāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ vañcitaḥ -tā -taṃ vipralabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ pratāritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CAJOLER, s. (Coaxer) lālanakṛt m., cāṭukāraḥ.
     --(Deceiver) vañcakaḥ pratārakaḥ kūṭakaḥ kūṭakāraḥ kapaṭikaḥ.

CAJOLERY, s. (Coaxing) lālanaṃ cāṭūktiḥ f.
     --(Overreaching) chalaṃ vañcanaṃ pratāraṇaṃ kūṭatā kapaṭaḥ vyājaḥ.

CAITIFF, s. durvṛttaḥ durātmā m. (n) narādhamaḥ khalaḥ dhūrttaḥ śaṭhaḥ.

CAITIFF, a. durvṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ svalaḥ -lā -laṃ śaṭhaḥ -ṭhā -ṭhaṃ adhamaḥ -mā -maṃ.

CAIRN, s. prastaracitiḥ f., pāṣāṇacitiḥ f., śilārāśiḥ m., pāṣāṇotkaraḥ

CAKE, s. pūpaḥ apūpaḥ piṣṭakaḥ polikā karambhaḥ.
     --(A mass of any thing) piṇḍaḥ.

To CAKE, v. n. piṇḍībhū piṇḍa (nom. piṇḍāyate), piṣṭakarūpeṇa ghanībhū.

CAKED, p. p. piṇḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ piṇḍībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ ghanīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CALABASH, s. vṛhadalābūprabhedaḥ alābūḥ f., vimbikā.

CALAMANCO, s. ūrṇānirmmitaḥ paṭaviśeṣaḥ ūrṇāmayavastraṃ.

CALAMINE, s. śilājatusvabhāvo bhūmiviśeṣo yatsaṃsargeṇa tāmraṃ pittalaḥ sampadyate.

CALAMITOUS, a. vyasanī -ninī -ni (n) ātyayikaḥ -kī -kaṃ vipannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ vipadyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ āpadgrastaḥ -stā -staṃ durgataḥ -tā -taṃ vidhuraḥ -rā -raṃ daivopahataḥ -tā -taṃ upākṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ duḥkhī -khinī -khi (n) kleśī -śinī -śi (n) autpātikaḥ -kī -kaṃ śokapūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ vyathākaraḥ -rā -raṃ.

CALAMITY, s. vipad f., āpad f., vipattiḥ f., vyasanaṃ vyāpad f., viplavaḥ upaplavaḥ durghaṭanā daurgatyaṃ durdaivaṃ daurbhāgyaṃ duḥkhaṃ kleśaḥ.
     --(From heaven) vinipātaḥ utpātaḥ vinihataḥ

CALAMUS, s. sugandhivetasaprabhedaḥ vetraḥ veṇuḥ m., vaṃśaḥ naḍaḥ nalaḥ.

CALASH, s. (A pleasure-carriage) krīḍārathaḥ puṣparathaḥ kelirathaḥ.

CALCAREOUS, a. śarkarikaḥ -kā -kaṃ śārkarīyaḥ -yī -yaṃ śarkarāvān -vatī -vat (t).

CALCEATED, p. p. sapādukaḥ -kā -kaṃ pādukārūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ upānadyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

CALCEDONY, s. (A kind of opal) śivadhātuḥ m., gomedasannibhaḥ.

To CALCINATE or CALCINE, v. a. bhasmīkṛ ātañcanaṃ kṛ pratīvāpaṃ kṛ.

CALCINATION, s. bhasmīkaraṇaṃ ātañcanaṃ pratīvāpaḥ.
     --(Apparatus for) pātālaḥ.

CALCINED, p. p. bhasmīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ bhasmībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CALCULABLE, a. gaṇanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ vigaṇyaḥ -ṇyā -ṇyaṃ saṃkhyeyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

To CALCULATE, v. n. gaṇ (c. 10. gaṇayati -yituṃ), vigaṇ pragaṇ saṃkhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -te -khyātuṃ), parisaṃkhyā samparikhyā kal (c. 10. kalayati -yituṃ), saṅkal.

CALCULATED, p. p. gaṇitaḥ -tā -taṃ vigaṇitaḥ -tā -taṃ parigaṇitaḥ -tā -taṃ rāśigataḥ -tā -taṃ cittakalitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Adapted, suited) yuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ upayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ ucitaḥ -tā -taṃ paryyāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.

CALCULATION, s. (The act) gaṇanaṃ n. -nā vigaṇanaṃ saṅkhyānaṃ parisaṅkhyānaṃ guṇanaṃ.
     --(The result) gaṇitaṃ.

CALCULATOR, s. gaṇakaḥ vigaṇakaḥ gaṇanakṛt guṇakaḥ guṇakāraḥ saṅkhyākṛt.

CALCULOUS, a. śārkaraḥ -rī -raṃ āśimakaḥ -kī -kaṃ aśmaraḥ -rā -raṃ āśmanaḥ -nī -naṃ aśmamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ śilāmayaḥ -yī -yaṃ.

CALCULUS, s. (Stone in the bladder) aśmarī aśmīraḥ śarkarā mūtrakṛcchraṃ.

CALDRON, s. piṭharaḥ ukhā sthālī udasthālī piṣṭapacanaṃ kanduḥ m., kaṭāhaḥ.

CALECHE, s. krīḍārathaḥ puṣparathaḥ kelirathaḥ.

CALEFACTION, s. tapanaṃ tāpanaṃ pratāpanaṃ dāhanaṃ siddhakaraṇaṃ.

CALEFACTORY, a. tāpakaḥ -kā -kaṃ tāpanaḥ -nī -naṃ tāpakaraḥ -rī -raṃ.

To CALEFY, v. n. (To be heated) tap (c. 1. tapati taptuṃ), pratap.

CALENDAR, s. (Almanack) pañjiḥ f., pañjī pañjikā tithitattvapatraṃ.

CALENDER, s. (A hot-press) vastrasnigdhīkaraṇārthaṃ or paṭaślakṣṇīkaraṇārthaṃ or vastramārjanārthaṃ cakrayantraṃ.

To CALENDER, v. a. (To dress cloth) pūrvvoktayantreṇa vastraṃ or paṭaṃ snigdhīkṛ or ślakṣṇīkṛ or mṛj (c. 2. mārṣṭi mārṣṭuṃ), pramṛj.

CALENDS, s. māsasya prathamadinaṃ śuklapakṣasya prathamadivasaḥ akṣuṇadinaṃ pratipad f., pakṣatiḥ f.

CALENTURE, s. samudrayāyināṃ vyādhiprabhedas tadrogagrastaḥ potavāhaḥ śasyakṣetram iti buddhā samudramadhye ātmānaṃ prakṣipati.

CALF, s. govatsaḥ vatsaḥ vaṣkayaḥ śakṛtkariḥ m. -rī f., doṣakaḥ.
     --(Newborn) tarṇaḥ tarṇakaḥ.
     --(A herd of calves) vātsakaṃ.
     --(The thick part of the leg) jaṅghāyāḥ sthūlabhāgaḥ or māṃsalabhāgaḥ jaṅghāpiṇḍaḥ jaṅghāmadhyaṃ māṃsapiṇḍāṅgaṃ.
     --(A dolt) sthūlabuddhiḥ jaḍaḥ.

CALIBRE, s. (Bore of a gun, &c.) chidraṃ yantrachidraṃ suṣiraṃ śuṣiraṃ vyāsaṃ chidravyāsaṃ vistāraḥ chidravistatiḥ f.
     --(Size, measure) parimāṇaṃ mātrā.
     --(Sort, kind) prakāraḥ.

CALICE, s. kaṃsaḥ pātraṃ bhājanaṃ puṭakaṃ.

CALICO, s. kārpāsaṃ nānāvarṇamūrttimudritaḥ kārpāsapaṭaḥ citritakārpāsaṃ.

CALID, a. uṣṇaḥ -ṣṇā -ṣṇaṃ taptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ naidāghaḥ -ghī -ghaṃ.

CALIDITY, s. tāpaḥ uṣṇatā gharmmaḥ nidāghaḥ aśiśiratā.

CALIGATION, s. anghakāraḥ timiraṃ tamaḥ n. (s) tamisraṃ meghatimiraṃ.

CALIGINOUS, a. tamasvī -svinī -svi (n) andhakārayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ tamovṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CALIGRAPHY, s. cārulekhanaṃ śubhalekhanaṃ sulekhanaṃ cārulekhanaśilpaṃ.

CALIX, s. puṣpagarbhaḥ puṣpakoṣaḥ puṣpādhāraḥ kusumapuṭī upadalaṃ puṣpasambandhī dalamayo vahiḥkoṣaḥ or puṭaḥ puṣpadhārako dalapuṭaḥ.

To CALK, v. a. naukātale dārusphoṭanaprayuktāni chidrāṇi śaṇasūtrādinā nirudh (c. 7. -ruṇaddhi -roddhuṃ) or pidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ).

CALKER, s. naukātale śaṇasūtrādinā chidrāvarodhī m. (n) or chidrapratibandhakaḥ.

CALL, s. (Summon) āhvānaṃ āhūtiḥ f., āhvayaḥ ākaraṇaṃ.
     --(Invitation) nimantraṇaṃ.
     --(Address by name) sambodhanaṃ nāmagrahaḥ.
     --(Impulse) vegaḥ.
     --(Divine vocation) pratyādeśaḥ ākāśavāṇī īśvarāhvānaṃ.
     --(Requisition, obligation) prayojanaṃ avaśyakatā.
     --(Claim, demand) abhiyogaḥ.
     --(Authority) adhikāraḥ.
     --(A visit) abhigamaḥ abhyāgamaḥ samāyaḥ.
     --(Challenge) āhūtiḥ f.
     --(A calling over the names of the members of parliament) mahāsabhāyāṃ pratyakṣāpratyakṣanirṇayanārtham ekaikaśaḥ pratinidhināmavyāharaṇaṃ.

To CALL, v. a. (Name, denominate) abhidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), ākhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -khyātuṃ), pracakṣ (c. 2. -caṣṭe), kṝt (c. 10. kīrttayati -yituṃ), prakṛt nāma kṛ; 'they called his name Rama,' tasya nāma rāma iti cakruḥ; 'to call upon by name,' sambodhanaṃ kṛ; 'to be called,' abhidhā in pass. (-dhīyate) khyā in pass. (khyāyate).
     --(Summon) āhve (c. 1. -hvayati -hvātuṃ).
     --(Invite) nimantr (c. 10. -mantrayati -yituṃ), āmantr.
     --(Convoke) samāhve āhve saṅghaṭṭ (c. 10. -ghaṭṭayati -yituṃ),
     --(Appeal to, invoke) hve āhve upahve.
     --(Call forth, put in action, excite) protsah in caus. (-sāhayati -yituṃ) udyuj in caus. (-yojayati -yituṃ) ceṣṭ in caus. (ceṣṭayati -yituṃ).
     --(Call back, revoke) nivṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ) khaṇḍ (c. 10. khaṇḍayati -yituṃ), pratyādiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ).
     --(Call for, require) arh (c. 1. arhati arhituṃ), prārth (c. 10. -arthayate -yituṃ), yāc (c. 1. yācati yācituṃ); 'this matter calls for deliberation,' atra vicāreṇa prayojanaṃ.
     --(Call in, as coin) mudrāpracalanaṃ nivṛt mudrāprācaryyaṃ nivṛ in caus. (-vārayati -yituṃ).
     --(Call over names) pratyakṣāpratyakṣaniścayanārthaṃ nāmāni ekaikaśa udāhṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ) or parisaṃkhyā or vac in caus. (vācayati -yituṃ).
     --(Call out, exclaim) utkruś (c. 1. -krośati -kroṣṭuṃ), prakruś vikruś uccaiḥsvare ghuṣ (c. 10. ghoṣayati -yituṃ), udghuṣ citkāraṃ kṛ cītkṛ.
     --(Call out, challenge) āhve upāhve.
     --(Call to witness) sākṣiṇaṃ kṛ or āhve.
     --(Call to mind) smṛ (c. 1. smarati smarttuṃ).
     --(Call to account) anuyuj (c. 7. -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ), abhiyuj anusandhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), nibaddhaṃ -ddhāṃ -ddhaṃ kṛ.
     --(Call up, from sleep) jāgṛ in caus. (jāgarayati -yituṃ) prabudh in caus. (-bodhayati -yituṃ).
     --(Address) āmantr ālap (c. 1. -lapati -lapituṃ); 'by name,' nāma grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ).
     --(Call upon, implore) prārth (c. 10. -arthayate -yituṃ), vinayena prārth.
     --(To visit) abhigam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ), abhyāgam abhisṛ in caus. (-sārayati -yituṃ).

CALLED, p. p. (Named) proktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ abhihitaḥ -tā -taṃ udāhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ parikīrttitaḥ -tā -taṃ smṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ śabditaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃjñitaḥ -tā -taṃ. The following are used in composition only: nāmā -mā -ma abhidhānaḥ -nā -naṃ ākhyaḥ -khyā -khyaṃ āhvaḥ -hvā -hvaṃ āhvayaḥ -yā -yaṃ nāmadheyaḥ -yā -yaṃ; thus, 'a lake called blue-lotus,' nīlotpalanāma or nīlotpalābhidhānaṃ saraḥ.
     --(Summoned, invited) āhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ nimantritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CALLING, s. (Inviting) āhvānaṃ hūtiḥ f., havaḥ nimantraṇaṃ.
     --(Addressing by name) sambodhanaṃ nāmagrahaḥ.
     --(Giving name) nāmakaraṇaṃ.
     --(Profession, employment) vṛttiḥ f., jīvikā upajīvikā vyāpāraḥ vyavasāyaḥ.
     --(Divine vocation) pratyādeśaḥ ākāśavāṇī.

CALLOSITY, s. (Induration of the skin) kadaraḥ kiṇaḥ tvakkāṭhinyaṃ tvagghanatā tvagdṛḍhatā tanukūpaghanatā.

CALLOUS, a. kaṭhinaḥ -nā -naṃ dṛḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ ghanaḥ -nā -naṃ ghanīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Hard-hearted) kaṭhinahṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ.
     --(Insensible, unfeeling) vicetanaḥ -nā -naṃ karkaśaḥ -śā -śaṃ nirddayaḥ -yā -yaṃ kṛpāhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.
     --(Shameless) nirlajjaḥ -jjā -jjaṃ.

CALLOUSLY, adv. kāṭhinyena sakārkaśyaṃ dārḍhyena nirddayaṃ lajjāṃ vinā.

CALLOUSNESS, s. (Hardness) kaṭhinatā kāṭhinyaṃ kārkaśyaṃ dṛḍhatā dārḍhyaṃ draḍhimā m. (n).
     --(Insensibility, want of feeling) acaitanyaṃ hṛdayakāṭhinyaṃ nirddayatā nirlajjatā.

CALLOW, a. pakṣahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ ajātapakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ ajātaparṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ anutpannapakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ garudrahitaḥ -tā -taṃ nagnadehaḥ -hā -haṃ akṛtaḍīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.

CALM, s. (Freedom from wind and waves) nirvātaḥ vāyunivṛttiḥ f., nirvegatā nistaraṅgatā.
     --(Quiet, repose) śāntiḥ f., śamaḥ praśāntiḥ f., viśrāmaḥ viśrāntiḥ f., prasannatā prasādaḥ.

CALM, a. (Free from wind and waves) nirvātaḥ -tā -taṃ gatānilaḥ -lā -laṃ nivṛttavāyuḥ -yuḥ -yu nirvegaḥ -gā -gaṃ nistaraṅgaḥ -ṅgā -ṅgaṃ.
     --(Quiet, composed in mind) śāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ praśāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ viśrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ prasannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ avyākulaḥ -lā -laṃ nirākulaḥ -lā -laṃ samāhitaḥ -tā -taṃ praśāntātmā -tmā -tma (n) sthiramatiḥ -tiḥ -ti śāntacetāḥ -tāḥ -taḥ (s) antarvegahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ asambhramaḥ -mā -maṃ anugraḥ -grā -graṃ.
     --(In countenance) prasannamukhī -khinī -khi (n).

To CALM, v. a. śam in caus. (śamayati -yituṃ) praśam upaśam tuṣ in caus. (toṣayati -yituṃ) parituṣ prasad in caus. (-sādayati -yituṃ) abhiprasad śāntv or sāntv (c. 10. sāntvayati -yituṃ), abhiśāntv pariśāntv; 'to be calm,' śam (c. 4. śāmyati śamituṃ), prasad (c. 1. 6. -sīdati -sattuṃ), samprasad; 'the sea became calm,' prasasāda sāgaraḥ; 'my mind is calm,' antarātmā prasīdati.

CALMED, p. p. śamitaḥ -tā -taṃ praśamitaḥ -tā -taṃ prasāditaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CALMER, s. śamakaḥ śāntikarttā m. (rttṛ) śāntikaraḥ śāntidaḥ tuṣṭikaraḥ.

CALMLY, adv. śāntyā śāntaṃ manaḥprasādena asambhramaṃ praśāntacetasā.

CALMNESS, s. śāntatā praśāntatā śāntiḥ f., viśrāntatā prasādaḥ nirākulatā avyākulatā sthiratā asambhramaḥ.
     --(Of the sea) nirvātatvaṃ.

CALOMEL, s. ṣaṭkṛtvaḥ śodhitaḥ or ūrddhvapātitaḥ pāradaḥ sa ca cikitsakair nānāvyādhipratikārāya rogārtteṣu prayujyate.

CALORIFIC, a. tāpakaraḥ -rī -raṃ tāpajanakaḥ -kā -kaṃ nidāghakaraḥ -rī -raṃ.

CALOTTE, s. dharmmācāryyair bhṛtaṃ śarāvākṛti mastakābharaṇaṃ or śiroveṣṭanaṃ.

CALTROP, s. vigrahasamaye śatror aśvakhuravedhanārthaṃ raṇabhūmau nyastaṃ śūlatrayayuktaṃ lohayantraṃ.
     --(The plant) gokṣuraḥ -rakaḥ gokhuraḥ -rakaḥ.

To CALVE, v. n. vatsaṃ or tarṇaṃ su (c. 2. sūte, c. 4. sūyate sotuṃ) or prasu or jan in caus. (janayati -yituṃ) or prajan (c. 4. -jāyate -janituṃ); 'a cow that calves often,' bahusūtiḥ f., cirasūtā vaṣkayaṇī; 'cows calve every year,' prativarṣaṃ prasūyante gāvaḥ; 'a cow that has lately calved,' navasūtikā; 'calving of a cow,' goprasavaḥ.

To CALUMNIATE, v. a. parivad (c. 1. -vadati -vadituṃ), apavad nind (c. 1. nindati nindituṃ), mithyā abhiyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ), abhiśap (c. 1. -śapati -śaptuṃ), abhiśaṃs (c. 1. -śaṃsati -śaṃsituṃ), avakṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ), ākṣar in caus. (-kṣārayati -yituṃ) kalaṅka (nom. kalaṅkayati -yituṃ), paraguṇān apavada.

CALUMNIATED, p. p. abhiśastaḥ -stā -staṃ mithyābhiśastaḥ -stā -staṃ mithyābhiyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ ākṣāritaḥ -tā -taṃ kṣāritaḥ -tā -taṃ kalaṅkitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CALUMNIATOR, s. parivādī m. (n) -dakaḥ piśunaḥ abhiśastakaḥ abhiśāpakaḥ mithyābhiyogī m. (n) abhyasūyakaḥ nindakaḥ guṇaghātī m. (n) guṇāpavādakaḥ kalaṅkakaraḥ kuvādaḥ.

CALUMNIOUS, a. piśunaḥ -nā -naṃ asūkaḥ -kā -kaṃ abhyasūyakaḥ -kā -kaṃ vāgduṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ kalaṅkakaraḥ -rī -raṃ kalaṅkamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ kalaṅkī -ṅkinī -ṅki (n).

CALUMNIOUSLY, adv. parivādena sāpavādaṃ guṇāpavādena asūyayā sakalaṅkaṃ paiśunyena piśunavacanena nindāpūrvvakaṃ sāsūyaṃ.

CALUMNY, s. parivādaḥ apavādaḥ asūyā f. -yanaṃ asūyuḥ m., abhyasūyā piśunavacanaṃ piśunavākyaṃ paiśunyaṃ abhiśaṃsanaṃ mithyābhiśaṃsanaṃ abhiśapanaṃ abhiśāpaḥ ākṣāraḥ -raṇaṃ kalaṅkaḥ guṇāpavādaḥ vāgdoṣaḥ mithyābhiyogaḥ nindā paradoṣavādaḥ alīkapravādaḥ.

CALX, s. cūrṇaṃ bhasma n. (n).
     --(Of -brass) rītipuṣpaṃ rītikā puṣpaketu n., pauṣpakaṃ kusumāñjanaṃ.

[Page 75b]

CALYCLE, s. kṣudramukulaṃ kṣudrakuṭmalaṃ navajālakaṃ.


CAMBIST, s. huṇḍikāpatrakrayavikrayajīvī m. (n).

CAMBRIC, s. aṃśukaṃ dukūlaṃ kulīnastrīlokena bhṛtaḥ sūkṣmakṣaumapaṭaviśeṣaḥ.

CAMEL, s. uṣṭraḥ kramelaḥ kramelakaḥ mahāṅgaḥ mayaḥ baṇigvahaḥ śarabhaḥ dvikakud m., dīrghagrīvaḥ; 'a young camel,' karabhaḥ; 'a flock of camels,' auṣṭrakaṃ.

CAMELEON, s. saraṭaḥ saraṭuḥ m., pratisūryyaḥ kṛkalāsaḥ kṛkavākuḥ m.

CAMELOPARD, s. tarakṣurūpeṇa citrita uṣṭrajātīyo dīrghagrīvo jantuprabhedaḥ.

CAMELOT, s. (A stuff made of camel's hair, &c.) uṣṭralomādinirmmitaṃ vastraṃ.

CAMEO, s. takṣituṃ śakyo dvivarṇaprastaraviśeṣaḥ takṣaṇīyatvakṣamaḥ kambuviśeṣaḥ.

CAMERA-OBSCURA, s. sāndhakārakuṭīpaṭalaniveśitaś cākṣuṣayantraviśeṣo yaddvāreṇa antarasthaśvetaphalake prativimbitā vahiḥsthā viṣayā dṛśyā bhavanti.

CAMERATED, a. (Arched) toraṇākārapaṭalayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ toraṇīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CAMISADO, s. sauptikaṃ sauptikabadhaḥ naiśākramaḥ naiśābhikramaḥ rātriyuddhaṃ rātrau or andhakāre abhiyogaḥ or avaskandaḥ.

CAMOYS or CAMOUS, a. (Flat, said of the nose) cipiṭaḥ -ṭā -ṭaṃ cikinaḥ -nā -naṃ avabhraṭaḥ -ṭā -ṭaṃ.

CAMP, s. vāhinīniveśaḥ niveśaḥ śiviraṃ kaṭakaḥ mandiraṃ skandhāvāraḥ balasthitiḥ f., paṭakaḥ; 'camp-follower,' senācaraḥ.

To CAMP, v. n. (To pitch a camp, to lodge in a camp) niviś (c. 6. -viśate -veṣṭuṃ), sainyaṃ niviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ) śivire vas (c. 1. vasati vastuṃ).

CAMPAIGN, s. (A level open tract of ground) samabhūmiḥ f., samasthalaṃ tarugulmarahitaḥ samo bhūbhāgaḥ nirvanabhūmiḥ.
     --(The time for which any army keeps the field) abhiṣeṇanakālaḥ yuddhakālaḥ raṇakṣetre varttanakālaḥ vatsaramadhye yatkālaparyyantaṃ sainyā raṇakṣetre yuyutsavo vicaranti.

CAMPANIFORM, a. (As a flower) ghaṇṭākāraḥ -rā -raṃ ghaṇṭākṛtiḥ -tiḥ -ti,

CAMPESTRAL, a. kṣetrikaḥ -kī -kaṃ kaidāraḥ -rī -raṃ jāṅgalaḥ -lī -laṃ.

CAMPHOR or CAMPHIRE, s. karpūraḥ -raṃ candraḥ somaḥ somasaṃjñaṃ sitābhraḥ tārābhraḥ sudhāṃśuḥ m., ghanasāraḥ himabālukā.

CAMPHORATED, a. karpūrasaṃsṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ karpūrīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

CAN, s. kaṃsaḥ kāṃsyaḥ trāpuṣakumbhaḥ lauhakuṇḍaḥ dhātumayapātraṃ bhājanaṃ

To CAN, v. n. (To be able) śak (c. 5. śaknoti, c. 4. śakyati śaktuṃ), samarthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ as kṣam (c. 1. kṣamate kṣantuṃ), prabhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ),

CANAILLE, s. antyāḥ m. pl., antyajātīyāḥ m. pl., antyajāḥ m. pl., prākṛtamanuṣyāḥ m. pl., adhamajātīyāḥ m. pl., khalāḥ m. pl., hīnavarṇāḥ m. pl., pṛthagjanāḥ m. pl., itarajanāḥ m. pl.,

CANAL, s. kulyā upakulyā khātaṃ praṇālaḥ -lī khallaḥ jalanirgamaḥ sāraṇiḥ f., kṛtrimā sarit.

CANARY-BIRD, s. uttālarutaviśiṣṭaḥ pītavarṇo vijātīyaḥ kṣudrapakṣī.

To CANCEL, v. a. (To annul, obliterate) lup (c. 6. lumpati loptuṃ), lopaṃ kṛ ucchid (c. 7. -chinatti -chettuṃ), apamṛj (c. 2. -mārṣṭi -mārṣṭuṃ), nirmṛj vyāmṛj parimṛj uddhṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ).
     --(To mark a writing with cross lines) likhitalopasūcanārthaṃ vyatyastarekhādvayena patraṃ cihn (c. 10. cihnayati -yituṃ).

CANCELLATED, p. p. vyatyastarekhācihnitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CANCELLED, p. p. luptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ ucchinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ vyāmṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

CANCER, s. (A sore) vidradhiḥ m., vraṇaḥ galitakṣataṃ nālīvraṇaḥ tanuvraṇaḥ upadaṃśaḥ visphoṭaḥ nāḍī.
     --(The sign of the summer solstice) karkaṭaḥ karkaḥ karkaṭarāśiḥ m.; 'stars in cancer,' puṣyaḥ sidhyaḥ tiṣyaḥ.
     --(A crab-fish) kulīraḥ karkaṭaḥ.

To CANCERATE, v. n. (To become a cancer) vraṇībhū vidradhībhū vraṇa (nom. vraṇāyate).

CANCEROUS, a. vidradhiguṇaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ vidradhīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

CANCRINE, a. karkaṭīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ kulīrasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n)

CANDENT, a. pracaṇḍaḥ -ṇḍā -ṇḍaṃ atyuṣṇaḥ -ṣṇā -ṣṇaṃ atyantataptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.

CANDID, a. (Fair, upright) saralaḥ -lā -laṃ dakṣiṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ udāraḥ -rā -raṃ avakraḥ -krā -kraṃ ajihmaḥ -hmā -hmaṃ śuddhamatiḥ -tiḥ -ti ṛjuḥ -juḥ -ju agūḍhabhāvaḥ -vā -vaṃ vimalātmā -tmā -tma (n) nirvyalīkaḥ -kā -kaṃ.
     --(Pure) śuciḥ -ciḥ -ci vimalaḥ -lā -laṃ nirmmalaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(White) śuklaḥ -klā -klaṃ.

CANDIDATE, s. arthī m. (n) prārthakaḥ yācakaḥ pratyāśī m. (n) padānveṣī m. (n) abhiyoktā m. (ktṛ).

CANDIDLY, adv. saralaṃ dākṣiṇyena ajihmaṃ dharmmatas amāyayā nirvyalīkaṃ nirvyājaṃ kapaṭaṃ vinā māyāvyatirekeṇa.

CANDIDNESS, s. saralatā sāralyaṃ dākṣiṇyaṃ śucitā ṛjutā ārjavaṃ ajihmatā nirvyalīkatā amāyā.

CANDIED, a. ghanībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Sugar) khaṇḍamodakaḥ mākṣikaśarkarā upalā dṛḍhagātrikā.

To CANDIFY, v. a. śuklīkṛ dhavalīkṛ dhavala (nom. dhavalayati -yituṃ).

CANDLE, s. dīpaḥ -pakaḥ dīpikā pradīpaḥ varttī varttiḥ f., daśākarṣaḥ śikhī m. (n) kajjvaladhvajaḥ.

CANDLEHOLDER, s. dīpadhārī m. (n) dīpavāhaḥ pradīpabhṛt dīpahastaḥ.

CANDLELIGHT, s. dīpadyutiḥ f., pradīpadyutiḥ dīpaprabhā varttidīptiḥ f.

CANDLEMAS, s. mariyamnāmikāyāḥ kanyāyāḥ śucitvam uddiśya mahotsavo yasya sevanakāle bhūripradīpāḥ samiddhā bhavanti.

CANDLESTICK, s. dīpādhāraḥ dīpapādapaḥ pradīpapādapaḥ dīpavṛkṣaḥ varttyādhāraḥ śikhātaruḥ m., śikhāvṛkṣaḥ kaumudīvṛkṣaḥ kajjvalarocakaḥ.

CANDLESTUFF, s. dīpikānirmmāṇārthaṃ tailavasādi dravyaṃ vasā tailaṃ snehaḥ.

CANDOUR, s. saralatā dākṣiṇyaṃ śucitā amāyā ṛjutā satyatā satyavāditvaṃ vimalātmatā manonirmmalatvaṃ nirvyalīkatā audāryyaṃ suśīlatā.

To CANDY, v. a. (To form into congelations) khaṇḍīkṛ khaṇḍamodākāraṃ -rāṃ -raṃ or upalākāraṃ kṛ ghanīkṛ or sāndrīkṛ or saṃhatīkṛ śyai in caus. (śyāpayati -yituṃ).

To CANDY, v. n. (To grow congealed) khaṇḍībhū khaṇḍamodakavad ghanībhū or sāndrībhū upalākāraḥ -rā -raṃ bhū śyai (c. 1. śyāyate śyātuṃ).

CANDY, s. (Sugar) khaṇḍamodakaḥ khaṇḍaḥ upalā śuklopalā mākṣikaśarkarā śarkarā dṛḍhagātrikā.

CANE, s. vetasaḥ veṇuḥ m., vetraḥ vetraṃ vaṃśaḥ kīcakaḥ vānīraḥ; 'made of cane,' vaiṇavaḥ -vī -vaṃ vaitrakaḥ -kī -kaṃ vaidalaḥ -lī -laṃ; 'a worker in cane,' veṇucchedanajīvī m. (n) vaidalakāraḥ; 'a blow with a cane,' vetrāghātaḥ vetreṇa āghātaḥ.
     --(A stick) yaṣṭiḥ m. f., daṇḍaḥ; 'a cane stick,' vaiṇavī yaṣṭiḥ.
     --(Sugar-cane) ikṣuḥ m., ikṣuyaṣṭiḥ m., ikṣudaṇḍaḥ.
     --(Cane-chair) vetrāsanaṃ.

To CANE, v. a. (To beat with a cane) daṇḍena or vetreṇa or yaṣṭinā han (c. 2. hanti hantuṃ) or taḍ (c. 1. tāḍayati -yituṃ), vetrāghātaṃ kṛ.

CANICULAR, a. (Belonging to the dog-star) kukkurākhyanakṣatrasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

CANINE, a. kukkurasambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ kukkurīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ śauvaḥ -vī -vaṃ.

CANISTER, s. (A basket) ḍallakaḥ karaṇḍaḥ.
     --(A tin-box) trāpupapātraṃ.

[Page 76b]

CANKER, s. (A corroding sore) galitakṣataṃ vidradhiḥ m., nālīvraṇaḥ.
     --(A worm that destroys fruits) phalanāśakaḥ kīṭaḥ.
     --(Any thing that corrupts or corrodes) kalaṅkaḥ viṣaṃ dūṣakaḥ garaḥ.
     --(Corrosion, consuming) dūṣaṇaṃ vilayaḥ vilayanaṃ kṣayaḥ nāśaḥ vināśaḥ.
     --(Virulence) viṣālutā sagaratā.

To CANKER, v. a. (To corrupt, corrode) duṣ in caus. (dūṣayati -yituṃ) kalaṅka (nom. kalaṅkayati -yituṃ), vilī in caus. (-lāyayati -yituṃ) vinaś in caus. (-nāśayati -yituṃ) kṣi in caus. (kṣayayati -yituṃ) mṛ in caus. (mārayati -yituṃ).

To CANKER, v. n. (To grow corrupt) duṣ (c. 4. duṣyati doṣṭuṃ), praduṣ vilī (c. 4. -līyate -letuṃ), viṣasamparkāt or viṣasaṃsargāt kṣī in pass. (kṣīyate) gal (c. 1. galati galituṃ), vigal.

CANKER-BIT, a. viṣāktadantena daṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ or daṃśitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CANKERED, p. p. kalaṅkitaḥ -tā -taṃ dūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ viṣāktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ garalī -linī -li (n).
     --(In disposition) pratīpaḥ -pā -paṃ duḥśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ viṣahṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

CANNABINE, a. śāṇaḥ -ṇī -ṇaṃ bhāṅgīnaḥ -nā -naṃ śaṇasūtramayaḥ -yī -yaṃ.

CANNIBAL, s. puruṣādaḥ nṛjagdhaḥ narabhuk m. (j) manuṣyabhojī m. (n) aśrapaḥ piśitāśaḥ kravyāśī m. (n) āmamāṃsāśī m. (n) rākṣasaḥ.

CANNIBALISM, s. nṛjagdhatvaṃ kravyāśitā manuṣyabhojitvaṃ.

CANNON, s. antaragnibalena lohagulikāprakṣepaṇaṃ yuddhayantraṃ vṛhadgolaprakṣepārthaṃ suṣirayantraṃ golāsanaṃ guliprakṣepaṇī vṛhallohanāḍiḥ f.

To CANNONADE, v. a. pūrvvoktena yantreṇa mṛd (c. 9. mṛdnāti marddituṃ) or pramṛd.

CANNON-BALL, s. raṇaguliḥ f., raṇagolaḥ guliḥ f. -lī ayoguḍaḥ pūrvvoktavṛhannāḍeḥ prakṣepaṇīyo lohagolakaḥ dūraveghinī gulikā āgneyāstraṃ.

CANNONEER, s. pūrvvoktayantreṇa marddī m. (n) or vimarddī raṇaguliprakṣepakaḥ raṇagolāsaḥ āgneyāstraprakṣepakaḥ.

CANOE, s. vṛkṣasya khātaskandhanirmmitā kṣudranaukā laghunaukā.

CANON, s. (A rule, a law) vidhiḥ m., niyamaḥ sūtraṃ vyavasthā śāstraṃ rītiḥ f.
     --(Ecclesiastical law) paurohitadharmmaśāstraṃ dharmmādhyakṣasamājena vyavasthāpitā dharmmasaṃhitā paurohityasambandhi smṛtiśāstraṃ yājakīyadharmmaśāstraṃ.
     --(The received books of Holy Scripture) dharmmamūlaṃ dharmmapustakasaṃhitā dharmmanidarśanaṃ.
     --(A dignitary of a Cathedral) mahāpūjāśālāsambandhīyamaṭhe guruḥ or sabhāsad mahābhajanaprāsāde pradhānapurohitaḥ mahāpūjāśālāyāṃ mukhyadharmmādhyāpakaḥ.

CANONESS, s. pūrvvoktapurohitavyavahārānusāriṇī strī or nārī.

CANONICAL, a. vaidhikaḥ -kī -kaṃ naiyamikaḥ -kī -kaṃ śāstrīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ dharmmaśāstrīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ rītyanusārī -riṇī -ri (n) vyāvahārikaḥ -kī -kaṃ paurohitadharmmānurūpaḥ -pā -paṃ.

CANONICALLY, adv. vidhivat śāstravat vidhitas śāstratas vidhipūrvvakaṃ rītipūrvvakaṃ niyamapūrvvakaṃ yathāvidhi yathāśāstraṃ paurohitadharmmānusāreṇa yājakīyasmṛtiśāstrakrameṇa.

CANONICALS, s. pl. dharmmādhyāpakalākṣaṇikaṃ vastrādi purohitaveśaḥ yājakaveśaḥ.

CANONIST, s. paurohitadharmmaśāstrajñaḥ purohitavyavahārapaṇḍitaḥ yājakīyadharmmaśāstrajñaḥ.

CANONIZATION, s. siddhānām madhye āropaṇaṃ amukasādhujanaḥ siddhiṃ prāptavān iti ghoṣaṇāpatreṇa vijñāpanaṃ.

To CANONIZE, v. a. siddhalokamadhye āruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ) amukasādhujanaḥ siddhānāṃ madhye vigaṇanīya iti ghoṣaṇāpatreṇa vijñā in caus. (-jñāpayati -yituṃ).

CANONIZED, p. p. siddhalokāropitaḥ -tā -taṃ siddhānāṃ madhye saṃkhyātaḥ -tā -taṃ.

[Page 77a]

CANONRY or CANONSHIP, s. pūrvvoktapurohitasambandhi padaṃ or varttanaṃ.

CANOPIED, p. p. vitānīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vitānācchāditaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CANOPY, s. vitānaṃ -nakaṃ candrātapaḥ ullocaḥ ācchādanaṃ pidhānaṃ vyavadhā.

To CANOPY, v. n. vitānīkṛ candrātapena ācchad (c. 10. -chādayati -yituṃ).

CANOROUS, a. susvaraḥ -rā -raṃ sucārusvanaḥ -nā -naṃ svarayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

CANT, s. (A technical form of speaking) paribhāṣā lākṣaṇikavākyaṃ kalpitavākyaṃ kalpitasaṃjñā racitavākyaṃ.
     --(A corrupt dialect) bhraṣṭabhāṣā apabhāṣā kubhāṣā apaśabdaḥ.
     --(A whining pretension to goodness) antarduṣṭasya dharmmadhvajīkaraṇārthaṃ sadvākyamātraṃ sādhuvāṅmātraṃ dambhoktiḥ f., dāmbhikavacanaṃ dharmmāpadeśakavākyaṃ niḥsatyavākyaṃ vailakṣyavacanaṃ vākchalaṃ chādmikavacanaṃ.

To CANT, v. n. (To talk in technical language) paribhāṣ (c. 1. -bhāṣate -bhāṣituṃ), lākṣaṇikavākyaṃ or racitavākyaṃ vad (c. 1. vadati vadituṃ).
     --(To speak hypocritically) dharmmadhvajīkaraṇārthaṃ or dharmmāpadeśamātrāt sajjana iva vad dambhārthaṃ svavyavahāraviruddhaṃ sadvākyamātraṃ vad.

CANTATION, s. (The act of singing) gānaṃ gītiḥ f., gītaṃ gānakaraṇaṃ.

CANTEEN, s. sainyānāṃ prasthānakāle madyaśuṇḍādidhāraṇayogyaṃ trāpuṣabhāṇḍaṃ.

CANTER, s. (Pace of a horse) arddhapulāyitaṃ arddhavalgitaṃ vikrāntiḥ f.
     --(A canting hypocrite) dambhārthaṃ vādī m. (n) vāṅmātreṇa dhārmmikaḥ dāmbhikaḥ chadmatāpasaḥ dharmmadhvajī m. (n) āryyaliṅgī m. (n) sādhummanyaḥ.

To CANTER, v. n. arddhapulāyitena or arddhavalgitena cal (c. 1. calati calituṃ).

CANTHARIDES, s. pl. tvaksphoṭotpādakā videśīyamakṣikāprabhedāḥ.

CANTHUS, s. (Corner of the eye) apāṅgaṃ -ṅgakaṃ nayanopāntaḥ netraparyyantaḥ.

CANTICLE, s. upagītaṃ upagānaṃ īṣaṅgītaṃ kāvyabandhaḥ.
     --(Book of the Bible) sulemānnāmnā rājñā racitaṃ dhammagranthānāṃ madhye gaṇitaṃ gītaṃ.

CANTLE or CANTLET, s. (A piece) khaṇḍaṃ bhinnaṃ bhāgaḥ vibhāgaḥ śakalaṃ.

CANTO, s. adhyāyaḥ sargaḥ parvva n. (n) parichedaḥ vichedaḥ skandhaḥ khaṇḍaḥ -ṇḍaṃ ucchvāsaḥ kāṇḍaḥ parivarttaḥ.

CANTON, s. maṇḍalaṃ upamaṇḍalaṃ cakraṃ bhūpradeśaḥ bhūmibhāgaḥ bhūbhāgaḥ deśaḥ.

To CANTON, v. n. (To divide into parts) khaṇḍaśas or bhāgaśas or khaṇḍaṃ khaṇḍaṃ vibhaj (c. 1. -bhajati -bhaktuṃ) or parikḷp (c. 10. -kalpayati -yituṃ) or vyaṃś (c. 10. -aṃśayati -yituṃ).
     --(To canton a town for soldiers) nagare svaṃ svam āvāsaṃ sainyānāṃ kḷp (c. 10. kalpayati -yituṃ).

CANTONMENT, s. sainyāvāsaḥ nagare pṛthak pṛthak parikalpitaṃ sainyanivāsasthānaṃ.
     --(Camp) kaṭakaḥ śiviraṃ.

CANVASS, s. (A coarse cloth) śāṇaṃ śaṇavastraṃ paṭaḥ paṭī sthūlapaṭṭaṃ sthūlaśāṭiḥ m.
     --(Sails of a ship) vātavasanaṃ.
     --(Solicitation upon an election) amukapadaprepsayā parasammataprārthanaṃ.

To CANVASS, v. a. (To sift, examine) parīkṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ), nirūp (c. 10. -rūpayati -yituṃ), anusandhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ).
     --(To debate) vicar in caus. (-cārayati -yituṃ) tark (c. 10. tarkayati -yituṃ), vitark.

To CANVASS, v. n. (To solicit votes) amukapadaprepsayā pareṣāṃ sammataṃ or āśrayaṃ or āgrahaṃ or anupālamaṃ or saṃvarddhanaṃ prārth (c. 10. -arthayate -yituṃ).

CANVASSER, s. prārthakaḥ arthī m. (n) amukapadaprepsuḥ m., parāśrayaprārthakaḥ.

CANY, a. vetasvān -svatī -svat (t) vaitrakaḥ -kī -kaṃ vaidalaḥ -lī -laṃ vaiṇavaḥ -vī -vaṃ.

CANZONET, s. (A little song) upagītaṃ upagānaṃ gītakaḥ īṣadgītaṃ.

CAP, s. śiroveṣṭaḥ -ṣṭanaṃ śiraskaṃ śirastraṃ śirastrāṇaṃ śirovastraṃ mastakābharaṇaṃ.

To CAP, v. n. (To take off the cap in salutation) mastakam ucchādya or śiraskam unnamya abhivad (c. 10. -vādayati -te -yituṃ); abhivādanārthaṃ śirastram avatṝ in caus. (-tārayati -yituṃ), or avamuc (c. 6. -muñcati -moktuṃ).

To CAP, v. a. (To cover) pidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), sapidhānaṃ -nā -naṃ kṛ; 'to cap verses,' pratimālāṃ kṛ.

CAPABILITY, s. śakyatvaṃ śaktiḥ f., śaktatā sāmarthyaṃ samarthatā kṣamatā upayogitā yogyatā yuktiḥ f., pātratā sāmañjasyaṃ; 'of acting,' kriyāśaktiḥ f.

CAPABLE, a. (Having powers equal to any thing) kṣamaḥ -mā -maṃ samarthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ śaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ yogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ ucitaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'capable of building a house,' gṛhakaraṇe śaktaḥ; 'capable of a journey,' adhvani kṣamaḥ; 'capable of toils,' kleśānām ucitaḥ 'capable of being done,' śakyaḥ -kyā -kyaṃ; 'to be capable of,' śak (c. 5. śaknoti or pass. śakyate), kṣam (c. 1. kṣamate), utsah (c. 1. -sahate) with inf.; kḷp (c. 1. kalpate), upakḷp; 'I am not capable of leaving thee,' tvām utsraṣṭuṃ notsahe; 'he is rendered capable of immortality,' amṛtatvāya kalpate.
     --(Qualified, competent upayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ pātrikaḥ -kā -kaṃ.
     --(A competent person) pātraṃ satpātraṃ.
     --(One endowed with good qualities, intelligent) guṇavān -vatī -vat (t) buddhimān -matī -mat (t) kṛtī -tinī -ti (n).
     --(Capable of holding) dhāraṇakṣamaḥ -mā -maṃ ādānayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ.

CAPACIOUS, a. viśālaḥ -lā -laṃ vistīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ vistṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ pṛthuḥ -thuḥ -thu vivṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vipulaḥ -lā -laṃ uruḥ -ruḥ -ru prasṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ prasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ.

CAPACIOUSNESS, s. viśālatā vistīrṇatā pṛthutā parisaraḥ urutvaṃ.

To CAPACITATE, v. a. kṣamīkṛ upayuktaṃ -ktāṃ -ktaṃ kṛ upayogitvaṃ dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ).

CAPACITY, s. (Size) parimāṇaṃ.
     --(Power of holding) dhāraṇaśaktiḥ f., koṣṭhaḥ.
     --(Room) prasaraḥ vistṛtiḥ f., vistāraḥ.
     --(Power of the mind) dhīśaktiḥ f., buddhipātratā.
     --(Power, ability, fitness) śaktiḥ f., sāmarthyaṃ balaṃ yogyatā upayuktatā upayogitvaṃ pātratā; 'according to one's capacity,' yathāśakti yathāsāmarthyaṃ yathābalaṃ; 'beyond one's capacity,' atiśakti.
     --(State, profession) bhāvaḥ daśā avasthā vṛttiḥ f.

CAP-A-PEE or CAP-A-PIE, aṅgapratyaṅgaṃ mastakātprabhṛti pādaparyyantaṃ sarvvāṅgaṃ.
     --(Completely armed) saṃvarmmitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CAPARISON, s. (Of a horse or elephant) āstaraḥ -raṇaṃ pariṣṭomaḥ varṇaḥ jayanaṃ sajjā aśvasajjā aśvaparidhānaṃ prakharaḥ.

To CAPARISON, v. a. pariṣṭomaṃ or āstaraṃ paridhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), sajjīkṛ.

CAPARISONED, p. p. pariṣṭomabhūṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ sajjitaḥ -tā -taṃ jayanayuk m. f. n. (j).

CAPCASE, s. laghuvastrādhāraḥ bhāṇḍaṃ samudgaḥ -dgakaḥ sampuṭaḥ.

CAPE, s. (Promontory) antarīpaḥ -paṃ nāsārūpeṇa samudramadhye pralambo bhūmibhāgaḥ samudramadhye udagrā girināsikā sthalābhogaḥ.
     --(Neck-piece of a cloak) grīvāpracchadaḥ skandhapracchadaḥ skandhaprāvaraṇaṃ uttarapracchadaḥ.
     --(A small cloak) aratniparyyantaṃ lambamānaḥ kṣudraprāvāraḥ.

CAPER, s. (A jump) plutaṃ plavaḥ jhampaḥ valgitaṃ utphālaḥ laṅghanaṃ narttanaṃ.
     --(A kind of pickle) sandhitaviśeṣaḥ.

To CAPER, v. n. plu (c. 1. plavate plotuṃ), nṛt (c. 4. nṛtyati narttituṃ), valg (c. 1. valgati valgituṃ), utpat (c. 1. -patati -patituṃ).

CAPILLAMENT, s. keśaraḥ kesaraḥ pakṣma n. (n) kiñjalaḥ kiñjalkaḥ.

CAPILLARY, a. (Resembling hair) keśopamaḥ -mā -maṃ keśikaḥ -kī -kaṃ keśarī -riṇī -ri (n).
     --(Minute) sūkṣmaḥ -kṣmā -kṣmaṃ kaṇīkaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CAPILLARY, s. sūkṣmatṛṇākāradalaviśiṣṭa oṣadhibhedaḥ.
     --(Vein) sūkṣmanāḍiḥ f.

[Page 78a]

CAPITAL, a. (Relating to the head) mastakasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).
     --(Chief, principal) paramaḥ -mā -maṃ mukhyaḥ -khyā -khyaṃ uttamaḥ -mā -maṃ agryaḥ -gryā -gryaṃ viśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ śreṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ pradhānaḥ in comp.
     --(Criminal in the highest degree, worthy of death) mahāpātakī -kinī -ki (n) badhārhaḥ -rhā -rhaṃ badhadaṇḍyaḥ -ṇḍyā -ṇḍyaṃ; 'a capital crime,' mahāpātakaṃ mahāpāpaṃ.
     --(A capital city) purottamaḥ, see the next.
     --(Capital punishment) badhadaṇḍaṃ uttamasāhasaṃ prāṇahananaṃ prāṇadaṇḍaḥ.
     --(Capital stock) mūladravyaṃ.

CAPITAL, s. (In money, &c.) mūlaṃ mūlaghanaṃ mūladravyaṃ nīvī -viḥ f., paripaṇaṃ.
     --(A capital city) rājadhānaṃ -nī skandhāvāraḥ karvvaṭaḥ -ṭaṃ kharvvaṭaḥ -ṭaṃ.
     --(A large letter) vṛhadakṣaraṃ mahākṣaraṃ.
     --(Top of a pillar) stambhaśīrṣaṃ stambhāgraṃ stambhaśṛṅgaṃ.

CAPITALIST, s. koṭīśvaraḥ mūladhanāḍhyaḥ dhanāḍhyaḥ dhanavāna m. (t) koṣavān m. (t) sadhanaḥ vittavān m. (t).

CAPITALLY, adv. uttamasāhasena prāṇadaṇḍena paramaṃ uttamaprakāreṇa.

CAPITATION, s. mastakasaṃkhyā śarīragaṇanā vyaktitaḥ parisaṃkhyā pratyekaṃ or ekaśas or ekatas or ekaikaśas or pṛthak pṛthak saṃkhyānaṃ or parigaṇanā.

CAPITOL, s. romanagare pūjitasya yupitarākhyasya ādidevasya prāsādaḥ.

CAPITULAR, s. (The statutes of the chapter of a cathedral) mahābhajanaprāsāde sarvvasabhāsadbhir vihitā vyavasthāsaṃhitā.
     --(A member of the chapter) mahābhajanaprāsāde sabhāsad m., mahāpūjāśālāsambandhīyamaṭhe sabhāsad.

CAPITULAR, a. pūrvvoktamaṭhavyavasthāsambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

To CAPITULATE, v. n. (To surrender on certain stipulations) samayaṃ or niyamaṃ kṛtvā śatruvaśe or śatrusvatve or śatroradhikāre parādā (c. 3. -dadāti -dātuṃ) or pradā, or sampradā or samṛ in caus. (-arpayati -yituṃ) or śatroradhīnaḥ -nā -naṃ bhū or śatror vaśībhū.
     --(To draw up any thing in heads) mārgeṣu nibandh (c. 9. -baghnāti -banddhuṃ) or rac (c. 10. racayati -yituṃ), samprabac (c. 2. -vakti -vaktuṃ), samāsatas or saṅkṣepatas likh (c. 6. likhati lekhituṃ).

CAPITULATION, s. (Surrendering on certain stipulations) niyamapūrvvakaṃ parādānaṃ or sampradānaṃ or pradānaṃ or samarpaṇaṃ.
     --(Reduction to heads) mārgeṣu nibandhanaṃ or racanā samāsato likhanaṃ.

CAPITULATOR, s. niyamapūrvvakaṃ parādātā m. (tṛ) or sampadātā m. (tṛ) samayakarttā m. (rttṛ).

CAP-MAKER, s. śirastrakārī m. (n) śiroveṣṭanakṛt mastakābharaṇavikretā m. (tṛ).

CAPON, s. chinnavṛṣaṇaḥ kukkuṭaḥ vṛṣaṇahīṇaḥ kṛkavākuḥ m.

CAPOT, s. pikeṭākhyāyāṃ krīḍāyāṃ sarvvadyūtapatrāṇāṃ nirjayaḥ or svīkaraṇaṃ.

To CAPOT, v. a. pūrvvoktakrīḍāyāṃ sarvvadyūtapatrāṇi nirji (c. 1. -jayati -jetuṃ) or svīkṛ.

CAPOUCH, s. (A monk's hood) sannyāsibhir bhṛtaṃ śiraḥpidhānaṃ.

CAPRICE, s. manolaulyaṃ laulyaṃ cāpalaṃ nirbandhaḥ akhaṭṭiḥ m., asaṅgrahaḥ khāṭiḥ f.

CAPRICIOUS, a. capalaḥ -lā -laṃ cañcalaḥ -lā -laṃ lolaḥ -lā -laṃ asthiraḥ -rā -raṃ saṅkamukaḥ -kā -kaṃ cañcalahṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ lolacetāḥ -tāḥ -taḥ (s) calacittaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ capalātmakaḥ -kā -kaṃ prakatitaralaḥ -lā -laṃ naikabhāvāśrayaḥ -yā -yaṃ asadāgraḥ -grā -graṃ.

CAPRICIOUSLY, adv. manolaulyena cāpalyena cāñcalyena lolacetasā.

CAPRICIOUSNESS, s. cāpalyaṃ capalatā cāñcalyaṃ cañcalatā asthiratā calatā hṛtayacāñcalyaṃ calacittatā cittataralatā.

CAPRICORN, s. (Sign of the zodiac) makararāśiḥ m., makaraḥ.

[Page 78b]

CAPRIOLE, s. aśvaplutaṃ turaṅgavalgitaṃ aśvasya gativiśeṣaḥ.

CAPSTAN, s. gurubhārākarṣaṇārthaṃ yaṣṭibhiḥ sañcāritaṃ cakrayantraṃ.

CAPSULAR, CAPSULARY, a. vījakośākāraḥ -rā -raṃ puṭākāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

CAPSULATED, a. kośasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ kośaparigataḥ -tā -taṃ.

CAPSULE, s. vījakośaḥ vījaguptiḥ f., koṣaḥ puṭaḥ simbā.

CAPTAIN, s. (In the army) sainyādhipatiḥ m., sainyādhyakṣaḥ vyūhapatiḥ m., gulmapatiḥ yodhamukhyaḥ daṇḍanāyakaḥ senānīḥ m.
     --(Of a ship) naukādhipatiḥ m., naukādhiṣṭhātā m. (tṛ) potādhyakṣaḥ naupatiḥ.
     --(Any chief) sukharaḥ nāyakaḥ netā m. (tṛ) purogaḥ -gamaḥ agragaḥ.

CAPTAINSHIP, s. sainyādhipatipadaṃ naukādhyakṣādhikāraḥ netṛtvaṃ mukharatvaṃ,

CAPTATION, s. (Courting favour) lokarañjanaṃ lokānurañjanaṃ lokasevanaṃ lokapraśaṃsāsevanaṃ janaprasādalipsā.

CAPTION, s. (Seizure of person) āsedhaḥ.
     --(Overreaching) pralambhaḥ pratāraṇaṃ chalaṃ.

CAPTIOUS, a. (Censorious) chidrānveṣī -ṣiṇī -ṣi (n) chidrānusārī -riṇī -ri (n) ghṛṇī -ṇinī -ṇi (n) doṣagrāhī -hiṇī -hi (n) vivādaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ udgrāhaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(Fallacious, insidious) mohī -hinī -hi (n) bhrāntikaraḥ -rī -raṃ.

CAPTIOUSLY, adv. vivādārthaṃ vivādamātravāñchayā chidrānveṣivat udgrāhaśīlatvāt ghṛṇayā.

CAPTIOUSNESS, s. chidrānveṣitā vivādaśīlatā ghṛṇā doṣagrāhitvaṃ udgrāhaśīlatā.

To CAPTIVATE, v. a. (To bring into bondage) vaśīkṛ vandīkṛ dāsīkṛ karadīkṛ dam in caus. (damayati -yituṃ).
     --(To charm) vaśīkṛ cittaṃ or mano hṛ (c. 1. harati harttuṃ) or apahṛ hṛdayaṃ grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ), muh in caus. (mohayati -yituṃ).

CAPTIVATED, p. p. vaśīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vaśībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ vaśatāpannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.

CAPTIVATING, a. manoharaḥ -rā -raṃ cittahārī -riṇī -ri (n) cittāpahārī -riṇī -ri (n) hṛdayagrāhī -hiṇī -hi (n) mohanaḥ -nā -nī -naṃ mohī -hinī -hi (n).

CAPTIVATION, s. vaśīkaraṇaṃ grahaṇaṃ bandhanaṃ dāsīkaraṇaṃ vandīkaraṇaṃ.

CAPTIVE, a. vandīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ dāsībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ śatrudhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ śatruvaśaḥ -śā -śaṃ śatrugrastaḥ -stā -staṃ kārāsthitaḥ -tā -taṃ kārāguptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ grahaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

CAPTIVE, s. vandiḥ f., vandī śatrudhṛtaḥ kārāsthaḥ kārāguptaḥ grahaṇaḥ upagrahaḥ pragrahaḥ karadaḥ kavarakī; 'taken alive,' jīvagrāhaḥ.
     --(Slave) dāsaḥ; 'to take captive,' vandīkṛ dāsīkṛ.
     --(One charmed by beauty, &c.) vaśībhūtaḥ mohitaḥ.

CAPTIVITY, s. bandhanaṃ vandibhāvaḥ kārāgopanaṃ vaśitvaṃ vaśyatā śatruvaśitā.
     --(Servitude) dāsatvaṃ dāsyaṃ dāsabhāvaḥ.

CAPTOR, s. vandīkarttā m. (rttṛ) grāhakaḥ jetā m. (tṛ) loptrakṛt.

CAPTURE, s. (The act of taking) grahaṇaṃ; 'capture of a fort,' durgalaṅghanaṃ durgabhaṅgaḥ.
     --(The prize taken) loptraṃ lotraṃ; 'capture of cattle,' gograhaḥ.

To CAPTURE, v. a. grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ), dhandīkṛ dāsīkṛ karadīkṛ; 'to capture a fort,' durgaṃ bhañj (c. 7. bhanakti bhaṃktuṃ) or laṅgh (c. 10. laṅghayati -yituṃ)

CAPUCHIN, s. romīyamatasthaḥ sannyāsiviśeṣaḥ.

CAPUT MORTUUM, s. malaṃ khalaṃ kiṭṭaṃ kalkaṃ vinīyaḥ śeṣaṃ.

CAR, s. rathaḥ cakrayānaṃ gantrī gantrīrathaḥ śakaṭaḥ; 'of the gods,' vimānaḥ -naṃ; 'war-car,' syandanaḥ śatāṅgaḥ; 'pleasure-car,' krīḍa puṣparathaḥ; 'a covered car,' karṇīrathaḥ hayanaṃ pravahaṇaṃ; 'multitude of cars,' rathyā rathakaṭyā; 'car-maker,' rathakāraḥ.

CARABINE or CARBINE, s. (A short gun used by the light horse) saṅgrāmasramayeaśvārūḍhairbhṛtāsīsakagolakaprakṣepaṇī bāhuparimāṇālohanāḍiḥ.

CARABINEER, s. pūrvvoktaśastradhārī hayārūḍhaḥ pūrvvoktaśastrabhṛt.

CARACK, s. (A large ship of burthen) bhāravāhinī vṛhannaukā.

CARACOLE, s. tiryyakplutaṃ tiryyagvalgitaṃ vakragatiḥ f., kuṭilagatiḥ arddhacandrākārā turaṅgagatiḥ.

To CARACOLE, v. a. tiryyak plu (c. 1. plavate plotuṃ) or valg (c. 1. valgati valgituṃ), aśvavad vakragatyā or arddhacandrākāragatyā cal (c. 1. calati calituṃ).

CARAT, CARACT, s. (A weight of four grains) raktikādvayasama unmānaviśepaḥ.
     --(Manner of expressing the fineness of gold) svarṇakārabhāṣāyāṃ suvarṇanirmmālyavācikaḥ śabdaḥ.

CARAVAN, s. sārthaḥ pathikasantatiḥ f., yātrā yātrikasaṅghaḥ sārthavāhasamūhaḥ samadhvaganivahaḥ.

CARAVANSARY, s. pathikāśrayaḥ pathikāvāsasthānaṃ sārthavāhānām uttaraṇasthānaṃ upakārī.

CARAWAY or CARWAY, s. ajasādā kṣudravījaprabhedaḥ sa ca piṣṭakāpūpādinā kadāpi saṃsṛjyate.

CARBONADO, s. bharjjanārthaṃ chinnamāṃsaṃ or vyavachinnamāṃsaṃ bharjjanayogyaṃ vinikṛttamāṃsaṃ.

To CARBONADO, v. a. bharjjanārthaṃ māṃsaṃ vyavachid (c. 7. -chinatti -chettuṃ) or vinikṛt (c. 6. -kṛntati -karttituṃ) or viśas (c. 1. -śasati -śasituṃ).

CARBUNCLE, s. (Swelling) vraṇaḥ -ṇaṃ visphoṭaḥ sphoṭaḥ gaṇḍaḥ.
     --(Jewel) padmarāgaḥ sarpamaṇiḥ.

CARBUNCLED, a. (Having swellings) vraṇī -ṇinī -ṇi (n).
     --(Set with the jewel) padmarāgamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ sarpamaṇikarambitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CARCANET, s. (A chain or necklace of jewels) ratnāvaliḥ f., maṇimālā muktāvalī.

CARCASS, s. (A dead body) śavaḥ -vaṃ mṛtaśarīraṃ mṛtāṅgaṃ mṛtakaṃ kuṇapaḥ -paṃ.
     --(The remains, ruins) śeṣabhāgaḥ jīrṇabhāgaḥ.

CARCELAGE, s. (Prison fees) kārādhyakṣaśulkaṃ kārārakṣakeṇa gṛhītaṃ śulkaṃ.

CARCERAL, a. kārāsambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) bandhanālayasambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CARD, s. (A painted paper used in games of chance) krīḍāpatraṃ dyūtapatraṃ citritadyūtapatraṃ.
     --(The paper on which the points of the compass are marked under the needle) digvidigaṅkitaṃ patraṃ.
     --(The instrument for combing wool, flax, &c.) ūrṇāśaṇādimārjanārthaṃ lohadantayuktaṃ yantraṃ ūrṇāmārjanī ūrṇānirgharṣaṇayantraṃ.

To CARD, v. a. (To comb wool) pūrvvoktayantreṇa ūrṇāṃ sammṛj (c. 2. -mārṣṭi -mārṣṭuṃ) or nirghṛṣ (c. 1. -gharṣati -gharṣituṃ).

CARDAMOM, s. (Large) elā elīkā pṛthvīkā candravālā niṣkuṭiḥ f., bahulā.
     --(Small) tutthā tripuṭā truṭiḥ f., koraṅgī kuñcikā.

CARDER, s. (One that cards wool) ūrṇāmārjakaḥ ūrṇānirgharṣaṇakaḥ.
     --(One that plays much at cards) dyūtapatrakrīḍāsaktaḥ.

CARDIACAL, CARDIAC, a. tejaskaraḥ -rī -raṃ dīpanaḥ -nā -naṃ agnidaḥ -dā -daṃ.

CARDINAL, a. (Chief) paramaḥ -mā -maṃ mukhyaḥ -khyā -khyaṃ uṃttamaḥ -mā -maṃ śreṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ viśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ agryaḥ -gryā -gryaṃ pradhānaḥ in comp.

CARDINAL, s. romanagare mahādharmmādhyakṣasamāje sabhāsad romīyamatadhāriṇāṃ madhye dharmmādhipatiḥ m.

CARDINALATE or CARDINALSHIP, s. pūrvvoktadharmmādhipateḥ padaṃ or adhikāraḥ.

CARDINAL-POINT, s. uttaradik pūrvvadik paścimadik dakṣiṇadik f. (ś).

[Page 79b]

CARDMATCH, s. (Game at cards) dyūtapatrakrīḍā citritapatradyūtaṃ.

CARE, s. (Anxiety) cintā cittodvegaḥ cittavedanā manoduḥkhaṃ manastāpaḥ ādhiḥ m., carccā autsukyaṃ udvegaḥ -janaṃ cintābhāraḥ mānasī vyathā; 'cares of this world,' sāṃsārikī cintā.
     --(Diligence, pains) prayatnaḥ yatnaḥ vyavasāyaḥ āsthā; 'with care,' prayatnatas.
     --(Regard, attention) avekṣā apekṣā manaḥpraveśaḥ manoyogaḥ.
     --(Caution, heed) avadhānaṃ apramādaḥ; 'to take care,' avadhā (c. 3. -dhatte -dhātuṃ), sāvadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ bhū.
     --(Heed, in order to protection) guptiḥ f., rakṣaṇaṃ rakṣā pālanaṃ; 'to take care of, protect,' rakṣ (c. 1. rakṣati rakṣituṃ), pāl (c. 10. pālayati -yituṃ), gup (c. 1. gopāyati goptuṃ).
     --(The object of care) rakṣaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ apekṣābhūmiḥ f.
     --(Care and management) yogakṣemaḥ.

To CARE, v. n. (To care for, concern one's self about) apekṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ), avekṣa cinta (c. 10. cintayati -yituṃ), anucint sev (c. 1. sevate sevituṃ), bhaj (c. 1. bhajati -te bhaktuṃ), mano dhā (c. 3. dadhāti dhātuṃ) with loc.

CARE-CRAZED, a. cintāvyākulaḥ -lā -laṃ cintākulaḥ -lā -laṃ cintāvyagraḥ -grā -graṃ.

To CAREEN, v. a. (To calk) dārujīrṇatvād dārusphoṭanād vā naukāṃ pārśve paryyasya chidrāṇi pidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ).

CAREER, s. (A race-ground) dhāvanasthānaṃ caryyāsthānaṃ.
     --(A race) caryyā mārgaḥ paṇalābhārthaṃ dhāvanaṃ.
     --(Course of action, &c.) gatiḥ f., mārgaḥ kriyāprasaṅgaḥ prasaraḥ paryyāyaḥ kramaḥ rītiḥ f., gamanaṃ calanaṃ; 'in full career, at full speed,' paramavegena sarabhasaṃ sarvvavegena.

To CAREER, v. n. paramavegena dhāv (c. 1. dhāvati -vituṃ), tvar (c. 1. tvarate -rituṃ).

CAREFUL, a. (Heedful, attentive) sāvadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ avahitaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtāvadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ apramattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ apramādnī -dinī -di (n) sayatnaḥ -tnā -tnaṃ yatnavān -vatī -vat (t) prayatnavān -vatī -vat.
     --(Anxious, full of care) cintāvān -vatī -vat (t) sacintaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ utsukaḥ -kā -kaṃ vyagraḥ -grā -graṃ.

CAREFULLY, adv. sāvadhānaṃ sayatnaṃ prayatnatas yatnatas prayatnena prayatnāt yatnāt pramādaṃ vinā apramattaṃ pramādavyatirekeṇa.

CAREFULNESS, s. avadhānatā sāvadhānatā sayatnatā apramādaḥ apramāditvaṃ.

CARELESS, a. pramattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ pramādī -dinī -di (n) pramādavān -vatī -vat (t) anavahitaḥ -tā -taṃ anavadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ nirapekṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ asāvadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ asamīkṣyakārī -riṇī -ri (n).
     --(To be careless of) pramada (c. 4. -mādyati -madituṃ) with abl.; 'he is careless of his own interest,' svahitāt pramādyati.

CARELESSLY, adv. pramādena pramādyatas sapramādaṃ nirapekṣaṃ anapekṣayā avadhānaṃ vinā anavadhānena.
     --(Implying absence of restraint) niryantraṇaṃ.

CARELESSNESS, s. anavadhānaṃ -natā asāvadhānatā pramādyaṃ pramādaḥ anapekṣā.

To CARESS, v. a. āliṅg (c. 1. -liṅgati -liṅgituṃ), samāliṅg; bhaj (c. 1. bhajate bhaktuṃ), svañj (c. 1. svajate svaṃktuṃ), pariṣvañj; kroḍīkṛ; parimṛśa (c. 6. -mṛśati -marṣṭuṃ), parirabh (c. 1. -rabhate -rabdhuṃ), prema kṛ.

CARESS, s. āliṅgitaṃ -ṅganaṃ pariṣvaṅgaḥ lalitaṃ kroḍīkṛtiḥ f., aṅkapālī aṅgapāliḥ m., parirambhaḥ.

CARESSED, p. p. āliṅgitaḥ -tā -taṃ kroḍīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ parimṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ parirabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ pariṣvaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ upagūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ.

CARET, s. iha kiñcid adhikaṃ vismṛtaṃ vā niveśayitavyam iti sūcanārtha haṃsapādākṛti cihnaṃ.

[Page 80a]

CARGO, s. naukābhāraḥ potabhāraḥ pautikaṃ potasthadravyaṃ potasthaṃ bhāṇḍaṃ.

CARICATURE, s. vikṛtākāratvād hāsyajanakaṃ pratimānaṃ or upamānaṃ hāsyapratimānaṃ hāsyopamānaṃ hāsyacitraṃ vikṛtacitraṃ hāsyaprakāreṇa or atiśayena citritam ālekhyaṃ.

To CARICATURE, v. a. ākāraṃ or mūrttiṃ vikṛtya or sācīkṛtya hāsyaprakāreṇa citr (c. 10. citrayati -yituṃ) or ālikh (c. 6. -likhati -lekhituṃ), hāsyapratimānaṃ kṛ mūrttivikārapūrvvakaṃ pratimūrttiṃ citre likhitvā hāsyabhūmiṃ kṛ.

CARICATURED, p. p. hāsyaprakāreṇa citralikhitaḥ -tā -taṃ aṅgavikārapūrvvakam ālikhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CARICATURIST, s. hāsyaprakāreṇa upamātā m. (tṛ) hāsyapratimānakṛt hāsyacitrakarttā m. (rttṛ) vikṛtapratimānakṛt yo mūrttim citre vikṛtya pratimūrttiṃ hāsyāspadaṃ karoti.

CARIES or CARIOSITY, s. asthigalitatvaṃ asthipūyanaṃ asthivyasanaṃ asthipākaḥ asthikṣayaḥ asthiśoṣaḥ.
     --(Of the teeth) dantavyasanaṃ.

CARIOUS, a. galitaḥ -tā -taṃ pūyapūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ kṣīṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ pūtigandhaḥ -ndhā -ndhaṃ.

To CARK, v. n. (To be anxious) cintāvyākulaḥ -lā -laṃ or cintāvyagraḥ -grā -graṃ as utsuka (nom. utsukāyate).

CARLE, s. durvṛttaḥ durācāraḥ adhamācāraḥ kuśīlaḥ asabhyaḥ nikṛṣṭaḥ.

CARMAN, s. rathikaḥ rathī m. (n) rathavāhakaḥ cāturikaḥ sārathiḥ m.

CARMELITE, s. (Belonging to the order of Carmelites) romīyamatadhārī sannyāsiviśeṣaḥ.

CARMINATIVE, a. vātaghnaḥ -ghnā -ghnaṃ vāyughnaḥ -ghnā -ghnaṃ vāyunāśī -śinī -śi (n) rocakaḥ -kā -kaṃ rucakaḥ -kā -kaṃ agnidaḥ -dā -daṃ svedajanakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CARMINE, s. jatusavarṇo raktaraṅgaḥ sindūropamaḥ or oḍrapuṣpasavarṇo raṅgaḥ jatujaraṅgaḥ raktareṇuḥ m.

CARNAGE, s. saṃhāraḥ viśasanaṃ badhaḥ hatyā ghātanaṃ nihananaṃ niṣūdanaṃ.

CARNAL, a. (Fleshly, bodily) śārīrikaḥ -kī -kaṃ śarīrajaḥ -jā -jaṃ daihikaḥ -kī -kaṃ kāyikaḥ -kī -kaṃ vāpuṣikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(Worldly) sāṃsārikaḥ -kī -kaṃ laukikaḥ -kī -kaṃ aihikaḥ -kī -kaṃ aihalaukikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(Sensual) viṣayī -yiṇī -yi (n) viṣayāsaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ viṣayasaṅgī -ṅginī -ṅgi (n) viṣayānurāgī -giṇī -gi (n) vipayopasevī -vinī -vi (n) kāmāsaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ bhogāsaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ kāmukaḥ -kā -kaṃ; 'carnal desire,' kāmaḥ; 'carnal connexion,' aṅgasaṅgaḥ saṅgrahaṇaṃ.

CARNALITY, s. viṣayāsaktiḥ f., viṣayopasevā viṣayakāmaḥ kāmāsaktiḥ viṣayasaṅgaḥ śārīrikaviṣayeṣa anurāgaḥ saṅgaḥ kāmitā.

CARNALLY, adv. śārīrikarītikrameṇa sāṃsārikarītyanusārāt viṣayasaṅgāt kāmukavat; 'to know carnally,' bhaj (c. 1. bhajate bhaktuṃ).

CARNATION, s. (Flesh colour) māṃsavarṇaḥ.
     --(The flower) māṃsavarṇaviśiṣṭaḥ puṣpaprabhedaḥ.

CARNELIAN or CORNELIAN, s. māṃsavarṇaḥ prastaraviśeṣaḥ.

CARNEOUS, a. māṃsalaḥ -lā -laṃ māṃsaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ māṃsaguṇaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

To CARNIFY, v. n. and a. māṃsībhū bhāṃsasādbhū māṃsasātkṛ.

CARNIVAL, s. (The feast held before Lent) vasantasamaye prāṅmahopavāsād romīyamatadhāribhiḥ sevito mahotsavaḥ dolotsavaḥ holākā.

CARNIVOROUS, a. kravyādaḥ -dā -daṃ kravyabhuk m. f. n. (j) kravyabhojanaḥ -nā -naṃ māṃsāśī -śinī -śi (n) māṃsabhakṣaḥ -kṣā -kṣaṃ āmiṣāśī -śinī -śi (n) or piśitāśī āmamāṃsabhakṣī -kṣiṇī -kṣi (n).

CARNOSITY, s. arbbudaḥ gaṇḍaḥ medogranthiḥ m., arśaḥ n. (s) duṣṭamāṃsaṃ māṃsavṛddhiḥ f.

CAROB-BEAN, s. simbāprabhedaḥ simbikā śimbā.

[Page 80b]

CAROCHE, s. krīḍārathaḥ puṣparathaḥ rathaḥ pravahaṇaṃ cāturaṃ.

CAROL, s. (A song of joy) harṣagītaṃ harṣagānaṃ ānandagītaṃ jayagītaṃ jayaśabdaḥ āhlādasūcakaṃ gītaṃ.
     --(A song of devotion) stavagītaṃ bhaktigītaṃ gītaṃ stutiḥ f., stotraṃ gāthā kheliḥ f., saṅgītaṃ.

To CAROL, v. n. gai (c. 1. gāyati gātuṃ), sumna (nom. sumnāyate); 'to celebrate in song, &c.' upagai stu (c. 2. stauti stotuṃ), upavīṇa (nom. upavīṇayati -yituṃ).

CAROTID, s. (Two arteries) hṛtpiṇḍād raktapravāhakaṃ vṛhannāḍidvayaṃ kaṇḍarādvayaṃ.

To CAROUSE, v. n. (To drink largely) atiśayena pā (c. 1. pivati pātuṃ) or sampā atiśayasampītyā kṣīvaḥ -vā -vaṃ bhū utsavaṃ kṛ.

CAROUSE or CAROUSAL, s. sampītiḥ f., atipānaṃ atiśayasampītiḥ f., utsavaḥ.

CAROUSER, s. pānaprasaktaḥ pānarataḥ sampītirataḥ madyapītaḥ atipāyī m. (n).

CARP, s. (A fish) śapharī sapharī proṣṭhī proṣṭhaḥ rohitaḥ.

To CARP AT, v. n. nind (c. 1. nindati -ndituṃ), pratinind garh (c. 1. garhate garhituṃ, c. 10. garhayati -te -yituṃ), adhikṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ), avakṣip doṣīkṛ doṣaṃ or chidram anviṣ (c. 6. -icchati -eṣituṃ), asūya (nom. asūyati -yituṃ).

CARPENTER, s. takṣakaḥ takṣā m. (n) sūtradhāraḥ tvaṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ) kāṣṭhatakṣakaḥ kāṣṭhataṭ (kṣ) taṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ) sthapatiḥ m., varddhakiḥ m., rathakāraḥ; 'carpenter's bench,' udghanaḥ.

CARPENTRY, s. tvaṣṭiḥ f., takṣaṇaṃ kāṣṭhatakṣaṇaṃ sūtradhārakarmma n. (n) takṣakakriyā.

CARPER, s. doṣagrāhī m. (n) doṣakathakaḥ chidrānveṣī m. (n) doṣaikadṛk m. (ś) ghṛṇī m. (n) pāpadarśī m. (n) guṇaghātī m. (n) nindakaḥ vivādaśīlaḥ vivādapriyaḥ.

CARPET, s. āstaraṇaṃ pādapāśī kuthaḥ kuthā citritavastraṃ puṣpālaṅkṛtavastraṃ āsanavastraṃ; 'a carpet of grass,' darbhāstaraṇaṃ; 'brought on the carpet,' prastutaḥ -tā -taṃ upanyastaḥ -stā -staṃ pratijñātaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To CARPET, v. a. citritavastrādinā āstṛ or āstṝ (c. 5. -stṛṇoti, c. 9. -stṛṇāti -starituṃ -starītuṃ).

CARPING, a. doṣagrāhī -hiṇī -hi (n) ghṛṇī -ṇinī -ṇi (n) nindakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CARPING, s. (Cavil) nindā garhā -rhaṇaṃ ghṛṇā apavādaḥ doṣakalpanaṃ doṣaprasaṅgaḥ doṣīkaraṇaṃ chidrānveṣaḥ asūyā jugupsā ṛtīyā ākṣepaḥ udgrāhaḥ.

CARPINGLY, adv. nindayā ghṛṇayā asūyayā vivādaśīlatvāt jugupsayā sāpavādaṃ.

CARRIAGE, s. vāhanaṃ yānaṃ rathaḥ gantrī cāturaṃ vāhaḥ pravahaṇaṃ caṅkuraḥ; 'travelling-carriage,' adhvarathaḥ puṣparathaḥ; 'bullock-carriage,' vṛpabhayānaṃ; 'one who has a carriage,' rathī m. (n) rathikaḥ; 'riding in a carriage,' rathārūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ; 'alighting from a carriage,' rathāvarohī -hiṇī -hi (n); 'carriage-road,' rathyā; 'carriage-horse,' rathyaḥ pravahaṇavājī m. (n); 'bottom of a carriage,' anukarṣaḥ.
     --(Framework of a gun) yuddhayantravāhanaṃ.
     --(Behaviour) gatiḥ f., caritaṃ ācāraḥ calanaṃ vyavahāraḥ.
     --(Management) nayaḥ praṇayanaṃ.

CARRIED, p. p. ūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ bhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ dhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ āhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ sañcāritaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'grass carried along by the wind,' vātapreritaṃ tṛṇaṃ.

CARRIER, s. vāhakaḥ vāhī m. (n).
     --(One who lives by carrying goods) bhāṇḍavāhanajīvī m. (n).
     --(Carrier of news) sandeśaharaḥ.
     --(Pigeon) patravāhakaḥ kapotaḥ.

CARRION, s. pūtimāṃsaṃ mṛtaṃ mṛtakaṃ akhādyamāṃsaṃ akhādyaṃ amedhyakuṇapaḥ.

CARROT, s. garjaraṃ pītakandaṃ śikhāmūlaṃ svādumūlaṃ piṇḍamūlaṃ.

CARROTINESS, s. raktatvaṃ piṅgalatvaṃ.
     --(Of hair) keśaraktatvaṃ keśapiṅgalatā

[Page 81a]

CARROTY, a. raktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ piṅgalaḥ -lā -laṃ garjaravarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.
     --(Carroty haired) piṅgalakeśī -śinī -śi(n) or raktakeśī yūthikākeśaḥ -śī -śaṃ.

To CARRY, v. a. (Convey, transport) vah (c. 1. vahati -te voḍhuṃ), āvah upavah saṃvah ānī (c. 1. -nayati -netuṃ), tṝ in caus. (tārayati -yituṃ) gam in caus. (gamayati -yituṃ); 'he is carried on horse-back,' aśvena uhyate or aśvena sañcarati.
     --(Bear as a burden) vah pravah udvah; bhṛ (c. 3. bibhartti bharttuṃ), hṛ (c. 1. harati harttuṃ); 'he carried his son on his back,' putram avahat pṛṣṭhena.
     --(Gain, carry a cause) sāgh in caus. (sādhayati -yituṃ); 'to carry a fortress,' durgaṃ laṅgh (c. 10. laṅghayati -yituṃ) or bhañj (c. 7. bhanakti bhaṃktuṃ); 'to carry one's point,' abhipretasiddhiṃ kṛ pratijñāpūraṇaṃ kṛ.
     --(Carry about) parivah paryānī.
     --(Carry away) apavah apanī (c. 1. -nayati -netuṃ), vyapanī apoh (c. 1. -ūhate -ūhituṃ), vyapoh; 'to carry away with one,' samupādā (c. 3. -dadāti -dātuṃ).
     --(Carry back) pratyānī pratinī.
     --(Carry forth) nirhṛ.
     --(Carry off) apavah apanī hṛ apahṛ vyapahṛ apakṛ (c. 8. -karoti -kurute -karttuṃ), kal (c. 10. kālayati -yituṃ).
     --(Carry on) kṛ praṇī sampraṇī vidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ).
     --(To carry on war) vigrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -grahītuṃ), saṅgrāmaṃ kṛ yuddhaṃ kṛ.
     --(Carry out, effect) nirvah in caus. (-vāhayati -yituṃ) sampad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ) niṣpad.
     --(Carry letters) patrāṇi vah or hṛ.
     --(Carry arms) śastrāṇi grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ), bhṛ or dhṛ sainikavṛttim āsthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -sthātuṃ).

To CARRY ONE'S SELF, v. n. (Behave) car (c. 1. carati carituṃ), ācar vṛt (c. 1. varttate varttituṃ), vyavahṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ).

CART, s. śakaṭaḥ gantrī gantrīrathaḥ cakrayānaṃ vāhanaṃ anaḥ n. (s) cāturaṃ.

To CART, v. a. (To carry in a cart) śakaṭena vah (c. 1. vahati vroḍhuṃ).
     --(To place in a cart) śakaṭe āruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ) or niviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ).

CARTE-BLANCHE, s. alikhitapatraṃ lisvanaśūnyaṃ patraṃ.
     --(Permission to act as one pleases) svecchātaḥ or svecchayā karttum anumatiḥ or anujñā.

CARTED, a. śakaṭārūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ śakaṭāropitaḥ -tā -taṃ śakaṭaniveśitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CARTEL, s. (A paper containing a challenge) dvandvayuddhārthaṃ or niyuddhārtham āhvānapatraṃ.
     --(Compact for exchange of prisoners) saṅgrāmasamaye parasparaṃ vandīkṛtānāṃ yodhānāṃ parivarttanārthaṃ niyamapatraṃ.

CARTER, s. śākaṭikaḥ śakaṭavāhakaḥ gantrīvāhakaḥ cāturikaḥ.

CART-HORSE, s. śākaṭaḥ śakaṭavājī m. (n) śakaṭavāhanaḥ dhuryyaḥ dhurīṇaḥ.

CARTHUSIAN, s. romīyamatadhārī sannyāsiviśeṣaḥ.


CARTILAGE, s. taruṇāsthiṃ n., sandhibandhanaṃ upāsthi n., komalāsthi n.

CARTILAGINOUS, a. taruṇāsthimayaḥ -yī -yaṃ taruṇāsthiviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

CART-LOAD, s. śākaṭaṃ śākaṭīnaḥ śākaṭo bhāraḥ ācitaḥ -taṃ śalāṭaḥ.

CARTOON, s. paṭe lisvitaś citrārambhaḥ kārpāsagataś citrārambhaḥ citritapaṭaṃ.

CARTOUCH, s. (A box for charges) vakṣyamāṇacūrṇakoṣadhāraṇayogyaḥ sampuṭakaḥ.
     --(A case filled with balls fired from a mortar) anekagulikāgarbho yuddhayantrāt prakṣepaṇīyaḥ kāṣṭhādimayaḥ sampuṭaḥ.

CARTRIDGE, s. āgneyacūrṇakoṣaḥ cūrṇagulikākośaḥ; yau cūrṇagolakau ekavāre yuddhanāḍau niveśayitavyau tayoḥ pūrṇam āveṣṭanaṃ.

CART-RUT, s. śakaṭacakracihnaṃ cakrāṅkaṃ cakracihnaṃ cakrapadavī cakrapaddhatiḥ f.

CARTULARY, s. āgamapatraṃ pāṃśupatraṃ paṭṭolikā pañjikā.

CART-WAY, s. rathyā rathamārgaḥ śakaṭamārgaḥ śakaṭapathaḥ gantrīmārgaḥ.

CART-WRIGHT, s. rathakāraḥ śakaṭakāraḥ gantrīkārakaḥ cakrakāraḥ.

[Page 81b]

To CARVE, v. a. (To cut) kṛt (c. 6. kṛntati karttituṃ), vikṛt chid (c. 7. chinatti chettuṃ).
     --(To cut meat) bhojanakāle parapariveṣaṇārthaṃ svādyamāṃsādi nikṛt or vyavachid māṃsādi pariviṣ or pariviś in caus. (-veṣayati -yituṃ).
     --(To engrave) takṣ (c. 1. takṣati,) c. 5. takṣṇoti takṣituṃ), tvakṣ (c. 1. tvakṣati tvakṣituṃ), resvādinā alaṅkṛ or mudrīkṛ mudra (nom. mudrayati -yituṃ).
     --(To apportion) kḷp (c. 10. kalpayati -yituṃ), parikḷp vibhaj (c. 1. -bhajati -bhaktuṃ).

CARVED, p. p. nikṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ vyavachinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ taṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ parika-lpitaḥ -tā -taṃ

CARVER, s. (A sculptor) takṣakaḥ taṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ) tvaṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ) mudrākaraḥ.
     --(One who cuts meat at a table) bhojanakāle parapariveṣaṇārthaṃ svādyamāṃsavyavachedakaḥ pariveṣakaḥ pariveśakaḥ.
     --(One that appor-tions) parikalpakaḥ vibhāgakalpayitā m. (tṛ).

CARVING, s. (Sculpture, engraving) takṣaṇaṃ takṣaṇakarmma n. (n).
     --(Cutting up meat) svādyamāṃsādivyavachedaḥ.
     --(Distributing) pari kalpanaṃ vibhāgakalpanā.
     --(Carved wood, &c.) taṣṭhakāṣṭhaṃ nānāresvādyalaṅkṛtaṃ kāṣṭhādi.

CARUNCLE, s. (A fleshy protuberance) ādhamāsaḥ māṃsapiṇḍaḥ gaṇḍaḥ tvakpuṣpaṃ māṃsavṛddhiḥ f.

CASCADE, s. nirjharaḥ -rī jharaḥ vāripravāhaḥ prapātaḥ saraḥ -rī praśravaṇaṃ jhā.

CASE, s. (A covering, sheath) ācchādanaṃ kośaḥ koṣaḥ puṭaḥ paṭalaṃ āveṣṭana āvaraṇaṃ pidhānaṃ vyavadhānaṃ tirodhānaṃ.
     --(A box) bhāṇḍaṃ ādhāraḥ sampuṭaḥ samudgaḥ pidhānaṃ; 'a case for books,' granthabhāṇḍa granthādhāraḥ; 'a case for razors,' kṣurabhāṇḍa.
     --(State of the case, matter) arthaḥ vṛttāntaḥ viṣayaḥ.
     --(Point, question) sthalaṃ padaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ.
     --(A position advanced) pakṣaḥ pratijñā.
     --(Condition) avasthā daśā bhāvaḥ sthitiḥ f., vṛttiḥ f.
     --(State of the body) śarīrasthitiḥ f.
     --(Contingence, occurrence) saṅgatiḥ f., saṅgataṃ vṛttaṃ.
     --(Inflection of nouns) vibhaktiḥ f., vyaktiḥ f.; 'the true state of the case,' arthatattvaṃ; 'case in point,' dṛṣṭhāntaḥ; 'in both cases,' ubhayathā pakṣadvaye; 'in certain cases.' kvacit; 'this being the case,' evaṃ sati tathā sati; 'in case, if it should happen,' yadi cet yadi sambhavet evaṃ sati; 'upon the supposition,' ṣakṣe.

To CASE, v. a. (To put in a case) bhāṇḍe or ādhāre niviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ).
     --(To cover) pidhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ), ācchad (c. 10. -chādayati -yituṃ).

To CASEHARDEN, v. a. vāhyatas or vahibhāge dṛḍhīkṛ or kaṭhinīkṛ.

CASEMATE, s. vaprasya pārśvabhāgābhyantare toraṇākārā prastaranirmmitā guptiḥ.

CASEMENT, s. jālaṃ -likā gavākṣaḥ vātāyanaṃ gavākṣajālaṃ ākāśa-jananī m. (n).

CASEWORM, s. koṣakāraḥ kośakāraḥ -rakaḥ kośasthaḥ.

CASH, s. ṭaṅkaḥ ṭaṅkakaḥ mudrā nāṇakaṃ dhanaṃ.

CASH-KEEPER or CASHIER, s. ṭaṅkarakṣakaḥ ṭaṅkādhīśaḥ ṭaṅkādhikṛtaḥ.

To CASHIER, v. a. padāt or adhikārād bhraṃś in caus. (bhraṃśayati -yituṃ) prabhraṃś, or nipat in caus. (-pātayati -yituṃ) or avaruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ) or apasṛ in caus. (-sārayati -yituṃ) or visṛja in caus. (-sarjayati -yituṃ), or cyu in caus. (cyāvayati -yituṃ).

CASHIERED, p. p. cyutādhikāraḥ -rā -raṃ bhraṣṭādhikāraḥ -rā -raṃ padātprabhraṃśitaḥ -tā -taṃ adhikārātprabhraṃśitaḥ -tā -taṃ or nirākṛta -tā -taṃ or avaropitaḥ -tā -taṃ avasṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

[Page 82a]

CASING, s. chādanaṃ ācchādanaṃ paṭalaṃ puṭaḥ koṣaḥ kośaḥ āveṣṭanaṃ.

CASK, s. bhāṇḍaṃ bhājanaṃ dīrghagolākṛti kāṣṭhamayabhāṇḍaṃ.

CASKET, s. sampuṭaḥ -ṭakaḥ samudgaḥ sthalikā peṭikā peṭakaḥ karaṇḍaḥ; 'of jewels,' ratnabhāṇḍaṃ.

CASQUE, s. śirastrāṇaṃ śirastraṃ śiraskaṃ śīrṣarakṣaṃ śīrṣaṇyaṃ.

To CASSATE, v. a. (Invalidate) khaṇḍ (c. 10. khaṇḍayati -yituṃ), moghīkṛ adharīkṛ.

CASSIA, s. (A plant) prapunnāḍaḥ eḍagajaḥ dadrughnaḥ cakramarddakaḥ śimbaḥ.
     --(Woody cassia) tvakpatraṃ utkaṭaṃ bhṛṅgaṃ.
     --(Bark) gandhavalkalaṃ guḍatvak surasaṃ.

CASSIOWARY, s. vṛhatkāyaḥ pratudabhedaḥ atimahān pakṣiprabhedaḥ.

CASSOCK, s. (Part of a priest's dress) adhunātanapurohitair bhṛtaṃ pari-dhānaṃ or antarīyaṃ or upasaṃvyānaṃ.

To CAST, v. a. (Throw) kṣip (c. 6. kṣipati kṣeptuṃ), prakṣip as (c. 4. asyati asituṃ), prās muc (c. 6. muñcati moktuṃ), pramuc sṛj (c. 6. sṛjati sraṣṭuṃ), īr (c. 10. īrayati -yituṃ), udīr pat in caus. (pātayati -yituṃ); 'to cast one's self at another's feet,' parasya pādayoḥ pat (c. 1. patati patituṃ); 'into prison,' kārāyāṃ praviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ) or bandh (c. 9. bandhāti banddhuṃ).
     --(Compute) vigaṇ (c. 10. -gaṇayati -yituṃ), saṃkhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -khyātuṃ), kal (c. 10. kalayati -yituṃ).
     --(Cast in a law-suit) sādh in caus. (sādhayati -yituṃ) dā in caus. (dāpayati -yituṃ).
     --(Condemn) doṣīkṛ doṣiṇaṃ -ṇīṃ -ṣi kṛ.
     --(Found as metals) lohādi drātvayitvā or vilāṣya sandhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ).
     --(Consider, weigh) dhicint (c. 10. -cintayati -yituṃ), vicar in caus. (-cārayati -yituṃ) vigaṇ.
     --(Shed, moult) nirmuc (c. 6. -muñcati -mottuṃ), pat in caus. (-pātayati -yituṃ).
     --(Cast away) apās vyudas prās prakṣip apavyadh (c. 4. -vidhyati -te -vyaddhuṃ), parityaj (c. 1. -tyajati -tyaktuṃ).
     --(Cast down) pat in caus. nipat vinipat adhaḥpat avakṣip paryyas adhaḥkṣip nikṣip.
     --(Cast forth, emit) udīr muc pramuc niras utsṛj udgṝ (c. 6. -girati -garituṃ -garītuṃ), udvam (c. 1. -vamati -vamituṃ).
     --(Cast off) avamuc apās pratikṣip vikṣip parākṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ), apāhā (c. 3. -jahāti -hātuṃ), nirṇud (c. 6. -ṇudati -ṇottuṃ).
     --(Cast out, expel) niras vahiḥkṣip vahirnikṣip varhiṣkṛ nikhakṛ niryā in caus. (-yāpayati -yituṃ) niḥsṛ in caus. (-saprayati -yituṃ) bhraṃś in caus. (bhraṃśayati -yituṃ) apānud niṣkas in caus. (-kāsayati -yituṃ).
     --(Cast the eye, glance) dṛṣṭiṃ pat in caus., īpaddarśana kṛ.
     --(Cast lots) guṭikāṃ pat in caus.

CAST, p. p. kṣiptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ astaḥ -stā -staṃ prāstaḥ -stā -staṃ īritaḥ -tā -taṃ pātitaḥ -tā -taṃ nunnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ nuttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.
     --(Cast off) apāstaḥ -stā -staṃ samākṣiptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.
     --(Cast in a law-suit) sādhitaḥ -tā -taṃ dāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CAST, s. (A throw) kṣepaḥ kṣepaṇaṃ asanaṃ pātanaṃ; 'cast of a stick,' yaṣṭipātaḥ.
     --(Oblique direction of the eye) dṛṣṭitiryyaktvaṃ dṛṣṭi-vikṣepaḥ; 'having a cast in the eye,' tiryyagdṛṣṭiḥ m., dūreritekṣaṇaḥ kekarākṣaḥ.
     --(Mould) saṃskāraḥ saṃyānaḥ rūpaṃ ākāraḥ saṃsthānaṃ mūrttiḥ f.

CASTANETS, s. kararddhiḥ m., ekatālī ekavarṇī karatālī.

CASTAWAY, s. tyājyaḥ agrāhmaḥ agrahaṇīyaḥ uttyaktaḥ mahāpātakī m. (n) apāṃkteyaḥ.

CASTE, s. varṇaḥ vargaḥ kulaṃ jātiḥ f.; 'of low caste,' vivarṇaḥ nīcaḥ prākṛtaḥ hīnajātiḥ m. f., nikṛṣṭajātiḥ m. f.; 'of good caste,' suvarṇaḥ varṇaśreṣṭhaḥ utkṛṣṭajātiḥ; 'of mixed caste,' saṅkīrṇaḥ; 'loss of caste,' jātibhraṃśaḥ.
     --(Outcaste) jātihīnaḥ -nā -naṃ varṇahīnaḥ apasadaḥ cāṇḍālaḥ.

[Page 82b]

CASTELLAN, s. durgādhipatiḥ m., durgādhikārī m. (n) durgādhyakṣaḥ koṭipālaḥ.

CASTELLATED, s. (Formed like a castle) durgākāraḥ -rā -raṃ kuṭākṛtiḥ -tiḥ -ti.

CASTER, s. (A thrower) kṣepakaḥ kṣeptā m. (ptṛ) asitā m. (tṛ) prāsakaḥ.
     --(A calculator) gaṇakaḥ gaṇayitā m. (tṛ).

To CASTIGATE, v. a. daṇḍ (c. 10. daṇḍayati -yituṃ), taḍ (c. 10. tāḍayati -yituṃ), śās (c. 2. śāsti śāsituṃ) or caus. śāsayati -yituṃ), anuśās.

CASTIGATION, s. daṇḍaḥ sāhasaṃ śiṣṭiḥ f., anuśāsanaṃ tāḍaḥ tāḍanaṃ nigrahaḥ.

CASTIGATORY, a. dāṇḍaḥ -ṇḍī -ṇḍaṃ sāhasikaḥ -kī -kaṃ prāyaścittikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

CASTING-HOUSE, s. sandhānī lohādidrāvaṇasthānaṃ dhātuvilayanaśālā kuṣyaśālā.

CASTING-NET, s. kṣepaṇiḥ f. -ṇī hastena prakṣepaṇīyaṃ sadyaścottolanīyaṃlaghujālaṃ.

CASTLE, s. durgaṃ kuṭaḥ kūṭaḥ koṭaḥ koṭiḥ f.
     --(Castle in the air) gaganakusumaṃ anarthakavāsanā anarthakabhāvanā manorathasṛṣṭiḥ f.

CASTLING, s. garbhapatitaḥ garbhacyutaḥ garbhabhraṣṭaḥ.

CASTOR, s. (A beaver) jalajantuviśeṣaḥ jalamārjāraviśeṣaḥ.
     --(A hat) pūrvvoktajalajantulomanirmmitam adhunātanapumbhir bhṛtaṃ śiraskaṃ śirastraṃ.

CASTOR-OIL, s. eraṇḍatailaṃ eraṇḍarasaḥ ruvutailaṃ amaṇḍatailaṃ.

CASTRAMETATION, s. śiviraniveśanavidyā kaṭakaniveśanaṃ kaṭakasamāvāsaḥ racanā.

To CASTRATE, v. a. vṛṣaṇau utkṛt (c. 6. -kṛntati -karttituṃ) or chid (c. 7. chinatti chettuṃ), vṛṣaṇadvayaṃ utpaṭ in caus. (-pāṭayati -yituṃ).

CASTRATED, p. p. chinnavṛṣaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ chinnamuṣkaḥ -ṣkā -ṣkaṃ muṣkaśūnyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ.

CASTRATION, s. vṛṣaṇachedaḥ vṛṣaṇotkarttanaṃ muṣkachedanaṃ vṛṣaṇotpāṭanaṃ.

CASTREL, s. śyenaḥ kapotāriḥ m., śyenajātīyaḥ pakṣibhedaḥ.

CASTRENSIAN, a. śivirasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) sainikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

CASUAL, a. āgantukaḥ -kā -kaṃ ākasmikaḥ -kī -kaṃ āpatikaḥ -kī -kaṃ daivāyattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ daivikaḥ -kī -kaṃ akāṇḍaḥ -ṇḍā -ṇḍaṃ adṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ acintitaḥ -tā -taṃ atarkitaḥ -tā -taṃ naimittikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

CASUALLY, adv. akasmāt daivāt āgantukaprakāreṇa acintitaṃ atarkitaṃ.

CASUALNESS, s. ākasmikatvaṃ āgantukatvaṃ daivāyattatā daivādhīnatā.

CASUALTY, s. saṅgatiḥ -taṃ akasmātsaṅgataṃ daivagatiḥ f., daivayogaḥ daivaghaṭanaṃ āgantuḥ m., ativarttanaṃ.
     --(Unseen danger) adṛṣṭaṃ.

CASUIST, s. dharmmādharmmavicārakaḥ dharmmādharmmaviṣaye vivādī m. (n) or vādānuvādavidyājñaḥ dharmmādharmmopadeśakaḥ kāryyākāryyanirṇayavidagdhaḥ.

CASUISTICAL, a. dharmmāgharmmavicāraṇāviṣayaḥ -yā -yaṃ dharmmādharmmopadeśasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

CASUISTRY, s. gharmmādharmmavicāraṇavidyā dharmmādharmmaviṣaye vādānuvādavidyā kāryyākāryyanirṇayaḥ dharmmādharmmopadeśaḥ idaṃ karttavyaṃ idam akarttavyaṃ iti vivecanavidyā.

CAT, s. mārjāraḥ viḍālaḥ otuḥ m., kundamaḥ mūṣakārātiḥ m., ākhubhuk m. (j) vṛṣadaṃśakaḥ payaspaḥ vyāghrāsyaḥ dīptākṣaḥ.

CAT-O'-NINE-TAILS, s. navabalisaṅgayuktā kaśā navarajjuyuktā tāḍanī navapra-tiṣkaśayuktā carmmayaṣṭiḥ.

CATACHRESIS, s. kuvyañjakaviśeṣaḥ yathā karṇābhyāṃ pīyate surūpī śabda iti.

CATACLYSM, s. bhūtasamplavaḥ āplāvaḥ jalāplāvanaṃ pṛthivīplāvaḥ.

CATACOMBS, s. bhūmau khātāḥ śavagopanayogyā gūḍhamārgāḥ antarbhaumaśmaśānaṃ.

CATALECTICK, a. nyūnaikākṣaraḥ -rā -raṃ chandoviśeṣaḥ.

CATALEPSIS, s. grahāmayaḥ apasmāraḥ bhrāmaraṃ bhūtavikriyā aṅgavikṛtiḥ f.

CATALOGUE, s. parisaṃkhyā anukramaṇikā parigaṇanā ekaikaśaḥ parisaṃkhyā saṅgrahaḥ sūciḥ f., 'of names,' nāmāvaliḥ f.

[Page 83a]

CATAMENIA, s. ṛtuḥ m., ārttavaṃ rajaḥ n. (s) puṣpaṃ yonirañjanaṃ

CATAPHRACT, s. saṃvarmmitaḥ or sarvvasannāhayukta aśvārūḍhaḥ sainikaḥ.

CATAPLASM, s. utkārikā lepaḥ pralepaḥ upanāhaḥ.

CATAPULT, s. pūrvvakālīnayoddhṛbhiḥ prastaraprakṣepaṇe prayukto yuddhayantraviśeṣaḥ.

CATARACT, s. nijharaḥ -rī jharaḥ vāripravāhaḥ prapātaḥ saraḥ -rī praśravaṇaṃ uccadeśāt toyapatanaṃ.
     --(Disease of the eye) manthaḥ liṅganāśaḥ śukraḥ netrapaṭalaṃ.

CATARRH, s. pīnasaḥ pratiśyāyaḥ kāśaḥ -saḥ śleṣmā m. (n) kaphaḥ.
     --(Having one) pīnasī m. (n) kāśī m. (n).

CATARRHAL, a. pīnasī -sinī -si (n) kāśī -śinī -śi (n) kaphī -phinī -phi (n) śleṣmalaḥ -lā -laṃ pīnasasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

CATASTROPHE, s. (Of a drama) niṣṭhā nirvvahaṇaṃ.
     --(Conclusion) pariṇāmaḥ nirvvāhaḥ nirvṛttiḥ f.
     --(Event) saṅgatiḥ f.
     --(Misfortune) āpad f., vipad f. durgatiḥ f.

CAT-CALL, s. raṅge prekṣakāṇām aprasādavācako visvaravādyaviśeṣaḥ.

To CATCH, v. a. grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ), dhṛ (c. 1. dharati dharttuṃ), labh (c. 1. labhate labdhuṃ), prāp (c. 5. -āpnoti -āptuṃ).
     --(Lay hold with the hand) saṅgrah parigrah parāmṛś (c. 6. -mṛśati -mraṣṭuṃ), avalamb (c. 1. -lambate -lambituṃ).
     --(Receive suddenly) akasmād grah or labh or prāp; 'to catch cold,' pīnasagrastaḥ -stā -staṃ bhū pīnasopahataḥ -tā -taṃ bhū; 'to catch a distemper,' samparkāt or saṃsargād rogagrastaḥ -stā -staṃ bhū; 'to catch fire,' akasmād dah in pass. (dahyate) or dīp (c. 4. dīṣyate dīpituṃ), labdhadāhaḥ -hā -haṃ bhū agnidīptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ bhū agniṃ grah.
     --(Ensnare, entrap) grah dhṛ bandh (c. 9. badhnāti banddhuṃ), pralubh in caus. (lobhayati -yituṃ) vañc in caus. (vañcayate -yituṃ); 'to catch fish,' matsyān dharttuṃ or grahītuṃ.
     --(Come upon unexpectedly) akasmād āsad (c. 10. -sādayati -yituṃ) or samāsad or prāp; 'caught out in a fault,' dṛṣṭadoṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ, 'I caught him in the act of stealing,' corayantameva tam āsādayaṃ or upātiṣṭhaṃ.
     --(Allure) pralubh in caus., ākṛṣ (c. 1. -karṣati -kraṣṭuṃ).
     --(Catch up, snatch, seize) hṛ (c. 1. harati harttuṃ), apahṛ hṛtvā apanī.
     --(To spread as con-tagion) sañcar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ).

CATCH, s. (Seizure) grahaṇaṃ grahaḥ saṅgrahaṇaṃ saṅgrāhaḥ dharaṇaṃ haraṇaṃ.
     --(Any thing that catches) grāhakaḥ -kaṃ grahaḥ dharaḥ; 'a latch,' tālakaṃ; 'a clasp,' kuḍupaḥ.
     --(Prize, advantage) lābhaḥ prāptiḥ f., loptuṃ phalaṃ.
     --(A song sung in succession) paryyāyagītaṃ parasparagītaṃ parivarttakagītaṃ.

CATCHER, s. grāhakaḥ vāgurikaḥ jālikaḥ lubdhakaḥ.
     --(That in which fish, &c. are caught, a snare for animals) matsvadhānī mṛgabandhinī vāgurā jālaṃ.

CATCHING, a. (Contagious) sañcārakaḥ -kā -kaṃ sañcārī -riṇī -ri (n) samparkīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ tvācaḥ -cī -caṃ.

CATCHPOLE, s. āseddhā m. (ddhṛ) āsedhakarttā m. (rttṛ) grāhakaḥ yaṣṭidharaḥ.

CATCHWORD, s. mudrākarabhāṣāyāṃ parapatragaḥ śabdaḥ.

CATECHETICAL, a. prāśnottarikaḥ -kī -kaṃ praśnottaramayaḥ -yī -yaṃ praśnotta-raviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ sapraśnottaraḥ -rā -raṃ.

CATECHETICALLY, adv. praśnottarakrameṇa sapraśnottaraṃ praśnottaradvāreṇa.

To CATECHISE, v. a. praśnottaradvāreṇa or praśnottarakrameṇa upadiś (c. 6. -diśati-deṣṭhuṃ) or śikṣ in caus. (śikṣayati -yituṃ) or adhī in caus. (adhyāpayati -yituṃ).
     --(To interrogate) pracch (c. 6. pṛcchati praṣṭuṃ), parīkṣ (c. 1. -īkṣate -īkṣituṃ).

[Page 83b]

CATECHISING, s. praśnottaradvāreṇa śikṣā or upadeśaḥ or adhyāpanaṃ parīkṣā.

CATECHISM, s. (Form of question and answer) praśnottaraṃ kathopakathanaṃ uttarapratyuttaraṃ praśnottaravidhiḥ m., praśnottararītiḥ f., sapraśnottaraḥ pāṭhaḥ.

CATECHIST or CATECHISER, s. praśnottaradvāreṇa or praśnottarakrameṇa or praśnottaravidhinā upadeśakaḥ or śikṣakaḥ or adhyāpakaḥ or pāṭhakaḥ.

CATECHUMEN, s. navachātraḥ navaśiṣyaḥ navādhīyānaḥ prāthamakalpikaḥ.

CATEGORICAL, a. ekārthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ vyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ suvyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ avakraḥ -krā -kraṃ spaṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ spaṣṭārthaḥ -rthā -rthaṃ vācakaḥ -kā -kaṃ niyataḥ -tā -taṃ paryyāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ avyañjanaḥ -nā -naṃ.

CATEGORICALLY, adv. ekārthaṃ suvyaktaṃ spaṣṭaṃ spaṣṭārthaṃ avakraṃ vācakatayā.

CATEGORY, s. padārthaḥ samānādhikaraṇaṃ samānapadaṃ samānavargaḥ padaṃ.
     --(Of individual application) avyāvyavṛttiḥ f.

CATENARIAN, a. śṛṅkhalākāraḥ -rā -raṃ śṛṅkhalasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

CATENATION, s. śṛṅkhalatā śṛṅkhalatvaṃ paryyāyaḥ sambandhaḥ.

To CATER, v. a. bhojanādi parikḷp (c. 10. -kalpayati -yituṃ) or upakḷp or sambhṛ (c. 1. -bharati, c. 3. -bibhartti -bharttuṃ) or yuj in caus. (yojayati -yituṃ).

CATERER, s. bhojanādhikārī m. (n) bhojanādhikṛtaḥ bhojanādhiṣṭhātā m. (tṛ) annādiparikalpakaḥ.

CATERPILLAR, s. vṛścikaḥ śūkakīṭaḥ kośavāsī m. (n) koṣakārī m. (n).

To CATERWAUL, v. n. mattaviḍālavad ru (c. 2. rauti ravituṃ), menādaṃ kṛ.

CATERWAULING, s. mattaviḍālarutaṃ mattamārjjāracitkāraḥ karkaśarāvaḥ menādaḥ.

CATES, s. pl. svādvannaṃ viśiṣṭānnaṃ bhojanaviśeṣāḥ m. pl., miṣṭānnaṃ.

CAT-GUT, s. viḍālādipurītannirmmitā tantrīḥ jantunāḍimayaṃ sūtraṃ tantuḥ m.

CATHARTIC, s. recakaḥ recanaṃ virekaḥ virecanaṃ udaraśodhanaṃ.

CATHARTICAL, a. recakaḥ -kī -kaṃ virecakaḥ -kī -kaṃ adhobhāgaharaḥ -rā -raṃ atisārī -riṇī -ri (n) śodhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CATHEDRAL, s. mahāpūjāśālā mahābhajanabhavanaṃ mahāmaṇḍapaḥ mahāmandiraṃ mahādharmmādhyakṣādhiṣṭhitā pūjāśālā.

CATHEDRAL, a. mahādharmmādhyakṣamaṭhasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) mahāpūjāśā-lāsambandhīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

CATHETER, s. mūtrakṛcchrapīḍitānāṃmehamocanārthaṃmūtramārganiveśayitavyā vakranāḍiḥ.

CATHOLIC, a. sāmānyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ sarvvasāmānyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ sādhāraṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ sarvvasādhāraṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ sārvvaḥ -rvvī -rvvaṃ sārvvatrikaḥ -kī -kaṃ sarvvīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ sārvvalaukikaḥ -kī -kaṃ sārvvajanikaḥ -kī -kaṃ sarvvajanīnaḥ -nā -naṃ.

CATHOLIC, s. sarvvasādhāraṇamatasthaḥ sarvvasāmānyamatadhārī m. (n).
     --(Roman Catholic) romīyamatadhārī m. (n).

CATHOLICISM, s. sādhāraṇyaṃ sāmānyaṃ sarvvasādhāraṇyaṃ sarvvasāmānyaṃ.

CATHOLICON, s. sarvvasādhāraṇabheṣajaṃ sarvvasammatabheṣajaṃ.

CATKINS, s. taruśākhāto lambamānā viḍālapucchākārā haritapuṣpaśreṇī.

CATLING, s. astracikitsakair aṅgachedane prayuktaḥ karttarikāviśeṣaḥ.

CATOPTRICAL, a. vakṣyamāṇacākṣuṣavidyāṅgasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n).

CATOPTRICS, s. cākṣuṣavidyāyāḥ prativimbaviṣayakam aṅgaṃ.

CATTLE, s. gāvaḥ m. pl., godhanaṃ gokulaṃ; 'cattle for draught,' dhurīṇaḥ dhuryyaḥ; 'fit for any draught,' sarvvadhurīṇaḥ sarvvadhurāvahaḥ; 'rich in cattle,' gomān -matī -mat (t) gomī -minī -mi (n); 'capture of cattle,' gograhaḥ; 'cattle-keeper,' gopālaḥ paśupālaḥ; 'the keeping of cattle,' pāśupālyaṃ.

CAVALCADE, s. āśvikayātrā sādināṃ or aśvārohiṇāṃ yātrā or śreṇī.

CAVALIER, s. sādī m. (n) aśvavāraḥ āśvikaḥ aśvārūḍhaḥ aśvārohī m. (n) aśvavahaḥ hayārūḍhaḥ turagī m. (n) turaṅgī m. (n).

CAVALIERLY, adv. (Disdainfully) sāvamānaṃ avamānena sadarṣaṃ sagarvvaṃ sāvalepaṃ sāvahelaṃ.
     --(To treat cavalierly) avaman (c. 4. -manyate -mantuṃ), avajñā (c. 9. -jājāti -jñātuṃ), kadarthīkṛ laghūkṛ.

CAVALRY, s. āśvaṃ āśvikaṃ aśvīyaṃ aśvāḥ m. pl., aśvārohāḥ m. pl., aśvārohaṃ senāṅgaṃ aśvārūḍhāḥ m. pl., aśvārohiṇaḥ m. pl., hayārūḍhāḥ m. pl., aśvavahāḥ m. pl., sādinaḥ m. pl., turaṅgiṇaḥ m. pl., turaṅgayāyinaḥ m. pl.

To CAVATE, v. a. (To hollow) svan (c. 1. khanati khanituṃ khātu), śuṣirīkṛ.

CAVATION, s. gṛhatale khātaṃ gṛhasyādhastāt svātā guptiḥ.

CAUDATED, a. pucchī -cchinī -cchi (n) lāṅgūlī -linī -li (n).

CAUDLE, s. prasūtābhir āhāryyaṃ madyādisammiśritaṃ pānīyaṃ.

CAVE or CAVERN, s. vilaṃ vivaraṃ kandaraḥ -rā garttaḥ gahvaraṃ -rī randhraṃ guhā guhāgṛhaṃ nirddariḥ m., darī f., śailarandhraṃ.
     --(Excavation) khātaṃ devakhātaṃ devakhātavilaṃ.

CAVEAT, s. sāvadhāno bhava iti vijñāpanaṃ niṣedhaḥ niṣedhapatraṃ.

CAVERNED, a. (Full of caverns) gahvarī -riṇī -ri (n).
     --(Excavated) khātaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Inhabiting eaverns) gahvaravāsī -sinī -si (n) or -bhāk (j) vilavāsī -sinī -si (n).

CAVESSON, s. aśvadamane prayuktaṃ nāsāyantraṇaṃ.

CAUGHT, p. p. gṛhītaḥ -tā -taṃ dhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ prāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ labdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ baddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ; 'caught in a net,' jālabaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ; caught hold of, saṅgṛhītaḥ -tā -taṃ arvalambitaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'caught out in a crime,' dṛṣṭadoṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ; 'caught by a glance,' kaṭākṣamuṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

CAVIAR, s. lavaṇādisandhitaṃ vṛhanmatsyāṇḍaṃ lavaṇāktaṃ mīnāṇḍaṃ.

To CAVIL, v. a. mithyā vivad (c. 1. -vadate -vadituṃ) or nind (c. 1. nindati -ndituṃ), vākyaṃ khaṇḍ (c. 10. khaṇḍayati -yituṃ), doṣaṃ or chidram anviṣ (c. 6. -icchati -eṣituṃ) or grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ), vipralap (c. 1. -lapati -lapituṃ), doṣīkṛ.

CAVIL, s. mithyāvivādaḥ vivādaḥ udgrāhaḥ mithyodgrāhaḥ doṣagrāhaḥ doṣakalpanaṃ doṣagrasaṅgaḥ chidrānveṣaḥ mithyāpattiḥ f., mithyāvitarkaḥ vipralāpaḥ vākya-khaṇḍanaṃ vākyavirodhaḥ apavādaḥ vāgyuddhaṃ vitaṇḍā vipratipattiḥ f.

CAVILLER, s. vivādaśīlaḥ udgrāhaśīlaḥ mithyāvivādī m. (n) udgrāhamallaḥ.

CAVILLING, a. doṣagrāhī -hiṇī -hi (n) vivādī -dinī -di (n) chidrā-nveṣī -ṣiṇī -ṣi (n) chidrānusārī -riṇī -ri (n) ghṛṇī -ṇinī -ṇi (n) nindakaḥ -kā -kaṃ apavādakaḥ -kā -kaṃ visaṃvādī -dinī -di (n).

CAVILLINGLY, adv. mithyāvivādapūrvvakaṃ vivādaśīlatvāt chidrānveṣivat.

CAVITY, s. garttaḥ chidraṃ vivaraṃ khātaṃ vilaṃ randhraṃ koṣṭhaḥ kuharaṃ avaṭaḥ avaṭiḥ m.

CAUL, s. (Covering for the head) śiroveṣṭanaṃ.
     --(Integument of the bowels) antrāveṣṭanaṃ purītadāveṣṭanaṃ.
     --(Membrane encom-passing the head of a new-born child) sadyo yonijātasya bālakasya mastakāveṣṭakaḥ kośaviśeṣaḥ garbhaveṣṭanaṃ garbhāśayaḥ.

CAULIFEROUS, a. prakāṇḍaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ kāṇḍavān -vatī -vat (t) mañjaritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CAULIFLOWER, s. śākaprabhedaḥ haritakaḥ śigruḥ m.

CAUSABLE, a. utpādanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ utpādayituṃ śakyaḥ -kyā -kyaṃ.

CAUSAL, a. kāraṇikaḥ -kī -kaṃ hetukaḥ -kā -kaṃ haitukaḥ -kī -kaṃ.
     --(Causal verb) preraṇaṃ.

CAUSALITY or CAUSATION, s. kāraṇatvaṃ -tā hetutā -tvaṃ nimittatvaṃ prayo-jakakarttṛtvaṃ.

CAUSATIVE, a. utpādakaḥ -kā -kaṃ janikaḥ -kā -kaṃ janayitā -trī -tṛ (tṛ).

CAUSE, s. (That which effects, motive, reason) kāraṇaṃ hetuḥ m., nimittaṃ -ttakaṃ nidānaṃ prayojanaṃ nibandhanaṃ karaṇaṃ upādhiḥ m.
     --(Origin) prabhavaḥ udbhavaḥ sambhavaḥ yoniḥ f., vījaṃ vaijikaṃ mūlaṃ; 'without cause,' akasmāt; 'for this cause,' anena hetunā tadarthaṃ tasya hetoḥ; 'primary cause,' ādyavījaṃ ādikāraṇaṃ; 'a good cause,' sannimittaṃ; 'cause and effect,' kāryyakāraṇaṃ.
     --(The per-son who effects) utpādakaḥ kārakaḥ karttā m. (rttṛ) prayojakaḥ pravarttakaḥ.
     --(Subject of litigation) arthaḥ; 'one who has lost his cause,' sādhitaḥ.
     --(Occasion) prayojanaṃ kāraṇaṃ sthānaṃ avasaraḥ.
     --(Side, party) pakṣaḥ; 'one's own cause,' ātmapakṣaḥ.

To CAUSE, v. a. jan in caus. (janayati -yituṃ) utpad in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ) kṛ (c. 8. karoti karttuṃ), sādh in caus. (sādhayati -yituṃ) nimitta (nom. nimittāyate). Sometimes bhū is used with the dat. c.; as, 'that will cause my destruction,' tanmama vināśāya bhaviṣyati; or even the dative alone may be used; as, tanmama vināśāya. Sometimes a phrase like the following may be found; 'I was not the cause of this deed,' idaṃ karmma na matsvāmikaṃ or matkarttṛkaṃ.

CAUSED, p. p. kāritaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ janitaḥ -tā -taṃ utpāditaḥ -tā -taṃ kārāṇabhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ udbhavaḥ -vā -vaṃ or prabhavaḥ -vā -vaṃ in comp.; as, 'caused by the wind,' anilodbhavaḥ -vā -vaṃ.

CAUSELESS, a. niṣkāraṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ nirnimittaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ animittaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ niṣprayojanaḥ -nā -naṃ ahetukaḥ -kā -kaṃ anidānaḥ -nā -naṃ hetuśūnyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ; 'causeless state,' vilakṣaṇaṃ.

CAUSELESSLY, adv. niṣprayojanaṃ akāraṇaṃ akāraṇāt niṣkāraṇaṃ animittatas nirṇimittaṃ asati prayojane hetunā vinā hetuṃ vinā.

CAUSER, s. kārakaḥ karttā m. (rttṛ) karaḥ kāraḥ utpādakaḥ janakaḥ janayitā m. (tṛ) prayojakaḥ pravarttakaḥ.

CAUSEWAY, s. setuḥ m., setubandhaḥ pālī piṇḍalaḥ piṇḍilaḥ dharaṇaḥ saṃvaraṃ.

CAUSTIC, a. (Burning, corrosive) dāhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ aruntudaḥ -dā -daṃ aruṣkaraḥ -rā -raṃ kṣayakaraḥ -rī -raṃ tigmaḥ -gmā -gmaṃ.
     --(Biting, sati-rical) aruntudaḥ -dā -daṃ daṃśeraḥ -rā -raṃ marmmabhedī -dinī -di (n) marmmaspṛk m. f. n. (ś).

CAUSTICITY, s. aruntudatvaṃ -tā aruṣkaratvaṃ -tā.

CAUTELOUS, a. (Cunning, wily) vidagdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ vicakṣaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

CAUTERIZATION, s. dāhaḥ dāhanaṃ upayantreṇa or taptalohena or tigmauṣadha-prayogeṇa māṃsadāhanaṃ kṣārakarmma n. (n) kṛṣṇakarmma kṣārārpaṇaṃ.

To CAUTERIZE, v. a. dah in caus. (dāhayati -yituṃ) taptalohena or upayantreṇa or tigmauṣadhaprayogeṇa māṃsaṃ dah kṣāram ṛ in caus. (arpayati -yituṃ).

CAUTERY, s. (Actual) dāhaḥ upayantraṃ taptalohena māṃsadāhaḥ kṣāraḥ.
     --(Potential) dāhaḥ auṣadhīyāruntudadravyaprayogeṇa māṃsadāhaḥ.

CAUTION, s. (Prudent care) avadhānaṃ -natā sāvadhānatā samīkṣā -kṣaṇaṃ prasamīkṣā avekṣā anvavekṣā apekṣā apramādaḥ cintā kāryyacintā vivecanaṃ cetanā āśaṅkā āśaṅkāśīlatā.
     --(Warning) pratyādeśaḥ avadhehi or sāvadhāno bhava iti vijñāpanaṃ sandeśaḥ.
     --(Security) prātibhāvyaṃ pāribhāvyaṃ bandhakaḥ ādhiḥ m.

To CAUTION AGAINST, v. a. pratyādiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ), sandiś; avadhehi or avadhatsva or sāvadhāno bhava iti vijñā in caus. (-jñāpayati -yituṃ); 'he cautioned his sons against evil company,' asatsaṃsargāt sāvadhānā bhavata or avadhatta iti putrān pratyādiśat.

CAUTIONARY, a. (Containing a security) sabandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ sapāri-bhāvyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ.
     --(Containing a warning) pratyādeśakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CAUTIONED, p. p. pratyādiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ sandiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

CAUTIOUS, a. sāvadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ kṛtāvadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ avahitaḥ -tā -taṃ svavahitaḥ -tā -taṃ apramattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ apramādī -dinī -di (n) samīkṣya-kārī -riṇī -ri (n) vimṛśyakārī -riṇī -ri (n) āśaṅkāśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ kāryyacintakaḥ -kā -kaṃ budhaḥ -dhā -dhaṃ.

CAUTIOUSLY, adv. sāvadhānaṃ avadhānena avahitaṃ apramādena avekṣayā sāśaṅkaṃ.

CAUTIOUSNESS, s. avadhānatā sāvadhānatā apramattatā apramāditvaṃ.

To CAW, v. n. kākavad ru (c. 2. rauti ravituṃ), kai (c. 1. kāyati kātuṃ), drakṣi (c. 1. drāṃkṣati drāṃkṣituṃ), dhmāṃkṣ (c. 1. dhmāṃkṣati -kṣituṃ).

CAYENNE, s. marīcaguṇopetaḥ sutigmo raktavarṇa upaskaraviśeṣaḥ.

To CEASE, v. n. (To be at an end) viram (c. 1. -ramati -rantuṃ), uparam nivṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ), nirvṛt vinivṛt śam (c. 4. śāmyati śamituṃ), apayā (c. 2. -yāti -yātuṃ), vigam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ), vichid in pass. (-chidyate) viśram (c. 4. -śrāmyati -śramituṃ).
     --(To desist from) viram or nivṛt with abl. c.; 'be ceases from wicked-ness,' pāpād viramati.

To CEASE, v. a. (To put a stop to) nivṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ) nirvṛt viram in caus. (-ramayati -yituṃ) uparam śam in caus. (śamayati -yituṃ).

CEASED, p. p. virataḥ -tā -taṃ uparataḥ -tā -taṃ avarataḥ -tā -taṃ vyuparataḥ -tā -taṃ nivṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ praśāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ śāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ vigataḥ -tā -taṃ viśrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ vicchinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ nirastaḥ -stā -staṃ; 'one whose fever has ceased,' vigatajvaraḥ or gatajvaraḥ or vītajvaraḥ or śāntajvaraḥ; 'one who has ceased from desire after worldly objects,' uparataviṣayābhilāṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ.

CEASELESS, a. avirataḥ -tā -taṃ anavarataḥ -tā -taṃ nirantaraḥ -rā -raṃ anivṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ aviśrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ nityaḥ -tyā -tyaṃ.

CEASELESSLY, adv. avirataṃ anavarataṃ nirantaraṃ nityaṃ.

CEASING, s. viratiḥ f., nivṛttiḥ f., avaratiḥ f., uparāmaḥ -ramaḥ -ratiḥ f., āratiḥ f.

CECITY, s. andhatā -tvaṃ timiraṃ adṛṣṭiḥ f., dṛṣṭihīnatā.

CECUTIENSY, s. dṛṣṭivaikalyaṃ netrendriyavaikalyaṃ nākulāndhyaṃ kudṛṣṭiḥ f.

CEDAR, s. devadāruḥ m. -ru n., āraḥ n. (s) ārastaruḥ m.

To CEDE, v. a. (To give up) utsṛj (c. 6. -sṛjati -sraṣṭuṃ), visṛj vitṝ (c. 1. -tarati -tarituṃ -tarītuṃ), tyaj (c. 1. tyajati tyaktuṃ), parityaj anudā (c. 3. -dadāti -dātuṃ), anujñā (c. 9. -jānāti -jñātuṃ), protsṛ in caus. (-sārayati -yituṃ).
     --(To go over) abhyupe (c. 2. abhyupaiti abhyupaituṃ), vaśībhū.

CEDED, p. p. utsṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ visarjjitaḥ -tā -taṃ protsāritaḥ -tā -taṃ vitīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ tyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

CEDRINE or CEDARN, a. devadārumayaḥ -yī -yaṃ devadārusambandhīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

To CEIL, v. a. antaḥpaṭalena chad (c. 10. chādayati -yituṃ), ācchar.

CEILING, s. antaḥpaṭalaḥ antacchādaṃ -danaṃ antarācchādanaṃ paṭalaḥ cālaḥ.

CELANDINE, s. aruṣkaraniryyāsaviśiṣṭaḥ pītapuṣpa oṣadhibhedaḥ bahudugdhikā.

CELATURE, s. takṣaṇaṃ takṣaṇakarmma n. (n) nānārekhādinā alaṅkaraṇavidyā.

To CELEBRATE, v. a. praśaṃs (c. 1. -śaṃsati -śaṃsituṃ), stu (c. 2. stauti stotuṃ), vikhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -khyātuṃ), kṛt (c. 10. kīrttayati -yituṃ), ślāgh (c. 1. ślāghate ślāghituṃ), vand (c. 1. vandate -ndituṃ), pūj (c. 10. pūjayati -yituṃ), āśru in caus. (-śrāvayati -yituṃ) prath in caus. (prathayati -yituṃ) prakāś in caus. (-kāśayati -yituṃ) anuvarṇ (c. 10. -varṇayati -yituṃ).
     --(To perform solemnly) sev (c. 1. sevate sevituṃ). vidhivat kṛ yathāvidhi anuṣṭhā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -ṣṭhātuṃ) or sampatu in caus. (-pādayati -yituṃ) or nirvvah in caus. (-vāhayati -yituṃ) or pāl (c. 10. pālayati -yituṃ) or ācar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ) or pu (c. 10. pārapati -yituṃ).
     --(To cele-brate on the lyre) upavīṇa (nom -vīṇayati -yituṃ).

[Page 85b]

CELEBRATED, a. viśrutaḥ -tā -taṃ khyātaḥ -tā -taṃ vikhyātaḥ -tā -taṃ prathitaḥ -tā -taṃ prasiddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ kīrttimān -matī -mat (t) kīrttitaḥ -tā -taṃ stutyaḥ -tyā -tyaṃ anuvarṇitaḥ -tā -taṃ labdhaśabdaḥ -bdā -bdaṃ yaśasvī -svinī -svi (n) yaśasvān -svatī -svat (t) pratītaḥ -tā -taṃ vijñātaḥ -tā -taṃ vittaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.
     --(In song) upagītaḥ -tā -taṃ upagīyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ; 'to be celebrated,' paśaṃs in pass. (-śasyate) viśru in pass. (-śrūyate) prath (c. 1. prathate prathituṃ); 'by mention,' atipaṭh in pass. (paṭhyate) paripaṭh.
     --(As a festival) abhyuditaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CELEBRATION, s. (Solemn performance) sevanaṃ niṣevanaṃ vidhivat pālanaṃ or anuṣṭhānaṃ or ācaraṇaṃ abhyudayaḥ.
     --(Praise) stutiḥ f., stavaḥ varṇanā praśaṃsā pūjā kīrttanaṃ utkīrttanaṃ ślādhā.

CELEBRITY, s. (Fame) kīrttiḥ f., yaśaḥ n. (s) khyātiḥ f., sukhyāti f., viśrutiḥ f., prasiddhiḥ f., prakīrttiḥ f., vikhyātiḥ f., pravikhyātiḥ f., pratikhyātiḥ f., pratipattiḥ f., viśrāvaḥ prathā samprathā prathitiḥ f., pratiṣṭhā; 'conferring celebrity,' yaśaskaraḥ -rī -raṃ kīrttikaraḥ -rī -raṃ.

CELERITY, s. śīghratā vegaḥ javaḥ tvarā rabhasaḥ tūrṇiḥ m., āśugamanaṃ.

CELERY, s. ajamodājātīyaḥ śākaprabhedaḥ.

CELESTIAL, a. (Relating to heaven, or the sky, divine) svargīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ divyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ divijaḥ -jā -jaṃ diviṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ daivaḥ -vī -vaṃ devakīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ devārhaḥ -rhā -rhaṃ sauraḥ -rī -raṃ āntarīkṣaḥ -kṣī -kṣaṃ vaihāyasaḥ -sī -saṃ vihāyasīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ nabhaḥsthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ; 'clothed in celestial raiment,' divyavastraḥ -strā -straṃ; 'celestial nymph,' svarveśyā.
     --(Excellent) paramaḥ -mā -maṃ uttamaḥ -mā -maṃ.

CELIBACY or CELIBATE, s. avivāhaḥ anudvāhaḥ avariṇayanaṃ apāṇi grahaṇaṃ avivāhāvasthā akṛtavivāhatvaṃ; 'living in celibaey, avivāhitaḥ.

CELL, s. (A small cavity) vilaṃ chidraṃ randhraṃ kapaḥ kuharaṃ.
     --(A small apartment) kuṭī kakṣaḥ.
     --(In a prison) kārāgāre kuṭī or kakṣaḥ or uparodhakaṃ avarodhanaśālikā. guptiḥ f.
     --(A cottage) kuṭīraḥ.
     --(The habitation of a religious person) maṭhaḥ āśramaḥ

CELLAR, s. guptiḥ f., bhūnikīlaḥ avaṭaḥ -ṭiḥ m., gṛhatale or gṛhasyādhastād bhūmau svāto madyādikoṣṭhaḥ.

CELLARIST, s. dharmmacāriṇāṃ maṭhe madyādirakṣakaḥ or bhojanādhikārī m. (n).

CELLULAR, a. sūkṣmakūpaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ sūkṣmarandhrapūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ madhukoṣākāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

CELSITUDE, s. uccatā ūrddhvatvaṃ ucchrayaḥ utsedhaḥ samunnatiḥ f., utkarṣaḥ.

CEMENT, s. (The matter with which two bodies are made to cohere, as mortar) sudhā lepaḥ vilepaḥ saṃlagnīkaraṇārthama ati-śyānadravyaṃ.
     --(Bond of union) bandhanaṃ sambandhaḥ ābandhaḥ sandhiḥ m.

To CEMENT, v. a. saṃlagnīkṛ saṃyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yoktuṃ, c. 10. -yojayati -yituṃ), saṃśliṣ in caus. (-śleṣayati -yituṃ) sambandh (c. 9. -bandhāti -banddhuṃ), sandhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ).

CEMENTATION, s. saṃlagnīkaraṇaṃ saṃyojanaṃ saṃyogaḥ sandhānaṃ saṃśleṣaḥ.

CEMENTED, p. p. saṃlagnīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ saṃśriṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ. sambaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ sandhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CEMETERY, s. śmaśānaṃ pretavamaṃ pitṛvanaṃ pitṛkānanaṃ pitṛvasatiḥ f., śavasānaṃ śatānakaṃ rudrākrīḍaḥ.

CENATORY, a. rātribhojanasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) naktabhojanāvajayakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CENOTAPH, s. śūnyacaityaṃ caityaṃ cityaṃ sthānāntare nikhātaṃ mṛtajanamuddiśya smaraṇacaityaṃ.

[Page 86a]

CENSE, s. karaḥ rājakaraṃ rājasvaṃ śulkaḥ.
     --(Rank) padaṃ.

CENSER, s. dhūpādhāraḥ dhūpapātraṃ.
     --(Fire-pan) aṅgāradhānikā.

CENSOR, s. nītiśāstā m. (stṛ) dharmmādhyakṣaḥ dharmmādhikārī m. (n) vyavahāradraṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ) ācāropadraṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ) kaṇṭakoddharttā m. (rttṛ) daṇḍapraṇetā m. (tṛ) doṣanigrahītā m. (tṛ) pāpanigrahakṛt.

CENSORIAN, a. nītiśiṣṭisambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) or ācāradarśanasambandhī.

CENSORIOUS, a. nindakaḥ -kā -kaṃ ghṛṇī -ṇinī -ṇi (n) doṣagrāhī -hiṇī -hi (n) guṇaghātī -tinī -ti (n) apavādakaḥ -kā -kaṃ -dī -dinī -di (n) sāpavādaḥ -dā -daṃ kuvādaḥ -dā -daṃ kuvadaḥ -dā -daṃ pāpadarśī -rśinī -rśi (n) mindāśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ chidrānveṣī -ṣiṇī -ṣi (n) chidrān-sārī -riṇī -ri (n) kutsāvādī -dinī -di (n) or aguṇavādī kumbaraḥ -rā -raṃ doṣaikadṛk m. f. n., purobhāgī -ginī -gi (n).

CENSORIOUSLY, adv. ghṛṇayā sāpavādaṃ nindāpūrvvakaṃ jugupsayā apavāda-śīlatvāt chidrānveṣivat.

CENSORIOUSNESS, s. nindakatā apavādaśīlatvaṃ chidrānveṣaḥ paradoṣakīrttanaṃ.

CENSORSHIP, s. nītiśāstṛpadaṃ ācāradraṣṭṛpadaṃ dharmmādhikāraḥ -karaṇaṃ.

CENSURABLE, a. nindyaḥ -ndyā -ndyaṃ nindanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ nindārhaḥ -rhā -rhaṃ vacanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ vācyaḥ -cyā -cyaṃ garhyaḥ -rhyā -rhyaṃ garhaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ vigarhyaḥ -rhyā -rhyaṃ doṣī -ṣiṇī -ṣi (n) aparādhī -dhinī -dhi (n).

CENSURABLENESS, s. nindyatā vācyatā vacanīyatā sāparādhatā.

CENSURE, s. nindā apavādaḥ parīvādaḥ jugupsā -psanaṃ upakrośaḥ pari-bhāṣaṇaṃ tiraskāraḥ ghṛṇā upālambhaḥ ākṣepaḥ garhā garhaṇaṃ kutsā nirvādaḥ avarṇaḥ arttanaṃ ṛtīyā.

To CENSURE, v. a. nind (c. 1. nindati nindituṃ), praṇind pratinind vinind; pratyādiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ), parivad (c. 1. -vadati -vadituṃ), apavad garh (c. 1. garhate garhituṃ, c. 10. garhayati -te -yituṃ), vigarh parigarh; tiraskṛ; kuts (c. 10. kutsayati -yituṃ), abhikuts gup in des. (jugupsate -psituṃ) asūya (nom. asūyati -yituṃ), upālabh (c. 1. -labhate -labdhuṃ), doṣīkṛ dhikkṛ.

CENSURED, p. p. ninditaḥ -tā -taṃ jugupsitaḥ -tā -taṃ tiraskṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vigarhitaḥ -tā -taṃ nibhartsitaḥ -tā -taṃ dhikkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ avarīṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ upālabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ.

CENSURER, s. nindakaḥ apavādakaḥ apavādī m. (n) parivādī m. (n) nindākṛt.

CENT, s. śataṃ; 'five per cent.,' śate viṃśabhāgaḥ pañcakaṃ śataṃ pañcottaraṃ; 'two per cent.,' dvikaṃ śataṃ.

CENTAUR, s. jantuviśeṣo yasya pūrvvabhāgaḥ puruṣākāraḥ paścimabhāgaśca aśvākṛtiḥ pūrvvakālīnakavibhiḥ kalpito narorddhvakāyo vājyadhaḥkāyo jantuviśeṣaḥ arddhena aśvo 'rddhena puruṣo jantuḥ rākṣasaḥ daityaḥ.

CENTAURY, s. tiktasvāda oḍrapuṣpasavarṇa oṣadhiprabhedaḥ.

CENTENARIAN, s. (One a hundred years of age) śatāyūḥ m. (s) śatavarṣaḥ.

CENTENARY, a. śatakaḥ -kā -kaṃ śatikaḥ -kī -kaṃ śatyaḥ -tyā -tyaṃ.

CENTENARY, s. śatakaḥ śataṃ; 'a centenary of years,' varṣaśataṃ abdaśataṃ śatavarṣaṃ.

CENTENNIAL, a. śatavarṣaṃ -rṣā -rṣaṃ śatābdaḥ -bdā -bdaṃ śatavatsaraḥ -rā -raṃ.

CENTESIMAL, a. śatanamaḥ -mī -maṃ.
     --(Hundredth part) śatabhāgamadhyeekabhāgaḥ.

CENTIFOLIOUS, a. śatapatraḥ -trī -traṃ śataparṇaḥ -rṇī -rṇaṃ śatacchadaḥ -dā -daṃ.

CENTIPEDE, s. śatapadī f., śatapāda f., śatapādikā pṛthikā vṛścikaḥ karṇajalaukā -kāḥ (s).

CENTO, s. (A poem formed by scraps) prakīrṇakāvyaṃ khaṇḍakāvāṃ nānā- granthasaṅgṛhītaṃ kāvyaṃ.
     --(A collection of a hundred stanzas) śatakaḥ.

CENTRAL or CENTRICAL, a. madhyaḥ -dhyā -dhyaṃ madhyamaḥ -mā -maṃ madhyamīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ madhyasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ madhyasthāyī -yinī -yi (n) garbhasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ madhyavarttī -rttinī -rtti (n).

CENTRALITY, s. madhyatvaṃ madhyasthatā -tvaṃ madhyamatvaṃ.

CENTRE, s. (The middle, interior) madhyaṃ madhyaḥ madhyasthānaṃ madhyasthalaṃ garbhaḥ udaraṃ abhyantaraṃ hṛdayaṃ; 'in the centre,' madhye abhyantare.
     --(Of a circle) kendraṃ catuṣṭayaṃ.

To CENTRE, v. n. (To rest on) avalamb (c. 1. -lambate -lambituṃ), samālamb saṃśri (c. 1. -śrayati -śrayituṃ).
     --(To meet together in one point) madhyasthānaṃ or ekasthānaṃ prati sami (c. 2. sameti sametuṃ), ekatra samāgam (c. 1. -gacchati -gantuṃ) or sammil (c. 6. -milati -melituṃ).

CENTRICALLY, adv. madhyatas madhyaṃ prati madhye madhyasthāne madhyamuddiśya.

CENTRIFUGAL, a. kendrāpajigamiṣuḥ -ṣuḥ -ṣu madhyāpajigamiṣuḥ -ṣuḥ -ṣu.

CENTRIPETAL, a. kendrajigamiṣuḥ -ṣuḥ -ṣu kendrābhipipatiṣuḥ -ṣuḥ -ṣu madhyaṃ prati patayāluḥ -luḥ -lu or pātukaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CENTUPLE, s. śataguṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ śatadhā ind.

To CENTUPLICATE, v. a. śataguṇaṃ -ṇāṃ -ṇaṃ kṛ śataguṇīkṛ śatadhā kṛ.

To CENTURIATE, v. a. śatabhāgaśaḥ kṛ śatakhaṇḍaśaḥ kṛ śatadhā kṛ śatakhaṇḍīkṛ.

CENTURION, s. śatasenāpatiḥ m., śatayodhamukhyaḥ śatasainyādhipatiḥ m.

CENTURY, s. (Space of a hundred years) varṣaśataṃ śatavarṣaṃ vatsaraśataṃ abdaśataṃ.
     --(A hundred) śataṃ śatakaḥ.

CEPHALALGY, s. śirovedanā śīrṣavedanā śiraḥpīḍā śirārttiḥ f., śirorogaḥ.

CEPHALIC, a. mastakapathyaḥ -thyā -thyaṃ mastiṣkarogaghnaḥ -ghnī -ghnaṃ.

CERASTES, s. śṛṅgaviśiṣṭaḥ sarpaprabhedaḥ vipāṇī vyālaḥ śṛṅgī.

CERATE, s. sikthādinirmmitaḥ or sikthatailādimayaḥ kṣataśamaka upanāhaḥ.

CERATED, a. sikthāktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ sikthamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ sikthānuliptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ.

To CERE, v. a. sikthena lip (c. 6. limpati leptuṃ) or añj (c. 7. anakti aṃktuṃ).

CEREBRAL, a. mastiṣkasambandhakaḥ -kā -kaṃ; 'a cerebral letter,' mūrddhanyaṃ.

CEREBRUM, s. mastiṣkaṃ mastiskaḥ gorddaṃ mastakasnehaḥ.

CERECLOTH or CEREMENT, s. sikthāktaṃ vastraṃ śavavastraṃ.

CEREMONIAL, s. vyavahāraḥ ācāraḥ rītiḥ f., vidhiḥ m., vidhānaṃ niyamaḥ kṛtyaṃ nityakṛtyaṃ āhnikācāraḥ saṃskāraḥ kriyāvidhiḥ m., śāstravidhānaṃ.
     --(Sacrificial) yajñakarmma n. (n) vidhiyajñaḥ iṣṭiḥ f.

CEREMONIAL, a. vaidhikaḥ -kī -kaṃ vaidhaḥ -dhī -dhaṃ naiyamikaḥ -kī -kaṃ ācā-rikaḥ -kī -kaṃ vyāvahārikaḥ -kī -kaṃ aiṣṭikaḥ -kī -kaṃ paurttikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

CEREMONIOUS, a. atiśayena ādarakṛt atiśayena ādṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ or sabhyācārasevī -vinī -vi (n) atisabhyaḥ -bhyā -bhyaṃ or atyañjalikṛt ekāntasabhyaḥ -bhyā -bhyaṃ sabhyammanyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ ekāntapraśritaḥ -tā -taṃ ekā-ntapraṇayī -yinī -yi (n) atisamādarakṛt atyādṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ atisa-bhājatakat atyānandanakṛt atyanunayī -yinī -yi (n).

CEREMONIOUSNESS, s. (The use of too much ceremony) atyādaraḥ ātaśayena śiṣṭācārānuṣṭhānaṃ, or sabhyācārasevanaṃ atisaujanyaṃ atipraśrayaḥ atpranunayaḥ atisabhājanaṃ atisamādaraḥ atyānandanaṃ.

CEREMONIOUSLY, adv. ekāntādarapūrvvaṃ atisamādareṇa atipraśrayeṇa sātiśayasabhājanaṃ.

CEREMONY, s. (Rite) vidhiḥ m., niyamaḥ saṃskāraḥ vidhānaṃ kṛtyaṃ nityakṛtyaṃ karmma n. (n) nityakarmma n. (n) kriyā āhnikācāraḥ dīkṣā; 'engaged in ceremonies,' dīkṣitaḥ; 'occasional ceremony,' naimittikakarmma n. (n); 'marriage ceremony,' vivāhavidhiḥ m.
     --(Form of civility) śiṣṭācāravidhiḥ m., sabhyācāravidhiḥ m., saujanyarītiḥ f.

[Page 87a]

CERTAIN, a. (Sure) dhruvaḥ -vā -vaṃ avaśyakaḥ -kā -kaṃ suniścitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Not admitting doubt) asandigdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ asaṃśayaḥ -yā -yaṃ niḥsandigdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ niḥsandehaḥ -hā -haṃ niḥsaṃśayaḥ -yā -yaṃ; 'it is certain,' atra na saṃśayaḥ.
     --(Settled, determined, resolved) niścitaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtaniścayaḥ -yā -yaṃ niṣpannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ niyataḥ -tā -taṃ; 'as to time,' kṛtakālaḥ -lā -laṃ.
     --(Regular) nityaḥ -tyā -tyaṃ.
     --(Infallible) amoghaḥ -ghā -ghaṃ.
     --(Particular) saviśeṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ.
     --(Some) kaścit kācit kiñcit ko'pi kāpi kimapi kaścana kācana kiñcana; 'some few,' katicit ind., katipayaḥ -yā -yaṃ kiyān -yatī -yat (t); 'a certain person,' kaścit; 'a certain lion,' kaścit siṃhaḥ, or in more modern Sanscrit ekaḥ siṃhaḥ; 'certain people,' katipayalokāḥ; 'certain teachers,' kiyanto'dhyāpakāḥ; 'on a certain time,' ekadā kadācit viśeṣakāle.

CERTAINLY, adv. avaśyaṃ niścitaṃ suniścitaṃ asaṃśayaṃ ghruvaṃ nūnaṃ khalu kila nāma tattvatas saṃśayaṃ vinā atra na saṃśayaḥ kaḥ sandehaḥ ko'tra sandehaḥ.

CERTAINNESS, or CERTAINTY, or CERTITUDE, s. niścayaḥ nirṇayaḥ naiścityaṃ avaśyakatā dṛḍhapramāṇaṃ dhruvatvaṃ asandigdhatā; 'certainties,' dhruvāṇi.

CERTIFICATE, s. pramāṇapatraṃ abhijñānapatraṃ nirṇayapatraṃ niścayapatraṃ satyāpa-napatraṃ nidarśanapatraṃ āgamapatraṃ nirṇetā m. (tṛ).

To CERTIFY, v. a. (To inform) jñā in caus. (jñāpayati -yituṃ) vijñā.
     --(To bear testimony, give proof) pramāṇīkṛ sapramāṇaṃ -ṇāṃ -ṇaṃ kṛ dṛḍhīkṛ sthirīkṛ satyākṛ pramāṇapatreṇa or abhijñānapatreṇa nirṇayaṃ kṛ.

CERVICAL, a. graivaḥ -vī -vaṃ graiveyaḥ -yī -yaṃ kaṇṭhyaḥ -ṇṭhyā -ṇṭhyaṃ.

CERULEAN, a. nīlaḥ -lā -laṃ nīlavarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ ākāśavarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.

CERUMEN, s. (Ear-wax) karṇamalaḥ -laṃ tokmaṃ karṇagūthaḥ karṇaviṭ (ṣ)

CERUSE, s. (White lead) śvetarañjanaṃ śuklavarṇaḥ sīsakaviśeṣaḥ.

CESARIAN, a. (Operation) garbhocchedanaṃ bhūṇotkarttanaṃ.

CESS, s. (A sum levied) karaḥ śulkaḥ -lkaṃ rājasvaṃ.
     --(The act of assessing) karagrahaṇaṃ śulkagrahaṇaṃ.

To CESS, v. a. (To assess) karaṃ or śulkaṃ or rājasvaṃ grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ) or in caus. (dāpayati -yituṃ).

CESSATION, s. viratiḥ f., virāmaḥ avaratiḥ f., uparatiḥ f., nivṛttiḥ f., vinivṛttiḥ f., nirvṛtiḥ f., nivarttanaṃ nirvarttanaṃ vicchedaḥ upaśamaḥ apaśamaḥ kṣayaḥ; 'cessation of arms,' avahāraḥ.
     --(Without cessation) avirataṃ anavarataṃ nirantaraṃ; 'cessation of affection,' snehacchedaḥ.

CESSAVIT, s. amukajano varṣadvayaprabhṛti adya yāvat karaṃ na dattavān iti jñāpanārthaṃ lekhyaṃ.

CESSIBLE, a. tyājyaḥ -jyā -jyaṃ pradeyaḥ -yā -yaṃ visarjjanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

CESSION, s. tyāgaḥ parityāgaḥ pradānaṃ vitaraṇaṃ visarjjanaṃ samarpaṇaṃ.

CESSMENT, s. karagrahaṇaṃ śulkagrahaṇaṃ rājasvagrahaṇaṃ karadāpanaṃ.

CESSOR, s. niyatadharmmanirapekṣatvāt or karadānamandādaratvāt pūrvvoktalekhyadvāreṇa abhiyoktavyaḥ.

CESTUS, s. ratimekhalā ratirasanā ratikalāpaḥ.

CETACEOUS, a. timijātīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ mīnarajātīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

CEYLON, s. (The island) siṃhaladvīpaḥ siṃhalaṃ laṅkā.

CHAD, s. pāṭhīnaḥ madguraḥ śṛṅgī f.

To CHAFE, v. a. (To rub, make hot by rubbing) ghṛṣ (c. 1. gharṣati gharṣituṃ), āghṛṣ nirdhṛṣ saṃvāhaṃ kṛ gharṣaṇena tap in caus. (tāpayati -yituṃ).
     --(To irritate) tap in caus., paritap bādh (c. 1. bādhate bādhituṃ).
     --(To make angry) kup in caus. (kopayati -yituṃ) prakup ruṣ in caus. (roṣayati -yituṃ).

To CHAFE, v. n. tap in pass. (tapyate) paritap santap dumanas. (nom. durmanāyate), kliś (c. 4. kliśyate kleśituṃ), kup (c. 4. kupyati -te kopituṃ), prakup ruṣ (c. 4. ruṣyati roṣituṃ), krudh (c. 4. krudhyati kroddhuṃ), mantu (nom. mantūyati); 'chafing,' ātapyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ.

CHAFE, s. prakopaḥ uttāpaḥ paritāpaḥ manastāpaḥ kleśaḥ roṣaḥ manyuḥ m., amarṣaḥ,

CHAFER, s. piṅgaśarīro dhvanamodī bhramaraprabhedaḥ.

CHAFF, s. busaṃ buṣaṃ tuṣaḥ -ṣā tucchaṃ tucchadhānyakaṃ dhānyakalkaṃ kaḍaṅgaraḥ niṣyāvaḥ.
     --(Freed from the chaff) nistuṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ.

To CHAFFER, v. a. paṇ (c. 1. paṇate paṇituṃ or paṇāyati -yituṃ), paṇaṃ kṛ paṇīkṛ vipaṇīkṛ kutsitaprakāreṇa paṇāyāṃ kṛ or krayavikrayaṃ kṛ.

CHAFFERN, s. udasthālī sthālī piṭharaḥ ukhā.

CHAFFINCH, s. busapriyaḥ kṣudrapakṣiprabhedaḥ.

CHAFFLESS, a. nistuṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ busahīnaḥ -nā -naṃ tuṣarahitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CHAFFY, a. tupamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ tuṣopamaḥ -mā -maṃ laghuḥ -ghuḥ -ghu.

CHAFING-DISH, s. aṅgāraghānikā aṅgāraśakaṭī f., aṅgāriḥ f. -riṇī kaṭāhaḥ

CHAGRIN, s. kleśaḥ manyuḥ m., śokaḥ viḍambanā vyathā asantoṣaḥ.

To CHAGRIN, v. a. duḥkh (c. 10. duḥkhayati -yituṃ), kliś (c. 9. kliśnāti kleśituṃ), vyath in caus. (vyathayati -yituṃ) tap in caus. (tāpayati -yituṃ) santap paritap śuc in caus. (śocayati -yituṃ).

CHAGRINED, p. p. āgatamanyuḥ -nyuḥ -nyu savyathaḥ -thā -thaṃ duḥkhitaḥ -tā -taṃ udvignaḥ -gnā -gnaṃ.

CHAIN, s. śṛṅkhalaḥ -lā -laṃ rāsaḥ.
     --(Fetter) lohabandhanaṃ lauhabandhaṃ nigaḍaḥ -ḍaṃ bandhanaṃ pāśaḥ; 'a gold chain,' kanakasūtraṃ.
     --(A series) śreṇī paryyāyaḥ paṃktiḥ f., anukramaḥ mālā; 'a chain of causes,' kāraṇamālā.

To CHAIN, v. a. śṛṅkhalayā or nigaḍena bandh (c. 9. badhnāti banddhuṃ), śṛṅkhala (nom. śṛṅkhalayati -yituṃ), nigaḍa (nom. nigaḍayati -yituṃ).

CHAINED, p. p. śṛṅkhalitaḥ -tā -taṃ nigaḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ śṛṅkhalābaddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ.

CHAIN-PUMP, s. śṛṅkhalāsañcāritaṃ jalottolanayantraṃ or ghaṭīyantraṃ.

CHAIN-SHOT, s. śṛṅkhalābaddhaṃ yuddhayantrāt prakṣepaṇīyaṃ lohagoladvayaṃ.

CHAIN-WORK, s. śṛṅkhalakarmma n. (n) śṛṅkhalārūpeṇa nirmmitaṃ yat kiñcid viralakarmma.

CHAIR, s. pīṭhaṃ āsanaṃ viṣṭaraḥ vistaraḥ saṃveśaḥ.
     --(Wheel-chair) parpaṃ.

CHAIRMAN, s. sabhāpatiḥ m., sabhādhikṛtaḥ goṣṭhīpatiḥ śreṣṭhī m. (n) prāmāṇikaḥ.
     --(One whose profession it is to carry a chair) pravahaṇikaḥ.

CHAISE, s. yānaviśeṣaḥ rathaḥ krīḍārathaḥ puṣparathaḥ vāhanaṃ.

CHALCOGRAPHY, s. tāmraphalake or pittalaphalake likhanavidyā.

CHALDRON, s. piṭharaḥ ukhā sthālī udasthālī piṣṭapacana.

CHALICE, s. kaṃsaḥ pātraṃ bhājanaṃ śarāvaḥ yajñapātraṃ yajñabhājanaṃ.

CHALK, s. kaṭhinī khaṭinī kaṭhikā khaṭikā khaḍikā cūrṇaḥ -rṇaṃ śvetadhātuḥ m., śukladhātuḥ varṇalekhā pāṇḍumṛt f., śilādhātuḥ sitopalaḥ pākaśuklā dhavalamṛttikā.
     --(Red chalk) gaireyaṃ arthyaṃ girijaṃ aśmajaṃ śilājatu n.

To CHALK, v. a. (To mark with chalk) kaṭhinyā cihna (c. 10. cihnayati -yituṃ) or likh (c. 6. likhati lekhituṃ).

CHALK-CUTTER, s. kaṭhinīsvanakaḥ kaṭhinīsvanitā m. (tṛ) śukladhātukhanakaḥ.

CHALKY, a. kaṭhinīmayaḥ -yī -yaṃ śvetadhātupūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ kaṭhinīsaṃsṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

To CHALLENGE, v. a. āhve (c. 1. -hvayati -te -hvātuṃ), upāhve samāhve dvandvayuddhārthaṃ or niyuddhārtham āhve; spardh (c. 1. spardhate spardhituṃ), ākrand (c. 1. -krandati -krandituṃ), pratyarth (c. 10. -arthayati -yituṃ).
     --(To accuse) abhiyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yoktuṃ).
     --(To claim as one's own due) ātmasātkṛ svīkṛ mama deyaṃ or mahyaṃ dātavyamiti jñāpayitvā grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ) or in des. (jighṛkṣati -kṣituṃ).

CHALLENGE, s. āhvānaṃ samāhvayaḥ -hvānaṃ yodhasaṃrāvaḥ kranditaṃ abhigrahaḥ.
     --(A writing containing a challenge) yuddhāhvānapatraṃ dvandvayuddhārtham āhvānapatraṃ.

CHALLENGED, p. p. āhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ samāhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtāhvānaḥ -nā -naṃ.

CHALLENGER, s. āhvānakarttā m. (rttṛ) samāhvānakṛt samāhvātā m. (tṛ) abhiyoktā m. (ktṛ).

CHALLENGING, s. (Act of) āhvānaṃ hūtiḥ f., havaḥ krandanaṃ sparddhā.

CHALYBEATE, a. ayaḥsaṃsṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ lohavyāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ lohaguṇaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ lohaghaṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ; 'a chalybeate pill,' ayoguḍaḥ.

CHAMADE, s. yuddhe parājayasūcakaṃ or sampradānasūcakaṃ paṭahatāḍanaṃ.

CHAMBER, s. koṣṭhaḥ prakoṣṭhaḥ śālā śālikā āgāraḥ -raṃ gṛhaṃ sthalaṃ āvāsaḥ vāsabhavanaṃ kakṣaḥ kuṭī kuṭiḥ f.; 'bed-chamber,' śayanāgāraḥ svapnaniketanaṃ śayanaśālā śayyāveśma n. (n); 'an inner chamber,' uparodhakaṃ kakṣāntaraṃ; 'an upper chamber,' uparisthaḥ prakoṣṭhaḥ; candraśālikā śirogṛhaṃ.
     --(A cavity) koṣṭhaḥ garttaḥ vilaṃ kuharaṃ.

To CHAMBER, v. n. lampaṭavat striyo gam (c. 1. gacchati gantuṃ) or abhigam lampaṭācāraḥ -rā -raṃ as.

CHAMBERING, s. strīgamanaṃ nāryyabhigamanaṃ strīsevā nārīprasaṅgaḥ lampaṭatā.

CHAMBERLAIN, s. śayanādhikṛtaḥ antaḥpuravarttī m. (n) antarvaṃśikaḥ kañcukī m. (n) sthāpatyaḥ vastragṛhādhīśaḥ dvāḥsthitadarśakaḥ bandhulaḥ.

CHAMBERMAID, s. śayanaśālāyāṃ śayyādiparikalpikā paricārikā or dāsī.

CHAMELEON, s. saraṭaḥ saraṭuḥ pratisūryyaḥ kulāhakaḥ. See CAMELEON.

To CHAMFER, v. a. stambhasya paritaḥ sītākārā rekhā likh (c. 6. likhati lekhituṃ).

CHAMFER or CHAMFRET, s. stambhasya parito likhitā sītākārā rekhāḥ stambharekhā stambhasītā.

CHAMOIS, s. vātapramīyaḥ vanachāgajātīyo giripriyo mahāvego jantubhedaḥ.

CHAMOMILE, s. atitiktarasaviśiṣṭaḥ sugangha oṣadhibhedaḥ.

To CHAMP, v. a. carv (c. 1. carvati carvituṃ), daṃś (c. 1. daśati daṃṣṭuṃ), paridaṃś dantagharṣaṃ kṛ; 'to champ the bit,' khalīnaṃ paridaṃś.

CHAMPAIGN, s. samabhūmiḥ f., samabhūbhāgaḥ samasthalaṃ -lī samapradeśaḥ nirvvanabhūmiḥ f.

CHAMPAKA, s. (A plant) campakaḥ cāmpeyaḥ hemapuṣpakaḥ sthiragandhaḥ sthirapuṣpaḥ.
     --(Its flower) gandhaphalī.

CHAMPIGNON, s. chatrāprabhedaḥ chatrākaṃ ucchilīndhraṃ śilīndhraṃ.

CHAMPION, s. (A warrior) bhaṭaḥ subhaṭaḥ vīraḥ pravīraḥ yoddhā m. (ddhṛ) prayuyutsuḥ m., vikrāntaḥ gaṇḍīraḥ nāsīraḥ.
     --(A defender) rakṣakaḥ rakṣitā m. (tṛ) parirakṣī m. (n).

CHANCE, s. daivaṃ daivayogaḥ daivagatiḥ f., ghaṭanā daivaghaṭanā saṅgatiḥ f., akasmātsaṅgataṃ āgantuḥ m., ativarttanaṃ.
     --(Unfortunate chance) vipad āpad; 'a game of chance,' akṣādikrīḍā dyūtaṃ; 'trusting too much to chance,' daivaparaḥ daivāyattaḥ daivacintakaḥ; 'by chance,' akasmāt daivāt daivavaśāt ghaṭanayā anapekṣaṃ pramādema.
     --(State of doubt) saṃśayaḥ; 'committed to chance,' saṃśayasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ.

To CHANCE, v. n. akasmāt sambhū (c. 1. -bhavati -bhavituṃ) or sampad (c. 4. -padyate -pattuṃ) or samāpad or upasthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -sthātuṃ) or samupasthā, or āpat (c. 1. -patati -patituṃ).

CHANCEL, s. pūjāśālāyāḥ pūrvvadiśyo mahāpavivatvād vyavadhānena avaruddho bhāgaḥ mandirasyaṃ prācīnabhāgaḥ.

[Page 88b]

CHANCELLOR, s. mahāprāḍvivākaḥ pradhānadharmmādhyakṣaḥ mahāvicārakaḥ mahā-śāsanakarttā m. (rttṛ).
     --(Chancellor of the Exchequer) kośādhīśaḥ.
     --(Of the University) rājavidyālayādhipatiḥ m.

CHANCELLORSHIP, s. mahāprāḍvivākatvaṃ pradhānadharmmādhyakṣasya padaṃ or adhikāraḥ.

CHANCE-MEDLEY, s. ḍimbāhave anicchāto nṛhatyā or manuṣpamāraṇaṃ.

CHANCER, s. vidradhiḥ m., upadaṃśaḥ galitakṣataṃ. See CANCER.

CHANCERY, s. daṇḍanaiṣṭhuryyaśamakā mahāvicāraṇasabhā mahāvicārasthānaṃ dharmmo-gratāniyāmakaḥ sabhāviśeṣaḥ.

CHĀNDĀLA, s. (An outcaste or man of a degraded tribe) cāṇḍālaḥ caṇḍālaḥ mātaṅgaḥ niṣādaḥ divākīrttiḥ śvapacaḥ janaṅgamaḥ antevāsī pukkasaḥ plavaḥ.

CHANDELIER, s. dīpavṛkṣaḥ dīpapādapaḥ śikhātaruḥ śikhāvṛkṣaḥ dīpādhāraḥ.

CHANDLER, s. (A huckster) vārttāvahaḥ vaivadhikaḥ vivadhikaḥ; 'a corn-chandler,' dhānyamāyaḥ.
     --(One who makes or sells can-dles) dīpikākṛt dīpavikretā m. (tṛ).

To CHANGE, v. a. vikṛ (c. 8. -karoti -karttuṃ), anyarūpaṃ -pīṃ -paṃ kṛ bhinnarūpaṃ -pīṃ -paṃ kṛ viparyas (c. 4. -asyati asituṃ).
     --(To barter) nime (c. 1. -mayate -mātuṃ), vime vinime parivṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ); 'he changes beans for sesamum-seed,' tilebhyaḥ prati māṣān dadāti.
     --(To change the mind) anyamānasībhū viparītaṃ vijñā (c. 9. -jānāti -jñātuṃ).
     --(To change a note) huṇḍikāpatraṃ suvarṇarūpyādibhiḥ parivṛt.
     --(To change gold for coin of less value) suvarṇarūpyādikaṃ kupyanāṇakapaṇakapardādibhiḥ parivṛt.
     --(To change one's clothes) vāsāṃsi avatāryya or vihāya or avamucya aparāṇi paridhā (c. 3. -dadhāti -dhātuṃ).

To CHANGE, v. n. vikṛ (c. 8. -kurute), vikṛtībhū anyathā bhū anyarūpaḥ -pī -paṃ bhū bhinnarūpaḥ -pī -paṃ bhū vikṛtākāraḥ -rā -raṃ bhū; 'the mouse was changed into a cat,' mūṣiko viḍālaḥ kṛtaḥ.
     --(To change in mind) vimanībhū.
     --(To change one's evil course) pāpād vinivṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ) or nivṛt.

CHANGE, s. vikāraḥ vikṛtiḥ f., vikriyā vaikṛtyaṃ pariṇāmaḥ vipariṇāmaḥ viparyyayaḥ parivarttaḥ anyathābhāvaḥ.
     --(Vicissitude) āvṛttiḥ f., parivṛttiḥ f.; 'of the seasons,' ṛtṛparyyāyaḥ.
     --(Variety) vaicitryaṃ vibhedaḥ.
     --(Reformation) nivarttanaṃ.
     --(Small money) alpasāraṃ dhanaṃ yathā kupyanāṇakapaṇakapardakādi alpārghamudrā kṣudramudrā.
     --(Place where mer-chants meet) baṇiksamāgamacatvaraṃ śreṣṭhicatvaraṃ.
     --(Of the moon) amāvasī pratipat candraparivarttaḥ parvvasandhiḥ m.; 'of mind,' buddhibhedaḥ.

CHANGEABLE, a. (Possible to be changed) vikāryyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ.
     --(Fickle) asthāyī -yinī -yi (n) asthiraḥ -rā -raṃ adhīraḥ -rā -raṃ calaḥ -lā -laṃ calacittaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ capalaḥ -lā -laṃ saṅkasukaḥ -kā -kaṃ naikabhāvāśrayaḥ -yā -yaṃ prakṛtitaralaḥ -lā -laṃ anyamanāḥ -nāḥ -naḥ (s) anyamānasaḥ -sī -saṃ.
     --(Inconstant) anityaḥ -tyā -tyaṃ.

CHANGEABLENESS, s. asthiratā asthairyyaṃ calacittatā cañcalatvaṃ cāpalyaṃ.

CHANGED, p. p. vikāritaḥ -tā -taṃ vikṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vaikṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtavikriyaḥ -yā -yaṃ anyarūpaḥ -pī -paṃ pariṇatarūpaḥ -pī -paṃ viparyastaḥ -stā -staṃ vikṛtākāraḥ -rā -raṃ.
     --(In feelings) vimanīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vimanībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CHANGELING, s. kulīnaputreṇa parivarttito dhātrīputraḥ; vetālena surūpabālakam apahṛtya tasya sthāne upasarjjitaḥ kurūpacālaka iti kecin manyante; upasarjvitaputraḥ upakalpitaputraḥ kṛtrimaputraḥ putrapratimidhiḥ m.

CHANGER, s. huṇḍikāpatrasuvarṇarūpyādiparivarttakaḥ.

[Page 89a]

CHANNEL, s. (A strait) saṅkaṭaṃ.
     --(The bed of a river) nadībhāṇḍaṃ nadīpātraṃ garbhaḥ nadīgarbhaḥ.
     --(A long excavation, a canal) kulyā upakulyā svātaṃ nālaḥ praṇālaḥ.
     --(A narrow passage) saṅkīrṇapathaḥ.
     --(Furrow of a pillar) stambharekhā stambhasītā.
     --(A stream) srotaḥ n. (s).

To CHANNEL, v. a. khan (c. 1. khanati khanituṃ khātuṃ), utkhan kulyāḥ kṛ sītāḥ kṛ.

To CHANT, v. n. gai (c. 1. gāyati gātuṃ), pragai udgai sumna (nom. sumnāyate), paṭh (c. 1. paṭhati paṭhituṃ).

CHANT, s. gītaṃ geyaṃ gānaṃ gāthā kheliḥ f., stotraṃ.

CHANTED, p. p. gītaḥ -tā -taṃ parigītaḥ -tā -taṃ paṭhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CHANTER, s. udgātā m. (tṛ) gāyakaḥ geṣṇuḥ gāthikaḥ sumnayuḥ m.

CHANTICLEER, s. uṣākalaḥ kukkuṭaḥ kṛkavākuḥ yāmaghoṣaḥ.

CHAOS, s. mahābhūtādisāṅkaryyaṃ prāgjagatsṛṣṭer jalādibhūtānām astavyastatā ekārṇavaḥ.
     --(Confusion) saṅkaraḥ sāṅkaryyaṃ saṃkṣobhaḥ vyastatā avyaktatā.

CHAOTIC, a. saṅkarīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ astavyastaḥ -stā -staṃ adharottaraḥ -rā -raṃ saṅkīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ saṅkulaḥ -lā -laṃ ekārṇavībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ avyaktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ alakṣaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

To CHAP, v. n. (To break into gapings from the effect of cold) śītopahatatvāt truṭ (c. 4. truṭyati truṭituṃ) or vidal (c. 1. -dalati -dalituṃ) or vibhid in pass. (-bhidyate) or vidṝ in pass. (-dīryyate) or chid in pass. (chidyate) or sphuṭ (c. 6. sphuṭati sphuṭituṃ).

CHAP, s. (Cleft, chink) truṭitaṃ truṭiḥ f. -ṭī chidraṃ randhraṃ garttaḥ bhittiḥ f.; 'in the feet,' pādadārī alasaḥ.
     --(A person, a fellow, con-temptuously) māṇavaḥ -vakaḥ manuṣyakaḥ nāgaraḥ.

CHAPE, s. (The catch of any thing by which it is held) bandhanī bandhanakīlakaḥ saṅgahaṇārthaṃ dantakaḥ grahaṇī rakṣaṇī ālānaṃ.

CHAPEL, s. (Shrine) devāgāraḥ devatāgāraḥ devāyatanaṃ devālayaṃ.
     --(A small place of worship subject to a church) mahāmandirādhīnā kṣudrapūjāśālā apradhānamandiraṃ.
     --(Of ease) dūrasthaiḥ sevitaṃ kṣudrabhajanabhavanaṃ.

CHAPELRY, s. kṣudramandirādhikāraḥ pūrvvoktapūjāśālādhīno bhūmibhāgaḥ.

CHAPERON, s. nṛtyagītādisamāje anūḍhām taruṇīm upāste yā madhyamavayaskā bhāvinī or kulīnā strī.

To CHAPERON, v. a. nṛtyagītādisamāje anūḍhāṃ taruṇīṃ yuvatigaṇaṃ vā upās (c. 2. -āste -āsituṃ) or upasthā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -sthātuṃ), or upacar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ).

CHAPFALLEN, a. mlānavadanaḥ -nī -naṃ malinamukhaḥ -khī -khaṃ hatāśaḥ -śā -śaṃ.

CHAPITER, s. stambhaśīrṣaṃ stambhamastakaḥ stambhaśṛṅgaṃ ūrddhvastambhaḥ stambhasya ūrddhvabhāgaḥ.

CHAPLAIN, s. purohitaḥ kulācāryyaḥ ṛtvik m. (j) kulaguruḥ m., kulavipraḥ.

CHAPLAINSHIP, s. paurohityaṃ purohitapadaṃ kulācāryyapadaṃ ārttvijyaṃ.

CHAPLET, s. mālā mālyaṃ srak f. (j) dāma n. (n) kusumāvataṃsakaṃ niryyūhaḥ āpīḍaḥ pīḍā; 'chaplet-maker,' mālākāraḥ mālikaḥ; 'chaplets worn in different positions,' garbhakaḥ prabhraṣṭakaṃ lalāmakaṃ prālambaṃ vaikakṣakaṃ āpīḍaḥ śekharaḥ.

CHAPMAN, s. āpaṇikaḥ vipaṇī m. (n) krayikaḥ vikrayikaḥ.

CHAPPED, p. p. truṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ truṭitavān -vatī -vat (t) vidalitaḥ -tā -taṃ vibhinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ vidīrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ chinnaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ.

CHAPS, s. pl. (The mouth of a beast of prey) āsyaṃ mukhaṃ vadanaṃ. hanuḥ m.
     --(Entrance of a channel) saṅkaṭamukhaṃ saṅkaṭapraveśaḥ.

CHAPTER, s. (Division) adhyāyaḥ adhyayah sargaḥ parvva n. (n) parichedaḥ vichedaḥ kāṇḍaḥ -ṇḍaṃ khaṇḍaḥ -ṇḍaṃ skandhaḥ ucchvāsaḥ āśvāsaḥ prakaraṇaṃ lambakaḥ.
     --(An assembly of canons) mahāmandire pradhānapurohitānāṃ sabhā.

To CHAR, v. a. (To burn wood to a cinder) aṅgārasātkṛ aṅgārīkṛ aṅgāra (nom. aṅgārayati -yituṃ); īṣaddah (c. 1. -dahati -dagdhuṃ).

To CHAR, v. n. (To work at other's houses by the day) gṛhasammārjane udakavāhane ityādikutsitakarmmaṇi ekadinamātraṃ yāvad vyāpṛtā bhū or niyuj in pass. (-yujyate).

CHAR-WOMAN, s. gṛhasammārjane udakavāhane ityādikutsitakarmmaṇi ekadinamātraṃ niyuktā or vyāpṛtā ceṭī pratyahaṃ bhṛtiṃ gṛhlāti yā karmmakarī dinikāceṭī dinikāpreṣyā preṣyā sairindhrī.

CHARACTER, s. (Disposition) śīlaḥ -laṃ śīlatvaṃ -tā svabhāvaḥ vṛttiḥ f., svarūpaṃ svābhiprāyaḥ cāritraṃ.
     --(Property, peculiarity) bhāvaḥ guṇaḥ viśeṣaḥ.
     --(Natural character) svabhāvaḥ nisargaḥ prakṛtiḥ f.
     --(Mark) lakṣaṇaṃ cihnaṃ abhijñānaṃ.
     --(Letter) akṣaraṃ varṇaḥ -rṇaṃ.
     --(Handwriting) svahastākṣaraṃ.
     --(Personage in a drama) bhūmikā.
     --(Reputation, honour) maryyādā kīrttiḥ f., yaśaḥ n. (s).
     --(Dignity) gauravaṃ

CHARACTERISTIC, a. lākṣaṇikaḥ -kī -kaṃ lākṣaṇyaḥ -ṇyā -ṇyaṃ viśeṣakaḥ -kā -kaṃ viśeṣaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ svābhāvikaḥ -kī -kaṃ guṇavācakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CHARACTERISTIC, s. lakṣaṇaṃ viśeṣalakṣaṇaṃ saṃlakṣaṇaṃ liṅgaṃ cihnaṃ viśeṣaḥ -ṣaṇaṃ abhijñānaṃ saṃjñā guṇaḥ upādhiḥ m., svadharmmaḥ svabhāvaḥ; 'gene-ric property,' samānādhikaraṇaṃ; 'specific property,' jātitvaṃ.

CHARACTERISTICALLY, adv. viśepatas saviśeṣaṃ lakṣaṇatas.

To CHARACTERIZE, v. a. lakṣ (c. 10. lakṣayati -yituṃ), saṃlakṣ upalakṣ; viśiṣ in caus. (-śeṣayati -yituṃ) cihna (c. 10. cihnayati -yituṃ).
     --(To give an account of the personal qualities) guṇadoṣān vyākhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -khyātuṃ).

CHARACTERIZED, p. p. viśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ viśeṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ saviśeṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ -ṣaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ lakṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃlakṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ upalakṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ kṛtalakṣaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ liṅgī -ṅginī -ṅgi (n).

CHARADE, s. sarvvatobhadraḥ varddhamānaḥ pravahnikā padyaviracitā praśnadūtī yathā kiṃsvicchīghrataraṃ vāyoḥ kiṃsvidbahutaraṃ tṛṇāt manaḥ śīghrataraṃ vātāccintā bahutarā tṛṇāditi.

CHARCOAL, s. aṅgāraḥ -raṃ nidhāpakaḥ dagdhakāṣṭhaṃ dagdhedhmaṃ.

To CHARGE, v. a. (Accuse) abhiyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yoktuṃ), abhiśap (c. 1. -śapati -śaptuṃ), abhiśaṃs (c. 1. -śaṃsati -śaṃsituṃ), adhikṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ).
     --(Impute a crime to any one) doṣaṃ kasmiṃścid āruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ).
     --(Enjoin, exhort) ādiś (c. 6. -diśati -deṣṭuṃ), samādiś pratyādiś nirdiś upadiś; ājñā in caus. -jñāpayati -yituṃ.
     --(Intrust) nikṣip nyas (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ), samṛ in caus. (-arpayati -yituṃ).
     --(Impose as a task) niyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ, c. 10. -yojayati -yituṃ).
     --(Attack) abhidru (c. 1. -dravati -drotuṃ); āskand (c. 1. -skandati -skantuṃ), ākram (c. 1. -krāmati -kramituṃ), abhidhāv (c. 1. -dhāvati -te -dhāvituṃ).
     --(Burden, load) bhāraṃ nyas, or niviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ) or āruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ) pṝ (c. 10. pūrayati -yituṃ) with inst. c.
     --(Ask a price) mūlyaṃ prārth (c. 10. -arthayate -ti -yituṃ).

CHARGE, s. (Care, custody) guptiḥ f., rakṣā rakṣaṇaṃ; 'to take charge of,' rakṣ (c. 1. rakṣati rakṣituṃ), adhiṣṭhā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -ṣṭhātuṃ).
     --(Trust) nikṣepaḥ upanikṣepaḥ nyāsaḥ upanyāsaḥ upanidhiḥ m.; 'to give in charge,' nikṣip (c. 6. -kṣipati -kṣeptuṃ), nyas (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ), niyuj (c. 7. -yunakti -yuṃkte -yoktuṃ).
     --(Commission, office, task, duty) niyogaḥ adhikāraḥ bhāraḥ vrataṃ dharmmaḥ.
     --(Mandate, com-mand) ādeśaḥ ājñā śāsanaṃ.
     --(Exhortation) pratyādeśaḥ upadeśaḥ.
     --(Accusation) abhiyogaḥ abhiśāpaḥ abhiśaṃsanaṃ apavādaḥ.
     --(Im-putation) doṣāropaḥ doṣakalpanaṃ; 'to lay a crime to any one's charge,' doṣaṃ kasniṃścid āruh in caus. (-roṣayati -yituṃ).
     --(Onset, attack) saṃśaraṇaṃ āskandaḥ abhyavaskandaḥ upaghātaḥ abhikramaḥ ākramaḥ; 'charge sounded by musical instruments,' āḍambaraḥ.
     --(Bur-den) bhāraḥ dhurā.
     --(Charge of a gun) yaccūrṇagulikādikan ekavāre yuddhanāḍau niveśayitaṣyaṃ.
     --(Expense) vyayaḥ.
     --(Price) mūlyaṃ arghaḥ.

CHARGEABLE, a. (Liable to be accused) abhiyoktavyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ abhiyojyaḥ -jyā -jyaṃ.
     --(Imputable) āropaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.
     --(Caus-ing expense) vyayakārī -riṇī -ri (n).

CHARGED, p. p. (Loaded) dhurvvahaḥ -hā -haṃ dhurīṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ dhurīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ bhāravān -vatī -vat (t) bhārākrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ abhipūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ garbhaḥ -rbhā -rbhaṃ in comp.; as, 'a cloud charged with water,' ambhogarbho jaladaḥ.
     --(Accused) abhiyuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ abhiśastaḥ -stā -staṃ.
     --(Injoined) sanādiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ pratyādiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.
     --(Made to pay) dāpitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Imputed) āropitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CHARGER, s. (Large dish) vṛhatpātraṃ pātraṃ bhājanaṃ.
     --(War-horse) vārakīraḥ yodhaharaḥ yuddhāśvaḥ yuddhavājī m. (n).

CHARILY, adv. parimitaprakāreṇa mitaprakāreṇa parimitaṃ amuktahastena alpaśas.

CHARIOT, s. radhaḥ akrayānaṃ gantrī gantrīrathaḥ; 'of war,' syandanaḥ śatāṅgaḥ; 'of the gods,' vimānaḥ -naṃ; 'covered chariot,' karṇīrathaḥ hayanaṃ; 'pleasure-chariot,' krīḍārapaḥ; 'chariot-race,' rathacaryyā; 'chariot-horse,' rathyaḥ; 'warrior mounted on a chariot,' syandanārohaḥ rathārūḍhaḥ rathī m. (n).

CHARIOTEER, s. sūtaḥ yantā m. (ntṛ) niyantā (ntṛ) adhirathaḥ rathavāhakaḥ sādiḥ m., sārathiḥ m., cāturikaḥ prājitā m. (tṛ) kṣattā m. (ttṛ) savyeṣṭhā m. (ṣṭṛ) dakṣiṇasthaḥ pracetā m. (tṛ).

CHARITABLE, a. (Kind in giving alms and assisting the poor) kṛpaṇavatsalaḥ -lā -laṃ daridravatsalaḥ -lā -laṃ dīnavatsalaḥ -lā -laṃ karuṇātsakaḥ -kā -kaṃ dānaśīlaḥ -lā -laṃ daridropakārī -riṇī -ri (n) or paropakārī annadātā -trī -tṛ (tṛ) or bhikṣādātā dayāluḥ -luḥ -lu daridrapoṣṭā -ṣṭrī -ṣṭṛ (ṣṭṛ) daridrapālakaḥ -kā -kaṃ sarvvabhūtānukamyakaḥ -kā -kaṃ dharmmātmā -tmā -tma (n).
     --(Kind in judging of others) paradopasahanaḥ -nā -naṃ anasūyakaḥ -kā -kaṃ amatsaraḥ -rā -raṃ.

CHARITABLY, adv. daridropakāraśīlatvāt dayayā sadayaṃ dayāluvat dīnavatsalavat daridrapoṣṭṛvat sānukampaṃ.
     --(Without malignity) anasūyayā amatsaraṃ paradoṣasahanavat.

CHARITY, s. (Kindness to the poor, liberality) daridropakāraḥ daridrapālanaṃ daridrapopaṇaṃ dayā kāruṇyaṃ dayālutvaṃ dānaśīlatā kṛpā sukaraṃ pūrvvaṃ.
     --(Almsgiving) bhikṣādānaṃ dānaṃ dānadharmmaḥ.
     --(Alms) bhikṣā bhaikṣaṃ bhikṣānnaṃ puṇyaṃ puṇyakaṃ; 'for charity,' puṇyārthe.
     --(Christian charity, love) prema n. (n) sarvvabhūtānukampaḥ sarvvaghrāṇinaḥ prati prema.

CHARLATAN, s. mithyācikitsakaḥ duścikitsakaḥ chadmavaidyaḥ āyurvedānabhijñaḥ.
     --(Deceiver) chalī m. (n) māyī m. (n) kapaṭī m. (n).

CHARLATANIGAL, a. āyurvedaviruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ mithyācikitsāsambandhīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ kāpaṭikaḥ -kī -kaṃ chādmikaḥ -kī -kaṃ dāmbhikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

CHARLATANRY, s. mithyācikitsā duścikitsā āyurvedānabhijñatā chalaṃ kapaṭaḥ -ṭaṃ chadma n. (n) dambhaḥ pratāraṇaṃ vañcanaṃ vākchalaṃ.

[Page 90b]

CHARLES'S WAIN, s. saptarṣayaḥ m. pl., citraśikhaṇḍinaḥ m. pl., śakaṭākṛti nakṣatraṃ.

CHARLOCK, s. śasyakṣetraprarohī pītapuṣpaviśiṣṭa oṣadhibhedaḥ.

CHARM, s. (Words having mystic power) mantraḥ abhicāramantraḥ.
     --(Charm, amulet) kavacaḥ -caṃ saṃvadanaṃ -nā gāruḍaḥ; 'subduing by charms, &c.' vaśakriyā abhicāraḥ saṃbadanaṃ -nā; 'under the influence of a charm,' anumantritaḥ -tā -taṃ abhimantritaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Something of power to charm or allure) pralobhanaṃ vilobhanaṃ.
     --(Beauty) mugdhatā śobhā kāntiḥ f., śrīḥ saundaryyaṃ.

To CHARM, v. a. (To enchant) mantradvāreṇa vaśīkṛ or muh in caus. (mohayati -yituṃ) abhimantr (c. 10. -mantrayate -yituṃ), anumantr abhicar (c. 10. -cārayati -yituṃ).
     --(To rejoice the mind) mano hṛ (c. 1. harati harttuṃ) or ram in caus. (ramayati -yituṃ) hṛṣ in caus. (harṣayati -yituṃ).
     --(To allure) pralubh in caus. (-lobhayati -yituṃ).

CHARMED, p. p. (With joy) hṛtamānasaḥ -sī -saṃ hṛṣṭamānasaḥ -sī -saṃ prahnāditaḥ -tā -taṃ ullāsitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(By incantations, &c.) abhimantritaḥ -tā -taṃ anumantritaḥ -tā -taṃ abhicāritaḥ -tā -taṃ vaśaḥ -śā -śaṃ vaśībhūtaḥ -tā -taṃ vaśīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vaśatāpannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ mohitaḥ -tā -taṃ ākṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

CHARMER, s. (A dealer in charms) gārudikaḥ jāṅgulikaḥ.
     --(An enchanter) abhicārī m. (n) -riṇī f., māyī m. (n) -yinī f., māyākāraḥ mohī m. (n) -hinī f.
     --(Word of endearment applied to a woman) priyā vatsā mugdhā.

CHARMING, a. manoharaḥ -rā -raṃ manoramaḥ -mā -maṃ ramyaḥ -myā -myaṃ ramaṇīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ kamanīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ subhagaḥ -gā -gaṃ kāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ modakaḥ -kā -kaṃ harpakaraḥ -rī -raṃ vicitraḥ -trā -traṃ saśrīkaḥ -kā -kaṃ ākarṣakaḥ -kā -kaṃ ākṛṣṭavān -vatī -vat (t) asecanakaḥ -kā -kaṃ; 'a charm-ing woman,' mugdhā pramadā.

CHARMINGLY, adv. manoramaṃ ramaṇīyaprakāreṇa ramyaṃ ramaṇīyatayā vicitraṃ subhagaṃ yathā mano hriyate tathā manoharaprakāreṇa.

CHARMINGNESS, s. ramyatvaṃ ramaṇīyatā kamanīyatā manoharatvaṃ saśrīkatā.

CHARNEL-HOUSE, s. śavāsthisthānaṃ asthisañcayasthānaṃ śmaśānaṃ śavāsthigṛhaṃ.

CHARRED, p. p. aṅgāritaḥ -tā -taṃ aṅgārasātkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ arddhadagdhaḥ -gdhā -gdhaṃ.

CHART, s. velālekhyaṃ velāpaṭaḥ samudrayāyināṃ pathadarśanārthaṃ nadīsamudravelā-saikatādibhir aṅkitaṃ patraṃ samudradvīpādīnām ālekhyaṃ naukārūḍhānāṃ pathadarśakaṃ patraṃ.

CHARTER, s. śāsanaṃ śāsanapatraṃ rājājñāpatraṃ prāmaṇikapatraṃ dharmmakīlaḥ paṭṭaḥ.
     --(Privilege) adhikāraḥ.

CHARTERED, p. p. rājādisakāśāt śāsanapatreṇa adhikārayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ.

CHARY, a. parimitaḥ -tā -taṃ mitaḥ -tā -taṃ amuktahastaḥ -stā -staṃ sāvadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ avahitaḥ -tā -taṃ vicakṣaṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

To CHASE, v. a. (To hunt) mṛg (c. 10. mṛgayate -yituṃ), mṛgayāṃ kṛ ākhiṭ (c. 1. -kheṭhati -kheṭituṃ), parikal (c. 10. -kālayati -yituṃ).
     --(To pursue) anudhāv (c. 1. -dhāvati -dhāvituṃ), paścāddhāv abhidhāv anusṛ (c. 1. -sarati -sarttuṃ), anviṣ (c. 4. -ipyati -epituṃ), anuṣṭhā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -ṣṭhātuṃ), anuvṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ), paścādvṛt.
     --(To drive away) niras (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ), apās; nirākṛ; apānud (c. 6. -nudati -nottuṃ), dru in caus. (drāvayati -yituṃ).
     --(To chase gold and silver vessels) rājatāni bhāṇḍāni rekhādinā alaṅkṛ or upaskṛ.

CHASE, s. (Hunting) mṛgavyaṃ mṛgayā f., kheṭaḥ -ṭaṃ ākheṭaḥ ākṣodanaṃ pāparddhiḥ f., ācchodanaṃ parādhiḥ f.; 'he went to the chase,' bhṛgayāyai gataḥ or nṛgayāṃ karttuṃ gataḥ.
     --(The game hunted) jāṅgalaṃ.
     --(Pur- suit, running after) anudhāvanaṃ abhidhāvanaṃ paścāddhāvanaṃ anusaraṇaṃ anveṣaṇaṃ mṛgaṇaṃ.
     --(Open ground fit for hunting) mṛgavyayogyo nirvvanabhūmibhāgaḥ jāṅgalabhūmiḥ.

CHASED, p. p. anudhāvitaḥ -tā -taṃ mṛgitaḥ -tā -taṃ drāvitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CHASER, s. mṛgayuḥ m., ākheṭakaḥ anudhāvakaḥ anusārī m. (n) drāvakaḥ paścāddhāvakaḥ.

CHASM, s. chidraṃ avaṭaḥ -ṭiḥ m., vivaraṃ vilaṃ randhraṃ darī garttaḥ kuharaṃ śupiraṃ rokaṃ virokaṃ vidraṃ ṭaṅkaḥ bhaṅgaḥ bharkarā ropaṃ ruhakaṃ.

CHASTE, a. alampaṭaḥ -ṭā -ṭaṃ yatamaithunaḥ -nā -naṃ sadvṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ akāmaḥ -mā -maṃ apāṃśulaḥ -lā -laṃ yatendriyaḥ -yā -yaṃ jitendriyaḥ -yā -yaṃ niṣkāmaḥ -mā -maṃ ūrddhvaretāḥ -tāḥ -taḥ (s) avyasanī -ninī -ni (n) dharmmacārī -riṇī -ri (n) saṃyatopasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ avyabhicārī -riṇī -ri (n); 'a chaste wife,' pativratā sādhvī satī f., avyabhicāriṇī kulavadhūḥ; 'most chaste,' mahāsatī; 'a chaste woman,' kulastrī kulapālikā.
     --(Pure, correct, as language, &c.) śuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ viśuddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ śuciḥ -ciḥ -ci nirmmalaḥ -lā -laṃ.

CHASTELY, adv. niṣkāmaṃ upasthanigraheṇa indriyasaṃyamena śuddhaṃ śuci.

To CHASTEN or CHASTISE, v. a. śās (c. 2. śāsti śāsituṃ), anuśās daṇḍ (c. 10. daṇḍayati -yituṃ), viyat (c. 10. -yātayati -yituṃ), daṇḍaṃ praṇī (c. 1. -ṇayati -ṇetuṃ).

CHASTISED, p. p. śiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ śāsitaḥ -tā -taṃ daṇḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ tāḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ duḥkhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CHASTISEMENT, s. śiṣṭiḥ f., śāstiḥ f., daṇḍaḥ sāhasaṃ anuśāsanaṃ nigrahaḥ.
     --(Of a pupil) śiṣyaśiṣṭiḥ f.

CHASTISER, s. śāsitā m. (tṛ) śāstā m. (stṛ) daṇḍapraṇetā m. (tṛ) sāhasakṛt.

CHASTITY, s. upasthanigrahaḥ upasthasaṃyamaḥ indriyanigrahaḥ jitendriyatvaṃ yatendriyatvaṃ niṣkāmatā brahmacaryyaṃ.
     --(In a woman) satītvaṃ sādhvītvaṃ pātivratyaṃ kulavadhūtvaṃ; 'a sage of perfect chastity,' ūrddhamanthī m. (n).

To CHAT, v. n. saṃlap (c. 1. -lapati -lapituṃ), kathopakathanaṃ kṛ vṛthākathāṃ kṛ ālasyavacanaṃ kṛ sambhāṣ (c. 1. -bhāṣate -bhāṣituṃ).

CHAT, s. kathopakathanaṃ saṃlāpaḥ vṛthākathā anarthakakathā sambhāpaḥ saṅkathā kathāyogaḥ sampravadanaṃ ālasyavacanaṃ.

CHATELLANY, s. durgādhikārādhīnaṃ bhūmimaṇḍalaṃ durgādhīno bhūmipradeśaḥ.

CHATTELS, s. pl. asthāvaradhanaṃ dravyaṃ vibhavaḥ sāmagrī -gryaṃ.

To CHATTER, v. n. (To talk idly) jalp (c. 1. jalpati jalpituṃ), pralap (c. 1. -lapati -lapituṃ), c. 10. -lāpayati -yituṃ), vilap kathopakathanaṃ kṛ vṛthākathāṃ kṛ.
     --(To make a noise as a jay, &c.) kiki or caṭacaṭa or cit śavdaṃ kṛ caṭacaṭa (nom. caṭacaṭāyate), kai c. 1. (kāyati kātuṃ) kūj (c. 1. kūjati kūjituṃ).
     --(To make a noise by colliding the teeth) kaṭakaṭa (nom. kaṭakaṭāpayati -yituṃ), dantair dantān niṣpiṣ (c. 7. -pinaṣṭi -peṣṭuṃ).

CHATTER or CHATTERING, s. (Idle prate) vṛthākathā pralāpaṃḥ bipralāpaḥ vilapana jalpanaṃ prajalpaḥ vākcāpalyaṃ atikathā itikathā nirarthaka-kathā kalanā.
     --(Noise of a jay, &c.) caṭacaṭa ind., ruk f. (c) kiki śabdaḥ cit śabdaḥ.

CHATTERER, s. jalyakaḥ jalyākaḥ upajalpī m. (n) vācālaḥ gāyanaḥ vābadūkaḥ.

CHATTY, a. saṃlāpī -pinī -pi (n) or pralāpī kathopakathanakṛt m. f. n.


To CHAW, v. a. arv (c. 1. carvati carvituṃ, c. 10. carvayati -yituṃ).

CHAWDRON, s. antraṃ purītat m. n., nāḍiḥ f., -ḍī dhamanī.

[Page 91b]

CHEAP, a. alpamūlyaḥ -lyā -lyaṃ alpāryaḥ -ryā -ryaṃ sumūlyaḥ -lyā -lya sulabhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ alpamūlyena kreyaḥ -yā -yaṃ or labhyaḥ -bhyā -bhyaṃ nyūnaḥ -nā -naṃ.

To CHEAPEN, v. a. (To bid for, attempt to purchase) amukamūlyaṃ ditsāmīti vad (c. 1. vadati -dituṃ); nyūnamūlyaṃ dā in des. (ditsati -tsituṃ).
     --(To lessen value) mūlyaṃ nyūnīkṛ or alpīkṛ.

CHEAPLY, adv. alpamūlyena alpārtheṇa sumūlyena sulabhaṃ.

CHEAPNESS, s. sumūlyaṃ alpamūlyatā alyārghatvaṃ mūlyanyūnatā sulabhatā.

To CHEAT, v. a. vañc in caus. (vañcayate -ti -yituṃ) parivañc pralabh (c. 1. -labhate -labdhuṃ), vipralabh chal (c. 10. chalayati -yituṃ).

CHEAT, s. (Fraud) chalaṃ vañcanaṃ kapaṭaḥ.
     --(Cheater) vañcakaḥ chalī m. (n) dhūrttaḥ pratārakaḥ kūṭakaḥ kapaṭikaḥ kapaṭī m. (n) kitavaḥ kūṭakāraḥ dāmbhikaḥ kuhakaḥ upadhikaḥ.

CHEATED, p. p. vañcitaḥ -tā -taṃ parivañcitaḥ -tā -taṃ pralabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ vipralabdhaḥ -bdhā -bdhaṃ muṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ atisaṃhitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CHEATING, s. vañcanaṃ chalanaṃ pratāraṇaṃ -ṇā kapaṭaḥ -ṭaṃ vyājaḥ kaitavaṃ atisandhiḥ m., atisandhānaṃ kūṭaḥ -ṭaṃ.

To CHECK, v. a. yam (c. 1. yacchati yantuṃ), saṃyam niyam viniyam nigraha (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -hlīte -grahītuṃ), vinigrah sannigrah vṛ in caus. (-vāra-yati -yituṃ) nivṛ nirugh (c. 9. -ruṇaddhi -roddhuṃ), avarudh sannirudh pratipidh (c. 1. -ṣedhati -ṣeddhuṃ), vidhṛ in caus. (-ghārayati -yituṃ) stambh in caus. (stambhayati -yituṃ) viṣṭambh.

CHECK, s. saṃyamaḥ nigrahaḥ nivāraḥ -raṇaṃ yantraṇaṃ nirodhaḥ virodhaḥ saṃrodhaḥ pratipedhaḥ yantā -ntrī -ntṛ (ntṛ).
     --(As of the perspiration) viṣṭambhaḥ.

CHECKED, p. p. saṃyamitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃyataḥ -tā -taṃ niyamitaḥ -tā -taṃ ruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ niruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ saṃruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ nivāritaḥ -tā -taṃ niyantritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To CHECKER or CHEQUER, v. a. aṣṭāpadaprakāreṇa vyatyastarekhā likhitvā citravicitrīkṛ or citr (c. 10. chitrayati -yituṃ) or dviraṅgīkṛ or nānāraṅgīkṛ or karvurīkṛ.

CHECKERED, p. p. citravicitraḥ -trā -traṃ aṣṭāpadaprakāreṇa citritaḥ -tā -taṃ karvuritaḥ -tā -taṃ dviraṅgīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ nānāvarṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ.

CHECKERWORK, s. aṣṭāpadaprakāreṇa citravicitrakarmma n. (n) citravicitrakāryyaṃ.

CHECKMATE, s. jayakārī śāriparīṇāyaḥ śāriparīṇāyo yena paraḥ svaśārīn pariṇetum akṣamaḥ san parājito bhavati.

CHEEK, s. gaṇḍaḥ -ṇḍaṃ kapolaḥ kandalaḥ gaṇḍasthalaḥ -lī gallaḥ; 'the two cheeks,' gaṇḍau; 'colour in the cheek,' kapolarāgaḥ

CHEEKBONE, s. kapolaphalakaḥ gaṇḍaphalakaḥ -kaṃ.

CHEER, s. (Provisions, entertainment) āhāraḥ bhojanaṃ bhojyaṃ satkāraḥ.
     --(Heart, courage) vīryyaṃ dhairyyaṃ sthairyyaṃ sthiratā tejaḥ n. (s); 'be of good cheer,' samāśvasihi.
     --(Ain of countenance) vadanaṃ mukhaṃ ākāraḥ.
     --(Shout of joy) praṇādaḥ jayaśabdaḥ jayadhvaniḥ m., jayakolāhalaḥ dhanvavādaḥ.

To CHEER, v. a. (Incite) protsah in caus. (-sāhayati -yituṃ) pracud (c. 10. -codayati -yituṃ).
     --(Gladden) hṛp in caus. (harṣayati -yituṃ) parihṛp prahṛp hlād in caus. (hlādayati -yituṃ) āhlād prahlād nand in caus. (nandayati -yituṃ) ullas in caus. (-lāsayati -yituṃ).
     --(Comfort) āśvas in caus. (-śvāsayati -yituṃ) samāśvas viśvas sāntv (c. 10. sāntvayati -yituṃ).

To CHEER-UP, v. n. pratyāśvas (c. 2. -śvasiti -śvasituṃ), āśvas samuttha (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -thātuṃ), hṛṣ (c. 4. hṛṣyati harṣituṃ), pratisaṃhṛṣa ānanda (c. 1. -nandati -nandituṃ), hlād (c. 1. hlādate hlādituṃ); 'cheer up!' samāśvasihi sāhasaṃ kuru susthiro bhava.

[Page 92a]

CHEERED, p. p. praharṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ samāśvāsitaḥ -tā -taṃ āśvāsitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CHEERER, s. āśvāsakaḥ harṣakaraḥ ānandadaḥ prahlādakaḥ praharṣakaḥ.

CHEERFUL, a. ānandī -ndinī -ndi (n) sānandaḥ -ndā -ndaṃ hṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ prahṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ harṣayuktaḥ -ktā -ktaṃ hṛṣṭahṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ hṛṣṭamānasaḥ -sī -saṃ harṣamāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ praphullaḥ -llā -llaṃ pramanāḥ -nāḥ -naḥ (s) ullasaḥ -sā -saṃ -sitaḥ -tā -taṃ ullāsitaḥ -tā -taṃ vikurvvāṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.
     --(Having a cheerful countenance) praphullavadanaḥ -nā -naṃ or phullavadanaḥ suhasānanaḥ -nā -naṃ prasannavadanaḥ -nā -naṃ sadaiva prahasitavadanaḥ -nā -naṃ.

CHEERFULLY, adv. saharṣaṃ sānandaṃ hṛṣṭamanasā hṛṣṭavat prasannacetasā.

CHEERFULNESS, s. harṣaḥ hṛṣṭiḥ f., ānandaḥ āhlādaḥ praphullatā cittaprasannatā ullāsaḥ.

CHEERLESS, a. nirānandaḥ -ndā -ndaṃ aharṣaḥ -rṣā -rṣaṃ harṣarahitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CHEERLESSLY, adv. aharṣaṃ -rṣitaṃ nirānandaṃ ānandaṃ vinā.

CHEESE, s. kilāṭaḥ -ṭī dadhijaṃ manthajaṃ kṣīravikṛtiḥ f.

CHEESECAKE, s. kilāṭapiṣṭakaḥ dadhinavanītādimayo modakaviśeṣaḥ.

CHEESE-CURDS, s. dadhi n., kilāṭaḥ payasyaṃ kṣīrajaṃ āmikṣā.

CHEESE-MONGER, s. kilāṭavikretā m. (tṛ) dadhijavikrayī m. (n) kilāṭavikrayopajīvī m. (n).

CHEESE-PRESS, s. dadhisampīḍanayantraṃ yena kilāṭaḥ sampadyate.

CHEESY, adv. kilāṭamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ kilāṭaguṇopetaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CHELY, s. karkaṭanakhaḥ kulīrādinakhaḥ kulīrāṅghriḥ m., karkaṭapāṇiḥ m.

CHEMISE, s. strīlokabhṛtam antarīyaṃ or adhovasanaṃ.

CHEMISTRY, s. rasāyanaṃ. See CHYMISTRY.

To CHERISH, v. a. puṣ (c. 1. poṣati, c. 9. puṣṇāti poṣituṃ, c. 10. poṣayati -yituṃ), paripuṣ pāl (c. 10. pālayati -yituṃ), saṃvṛdh in caus. (-vardhayati -yituṃ) bhṛ (c. 1. bharati -te bharttuṃ), bhaj (c. 1. bhajati -te bhaktuṃ), upās (c. 2. -āste -āsituṃ), day (c. 1. dayate dayituṃ), lal (c. 10. lālayati -yituṃ).

CHERISHED, p. p. pālitaḥ -tā -taṃ poṣitaḥ -tā -taṃ puṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ saṃvarddhitaḥ -tā -taṃ bhartrimaḥ -mā -maṃ abhīṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ hṛdyaḥ -dyā -dyaṃ hṛdgataḥ -tā -taṃ dayitaḥ -tā -taṃ hṛdispṛk (ś) lālitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CHERISHER, s. poṣṭā m. (ṣṭṛ) poṣakaḥ pālakaḥ pālayitā m. (tṛ) bharttā m. (rttṛ).

CHERISHING, s. poṣaḥ -ṣaṇaṃ pālanaṃ bharaṇaṃ bharimā m. (n).

CHERRY, s. aṣṭhigarbhaḥ kṣudraphalaviśeṣaḥ.

CHERRY-ORCHARD, s. vakṣyamāṇavṛkṣavāṭikā or -vāṭī.

CHERRY-TREE, s. pūrvvoktaphalaviśiṣṭo vṛkṣabhedaḥ.

CHERSONESE, s. dvīpaḥ antarīpaḥ -paṃ.

CHERUB, s. svargī m. (n) svargadūtaḥ svargīyajanaḥ divyadūtaḥ devadūtaḥ. Modern scholars coin the word kirūvaḥ.

CHERUBIC, a. svargīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ divyaḥ -vyā -vyaṃ svargyaḥ -rgyā -rgyaṃ.

To CHERUP, v. n. jhilla or cilla śabdaṃ kṛ. See To CHIRP.

CHERVIL, s. oṣadhibhedo yasmin ekakāṇḍāgrād anekamañjaraya ātapatrarūpeṇa prarohanti.

CHESS, s. caturaṅgaṃ; 'moving a piece at chess,' parīṇāyaḥ.

CHESS-BOARD, s. aṣṭāpadaṃ śāriphalakaṃ pañcanī pañcamī pañcārī nayapīṭhī.

CHESSMAN, s. jatuputtrakaḥ sāraḥ śāraḥ śāriḥ m., sāriḥ m. -rī f., sārikā khelinī khelanī.

CHEST, s. (The breast) uraḥ n. (s) vakṣaḥ n. (s) bhujāntaraṃ kroḍaṃ -ḍā; 'broad-chested,' urasvān -svatī -svat (t) uraskaḥ -skā -skaṃ uratilaḥ.
     --(A box) bhāṇḍaṃ sampuṭaḥ -ṭakaḥ samudgaḥ bhājanaṃ.

CHESTNUT or CHESNUT, s. śyāvaphalaviśeṣaḥ; 'a chestnut horse,' śoṇaḥ ukanāhaḥ.

CHEVALIER, s. sādī m. (n) aśvārohī m. (n) rathī m. (n) mahārathaḥ mahāvīraḥ rājarṣiḥ m., mānasūcakā khyātiḥ.

CHEVAUX DE FRISE, s. nāgadantayaktaṃ prācīraṃ yuddhasamaye pārakyāśvavedhanārthaṃ śitaśalyayuktam avarodhakaṃ.

CHEVERIL, s. (A kid) chāgaśāvakaḥ ajaśāvakaḥ.
     --(Kid leather) ajacarmma n. (n).

To CHEW, v. a. carv (c. 1. carvati carvituṃ, c. 10. carvayati -yituṃ), dantaiḥ piṣ (c. 7. pinaṣṭi peṣṭuṃ), vidaṃś (c. 1. -daśati -daṃṣṭuṃ); 'to chew the cud,' romantha (nom. romanthāyate).

CHEWED, p. p. carvitaḥ -tā -taṃ avalīḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ dantaiḥ piṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ.

CHEWING, s. carvaṇaṃ dantapeṣaṇaṃ romanthaḥ.

CHICANE, s. (Prolonging a judicial contest) vivādibhir mithyottaradvārā or asambaddhodgrāhadvāreṇa arthanirṇayavilambanaṃ mithyāprauḍhiḥ f., mithyāpattiḥ f.
     --(Artifice in general) chadma n. (n) chalaṃ vyapadeśaḥ apadeśaḥ kapaṭaḥ.

To CHICANE, v. n. vivādasamaye mithyottaradvārā or asambaddhodgrāhadvāreṇa arthanirṇayavilambanaṃ kṛ.

CHICANER, s. mithyāvivādī m. (n) mithyātārkikaḥ cārvvākaḥ mithyottaravādī m. (n) asambaddhodgrāhakṛt jalpakaḥ.

CHICANERY, s. mithyāvivādaḥ hetvābhāsaḥ pakṣābhāsaḥ mithyāvādaḥ mithyātarkaḥ mithyāhetuḥ vākchalaṃ mithyāprauḍhiḥ f., jalpaḥ kapaṭaḥ.

CHICK or CHICKEN, s. kukkuṭaśāvakaḥ pakṣiśāvakaḥ.

CHICKEN-HEARTED, a. bhīruhṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ hariṇahṛdayaḥ -yā -yaṃ

CHICKEN-POX, s. raktavaṭīviśiṣṭo bālānāṃ rogaḥ.

CHICK-PEAS, s. caṇakaḥ harimanthaḥ -nthakaḥ.

CHICK-WEED, s. pakṣibhuktaḥ kṣudrauṣadhibhedaḥ.

CHIDDEN, p. p. ninditaḥ -tā -taṃ nirbhartsitaḥ -tā -taṃ dhikkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To CHIDE, v. a. nind (c. 1. nindati nindituṃ), pratinind vinind bharts (c. 10. bhartsayate -ti -yituṃ), gup in des. (jugupsate -psituṃ) garh (c. 1. garhate garhituṃ), dhikkṛ ākruś (c. 1. -krośati -kroṣṭuṃ).

To CHIDE, v. n. (Clamour) utkruś (c. 1. -krośati -kroṣṭuṃ), prakruś vikruś.
     --(Quarrel) vivad (c. 1. -vadate -vadituṃ), vipravad vākkalahaṃ kṛ.

CHIDER, s. nindakaḥ dhikkarttā m. (rttṛ) parivādakaḥ ākrośakaḥ.

CHIDING, s. nindā paribhāṣaṇaṃ parīvādaḥ jugupsā upakrośaḥ tiraskāraḥ upālambhaḥ nirbhartsanaṃ dhikkāraḥ dhikkriyā vipralāpaḥ vāgyuddhaṃ.

CHIEF, a. paramaḥ -mā -maṃ paraḥ -rā -raṃ uttamaḥ -mā -maṃ mukhyaḥ -khyā -khyaṃ pramukhaḥ -khā -khaṃ agraḥ -grā -graṃ agryaḥ -gryā -gryaṃ prāgryaḥ -gryā -gryaṃ agrīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ agriyaḥ -yā -yaṃ pradhānaḥ -nā -naṃ śiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ viśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ utkṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ anuttamaḥ -mā -maṃ pāramikaḥ -kī -kaṃ varyyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ pravaraḥ -rā -raṃ vareṇyaḥ -ṇyā -ṇyaṃ purogamaḥ -mā -maṃ pravarhaḥ -rhā -rhaṃ parārddhyaḥ -rddhyā -rddhyaṃ anavarārddhyaḥ -rddhyā -rddhyaṃ vṛndārakaḥ -kā -kaṃ praṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ indraḥ -ndrā -ndraṃ in comp., puṅgavaḥ -vā -vaṃ in comp., ṛṣabhaḥ -bhā -bhaṃ in comp.; 'chief minister,' pradhānamantrī m. (n); 'chief priest,' pradhānayājakaḥ; 'chief justice,' dharmmādhikārī m. (n) dharmmādhyakṣaḥ 'chief seat,' agrāsanaṃ; 'chief of sages,' devarṣiḥ m.; 'chief person,' ādipuruṣaḥ.

CIHEF, s. patiḥ m., īśvaraḥ īśaḥ nāyakaḥ mukharaḥ purogaḥ agragaḥ adhipaḥ adhipatiḥ m., adhiṣṭhātā m. (tṛ) adhyakṣaḥ śreṣṭhī m. (n) śiṣṭaḥ gaṇapatiḥ praṣṭhaḥ udvahaḥ śirovarttī m. (n) vṛndārakaḥ.
     --(Military chief) senāpatiḥ senāgragaḥ senānīḥ m.

[Page 93a]

CHIEFLESS, a. anāyakaḥ -kā -kaṃ anāśvaraḥ -rā -raṃ arājakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CHIEFLY, adv. pradhānatas prādhānyatas mukhyaśas viśeṣatas paramaṃ.

CHIEFTAIN, s. (Leader) mukharaḥ purogaḥ agragaḥ nāyakaḥ patiḥ m., īśvaraḥ.
     --(Commander) senāpatiḥ senānīḥ m.
     --(Head of a clan) gaṇapatiḥ sāmantaḥ.

CHIEFTAINSHIP, s. mukhyatā gāṇapatyaṃ saināpatyaṃ aiśvaryyaṃ.

CHILBLAIN, s. pādasphoṭaḥ pādadārī f., śiśirajātaṃ kṣataṃ.

CHILD, s. bālaḥ -lā bālakaḥ śiśuḥ m., vatsaḥ -tsā -tsakaḥ sutaḥ putraḥ śāvakaḥ santānaḥ santatiḥ f., apatyaṃ bālāpatyaṃ dārakaḥ tokaṃ arbhaḥ arbhakaḥ māṇavakaḥ.
     --(The compellation of an old to a young man) vatsa.
     --(To be with child) garbhavatī or sañjātagarbhā bhū.

CHILDBEARING, s. prasavaḥ savanaṃ ṣūḥ f.; 'past childbearing,' vigatārttavā niṣkalā; 'capable of childbearing,' sarajaskā.

CHILDBED, s. prasavāvasthā prasavakālaḥ prasavavedanā garbhavedanāvasthā.

CHILDBIRTH, s. prasavaḥ prasūtiḥ f., sūtiḥ f., jananaṃ; 'the pains of childbirth,' prasavavedanā garbhavedanā; 'to suffer the pains of childbirth,' prāptaprasavavedanā bhū.

CHILDERMAS-DAY, s. herodnāmno yihudīyarājña ājñayā apāpaśiśūnāṃ badhamuddiśya parvva n. (n).

CHILDHOOD, s. bālyaṃ śaiśavaṃ śiśutvaṃ bālakatvaṃ bālabhāvaḥ kaumāraṃ śaiśavakālaḥ bālyakālaḥ bālyāvasthā apatyatā arbhatvaṃ.

CHILDISH, a. bāliśaḥ -śā -śaṃ bāleyaḥ -yā -yaṃ bālakīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ bālayogyaḥ -gyā -gyaṃ; 'childish prattle,' bālavacanaṃ; 'childish un-derstanding,' bālabuddhiḥ.

CHILDISHLY, adv. bālavat śiśuvat bālakavat bālarūpeṇa.

CHILDISHNESS, s. bāliśyaṃ bāleyatvaṃ bālakīyatā bālarūpatvaṃ.

CHILDLESS, a. aputraḥ -trā -traṃ -trakaḥ -kā -kaṃ niṣputraḥ -trā -traṃ asutaḥ -tā -taṃ aprasutaḥ -tā -taṃ putrarahitaḥ -tā -taṃ putraśūnyaḥ -nyā -nyaṃ anapatyaḥ -tyā -tyaṃ asantānaḥ -nā -naṃ niḥsantānaḥ -nā -naṃ aprajaḥ -jā -jaṃ niranvayaḥ -yā -yaṃ nirvaṃśaḥ -śā -śaṃ; 'a childless woman,' bandhyā aśiśvī; 'the state of being childless,' ānapatyaṃ.

CHILDLIKE, a. bālopamaḥ -mā -maṃ bālasadṛśaḥ -śī -śaṃ bāleyaḥ -yā -yaṃ.

CHILIAEDRON, s. sahasrabhujaḥ sahasrakoṇaḥ sahasrāsraṃ.

CHILIFACTORY, a. raktajanakaḥ -kā -kaṃ. See CHYLIFACTORY.

To CHILL, v. a. śītīkṛ śītalīkṛ.
     --(Check the perspiration) svedaṃ viṣṭambh in caus. (-stambhayati -yituṃ).
     --(Discourage) nirviṇaṃ -ṇṇāṃ -ṇṇaṃ kṛ tejohīnaṃ -nāṃ -naṃ kṛ.

CHILL, a. śītalaḥ -lā -laṃ śiśiraḥ -rā -raṃ śītaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CHILL, s. śītaṃ śītatā himaṃ; 'a check to the perspiration,' svedaviṣṭambhaḥ.

CHILLED, p. p. śītīkṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ himārttaḥ -rttā -rttaṃ hatatāpaḥ -pā -paṃ.

CHILLINESS, s. śītatā śītalatā śaityaṃ śītībhāvaḥ śiśiratvaṃ.

CHILLY, a. śiśiraḥ -rā -raṃ īṣacchītaḥ -tā -taṃ āśītalaḥ -lā -laṃ.

CHIME, s. nānāvāditrāṇām ekatālaḥ or ekatānaḥ or tālaikyaṃ anekavādyānām tānaikyaṃ or tauryyaikyaṃ śabdaikyaṃ.
     --(Of bells) anekaghaṇṭānāṃ tālaikyaṃ tāḍyamānānām anekaghaṇṭānāṃ susvaraśabdaḥ ghaṇṭāśiñjitaṃ.

To CHIME, v. a. yathā svaraikyaṃ or tālaikyaṃ jāyate tathā nānāvāditrāṇi vad in caus. (vādayati -yituṃ) or taḍ (c. 10. tāḍayati -yituṃ); ghaṇṭāṃ taḍ.

To CHIME, v. n. (To agree) saṃvad (c. 1. -vadati -vadituṃ), anuvad ekībhū anuguṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ bhū anurūpaḥ -pā -paṃ bhū.

CHIMERA, s. vṛthāvāsanā asambhavakalpanā anarthakavāsanā mithyāvāsanā durvāsanā anarthakacintā anarthakabhāvanā manorathasṛṣṭiḥ f., ābhāsaḥ mṛpārthakaṃ śaśaviṣāṇaṃ kūrmmalomatanutrāṇaṃ.

CHIMERICAL, a. kālpanikaḥ -kī -kaṃ mānasikaḥ -kī -kaṃ manorathasṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ vāsanākalpitaḥ -tā -taṃ amūlakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CHIMNEY, s. dhūmarandhraṃ dhūmapathaḥ dhūmanirgamaḥ.
     --(Fire-place) culliḥ f., -llī jātiḥ f., temanī agnikuṇḍaṃ.

CHIMNEY-CORNER, s. cullipārśvaḥ cullerupāntaṃ cullipārśve āsanaṃ.

CHIMNEY-PIECE, s. culliśīrṣaṃ culliśilā cullerupari prastaraḥ.

CHIMNEY-SWEEPER, s. dhūmarandhrasammārjjakaḥ cullisammārjjakaḥ.

CHIN, s. civukaṃ civuḥ m., hanuḥ m. f., civiḥ m., pīcaṃ jambha.

CHIN-COUGH, s. bālānām ākṣepakaḥ kāsaḥ mahākāsaḥ.

CHINA, s. (Porcelain) kaulālakaṃ mṛnmayaṃ bhāṇḍaṃ mārttikaṃ bhāṇḍaṃ.
     --(The country) cīnaḥ; 'China-cloth,' cīnāṃśukaṃ; 'China-rose,' oḍrapuṣpaṃ javā.

CHINE, s. sapṛṣṭhāsthi pṛṣṭhamāṃsaṃ savaṃśaḥ pṛṣṭhabhāgaḥ pṛṣṭhaṃ kaśerukā.

To CHINE, v. a. pṛṣṭhāsthirūpeṇa chid (c. 7. chinatti chettuṃ), pṛṣṭhavaṃśānulomaṃ chid.

CHINK, s. (Aperture) chidraṃ randhraṃ sandhiḥ m.
     --(Sound) śiñjitaṃ kvaṇitaṃ.

To CHINK, v. n. (To open in gaps) sphuṭ (c. 6. sphuṭati sphuṭituṃ), vidṝ in pass. (-dīryyate) phal (c. 1. phalati phalituṃ).
     --(To ring as metal) kvaṇ (c. 1. kvaṇati kvaṇituṃ), śiñj (c. 2. śiṃkte śiñjituṃ).

CHINKY, a. chidrapūrṇaḥ -rṇā -rṇaṃ chidritaḥ -tā -taṃ vahurandhravān -vatī -vat (t).

CHINTZ, s. citratapaṭaṃ citrakārpāsaṃ paṭī paṭolaṃ cīnāṃśukaṃ.

CHIP, s. vidalaṃ taṣṭaṃ bhittaṃ bhittiḥ f., bhinnaṃ khaṇḍaṃ śakalaṃ; 'a chip of wood,' kāṣṭhakhaṇḍaṃ.

To CHIP, v. a. takṣ (c. 1. takṣati takṣituṃ), vidalīkṛ khaṇḍīkṛ.

CHIP-AXE, s. takṣaṇī chidiḥ f., taṅkaḥ vṛkṣabhid.

CHIPPINGS, s. pl. vidalāni bhinnāni khaṇḍāni taṣṭāni.

CHIRAGRA, s. vātarogaviśeṣo yatra karamātram upahataṃ hastaśothaḥ.

CHIROGRAPHER, s. hastalekhakaḥ lipikaraḥ kāyasthaḥ akṣarajīvakaḥ.

CHIROGRAPHY, s. hastalekhanaṃ lekhanavidyā lipiḥ f., likhanaṃ.

CHIROMANCER, s. hastarekhālakṣaṇāt śubhāśubhadarśakaḥ hastarekhāvidyājñaḥ.

CHIROMANCY, s. hastarekhālakṣaṇāt śubhāśubhadarśanaṃ hastarekhāvidyā aṅgavidyā.

To CHIRP, v. n. pakṣivat kūj (c. 1. kūjati kūjituṃ), anukūj vikūj jhilla or cilla śabdaṃ kṛ surāriṃ kṛ.

CHIRPING, s. kūjitaṃ rāvaḥ surāriḥ m., vāśitaṃ rutaṃ kākalī -liḥ

CHIRURGEON, s. kāyaśalyādibhiṣak m. (j). See SURGEON.

CHISEL, s. vraścanaḥ takṣaṇī taṅkaḥ vṛkṣabhedī m. (n) vṛkṣādanaḥ śilābhedaḥ śilākuṭṭakaḥ śailabhittiḥ f.

To CHISEL, v. a. takṣ (c. 1. takṣati takṣituṃ), vraśc (c. 6. vṛścati vraścituṃ).

CHIT, s. (A child) bālaḥ -lā bālakaḥ śiśuḥ m., śāvakaḥ.
     --(A freckle) tilaḥ -lakaḥ jaṭulaḥ.

CHIT-CHAT, s. viśrambhālāpaḥ viśrambhakathitaṃ vṛthākathā saṅkathā jalpaḥ.

CHITTERLINGS, s. pl. paśvantrāṇi n. pl., paśunāḍyaḥ f. pl., purītat m. n.

CHITTY, a. bālakīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ bāleyaḥ -yī -yaṃ bāliśaḥ -śā -śaṃ.

CHIVALROUS, a. suvikrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ mahāvīryyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ dhāmavān -vatī -vat (t).

CHIVALRY, s. (Knighthood) sādipadaṃ rathipadaṃ mahārathatvaṃ.
     --(Prowess) suvikramaḥ suvīryyaṃ dhāma n. (n) pauruṣaṃ karmmodāraṃ raṇotsāhaḥ.

CHIVES, s. puṣpakeśarāgraṃ puṣpapakṣmāgrāṇi n. pl.

CHOCOLATE, s. āmerikādeśīyavṛkṣaphalaṃ tatphalanirhṛtaṃ pānīyaṃ.

CHOICE, s. (The act) varaṇaṃ vṛtiḥ f., varaḥ.
     --(The power of choice between two things) vikalpaḥ -lpakaḥ; 'choice of a husband by a bride,' svayaṃvaraḥ; 'the best of any thing,' uttamabhāgaḥ parabhāgaḥ uttamāṃśaḥ ratnaṃ in comp.; 'of one's own choice,' kāmatas icchātas yathepsitaṃ yatheṣṭaṃ yathākāmaṃ.

CHOICE, a. uttamaḥ -mā -maṃ sarvvottamaḥ -mā -maṃ viśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ śiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ anuttamaḥ -mā -maṃ manonītaḥ -tā -taṃ viśeṣaḥ -ṣā -ṣaṃ sāraḥ -rā -raṃ sāravān -vatī -vat (t) utkṛṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ abhīṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ praśastaḥ -stā -staṃ bhadratamaḥ -mā -maṃ sarvvaśreṣṭhaḥ -ṣṭhā -ṣṭhaṃ; 'choice food,' bhojanaviśeṣaḥ viśiṣṭānnaṃ.

CHOICELESS, a. avikalpaḥ -lpā -lpaṃ avaikalpikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

CHOICELY, adv. viśiṣṭaprakāreṇa saviśepaṃ uttamaprakāreṇa praśastaṃ.

CHOICENESS, s. utkṛṣṭatā prakṛṣṭatvaṃ vaiśiṣṭyaṃ viśiṣṭatā śreṣṭhatā prāśastyaṃ autkarṣyaṃ.

CHOIR, s. gāyakacakraṃ gāthakacakraṃ gāthakasamūhaḥ cākrikagaṇaḥ.
     --(Part of a church) pūjāśālāyāḥ saṅkīrttanayogyaṃ madhyamasthalaṃ.

To CHOKE, v. a. (To suffocate) kaṇṭaṃ sampīḍ (c. 10. -pīḍayati -yituṃ) or gras (c. 1. grasati grasituṃ), galahasta (nom. galahastayati -yituṃ), galagrahaṃ kṛ śvāsāvarodhaṃ kṛ śvāsavāraṇaṃ kṛ.
     --(To obstruct) rudh (c. 7. ruṇaddhi roddhuṃ), nirudh avarudh saṃrudh; prativandh (c. 9. -badhnāti -banddhuṃ).

CHOKED, p. p. avaruddhaśvāsaḥ -sā -saṃ sannakaṇṭhaḥ -ṇṭhā -ṇṭhaṃ niruddhaḥ -ddhā -ddhaṃ.

CHOKER, s. (Argument that stops the mouth) galahastaḥ.

CHOLAGOGUES, s. pittadrāvanaṃ pittadrāvakaḥ pittaghnaṃ pittanāśanaṃ.

CHOLER, s. (Bile) pittaṃ.
     --(Rage) krodhaḥ kopaḥ roṣaḥ amarṣaḥ.

CHOLERA, s. visūcikā viṣūcikā mahāmārī.

CHOLERIC, a. pittavegī -ginī -gi (n) krodhī -dhinī -dhi (n) kopī -pinī -pi (n) caṇḍaḥ -ṇḍā -ṇḍaṃ; 'choleric constitution,' pittaprakṛtiḥ.

CHOLIC, s. śūlaḥ -laṃ paktiśūlaṃ. See COLIC.

To CHOOSE, v. a. (Select) vṛ (c. 5. vṛṇoti -ṇute, c. 9. vṛṇāti -ṇīte, c. 1. varati varituṃ varītuṃ), āvṛ pravṛ; or in caus. (varayati -yituṃ) anuruc in caus. (-rocayati -yituṃ) vāvṛt (c. 4. vāvṛtyate).
     --(Take) grah (c. 9. gṛhlāti grahītuṃ).
     --(Appoint) niyuj (c. 10. -yojayati -yituṃ), nirūp (c. 10. -rūpayati -yituṃ).

To CHOOSE, v. n. (To be willing) iṣ (c. 6. icchati eṣituṃ), ruc (c. 1. rocate) used impersonally. na pratyākhyā (c. 2. -khyāti -khyātuṃ), abhiruc in caus. (-rocayate -yituṃ).

To CHOP, v. a. (To cut into pieces) khaṇḍaṃ khaṇḍaṃ kṛ or khaṇḍaśaḥ kṛ or chid (c. 7. chinatti chettuṃ), śakalīkṛ vidalīkṛ.

CHOP, s. khaṇḍaṃ śakalaṃ bhinnaṃ bhittiḥ vidalaṃ.
     --(Of meat) māṃsakhaṇḍaṃ.
     --(A mutton chop) aurabhrakhaṇḍaṃ.

CHOP-HOUSE, s. pakvamāṃsavikrayasthānaṃ pākaśālā.

CHOPPING, a. hṛṣṭapuṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ māṃsalaḥ -lā -laṃ sthūlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

CHOPPING-KNIFE, s. māṃsachedanārthaṃ churikā māṃsakhaṇḍanī churikā.

CHOPS, s. (Mouth) mukhaṃ ānanaṃ āsyaṃ.
     --(Of a river) sambhedaḥ.

CHORAL, a. sāṅgītikaḥ -kī -kaṃ gānīyaḥ -yā -yaṃ cākrikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

CHORD, s. (A string) guṇaḥ. See CORD.
     --(Of an instrument) tantrī f.
     --(Of are) dvijyā jyā jyakā jīvā.

CHORDED, p. p. tantrī -ntriṇī -ntri (n).

CHORIAMBUS, s. (In prosody) vipraḥ.

CHORION, s. garbhakośaḥ garbhaveṣṭanaṃ garbhāśayaḥ garbhāvaraṇaṃ carmma.

CHORISTER, s. pradhānamandirasya gāthakaḥ or gāyakaḥ cākrikaḥ tālāvaruraḥ kinnaraḥ kinnarapuruṣaḥ.

CHOROGRAPHER, s. deśavivaraṇakṛt deśavarṇanakṛt deśaparyyantalekhakaḥ.

[Page 94b]

CHORUS, s. (Number of singers) gāyakagaṇaḥ gāthakasamūhaḥ.
     --(Dramatic) pārśvasthaḥ pāripārśvikaḥ.
     --(Of a song) ghruvakaḥ dhruvaḥ anupadaṃ.

CHOSEN, p. p. manonītaḥ -tā -taṃ vṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ vṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ vāvṛttaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ.

CHOUGH, s. kākajātīyaḥ samudravelāsevī pakṣibhedaḥ.

To CHOUSE, v. a. vañc (c. 10. vañcayate -ti -yituṃ), pralabh (c. 1. -labhate -labdhuṃ), chal (c. 10. chalayati -yituṃ).

CHOUSE, s. (Trick) chalaṃ kūṭaḥ -ṭaṃ vyājaḥ.
     --(A cheater) vañcakaḥ.

CHOWRIE, s. (Tail used to drive away flies) cāmaraṃ avacūlakaṃ romagucchaḥ romakeśaraṃ.

CHRISM, s. abhyañjanaṃ añjanaṃ abhiṣekaḥ -ṣecanaṃ.

CHRIST, s. (The anointed) abhipiktaḥ.
     --(The anointed Saviour) abhiṣiktatrātā m. (tṛ). Modern scholars coin the word khrīṣṭaḥ.

To CHRISTEN, v. a. (To baptize) jalasaṃskāreṇa khrīṣṭīyaṃ -yāṃ -yaṃ kṛ jalasaṃskāreṇa khrīṣṭīyamatadhāriṇāṃ or khrīṣṭīyānāṃ madhye praviś in caus. (-veśayati -yituṃ).
     --(To name) nāma kṛ nāma dā (c. 3. dadāti dātuṃ).

CHRISTENDOM, s. khrīṣṭīyamatadhāriṇāṃ kṛtsnasamūhaḥ khrīṣṭīyadeśasāmamyaṃ ye kecid deśāḥ khrīṣṭīyamataṃ dhārayanti tatsākalyaṃ.

CHRISTENING, s. jalasaṃskāraḥ jalasaṃskāreṇa khrīṣṭīyānāṃ madhye praveśanaṃ.
     --(Naming) nāmakaraṇaṃ.

CHRISTIAN, s. khrīṣṭīyaḥ khrīṣṭīyamatadhārī m. (n) khrīṣṭīyamatāvalambī m. (n).

CHRISTIAN-NAME, s. jalasaṃskārakāle dattaṃ nāma n. (n) nāma guptanāma rāśināma.

CHRISTIANITY, s. khrīṣṭīyamataṃ khrīṣṭīyānāṃ mataṃ khrīṣṭīyadharmmaḥ.

CHRISTIANLY, adv. khrīṣṭīyavat khrīṣṭīyadharmmānusāreṇa.

CHRISTMAS-BOX, s. khrīṣṭajanmotsavakāle dattaṃ (or deyaṃ) pāritoṣikaṃ.

CHRISTMAS-DAY, s. khrīṣṭajanmadivasamuddiśya mahotsavaḥ khrīṣṭajanmaparvva n. (n).

CHROMATIC, a. (Relating to colour) varṇasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) raṅgī -ṅgiṇī -ṅgi (n).
     --(In music) grāmīṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ grāmikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

CHRONIC or CHRONICAL, a. kālikaḥ -kī -kaṃ dīrghakālīnaḥ -nā -naṃ avisargī -rgiṇī -rgi (n); 'chronical distemper,' dīrgharogaḥ dīrghavyādhiḥ m.

CHRONICLE, s. itihāsaḥ purāvṛttavivaraṇaṃ vṛttavivaraṇaṃ or -raṇapustakaṃ purāvṛttākhyānaṃ purāvṛttagranthaḥ samācāragranthaḥ śiṣṭasamācāraḥ.

To CHRONICLE, v. a. itihāsapustakeṣu samāruh in caus. (-ropayati -yituṃ) or abhilikh (c. 6. -likhati -lekhituṃ), yathākramaṃ vṛttavivaraṇaṃ kṛ or vṛttāni rac (c. 10. racayati -yituṃ).

CHRONICLER, s. aitihāsikaḥ itihāsalekhakaḥ purāvṛttaracakaḥ vṛttavivaraṇakṛt śiṣṭasamācāraracakaḥ.

CHRONOGRAM, s. yathā akṣaravinyāsāt saṃvacchākādikālo nirṇetuṃ śakyate tathā prastarādau likhitam amukaprasiddhavṛttavivaraṇaṃ.

CHRONOLOGIST, s. kālagaṇakaḥ kālagaṇanāvidyājñaḥ kālajñaḥ yathākālaṃ or kālakrameṇa purāvṛttaracakaḥ vṛttakālanirūpakaḥ gatakālanirṇetā m. (tṛ).

CHRONOLOGICAL, a. kālagaṇanāviṣayakaḥ -kā -kaṃ kālikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

CHRONOLOGICALLY, adv. yathākālaṃ kālakrameṇa kālakramānusāreṇa.

CHRONOLOGY, s. kālagaṇanāvidyā kālanirūpaṇavidyā kālanirṇayavidyā kālakrameṇa purāvṛttaracanā.

CHRONOMETER, s. kālaparimāṇārthaṃ yantraṃ ghaṭī yāmanālī.

CHRYSALIS, s. kośasthaḥ kośavāsī m. (n) koṣakāraḥ ḍimbaḥ gaṭikā.

CHRYSOLITE, s. candrakāntaḥ haritāśma n. (n) pītamaṇiḥ m.

CHUB, s. sthūlaśirasko nādeyamatsyabhedaḥ.

CHUBBED, a. sthralaśiraskaḥ -skā -skaṃ sthūlamastakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

[Page 95a]

CHUBBY-FACED, a. sthūlāsyaḥ -syā -syaṃ sthūlānanaḥ -nī -naṃ.

CHUCK, s. (The cry of a hen) kukkuṭīrāvaḥ kukkuṭīnādaḥ.
     --(A term of endearment) priye voc. c. f., vatsa voc. c. m., vatse voc. c. f.

To CHUCK, v. n. (To call as a hen) kukkuṭīvad ru (c. 2. rauti ravituṃ).
     --(To give a gentle blow under the chin) vātsalyāt paracivukam īṣatprahāreṇa unnam in caus. (-namayati -yituṃ).

CHUFF, s. (A loutish clown) grāmyajanaḥ grāmikaḥ grāmabuddhiḥ sthūlabuddhiḥ asabhyaḥ jaḍaḥ.

CHUFFY, a. grāmyaḥ -myā -myaṃ mandamatiḥ -tiḥ -ti sthūlaḥ -lā -laṃ.

CHUM, s. vayasyaḥ sahavāsī m. (n) saṅgī m. (n) priyamitraṃ saṃsargī m. (n).

CHUMP, s. sthūlakāṣṭhaṃ sthūladāruḥ m., vṛhatkāṣṭhakhaṇḍaṃ.

CHURCH, s. (Place of worship) mandiraṃ pūjāśālā bhajanabhavanaṃ bhajanagṛhaṃ prāsādaḥ maṇḍapaḥ.
     --(The body of Christians) khrīṣṭamatadhāriṇāṃ kṛtsnasamūhaḥ maṇḍalī -laṃ samājaḥ.

To CHURCH, v. a. prasavasamutthitāṃ strīṃ parameśvarasya dhanyavādaṃ kṛ in caus. (kārayati -yituṃ).

CHURCHMAN, s. purohitaḥ yājakaḥ dharmmādhyāpakaḥ.

CHURCHWARDEN, s. mandirarakṣakaḥ bhajanagṛhapālakaḥ pūjāśālādhyakṣaḥ.

CHURCHYARD, s. śmaśānaṃ pretavanaṃ pitṛvanaṃ śavanikhananasthānaṃ; 'churchyard flowers,' pitṛvanasumanaḥ n. (s).

CHURL, s. (A rustic) grāmyajanaḥ grāmajaḥ grāmī m. (n) asabhyaḥ.
     --(A rude man) kuśīlaḥ duḥśīlaḥ vāmaśīlaḥ.
     --(A miser) kṛpaṇaḥ kadaryyaḥ mṛṣṭerukaḥ.

CHURLISH, a. durācāraḥ -rā -raṃ duṣprakṛtiḥ -tiḥ -ti avinayaḥ -yā -yaṃ aśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ aślīlaḥ -lā -laṃ krūrācāraḥ -rā -raṃ khalaḥ -lā -laṃ kadaryyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ.

CHURLISHLY, adv. asabhyavat kadaryyavat kṛpaṇaṃ aślīlaṃ.

CHURLISHNESS, s. kuśīlatā aślīlatā aśiṣṭatā avinayaḥ asabhyatā.

CHURN, s. manthanī manthinī gargarī manthanaghaṭī jālagaṇikā.

To CHURN, v. a. math (c. 1. mathati mathituṃ) or manth (c. 1. manthati, c. 9. mathnāti manthituṃ), unmanth nirmanth khaj (c. 1. khajati khajituṃ), samāluḍ (c. 1. -loḍati -loḍituṃ, c. 10. -loḍayati -yituṃ).

CHURNED, p. p. mathitaḥ -tā -taṃ pramathitaḥ -tā -taṃ āloḍitaḥ -tā -taṃ daṇḍāhataḥ -tā -taṃ vyāghaṭṭitaḥ -tā -taṃ kothaḥ -thā -thaṃ.

CHURNING, s. manthaḥ manthanaṃ mathanaṃ āloḍanaṃ samāloḍā khajā kothaḥ.

CHURN-STAFF, s. manthaḥ manthā m. (mathin) manthadaṇḍakaḥ manthānaḥ dadhicāraḥ vaiśākhaḥ khajakaḥ.

CHYLE, s. annarasaḥ dhātupaḥ rasaḥ bhojyasambhavaḥ asramātṛkā annasāraḥ.

CHYLIFACTORY, a. dhātupakārī -riṇī -ri (n) annarasotpādakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CHYLOUS, a. annarasamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ dhātuparūpaḥ -pā -paṃ.

CHYMIC or CHYMICAL, a. rasāyanavidyāsambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) rasāyanajaḥ -jā -jaṃ.

CHYMICALLY, adv. rasāyanavidyānusārāt rasāyanavidyānurūpeṇa.

CHYMIST, s. rasāyanavidyājñaḥ rasajñaḥ rasāyanaḥ.

CHYMISTRY, s. rasāyanaṃ rasāyanavidyā rasavidyā rasajñatā.

CIBARIOUS, a. annamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ bhojyaḥ -jyā -jyaṃ ādyaḥ -dyā -dyaṃ.

CICATRICE, s. sighma n. (n) sighmaṃ śuṣkavraṇaḥ rūḍhakṣatacihnaṃ rūḍhakṣataṃ.

CICATRIZATION, s. vraṇaviśoṣaṇaṃ vraṇaśodhanaṃ ropaṇaṃ vraṇaropaṇaṃ samutthānaṃ pratisāraṇaṃ pratisaraḥ.

To CICATRIZE, v. a. kṣataṃ ruh in caus. (ropayati -yituṃ) or śuṣ in caus. (śoṣayati -yituṃ) or śuṣkīkṛ pratisṛ in caus. (sārayati -yituṃ).

[Page 95b]

CICATRIZED, p. p. rūḍhaḥ -ḍhā -ḍhaṃ ropitaḥ -tā -taṃ śuṣkaḥ -ṣkā ṣkaṃ samutthitaḥ -tā -taṃ pratisāritaḥ -tā -taṃ.

To CICURATE, v. a. dam in caus. (damayati -yituṃ) vaśīkṛ nigrah (c. 9. -gṛhlāti -grahītuṃ).

CIDER, s. amlarasaḥ pānīyaviśeṣaḥ amlaphalanirhṛto madyaviśeṣaḥ.

CILIARY, a. netracchadasambandhī -ndhinī -ndhi (n) vatmasambandhī &c.

CILICIOUS, a. lomamayaḥ -yī -yaṃ lomaśaḥ -śā -śaṃ.

CIMETER, s. vakrakhaṅgaḥ candrahāsaḥ maṇḍalāgraḥ khaṅgaḥ nistriṃśaḥ kṛyāṇaḥ -ṇakaḥ asiriṣṭiḥ m.

CINCTURE, s. mekhalā kaṭisūtraṃ rasanā kāñcī vasnanaṃ.

CINDER, s. agnerucchiṣṭaṃ taptāṅgārocchiṣṭaṃ aṅgāraḥ -raṃ bhasma n. (n).

CINERATION, s. bhasmīkaraṇaṃ bhasmasātkaraṇaṃ.

CINERITIOUS, a. bhāsmanaḥ -nī -naṃ bhasmarūpaḥ -pā -paṃ.

CINNABAR, s. rasasindhūraṃ rasasthānaṃ raktapāradaṃ.

CINNAMON, s. dārugandhaḥ tiktavalkalaṃ sugandhatvak f. (c) gandhavalkalaṃ.

CINNAMON-TREE, s. pūrvvoktatiktavalkalaviśiṣṭaḥ siṃhaladvīparohī kṣudravṛkṣaḥ

CINQUE, s. (A five) pañcakaḥ pañcatvaṃ.

CINQUEFOIL, s. pañcaparṇī pañcapatrī pañcadalī.

CINQUE-SPOTTED, a. pañcacihnaviśiṣṭaḥ -ṣṭā -ṣṭaṃ pañcatilavān -vatī -vat (t).

CION, s. pallavaṃ navapallavaṃ kisalaḥ -laṃ kisalayaḥ -yaṃ.

CIPHER, s. (An arithmetical character) aṅkaṃ guṇanikā.
     --(Cha racter in general) akṣaraṃ varṇaḥ.
     --(Mark standing for nothing) śūnyaṃ vinduḥ m., vaṭaḥ haḥ ṭhaḥ khaṃ.
     --(Occult character in writing) vījākṣaraṃ vījaṃ.

To CIPHER, v. a. (To practise arithmetic) aṅkavidyām abhyas (c. 4. -asyati -asituṃ) or śikṣ (c. 1. śikṣate śikṣituṃ).
     --(To write in occult characters) vījākṣarair aṅk (c. 10. aṅkayati -yituṃ) or likh (c. 6. likhati lekhituṃ).

CIPHERING, s. aṅkanaṃ gaṇitaṃ aṅkavidyā gaṇanavidyā pāṭīgaṇitaṃ.

CIRCLE, s. (A round line) maṇḍalaṃ parimaṇḍalaṃ cakraṃ cakravālaṃ vṛttaṃ golaḥ -laṃ nighaḥ candrakaḥ vaṭaḥ varṇakaḥ valayaḥ -yaṃ.
     --(Circuit, circumference) pariṇāhaḥ paridhiḥ m., pariveṣṭanaṃ vṛttiḥ f., pariveśaḥ; 'the circle of the earth,' bhūparidhiḥ m., bhūmaṇḍalaṃ.
     --(A circle of people, assembly) maṇḍalaṃ pariṣad f., paṃktiḥ f.
     --(Circle on the forehead) tilakaḥ -kaṃ tamālapatraṃ citrakaṃ viśeṣakaṃ; 'segment of a circle,' vṛttakhaṇḍaṃ khaṇḍamaṇḍalaṃ; 'area of a circle,' phalaṃ.

To CIRCLE, v. a. (To surround) pariveṣṭ (c. 1. -veṣṭate -veṣṭituṃ), parivṛ (c. 5. vṛṇoti -varituṃ -varītuṃ), pariṣṭhā (c. 1. -tiṣṭhati -ṣṭhātuṃ), maṇḍala (nom. maṇḍalayati -yituṃ).

To CIRCLE, v. n. (To move circularly) cakravat parivṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ), or vyāvṛt or paribhram (c. 1. -bhṛmati,) c. 4. -bhrāmyati -bhramituṃ), maṇḍala (nom. maṇḍalāyate).

CIRCLED, p. p. maṇḍalitaḥ -tā -taṃ parimaṇḍalitaḥ -tā -taṃ valayitaḥ -tā -taṃ.
     --(Having the form of a circle) maṇḍalī -linī -li (n) maṇḍalākāraḥ -rā -raṃ cakrākāraḥ -rā -raṃ.

CIRCUIT, s. (Compass, circumference) maṇḍalaṃ parimaṇḍalaṃ paridhiḥ m., parimāṇaṃ pariṇāhaḥ parīṇāhaḥ pariveṣṭanaṃ.
     --(Act of moving round) parivarttanaṃ āvarttaḥ āvṛttiḥ f., āvarttanaṃ vivarttaḥ bhamaṇaṃ paribhramaḥ ghūrṇiḥ f.
     --(Visitation of a judge) dharmmādhyakṣābhaptagamanaṃ prāḍvivākabhramaṇaṃ.

To CIRCUIT, v. n. paribhram (c. 4. -bhrāmyati -bhramituṃ), parivṛt (c. 1. varttate -varttituṃ).

[Page 96a]

CIRCUTIOUS, a. vakraḥ -krā -kraṃ kuṭilagāmī -minī -mi (n) sudīrghaḥ -rghā -rghaṃ.

CIRCULAR, a. varttulaḥ -lā -laṃ maṇḍalī -linī -li (n) cākrikaḥ -kī -kaṃ cakrākāraḥ -rā -raṃ cakrākṛtiḥ -tiḥ -ti cakrī -kriṇī -kri (n) cakravān -vatī -vat (t) cākreyaḥ -yī -yaṃ vaṭī -ṭinī -ṭi (n) nighaḥ -ghā -ghaṃ viṣvaksamaḥ -mā -maṃ.

CIRCULARITY, s. maṇḍalatā parimaṇḍalatā varttulatvaṃ cakrākāratā golākāratvaṃ.

CIRCULARLY, adv. cakravat cakrarūpeṇa golavat maṇḍalavat maṇḍalatas.

To CIRCULATE, v. n. pracal (c. 1. -calati -calituṃ), pracar (c. 1. -carati -carituṃ), parivṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ), samparivṛt viparivṛt vivṛt.

To CIRCULATE, v. a. parivṛt in caus. (-varttayati -yituṃ) pracal in caus. (-calayati -yituṃ).

CIRCULATED, p. p. pracalitaḥ -tā -taṃ parivarttitaḥ -tā -taṃ pracāritaḥ -tā -taṃ vyāvarttakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CIRCULATING, a. pracalaḥ -lā -laṃ parivarttī -rttinī -rtti (n) vyāvarttakaḥ -kā -kaṃ.

CIRCULATION, s. parivarttaḥ -rttanaṃ vyāvarttaḥ pracāraḥ pracalanaṃ pracaraḥ bhramaṇaṃ paribhramaṇaṃ calanaṃ prācuryyaṃ.
     --(Of the blood) raktacalanaṃ raktavahanaṃ.

CIRCULATORY, a. varttulaḥ -lā -laṃ cākrikaḥ -kī -kaṃ maṇḍalī -linī -li (n).

CIRCUMAMBIENCY, s. pariveṣṭanaṃ vyāptiḥ f., vyāpanaṃ vyāpakatvaṃ parigamanaṃ.

CIRCUMAMBIENT, a. pariveṣṭakaḥ -kā -kaṃ vyāpakaḥ -kā -kaṃ parigataḥ -tā -taṃ.

To CIRCUMAMBULATE, v. n. parikram (c. 1. -krāmati -kramituṃ), paribhram (c. 4. -bhrāmyati -bhramituṃ).

CIRCUMAMBULATION, s. parikramaḥ paribhramaṇaṃ parisaryyā parīsāraḥ paryyaṭanaṃ.
     --(Reverential) pradakṣiṇaḥ -ṇā -ṇaṃ.

To CIRCUMCISE, v. a. tvacaṃ chid (c. 7. chinatti chettuṃ), liṅgāgracarmma chid paricchid parikṛt (c. 6. -kṛntati -karttituṃ).
     --(A circumcised man) duścarmmā m. (n) vaṇḍaḥ vaṇṭhaḥ durbalaḥ dvinagnakaḥ.

CIRCUMCISION, s. tvakchedanaṃ liṅgāgracarmmachedanaṃ dauścarmmyaṃ parikarttanaṃ.

To CIRCUMDUCT, v. a. lup (c. 6. lumpati loptuṃ), vyarthīkṛ moghīkṛ niṣphalīkṛ.

CIRCUMDUCTION, s. lopaḥ aniṣpādanaṃ moghīkaraṇaṃ vyarthīkaraṇaṃ.

CIRCUMFERENCE, s. paridhiḥ m., maṇḍalaṃ parīṇāhaḥ pariṇāhaḥ parimāṇaṃ vṛttiḥ f., cakravālaṃ pāliḥ f., pariveśaḥ -ṣaḥ pariveṣṭanaṃ.
     --(Of a wheel) cakraparidhiḥ m., nemiḥ f., pradhiḥ m., pradhimaṇḍalaṃ nīghraṃ nīvraḥ.
     --(Of the earth) bhūparidhiḥ m.

CIRCUMFLEX, s. (Accent) svaritaḥ tṛtīyam uccāraṇacihnaṃ.

CIRCUMFLUENCE, s. parisravaḥ pariplavaḥ parivāhaḥ parisyandanaṃ parigalanaṃ.

CIRCUMFLUENT or CIRCUMFLUOUS, a. parisrutaḥ -tā -taṃ parisārī -riṇī -ri (n) parisyandī -ndinī -ndi (n) parisyannaḥ -nnā -nnaṃ parigalitaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CIRCUMFORANEOUS, a. gṛhādgṛham aṭamānaḥ -nā -naṃ aṭāṭyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ.

To CIRCUMFUSE, v. a. pariplu in caus. (-plāvayati -yituṃ) samāplu.

CIRCUMFUSED, p. p. pariplutaḥ -tā -taṃ samāplutaḥ -tā -taṃ parigalitaḥ -tā -taṃ parigataḥ -tā -taṃ vyāptaḥ -ptā -ptaṃ samākrāntaḥ -ntā -ntaṃ.

CIRCUMFUSILE, a. pariplāvī -vinī -vi (n) vyāpakaḥ -kā -kaṃ vyaśnuvānaḥ -nā -naṃ.

CIRCUMFUSION, s. pariplāvaḥ pariplavaḥ vyāptiḥ f., vyāpakatvaṃ parigalanaṃ.

To CIRCUMGYRATE, v. n. parivṛt (c. 1. -varttate -varttituṃ), vyāvṛt ghūrṇ (c. 1. ghūrṇate ghūrṇituṃ), parighūrṇ vyāghūrṇ.

CIRCUMGYRATION, s. cakrāvarttaḥ āvarttaḥ parivarttaḥ āvṛttiḥ f., ghūṇiḥ f.

CIRCUMJACENT, a. paryyantasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ sāmantasthaḥ -sthā -sthaṃ upāntikaḥ -kī -kaṃ.

CIRCUMITION, s. parigamaḥ parikramaḥ parisaryyā paribhramaḥ.

CIRCUMLOCUTION, s. vāgvistāraḥ vākyavistaraḥ vakroktiḥ f., vakrabhaṇitaṃ vyājoktiḥ f., atyuktiḥ atiśayoktiḥ bahuvākyaṃ bahūktiḥ vākyabāhulyaṃ.

CIRCUMLOCUTORY, a. bahuvākyaḥ -kyā -kyaṃ vistīrṇavākyaḥ -kyā -kyaṃ vakraḥ -krā -kraṃ.

[Page 96b]

CIRCUMNAVIGABLE, a. samantāt or parito nāvā tāryyaḥ -ryyā -ryyaṃ.

To CIRCUMNAVIGATE, v. a. samantāt nāvā t (c. 1. tarati tarituṃ tarītuṃ) or plu (c. 1. plavate plotuṃ).

CIRCUMNAVIGATION, s. naukayā samantāt taraṇaṃ.

CIRCUMROTATION, s. cakrāvarttaḥ parivarttaḥ āvarttaḥ āvṛttiḥ f., ghūrṇiḥ f.

CIRCUMROTATORY, a. cakravat parivarttī -rttinī -rtti (n) āvarttamānaḥ -nā -naṃ ghūrṇāyamānaḥ -nā -naṃ.

To CIRCUMSCRIBE, v. a. parimā (c. 2. -māti, c. 3. mimīte -mātuṃ), saṃhṛ (c. 1. -harati -harttuṃ), saṃyam (c. 1. -yacchati -yantuṃ), niyam samanta (nom. samantayati -yituṃ).

CIRCUMSCRIBED, p. p. parimitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃhṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃyataḥ -tā -taṃ sambādhaḥ -dhā -dhaṃ saṅkucitaḥ -tā -taṃ saṃvṛtaḥ -tā -taṃ samaryyādaḥ -dā -daṃ sāvadhikaḥ -kī -kaṃ susaṃsthitaḥ -tā -taṃ susaṅgṛhītaḥ -tā -taṃ.

CIRCUMSCRIPTION, s. parimāṇaṃ saṃyamanaṃ saṃharaṇaṃ saṅkocaḥ saṃvāraḥ saṃvṛtiḥ f.

CIRCUMSPECT, a. avahitaḥ -tā -taṃ svavahitaḥ -tā -taṃ sāvadhānaḥ -nā -naṃ samīkṣyakārī -riṇī -ri (n) or vimṛśyakārī apramattaḥ -ttā -ttaṃ pariṇāmadarśī -rśinī -rśi (n).

CIRCUMSPECTION, s. avadhānaṃ -natā sāvadhānatā apramādaḥ samīkṣyakāritvaṃ.

CIRCUMSPECTLY, adv. avekṣayā sāvadhānaṃ susamīkṣya suvimṛśya.

CIRCUMSTANCE, s. (Something adjunct to a fact) sambandhaḥ anubandhaḥ.
     --(A thing. fact) viṣayaḥ vastu n., bhūtaṃ viṣayakatvaṃ.
     --(Incident, event) vṛttaṃ vṛttāntaḥ sambhavaḥ.